Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
5G Sand Point Beach Park Ponds Attachment
PROJECT MANUAL SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS January 22, 2018 Prepared for: City of Prior Lake 4646 Dakota Street SE Prior Lake, MN 55372 WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PROJECT MANUAL SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE SCOTT COUNTY, MINNESOTA January 22, 2018 Prepared By: SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CERTIFICATION CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 CERTIFICATION I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly licensed professional engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Jacob Newhall, PE Date: January 22, 2018 Lic. No. 49170 SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT TOC CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE SHEET CERTIFICATION TABLE OF CONTENTS BIDDING REQUIREMENTS ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROPOSAL FORM CONTRACT FORMS AFFIDAVIT AND INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDERS INITIAL CONTRACTOR VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE SUBCONTRACTORS LIST SUPPLEMENTAL CONTRACTOR VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS FORM CONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT (IC134 FORM) CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS (EJCDC) SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPENDIX A SCOTT COUNTY MAILBOX INSTALLATION POLICY APPENDIX B CITY OF PRIOR LAKE STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX C CEAM STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX D POND SEDIMENT SAMPLING RESULTS SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT FOR THE CITY OF PRIOR LAKE SCOTT COUNTY, MINNESOTA NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that sealed bids will be received by the City of Prior Lake at the office of the City Clerk located at 4646 Dakota Street SE, Prior Lake, MN 55372 until 11:30 a.m., Friday, February 2, 2018, and will be publicly opened and read at said time and place by representatives of the City of Prior Lake. Said proposals for the furnishing of all labor and materials for the construction, complete in-place, of the following approximate quantities: 1 L S Clearing and Grubbing 5600 C Y Pond Excavation 330 L F 18” RCP Storm Sewer 5 E A Drainage Structures 510 C Y Iron Enhanced Sand Filter Media and Washed Aggregate 212 S Y Bituminous Trail Remove and Replace 445 S Y Roadway Remove and Replace 0.7 ACRE Seeding The provisions of Minn. Stat. 16C.285 Responsible Contractor are imposed as a requirement of this contract. All bidders and persons or companies providing a response/submission to the Advertisement for Bids of the City shall comply with the provisions of the statute. The bids must be submitted on the Proposal Forms provided in accordance with the Contract Documents, Plans, and Specifications as prepared by WSB & Associates, Inc., 701 Xenia Avenue South, Suite 300, MN 55416, which are on file with the City Clerk of Prior Lake and may be seen at the office of the Consulting Engineer or at the office of the City Clerk. Complete digital Proposal Forms, Plans, and Specifications for use by Contractors submitting a bid are available at www.questcdn.com. You may download the digital plan documents for a nonrefundable fee of $25.00 by inputting Quest project #5504057 on the website’s Project Search page. Please contact QuestCDN.com at 952-233-1632 or info@questcdn.com for assistance in free membership registration, downloading, and working with this digital project information. An optional paper set of Proposal Forms, Plans, and Specifications may be obtained from the Consulting Engineers, WSB & Associates, Inc., 701 Xenia Avenue South, Suite 300, MN 55416, for a nonrefundable fee of $100.00 per set, check payable to WSB & Associates, Inc. Bids will only be accepted from Contractors who purchase digital or paper Bidding Documents as specified above. No bids will be considered unless sealed and filed with the City of Prior Lake and accompanied by a cash deposit, cashier’s check, or certified check, or bid bond made payable to the City of Prior Lake for five percent (5%) of the amount bid, to be forfeited as liquidated damages in the event that the bid be accepted and the bidder fail to enter promptly into a written contract and furnish the required bond. No bids may be withdrawn for a period of 60 days from the date of opening of bids. The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids. DATED: January 15, 2018 BY ORDER OF THE CITY COUNCIL s/s Frank Boyles City Manager SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 Prior Lake, MN PUBLISHED IN THE: Prior Lake American: January 20, 2018 Finance & Commerce: January 20, 2018 SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. EXAMINATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND SITE WORK ............................................... 1 2. BID SECURITY ................................................................................................................................ 1 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................................. 1 4. PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL .................................................................................................... 1 5. CONDITIONS IN THE BIDDER’S PROPOSAL ............................................................................... 1 6. INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATES .............................................................................................. 1 7. DELIVERY OF PROPOSALS .......................................................................................................... 2 8. REJECTION OF PROPOSAL .......................................................................................................... 2 9. WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSAL ...................................................................................................... 2 10. PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSALS ............................................................................................. 2 11. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS ................................................................................................ 2 12. EQUIPMENT .................................................................................................................................... 2 13. FURNISHING OF EVIDENCE OF RESPONSIBILITY .................................................................... 2 14. AWARD OF CONTRACT ................................................................................................................. 2 15. RESPONSIVE/RESPONSIBLE BID ................................................................................................ 3 16. RESPONSIBLE CONTRACTOR ..................................................................................................... 3 17. REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BOND...................................................................................... 3 18. FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT ............................................................................................. 3 19. UNIT PRICES .................................................................................................................................. 4 20. OWNER DELETION RIGHT ............................................................................................................ 4 21. NONDISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT .................................................................................... 4 22. SURETY DEPOSITS ....................................................................................................................... 4 23. ADDENDA ........................................................................................................................................ 4 SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. EXAMINATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND SITE WORK - The bidder shall examine to his satisfaction the quantities of work to be done as determined from the plans and specifications. Quantities indicated by the Engineer on drawings or elsewhere are estimated only, and bidders must rely on their own calculations. Bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with Contract Documents including all General Conditions and Special Provisions. Bidders shall inform themselves of the character and magnitude of work and the conditions under which the work is to be performed concerning the site of the work, the structure of the ground, the existence of surface and ground water, availability of drainage, the obstacles which may be encountered, means of approach to the site, manner of delivery and handling materials, facilities of transporting equipment and all other relevant matters pertaining to the complete execution of this Contract. No plea of ignorance of conditions that exist or that may hereafter exist or of difficulties that will be encountered in the execution of the work hereunder which result from failure to make necessary examinations and investigations, will be accepted as a sufficient excuse for any failure or omission on the part of the Contractor to fulfill in every detail all the requirements of this Contract, or will be accepted as a basis for any claim whatsoever for extra compensation or for an extension of time. No bidder may rely upon any statements or representations of any officer, agent or employee of the Owner with reference to the conditions of the work, of the character of the soil or other hazards which may be encountered in the course of construction. 2. BID SECURITY - Each bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the form of an amount as specified in the Advertisement for Bids. Such bid security is a guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract with the Owner for the work described in the proposal, and the amount of the bid security of a successful bidder shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages in the event that such bidder fails to enter into a contract and furnish Contractor’s bond. 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS - The Contract Documents will consist of the Advertisement for Bids, Instruction to Bidders, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Specifications, Proposal Form, Contract for Construction, Non-Collusion Affidavit, Contract Bond, and all plans and drawings. These documents are on file with the Owner. 4. PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL - The bidder shall submit his proposal on the form provided by the Engineer. The blank spaces in the proposal shall be filled in correctly with ink or where indicated for each and every item for which a quantity is given, and the bidder shall state the prices for which he proposes to do each item of the work contemplated. All alterations, corrections or deletions shall nullify the bid unless each alteration, correction or deletion is initialed by the bidder. The bidder’s proposal shall be signed correctly with ink. If the proposal is made by an individual, his name and post office address shall be shown. If made by a firm or partnership, the name and post office address of each member of the firm or partnership shall be shown. If made by a corporation, the person signing the proposal shall show the name of the state under the law of which the corporation was chartered, and names, titles and business addresses of the president, secretary, and treasurer. All bids for corporations shall bear the official seal of the corporation. 5. CONDITIONS IN THE BIDDER’S PROPOSAL - The bidder shall not stipulate in his proposal any conditions not provided for on the Proposal Form. 6. INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATES - The Engineer’s estimate of quantities as shown in the proposal shall be used as a basis of calculation upon which the award of contract will be made, but these quantities are not guaranteed to be accurate and are furnished without any liability on the part of the Owner. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 2 7. DELIVERY OF PROPOSALS - All bids shall be placed in a sealed envelope with a statement thereon showing the work covered by the bid, and addressed as stipulated in the Advertisement for Bids. Proposals may be mailed or submitted in person. No bids will be received after the time set for receiving them. Bids arriving by mail at the office of the Owner after the hour designated for receiving bids will be returned to the sender unopened. 8. REJECTION OF PROPOSAL - Proposals may be rejected if they show any omission, alteration of form, additions not called for, conditional bids or alternate bids not specified, or irregularities of any kind. Proposals in which the prices are obviously unbalanced may be rejected. 9. WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSAL - A bidder may withdraw his proposal without prejudice to himself, provided he files a written request to the Owner before the hour of the opening of bids, and such withdrawn proposal may be modified and resubmitted by the bidder at any time prior to the hour set for the opening of bids. 10. PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSALS - Proposals will be opened publicly and read aloud in such place as designated at the time and the date set in the “Advertisement for Bids”. Bidders or their authorized agents are invited to be present. 11. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS - More than one proposal for the same project from an individual firm, partnership or corporation under the same or different names will not be considered. Evidence that any bidder is interested in more than one proposal for the same work will cause rejection of all such proposals. Collusion between the bidders will be considered sufficient cause for the rejection of all bids so affected. Failure on the part of any bidder to carry out previous contracts satisfactorily or his lack of the experience or equipment necessary for the satisfactory completion of the work may be deemed sufficient cause for his disqualification. 12. EQUIPMENT - When requested by the Owner, the bidder shall furnish a complete statement of the make, size, weight (where weight is one of the specified requirements), condition and previous length of service of all equipment to be used in the proposed work. 13. FURNISHING OF EVIDENCE OF RESPONSIBILITY - When requested by the Owner, the bidder shall furnish a balance sheet, certified by a certified public accountant as to a date not more than sixty (60) days prior to the date of the opening of the proposals which shall set forth outstanding assets and liabilities in reasonable detail. The bidder shall also furnish when requested, a list of work of a similar nature performed with dates of completion thereof. The bidder shall also furnish any other additional information relative to financial responsibility and competence to do the work as may be requested by the Owner prior to the acceptance of any proposal. 14. AWARD OF CONTRACT - The basis of award of the Contract will be on the Total Base Bid or on the Total Base Bid plus the Alternates as deemed to be appropriate by the Owner. No compensation will be made for reduced quantities due to the rejection of Alternate Bids. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids. The award of Contract will be made within sixty (60) calendar days after opening of proposals to the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder of the Base Bid defined appropriate by the Owner. The Owner reserves the right to delete any item prior to final contract. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. If discrepancies exist between an extension or indicated sum of any column of figures, the corrected extensions or sum thereof will govern. Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids, the right to waive any and all informalities, and the right to disregard all nonconforming or conditional bids or counter proposals. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 3 15. RESPONSIVE/RESPONSIBLE BID - A responsible Bid is one from a Bidder that has: a. Financial resources, technical qualifications, experience, organization and facilities adequate to carry out the project, or a demonstrated ability to obtain these. b. Resources to meet the completion schedule contained in the Agreement. c. A satisfactory performance record for completion of other projects. A “responsive” bid must include the following: a. Complete Proposal Form. b. Affidavit and Information Required of Bidders form. c. Initial Contractor Verification of Compliance form including Subcontractors List. d. Bid Security. 16. RESPONSIBLE CONTRACTOR - The provisions of Minn. Stat. 16C.285 are imposed as a requirement of this contract. All bidders and persons or companies providing a response/submission to the Advertisement for Bids/RFP of the Owner shall comply with the provisions of the statute. a. Any prime contractor or subcontractor that does not meet the minimum criteria established for a “responsible contractor” as defined in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, or fails to verify that it meets those criteria is not a responsible contractor and is not eligible to be awarded a construction contract for the Project or to perform work on the Project. b. A responding contractor shall submit to the Owner a signed statement under oath by an owner or officer verifying compliance with each of the minimum criteria in clauses (1)-(6) of Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, at the time that it responds to this solicitation document. A responding contractor must also submit a list of first-tier subcontractors it intends to retain on the project, at the time that it responds to this solicitation document. c. Prior to being awarded a contract, the apparent successful prime contractor must submit a supplemental verification under oath confirming that all subcontractors and motor carriers meet the minimum criteria of Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3. The apparent successful prime contractor has an ongoing duty to submit supplemental verification forms for each additional subcontractor retained for the project. d. A false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria shall make the prime contractor or subcontractor that makes the false statement ineligible to be awarded a construction project and may result in termination of a contract awarded to a prime contractor or subcontractor that submits a false statement. 17. REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BOND - The successful bidder, at the time of the execution of the Contract, shall furnish and at all times maintain a satisfactory and sufficient bond in full amount of the Contract as required by law with a corporate surety satisfactory to the Owner. The form of bond is that required by statute. Personal sureties will not be approved. 18. FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT - Failure to furnish the Contract Bond in a sum equal to the amount of the award, or to execute the Contract within ten (10) days, as specified, shall be just cause for the annulment of the award, and it shall be understood by the bidder that in the event of the annulment of the award, the amount of the guaranty deposited with the proposal shall be retained by the Owner, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 4 19. UNIT PRICES - In case of error in the extension of prices, the unit bid prices shall govern. The Owner reserves the right to waive any informality in the bids at his discretion. 20. OWNER DELETION RIGHT - The Owner reserves the right to delete any line item from the bid prior to final contract execution. 21. NONDISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT - If awarded the project, the Bidder agrees not to discriminate on account of race, creed or color as per Minnesota Statutes, Section 181.59 and Minnesota Statutes 363. 22. SURETY DEPOSITS - All out-of-state contractors on construction work over $100,000 will be required to file an exemption from Surety Deposit (Form SDE) prior to their first progress payment. 23. ADDENDA - If any addenda are required as determined by the Engineer, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to verify the issuance and receipt of any addenda, and to properly acknowledge such addenda in the appropriate location on the Proposal Form. Bidder: Address: Telephone No.: City, State, Zip: Fax No.: PROPOSAL FORM SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 Opening Time: 11:30 a.m. Opening Date: Friday, February 2, 2018 City of Prior Lake 4646 Dakota Street SE Prior Lake, MN 55372 Dear Council Members: 1.The following proposal is made for the furnishing and installing all labor and materials necessary for the Sand Point Beach Park Pond Improvement Project, for the City of Prior Lake, Minnesota. 2.The undersigned certifies that the Contract Documents listed in the Instructions to Bidders have been carefully examined, and that the site of the work has been personally inspected. The undersigned declares that the amount and nature of the work to be done is understood, and that at no time will misunderstanding of the Contract Documents be pleaded. On the basis of the Contract Documents, the undersigned proposes to furnish all necessary apparatus and other means of construction, to do all the work and furnish all the materials in the manner specified, and to accept as full compensation therefore the sum of the various products obtained by multiplying each unit price herein bid for the work or materials, by quantities thereof actually incorporated in the completed project, as determined by the Engineer. The undersigned understands that the quantities mentioned herein are approximate only, and are subject to increase or decrease, and hereby proposes to perform all work as either increased or decreased, in accordance with the provisions of the specification, at the unit prices bid in the following proposal schedule, unless such schedule designates lump sum bids. 3.RESPONSIBLE CONTRACTOR: The provisions of Minn. Stat. 16C.285 are imposed as a requirement of this contract. All bidders and persons or companies providing a response/submission to the Advertisement for Bids/RFP of the Owner shall comply with the provisions of the statute. a.Any prime contractor or subcontractor that does not meet the minimum criteria established for a "responsible contractor" as defined in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, or fails to verify that it meets those criteria is not a responsible contractor and is not eligible to be awarded a construction contract for the Project or to perform work on the Project. b.A responding contractor shall submit to the Owner a signed statement under oath by an owner or officer verifying compliance with each of the minimum criteria in clauses (1)-(6) of Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, at the time that it responds to this solicitation document. A responding contractor must also submit a list of first-tier subcontractors it intends to retain on the project, at the time that it responds to this solicitation document. c.Prior to being awarded a contract, the apparent successful prime contractor must submit a supplemental verification under oath confirming that all subcontractors and motor carriers meet the minimum criteria of Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3. The apparent successful prime contractor has an ongoing duty to submit supplemental verification forms for each additional subcontractor retained for the project. d.A false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria shall make the prime contractor or subcontractor that makes the false statement ineligible to be awarded a construction project and may result in termination of a contract awarded to a prime contractor or subcontractor that submits a false statement. 4.PROPOSED SCHEDULE: The Bidder agrees to perform all work described in the specifications and shown on the plans for the following unit prices: 1 Base Bid 1 2021.501 MOBILIZATION LS 1 $____________ $_________________ 2 2101.501 CLEARING & GRUBBING LS 1 $____________ $_________________ 3 2104.502 REMOVE MANHOLE OR CATCH BASIN EACH 1 $____________ $_________________ 4 2104.502 REMOVE ENERGY DISSIPATOR EACH 1 $____________ $_________________ 5 2105.504 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC TYPE 4 S Y 750 $____________ $_________________ 6 2105.507 COMMON BORROW (LV) C Y 500 $____________ $_________________ 7 2105.511 POND EXCAVATION (LV) C Y 5200 $____________ $_________________ 8 2105.511 POND EXCAVATION (SPECIAL) (LV) C Y 400 $____________ $_________________ 9 2105.601 DEWATERING LS 1 $____________ $_________________ 10 2105.601 SITE GRADING LS 1 $____________ $_________________ 11 2123.610 STREET SWEEPER (WITH PICKUP BROOM) HOUR 20 $____________ $_________________ 12 2451.507 COARSE FILTER AGGREGATE (LV) C Y 140 $____________ $_________________ 13 2451.607 FILTER MEDIA SPECIAL CY 370 $____________ $_________________ 14 2501.603 6" PERFORATED DRAIN TILE LIN FT 300 $____________ $_________________ 15 2502.502 CONSTRUCT DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DESIGN SPECIAL 1 EACH 1 $____________ $_________________ 16 2502.602 6" PVC PIPE DRAIN CLEANOUT EACH 4 $____________ $_________________ 17 2503.603 8" HDPE PIPE SEWER L F 290 $____________ $_________________ 18 2503.603 12" HDPE PIPE SEWER L F 150 $____________ $_________________ 19 2504.602 8" GATE VALVE & BOX EACH 1 $____________ $_________________ 20 2506.501 CONSTRUCT DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DESIGN SPECIAL 2 EACH 4 $____________ $_________________ 48" DIAMETER PRECAST CONCRETE SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 No. Mat. No. Item Units Quantity Unit Price Total Price 2 21 2506.502 MANHOLE EXTENSION (SANITARY) LS 1 $____________ $_________________ 22 2506.602 CONNECT INTO EXISTING DRAINAGE STRUCTURE EACH 1 $____________ $_________________ 23 2506.602 F & I SLUICE GATE EACH 1 $____________ $_________________ 24 2515.504 ARTICULATED BLOCK MAT CLOSED CELL TYPE A S Y 46 $____________ $_________________ 25 2573.503 SILT FENCE; TYPE HI L F 390 $____________ $_________________ 26 2573.533 SEDIMENT CONTROL LOG TYPE BIOROLL L F 800 $____________ $_________________ 27 2573.535 TEMPORARY ROCK CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE EACH 2 $____________ $_________________ 28 2575.504 EROSION CONTROL BLANKETS CATEGORY 3N S Y 3377 $____________ $_________________ 29 2575.505 SEEDING ACRE 0.2 $____________ $_________________ 30 2575.508 SEED MIXTURE 33-261 LB 8 $____________ $_________________ 31 2575.560 HYDROMULCH S Y 3377 $____________ $_________________ Total Base Bid $_________________ Alternate 1 32 2575.505 SEEDING ACRE 0.8 $____________ $_________________ 33 2575.508 SEED MIXTURE 35-241 LB 30 $____________ $_________________ Total Alternate 1 $_________________ Alternate 2 - Storm Sewer Diversion 34 2104.503 REMOVE SEWER PIPE (STORM) L F 4 $____________ $_________________ 35 2104.503 REMOVE BITUMINOUS CURB L F 282 $____________ $_________________ 36 2104.504 REMOVE BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT S Y 657 $____________ $_________________ SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 No. Mat. No. Item Units Quantity Unit Price Total Price 3 37 2211.509 AGGREGATE BASE CLASS 5 TON 204 $____________ $_________________ 38 2357.506 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL FOR TACK COAT GAL 28 $____________ $_________________ 39 2360.509 TYPE SP 12.5 WEARING COURSE MIX (3;B) TON 33 $____________ $_________________ 40 2360.509 TYPE SP 12.5 NON WEAR COURSE MIX (3;B) TON 55 $____________ $_________________ 41 2501.502 18" RC PIPE APRON EACH 1 $____________ $_________________ 42 2503.503 18" RC PIPE SEWER L F 360 $____________ $_________________ 43 2503.602 CONNECT TO EXISTING STORM SEWER EACH 1 $____________ $_________________ 44 2506.501 CONSTRUCT DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DESIGN SPECIAL 3 EACH 1 $____________ $_________________ 45 2506.502 CONSTRUCT 2'X3' CATCH BASIN EACH 2 $____________ $_________________ 46 2511.501 RANDOM RIPRAP CLASS III (FIELDSTONE) C Y 20 $____________ $_________________ 47 2521.518 2.5" BITUMINOUS WALK S F 1908 $____________ $_________________ 48 2535.503 BITUMINOUS CURB L F 282 $____________ $_________________ 49 2573.502 STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION EACH 4 $____________ $_________________ Total Alternate 2 - Storm Sewer Diversion $_________________ GRAND TOTAL BID $_________________ SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 No. Mat. No. Item Units Quantity Unit Price Total Price 4 SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 5.The basis of award of the Contract will be on the Total Base Bid or the Total Base Bid plus Alternates as deemed to be appropriate by the Owner. The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids. The award of Contract will be made within sixty (60) calendar days after opening of proposals to the lowest responsible bidder of the Base Bid defined appropriate by the Owner. The Owner reserves the right to delete any item prior to final contract. 6.The undersigned further proposes to execute the Contract Agreement and to furnish satisfactory bond within ten (10) days after notice of the award of contract has been received. The undersigned further proposes to begin work as specified, to complete the work on or before date specified, and to maintain at all times performance and payment bonds, approved by the Owner, in an amount equal to the total bid. 7.Accompanying this proposal is the Bid Security, in the amount of five percent (5%), required to be furnished by the Contract Documents, the same being subject to forfeiture in the event of default by the undersigned. 8.In submitting this proposal, it is understood that the right reserved by the Owner to reject any or all proposals and to waive informalities. 9.In submitting this proposal, the Undersigned acknowledges receipt of and has considered the following Addenda issued to the Contract Documents: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: If any Addenda are required as determined by the Engineer, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to verify the issuance and receipt of any Addenda, and to properly acknowledge such Addenda in the appropriate location on the Proposal Form. 10.If a corporation, what is the state of incorporation? 11.If a partnership, state full name of all co-partners. Official Address Firm Name By: (An Authorized Signature) Date: Title: 5 SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT AFFIDAVIT CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 AFFIDAVIT AND INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDERS Affidavit of Non-Collusion: I hereby swear (or affirm) under the penalty for perjury: (1) That I am the bidder (if the bidder is an individual), a partner in the bidder (if the bidder is a partnership), or an officer or employee of the bidding corporation having authority to sign on its behalf (if the bidder is a corporation). (2) That the attached bid or bids have been arrived at by the bidder independently, and have been submitted without collusion with, and without any agreement, understanding, or planned common course of action with, any other vendor of materials, supplies, equipment or services described in the invitation to bid, designed to limit independent bidding or competition; (3) That the contents of the bid or bids have not been communicated by the bidder or its surety on any bond furnished with the bid or bids, and will not be communicated to any such person prior to the official opening of the bid or bids; and (4) That I have fully informed myself regarding the accuracy of the statements made in this affidavit. Signed Firm Name Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 20 . Notary Public My commission expires: , 20 . Bidder’s E.I. Number: (Number used on employer’s quarterly federal tax return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941): Fair Trade Items: List below each item upon which a bid is made, the price of which is affected by a resale price maintenance or “fair trade” contract between the bidder and the person or firm supplying the item to the bidder. (Use reverse side if necessary.) INITIAL CONTRACTOR VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT INITIAL VERIFICATION CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 By signing this document I certify that I am an owner or officer of the company, and I swear under oath that: My company meets each of the minimum criteria in subclauses (1) – (6) of Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, the Responsible Contractor statute. The undersigned understands that a failure to meet or verify compliance with the minimum criteria established for a “responsible contractor” as defined in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, renders a bidder ineligible to be awarded a construction contract for the Project or to perform work on the Project. The undersigned understands that a false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria shall make the undersigned, ineligible to be awarded a construction project and may result in termination of a contract awarded to the undersigned. A contracting authority shall not be liable for declining to award a contract or terminating a contract based on a reasonable determination that the contractor failed to verify compliance with the minimum criteria or falsely stated that it meets the minimum criteria. The undersigned understands that, if the undersigned is the apparent low bidder, the undersigned will be required to submit a supplemental verification under oath as a condition precedent to the execution of the contract. If the undersigned fails to provide the required supplemental verification, it could forfeit its bid bond. I have attached a list of all of my company’s first-tier subcontractors that it intends to retain for work on the project. Date: Contractor: By (please print name) Signature (please sign name) Its SUBCONTRACTORS LIST SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUBCONTRACTORS LIST CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PROJECT TITLE: Attach Additional Sheets if Necessary Contractor: By (please print name) Signature (please sign name) Its SUPPLEMENTAL CONTRACTOR VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTAL VERIFICATION CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 By signing this document I certify that I am an owner or officer of the company, and I swear under oath that: My company meets each of the minimum criteria of Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, the Responsible Contractor statute. Pursuant to Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3(7), my company has obtained from all subcontractors and motor carriers with which it will have a direct contractual relationship a signed statement under oath by an owner or officer verifying that they meet all of the minimum criteria in subdivision 3 prior to execution of a construction contract with each subcontractor or motor carrier. The undersigned agrees that, if it retains additional subcontractors on the project after submitting its verification of compliance, it shall obtain verifications of compliance from each additional subcontractor with which it has a direct contractual relationship and shall submit a supplemental verification confirming compliance with Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3(7), within 14 days of retaining the additional subcontractors. Upon request, the undersigned shall submit to the contracting authority copies of the signed verifications of compliance from all subcontractors of any tier and all motor carriers providing for-hire transportation of materials, equipment, or supplies for a project. The undersigned understands that a failure to meet or verify compliance with the minimum criteria established for a “responsible contractor” as defined in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, renders a bidder ineligible to be awarded a construction contract for the Project or to perform work on the Project. The undersigned understands that a false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria shall make the undersigned, ineligible to be awarded a construction project and may result in termination of a contract awarded to the undersigned. A contracting authority shall not be liable for declining to award a contract or terminating a contract based on a reasonable determination that the contractor failed to verify compliance with the minimum criteria or falsely stated that it meets the minimum criteria. Date: Contractor: By (please print name) Signature (please sign name) Its SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 1 CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the day of , 2018, by and between the City of Prior Lake, a municipal corporation under the laws of the State of Minnesota, hereinafter called the “Owner,” and , hereinafter called the “Contractor.” WITNESSETH: That in consideration of their mutual covenants and agreements as hereinafter set forth, the Owner for itself and the Contractor for itself, its successors, and assigns, covenants and agrees as follows, to wit: 1. The Contractor agrees to furnish all the necessary materials, labor, use of tools, equipment, plant and every other thing necessary to perform the work designated and referred to in this Contract, including all Contractor’s superintendence, and to furnish everything necessary for the completion of the improvement which is the subject of this Contract (except such things as the Owner has specifically agreed to provide, according to the Contract Documents); and agrees under penalty of a public contractor’s corporate surety bond in the amount of and XX/100 Dollars ($ ) to perform and complete the work shown in the plans and drawings, entitled “Sand Point Beach Park Pond Improvement Project,” prepared by WSB & Associates, Inc., and dated January 22, 2018, and to conform in all respects with the provisions and requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Specifications for said Improvement, entitled “Sand Point Beach Park Pond Improvement Project,” prepared by WSB & Associates, Inc., and dated January 22, 2018. 2. The Contractor agrees that performance shall be in accordance with the terms, requirements and conditions of this instrument, and laws of the State of Minnesota, and the following documents. ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS for said Improvement for the Owner. PROPOSAL by the Contractor presented to the Council of the Owner on and accepted by the Owner on . CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for said Improvement dated January 22, 2018, referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Agreement and made a part of the aforementioned proposal. PLANS AND DRAWINGS for said Improvement as identified in a preceding paragraph of this Contract and which are dated January 22, 2018. ANY ADDENDA to the plans, drawings, general conditions, and specifications for said Improvement which addenda were prepared by WSB & Associates, Inc. PUBLIC CONTRACTOR’S SURETY BOND in the principal sum of the amount bid. Each and all of the aforementioned Contract Documents are hereby incorporated into this Contract by specific reference and the terms and provisions thereof are and constitute a part of this Contract as though attached hereto or fully set forth herein. 3. The Owner agrees to pay the Contractor for the performance of this Contract and the Contractor agrees to accept in full compensation therefor, the sums set forth within the aforementioned proposal of the Contractor for each unit and each type of unit of work to be performed. It is understood and agreed that the said proposal is for the construction of said Improvement on a unit price basis in accordance with the said proposal, and that sum of $ as set out in said proposal, is the sum of the unit prices, multiplied by the estimated quantities of the respective units of work listed therein. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 2 4. Prompt Payment to Subcontractors. Each contract of a municipality must require the prime contractor to pay any subcontractor within ten days of the prime contractor's receipt of payment from the municipality for undisputed services provided by the subcontractor. The contract must require the prime contractor to pay interest of 1-1/2 percent per month or any part of a month to the subcontractor on any undisputed amount not paid on time to the subcontractor. The minimum monthly interest penalty payment for an unpaid balance of $100 or more is $10. For an unpaid balance of less than $100, the prime contractor shall pay the actual penalty due to the subcontractor. A subcontractor who prevails in a civil action to collect interest penalties from a prime contractor must be awarded its costs and disbursements, including attorney's fees, incurred in bringing the action. 5. This contract may be terminated by the Owner at any time upon discovery by the Owner that the prime contractor or subcontractor has submitted a false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria set forth in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals as of the day and year first above written. CONTRACTOR CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN By Mayor By Administrator (Corporate Seal) (City Seal) By Authorized Official SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PPB CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS PART A: PAYMENT KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we , Contractor, as Principal, and are firmly bound unto the , a Minnesota Corporation, (hereinafter referred to as “Obligee”), for the use and benefit of Obligee and all persons furnishing labor and materials to perform the Contract, in an amount of and /100 Dollars, for payment of all claims, costs and charges as hereinafter set forth. For the payment of this obligation, well and truly made, we jointly and severally bind ourselves, our representatives and successors firmly by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has entered into a written contract with the Obligee dated , which contract is on file in the office of the Obligee, the regularity and validity of which is hereby affirmed; NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal shall pay as they may come due all just claims for work done; for furnishing labor and materials, insurance premiums, equipment, or supplies for the purpose of such contract, and all taxes incurred under Minnesota Statutes, Section 290.92 or Chapter 297A, and supplies for the completion of the contract in accordance with its terms, and shall pay all costs of enforcement of the terms of the bond, if action is brought thereon, including reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and disbursements in any case in which such action is successfully maintained, and shall comply with the laws of the state appertaining to such contract, then this obligation shall be void but otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 574. PART B: PERFORMANCE KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the aforesaid Principal and Surety are held and firmly bound unto the Obligee, for the use and benefit of the Obligee, in the additional amount of and /100 Dollars, for the faithful performance of the Contract pursuant to its terms, as hereinafter set forth. For the payment of this well and truly to be made we jointly and severally bind ourselves, our representatives and successors firmly by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has entered into the Contract more particularly described in Part A hereof, the regularity and validity of which is hereby affirmed: NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall faithfully perform the Contract and shall save the Obligee harmless from all cost and charges that may accrue on account of the doing of the work specified and shall pay all costs of enforcement of the terms of the bond, if action is brought thereon, including reasonable attorney’s fees, in any case in which such action is successfully maintained, and shall comply with the laws of the state pertaining to such Contract, then this obligation shall be void but otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 574. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PPB CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 2 The aggregate liability for bonds provided under Part A and Part B hereof is (Sum of Parts A and B) No assignment, modifications, or change in the Contract, or change in the work covered thereby, nor any extension of time for completion of the Contract, shall release the Surety on this bond. Sealed with our seals and dated this day of , 20 . Contractor Surety By By Its Its And Its (Seal of Contractor if a Corporation) Witnesses to Contractor’s Signature: Witnesses to Surety’s Signature: Certificate of Compliance Based on records of the Minnesota Department of Revenue, I certify that the contractor who has signed this Contractor Affidavit has fulfilled all the requirements of Minnesota Statutes 290.92 and 270C.66 concerning the withholding of Minnesota income tax from wages paid to employees relating to contract services with the state of Minnesota and/or its subdivisions. Department of Revenue approval Date (Rev. 12/17) IC134 Contractor Affidavit This Contractor Affidavit must be certified by the Minnesota Department of Revenue before the state of Minnesota or any of its subdi- visions can make final payment to contractors. For more detailed information, see the instructions on the back of this form. Company name Daytime phone Minnesota tax ID number Address Total contract amount Month/year work began City State ZIP code Amount still due Month/year work ended Please type or print clearly. This information will be used for returning the completed form. $ $ Project number Project location Project owner Address City State ZIP code Did you have employees work on this project? Yes No. If no, who did the work? I declare that all information I have filled in on this form is true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief. I authorize the Department of Revenue to disclose pertinent information relating to this project, including sending copies of this form, to the prime contractor if I am a subcontractor, and to any subcontractors if I am a prime contractor, and to the contracting agency. Contractor’s signature Title Date Mail to: Minnesota Revenue, Mail Station 6610, St. Paul, MN 55146-6610 Phone: 651-282-9999 or 1-800-657-3594 Check the box that describes your involvement in the project and fill in all information requested. Sole contractor Subcontractor Name of contractor who hired you Address Prime contractor—If you subcontracted out any work on this project, all of your subcontractors must submit their own Contractor Affidavits and have them certified by the Department of Revenue before you can submit your Contractor Affidavit. For each subcontractor you had, fill in the information below and attach a copy of each subcontractor’s certified Contractor Affidavit. If you need more space, attach a separate sheet. Business name Address Owner/Officer Form IC134 Instructions Minnesota Tax ID Number You must have a Minnesota tax ID number if you have employees who work in Min- nesota. You must enter your Minnesota tax ID number on Form IC134. If you don’t have a Minnesota tax ID number, apply online at www.revenue.state.mn.us or by calling our Business Registration Office at 651-282- 5225 or 1-800-657-3605. If you have no employees and did all the work yourself, you do not need a Minnesota tax ID number. Instead, enter your Social Security number in the space for Minnesota tax ID number and explain who did the work. Submit Contractor Affidavit Form IC134 cannot be processed by the Department of Revenue until you finish the work. If you submit the form before the project is completed, it will be returned to you unprocessed. If any withholding payments are due to the state, Minnesota law requires certified pay- ments before we approve your Form IC134. If you are a subcontractor or sole contrac- tor, submit the form when you have com- pleted your part of the project. If you are a prime contractor, submit the form when the entire project is completed and you have received certified Contractor Affidavits from all of your subcontractors. If you’re a prime contractor and a subcontractor on the same project If you were hired as a subcontractor to do work on a project, and you subcontracted all or a part of your portion of the project to another contractor, you are a prime contrac- tor as well. Complete both the subcontrac- tor and prime contractor areas on a single Form IC134. You may submit your Contractor Affidavit either electronically or by mail. This af- fidavit must be certified and returned before the state or any of its subdivisions can make final payment for your work. Contractor Affidavit No state agency or local unit of government can make final payment to a contractor until the Department of Revenue has certified that the contractor and any subcontractor have fulfilled the requirements of Minne- sota withholding tax laws. If you are a prime contractor, a contractor or a subcontractor who did work on a proj- ect for the state of Minnesota or any of its local government subdivisions — such as a county, city or school district — you must submit a Contractor Affidavit to the Depart- ment of Revenue to receive a certificate of compliance. Use of Information The Department of Revenue needs all the requested information to determine if you have met the state income tax withholding requirements. If all required information is not provided, Form IC134 will be returned to you for completion. All information on this Contractor Affidavit is private by state law. It cannot be given to others without your permission, except to the Internal Revenue Service, other states that guarantee the same privacy and certain government agencies as provided by law. For an immediate response: Complete and submit your Contractor Affidavit electroni- cally. Go to www.revenue.state.mn.us and choose Withholding Tax. Under the File and Pay tab, click on Contractor Affidavit Information for Government Projects. You may complete and mail Form IC134 to: Minnesota Revenue, Mail Station 6610, St. Paul, MN, 55146-6610. If you have fulfilled the requirements of Minnesota withholding tax laws, the department will sign your Form IC134 and return it to you. To receive your final payment, submit the certified Contractor Affidavit to the govern- ment unit for which the work was done. If you are a subcontractor, submit the certified Contractor Affidavit to your prime contrac- tor to receive your final payment. Information and Assistance Additional forms and information, includ- ing fact sheets and frequently asked ques- tions, are available on our website. Website: www.revenue.state.mn.us Email: withholding.tax@state.mn.us Phone: 651-282-9999 or 1-800-657-3594 This information is available in alternate formats. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the controlling Laws and Regulations. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (EJCDC® C-520, Stipulated Sum, or C-525, Cost-Plus, 2013 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. To prepare supplementary conditions that are coordinated with the General Conditions, use EJCDC’s Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (EJCDC® C-800, 2013 Edition). The full EJCDC Construction series of documents is discussed in the Commentary on the 2013 EJCDC Construction Documents (EJCDC® C-001, 2013 Edition). Copyright © 2013: National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314-2794 (703) 684-2882 www.nspe.org American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street N.W., Washington, DC 20005 (202) 347-7474 www.acec.org American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191-4400 (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org The copyright for this document is owned jointly by the three sponsoring organizations listed above. The National Society of Professional Engineers is the Copyright Administrator for the EJCDC documents; please direct all inquiries regarding EJCDC copyrights to NSPE. NOTE: EJCDC publications may be purchased at www.ejcdc.org, or from any of the sponsoring organizations above. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page i STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Article 1 – Definitions and Terminology ......................................................................................... 1 1.01 Defined Terms ........................................................................................................................ 1 1.02 Terminology ........................................................................................................................... 5 Article 2 – Preliminary Matters ....................................................................................................... 6 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance ........................................................................ 6 2.02 Copies of Documents ............................................................................................................. 6 2.03 Before Starting Construction ................................................................................................. 6 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives ........................... 7 2.05 Initial Acceptance of Schedules ............................................................................................. 7 2.06 Electronic Transmittals ........................................................................................................... 7 Article 3 – Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse .................................................................... 8 3.01 Intent ...................................................................................................................................... 8 3.02 Reference Standards .............................................................................................................. 8 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ................................................................................. 8 3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents ............................................................................ 9 3.05 Reuse of Documents ............................................................................................................ 10 Article 4 – Commencement and Progress of the Work ................................................................ 10 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ...................................................... 10 4.02 Starting the Work ................................................................................................................. 10 4.03 Reference Points .................................................................................................................. 10 4.04 Progress Schedule ................................................................................................................ 10 4.05 Delays in Contractor’s Progress ........................................................................................... 11 Article 5 – Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions ..................................................................................................................................... 12 5.01 Availability of Lands ............................................................................................................. 12 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas ................................................................................................. 12 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ..................................................................................... 13 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ........................................................................ 14 5.05 Underground Facilities ......................................................................................................... 15 EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page ii 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site ...................................................................... 17 Article 6 – Bonds and Insurance ................................................................................................... 19 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds ........................................................................... 19 6.02 Insurance—General Provisions ............................................................................................ 19 6.03 Contractor’s Insurance ......................................................................................................... 20 6.04 Owner’s Liability Insurance .................................................................................................. 23 6.05 Property Insurance ............................................................................................................... 23 6.06 Waiver of Rights ................................................................................................................... 25 6.07 Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds ................................................... 25 Article 7 – Contractor’s Responsibilities ....................................................................................... 26 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence ....................................................................................... 26 7.02 Labor; Working Hours .......................................................................................................... 26 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ..................................................................................... 26 7.04 “Or Equals” ........................................................................................................................... 27 7.05 Substitutes ........................................................................................................................... 28 7.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others ............................................................. 29 7.07 Patent Fees and Royalties .................................................................................................... 31 7.08 Permits ................................................................................................................................. 31 7.09 Taxes .................................................................................................................................... 32 7.10 Laws and Regulations ........................................................................................................... 32 7.11 Record Documents ............................................................................................................... 32 7.12 Safety and Protection ........................................................................................................... 32 7.13 Safety Representative .......................................................................................................... 33 7.14 Hazard Communication Programs ....................................................................................... 33 7.15 Emergencies ......................................................................................................................... 34 7.16 Shop Drawings, Samples, and Other Submittals .................................................................. 34 7.17 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee................................................................... 36 7.18 Indemnification .................................................................................................................... 37 7.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services ......................................................................... 37 Article 8 – Other Work at the Site ................................................................................................ 38 8.01 Other Work .......................................................................................................................... 38 8.02 Coordination ........................................................................................................................ 39 8.03 Legal Relationships ............................................................................................................... 39 EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page iii Article 9 – Owner’s Responsibilities .............................................................................................. 40 9.01 Communications to Contractor ............................................................................................ 40 9.02 Replacement of Engineer ..................................................................................................... 40 9.03 Furnish Data ......................................................................................................................... 40 9.04 Pay When Due ...................................................................................................................... 40 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings .......................................................... 40 9.06 Insurance .............................................................................................................................. 40 9.07 Change Orders ...................................................................................................................... 40 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ........................................................................................ 41 9.09 Limitations on Owner’s Responsibilities .............................................................................. 41 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition ............................................................... 41 9.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements .................................................................................... 41 9.12 Safety Programs ................................................................................................................... 41 Article 10 – Engineer’s Status During Construction ...................................................................... 41 10.01 Owner’s Representative ....................................................................................................... 41 10.02 Visits to Site .......................................................................................................................... 41 10.03 Project Representative ......................................................................................................... 42 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work ..................................................................................................... 42 10.05 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments .................................................................... 42 10.06 Determinations for Unit Price Work .................................................................................... 42 10.07 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ................ 42 10.08 Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities .................................................... 42 10.09 Compliance with Safety Program ......................................................................................... 43 Article 11 – Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work ...................................... 43 11.01 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents .......................................................... 43 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work ............................................................................. 44 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ..................................................................................... 44 11.04 Change of Contract Price ..................................................................................................... 44 11.05 Change of Contract Times .................................................................................................... 45 11.06 Change Proposals ................................................................................................................. 45 11.07 Execution of Change Orders ................................................................................................. 46 11.08 Notification to Surety ........................................................................................................... 47 Article 12 – Claims ......................................................................................................................... 47 EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page iv 12.01 Claims ................................................................................................................................... 47 Article 13 – Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work ........................................................ 48 13.01 Cost of the Work .................................................................................................................. 48 13.02 Allowances ........................................................................................................................... 50 13.03 Unit Price Work .................................................................................................................... 51 Article 14 – Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ....... 52 14.01 Access to Work ..................................................................................................................... 52 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals ........................................................................................ 52 14.03 Defective Work..................................................................................................................... 53 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work ............................................................................................. 53 14.05 Uncovering Work ................................................................................................................. 53 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work .................................................................................................. 54 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work .................................................................................... 54 Article 15 – Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period .......................... 55 15.01 Progress Payments ............................................................................................................... 55 15.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title ............................................................................................. 58 15.03 Substantial Completion ........................................................................................................ 58 15.04 Partial Use or Occupancy ..................................................................................................... 59 15.05 Final Inspection .................................................................................................................... 59 15.06 Final Payment ....................................................................................................................... 59 15.07 Waiver of Claims .................................................................................................................. 61 15.08 Correction Period ................................................................................................................. 61 Article 16 – Suspension of Work and Termination ....................................................................... 62 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work .................................................................................................. 62 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause ......................................................................................... 62 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience ............................................................................. 63 16.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate ............................................................................ 63 Article 17 – Final Resolution of Disputes ...................................................................................... 64 17.01 Methods and Procedures ..................................................................................................... 64 Article 18 – Miscellaneous ............................................................................................................ 64 18.01 Giving Notice ........................................................................................................................ 64 18.02 Computation of Times .......................................................................................................... 64 18.03 Cumulative Remedies .......................................................................................................... 64 EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page v 18.04 Limitation of Damages ......................................................................................................... 65 18.05 No Waiver ............................................................................................................................ 65 18.06 Survival of Obligations ......................................................................................................... 65 18.07 Controlling Law .................................................................................................................... 65 18.08 Headings ............................................................................................................................... 65 EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 65 ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, a term printed with initial capital letters, including the term’s singular and plural forms, will have the meaning indicated in the definitions below. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement—The written instrument, executed by Owner and Contractor, that sets forth the Contract Price and Contract Times, identifies the parties and the Engineer, and designates the specific items that are Contract Documents. 3. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Bid—The offer of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 5. Bidder—An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 6. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements, the proposed Contract Documents, and all Addenda. 7. Bidding Requirements—The advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Bond or other Bid security, if any, the Bid Form, and the Bid with any attachments. 8. Change Order—A document which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or other revision to the Contract, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract. 9. Change Proposal—A written request by Contractor, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein, seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both; contesting an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; challenging a set-off against payments due; or seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. 10. Claim—(a) A demand or assertion by Owner directly to Contractor, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein: seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both; contesting an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; contesting Engineer’s decision regarding a Change Proposal; seeking resolution of a contractual issue that Engineer has declined to address; or seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract; or (b) a demand or assertion by Contractor directly to Owner, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein, contesting Engineer’s decision regarding a Change Proposal; or seeking resolution of a contractual issue that Engineer EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 65 has declined to address. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 11. Constituent of Concern—Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous waste, and any substance, product, waste, or other material of any nature whatsoever that is or becomes listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to (a) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. (“CERCLA”); (b) the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5501 et seq.; (c) the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. (“RCRA”); (d) the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; (e) the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; (f) the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or (g) any other federal, state, or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, resolution, code, order, or decree regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning, any hazardous, toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 12. Contract—The entire and integrated written contract between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. 13. Contract Documents—Those items so designated in the Agreement, and which together comprise the Contract. 14. Contract Price—The money that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. . 15. Contract Times—The number of days or the dates by which Contractor shall: (a) achieve Milestones, if any; (b) achieve Substantial Completion; and (c) complete the Work. 16. Contractor—The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. 17. Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 13.01 for definition. 18. Drawings—The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. 19. Effective Date of the Contract—The date, indicated in the Agreement, on which the Contract becomes effective. 20. Engineer—The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. 21. Field Order—A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 22. Hazardous Environmental Condition—The presence at the Site of Constituents of Concern in such quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed thereto. The presence at the Site of materials that are necessary for the execution of the Work, or that are to be incorporated in the Work, and that are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract, does not establish a Hazardous Environmental Condition. 23. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 65 24. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract-related funds, real property, or personal property. 25. Milestone—A principal event in the performance of the Work that the Contract requires Contractor to achieve by an intermediate completion date or by a time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 26. Notice of Award—The written notice by Owner to a Bidder of Owner’s acceptance of the Bid. 27. Notice to Proceed—A written notice by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work. 28. Owner—The individual or entity with which Contractor has contracted regarding the Work, and which has agreed to pay Contractor for the performance of the Work, pursuant to the terms of the Contract. 29. Progress Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor’s plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 30. Project—The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner by engineers, contractors, and others, including planning, study, design, construction, testing, commissioning, and start-up, and of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents is a part. 31. Project Manual—The written documents prepared for, or made available for, procuring and constructing the Work, including but not limited to the Bidding Documents or other construction procurement documents, geotechnical and existing conditions information, the Agreement, bond forms, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specifications. The contents of the Project Manual may be bound in one or more volumes. 32. Resident Project Representative—The authorized representative of Engineer assigned to assist Engineer at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative or “RPR” includes any assistants or field staff of Resident Project Representative. 33. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and that establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 34. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements for Engineer’s review of the submittals and the performance of related construction activities. 35. Schedule of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor’s Applications for Payment. 36. Shop Drawings—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 4 of 65 37. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor. 38. Specifications—The part of the Contract that consists of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 39. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. 40. Substantial Completion—The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms “substantially complete” and “substantially completed” as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 41. Successful Bidder—The Bidder whose Bid the Owner accepts, and to which the Owner makes an award of contract, subject to stated conditions. 42. Supplementary Conditions—The part of the Contract that amends or supplements these General Conditions. 43. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or a Subcontractor. 44. Technical Data—Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions, with respect to either (a) subsurface conditions at the Site, or physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) or (b) Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. If no such express identifications of Technical Data have been made with respect to conditions at the Site, then the data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, laboratory test results, and other factual, objective information regarding conditions at the Site that are set forth in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are hereby defined as Technical Data with respect to conditions at the Site under Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.06. 45. Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including but not limited to those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 46. Unit Price Work—Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 47. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction; furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction; and may include related services such as testing, start-up, and commissioning, all as required by the Contract Documents. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 5 of 65 48. Work Change Directive—A written directive to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract, signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in the following paragraphs are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: 1. The Contract Documents include the terms “as allowed,” “as approved,” “as ordered,” “as directed” or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,” “satisfactory,” or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Article 10 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. C. Day: 1. The word “day” means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. Defective: 1. The word “defective,” when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. has been damaged prior to Engineer’s recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 or 15.04). E. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide: 1. The word “furnish,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word “install,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 6 of 65 3. The words “perform” or “provide,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4. If the Contract Documents establish an obligation of Contractor with respect to specific services, materials, or equipment, but do not expressly use any of the four words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or “provide,” then Contractor shall furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Bonds: When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish. B. Evidence of Contractor’s Insurance: When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract), the certificates and other evidence of insurance required to be provided by Contractor in accordance with Article 6. C. Evidence of Owner’s Insurance: After receipt of the executed counterparts of the Agreement and all required bonds and insurance documentation, Owner shall promptly deliver to Contractor, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise), the certificates and other evidence of insurance required to be provided by Owner under Article 6. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor four printed copies of the Contract (including one fully executed counterpart of the Agreement), and one copy in electronic portable document format (PDF). Additional printed copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. B. Owner shall maintain and safeguard at least one original printed record version of the Contract, including Drawings and Specifications signed and sealed by Engineer and other design professionals. Owner shall make such original printed record version of the Contract available to Contractor for review. Owner may delegate the responsibilities under this provision to Engineer. 2.03 Before Starting Construction A. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract (or as otherwise specifically required by the Contract Documents), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review: 1. a preliminary Progress Schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract; 2. a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 7 of 65 3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.03.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings, Samples, and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, electronic or digital transmittals, and maintaining required records. B. At this conference Owner and Contractor each shall designate, in writing, a specific individual to act as its authorized representative with respect to the services and responsibilities under the Contract. Such individuals shall have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of each respective party. 2.05 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. At least 10 days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference, attended by Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate, will be held to review for acceptability to Engineer as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with Paragraph 2.03.A. Contractor shall have an additional 10 days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer. 1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on Engineer responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work, nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor’s full responsibility therefor. 2. Contractor’s Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. Contractor’s Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to the component parts of the Work. 2.06 Electronic Transmittals A. Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract, the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor may transmit, and shall accept, Project-related correspondence, text, data, documents, drawings, information, and graphics, including but not limited to Shop Drawings and other submittals, in electronic media or digital format, either directly, or through access to a secure Project website. B. If the Contract does not establish protocols for electronic or digital transmittals, then Owner, Engineer, and Contractor shall jointly develop such protocols. C. When transmitting items in electronic media or digital format, the transmitting party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of the items resulting from the recipient’s use of software application packages, operating systems, or EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 8 of 65 computer hardware differing from those used in the drafting or transmittal of the items, or from those established in applicable transmittal protocols. ARTICLE 3 – DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, if there is a discrepancy between the electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents (including any printed copies derived from such electronic or digital versions) and the printed record version, the printed record version shall govern. D. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, and agreements, whether written or oral. E. Engineer will issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents as provided herein. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard specification, manual, reference standard, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Contract if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or any instruction of a Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner, Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Contractor’s Verification of Figures and Field Measurements: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study the Contract Documents, and check and verify pertinent figures and dimensions therein, particularly with respect to applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy that Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall not proceed with any Work affected thereby until the conflict, EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 9 of 65 error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved, by a clarification or interpretation by Engineer, or by an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents: If, before or during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or Regulation, (b) actual field conditions, (c) any standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or (d) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15) until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved, by a clarification or interpretation by Engineer, or by an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies: 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between such provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. the provisions of any standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or the instruction of any Supplier (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference as a Contract Document); or b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). 3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents A. During the performance of the Work and until final payment, Contractor and Owner shall submit to the Engineer all matters in question concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents (sometimes referred to as requests for information or interpretation—RFIs), or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents, as soon as possible after such matters arise. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written clarification, interpretation, or decision on the issue submitted, or initiate an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents. Engineer’s written clarification, interpretation, or decision will be final and binding on Contractor, unless it appeals by submitting a Change Proposal, and on Owner, unless it appeals by filing a Claim. C. If a submitted matter in question concerns terms and conditions of the Contract Documents that do not involve (1) the performance or acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents, (2) the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or (3) other engineering or technical matters, then Engineer will promptly give written notice to Owner and Contractor that Engineer is unable to provide a decision or interpretation. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on resolution of such a matter in question, either party may pursue resolution as provided in Article 12. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 10 of 65 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor and its Subcontractors and Suppliers shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or its consultants, including electronic media editions, or reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer; or 2. have or acquire any title or ownership rights in any other Contract Documents, reuse any such Contract Documents for any purpose without Owner’s express written consent, or violate any copyrights pertaining to such Contract Documents. B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Contract or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Contract. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Contract, whichever date is earlier. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to such date. 4.03 Reference Points A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer’s judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.04 Progress Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.05 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.05) proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 11 of 65 2. Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, or during any appeal process, except as permitted by Paragraph 16.04, or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 4.05 Delays in Contractor’s Progress A. If Owner, Engineer, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times and Contract Price. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. B. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. Delay, disruption, and interference attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be within the control of Contractor. C. If Contractor’s performance or progress is delayed, disrupted, or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of Owner, Contractor, and those for which they are responsible, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph. Causes of delay, disruption, or interference that may give rise to an adjustment in Contract Times under this paragraph include but are not limited to the following: 1. severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes such as fires, floods, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. abnormal weather conditions; 3. acts or failures to act of utility owners (other than those performing other work at or adjacent to the Site by arrangement with the Owner, as contemplated in Article 8); and 4. acts of war or terrorism. D. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition, an Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated by the Contract Documents, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, and those resulting from Hazardous Environmental Conditions, are governed by Article 5. E. Paragraph 8.03 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. F. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for any delay, disruption, or interference if such delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 12 of 65 G. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times under this paragraph within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. ARTICLE 5 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which permanent improvements are to be made and Owner’s interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic’s or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site, adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or otherwise, and other adjacent areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and such other adjacent areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for (a) damage to the Site; (b) damage to any such other adjacent areas used for Contractor’s operations; (c) damage to any other adjacent land or areas; and (d) for injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of any such land or areas; provided that such damage or injuries result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible. 2. If a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of any such land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible, Contractor shall (a) take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.12, or otherwise; (b) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding, or at law; and (c) to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against any such claim, and against all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused directly or indirectly, in whole or in part EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 13 of 65 by, or based upon, Contractor’s performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work the Contractor shall keep the Site and other adjacent areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site and adjacent areas all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading of Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent structures or land to stresses or pressures that will endanger them. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities); and 3. Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings. B. Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data expressly identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. If no such express identification has been made, then Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data (as defined in Article 1) contained in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor. Except for such reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any Technical Data or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 14 of 65 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice by Contractor: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Drawings or Specifications; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15), notify Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except with respect to an emergency) until receipt of a written statement permitting Contractor to do so. B. Engineer’s Review: After receipt of written notice as required by the preceding paragraph, Engineer will promptly review the subsurface or physical condition in question; determine the necessity of Owner’s obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect to the condition; conclude whether the condition falls within any one or more of the differing site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A above; obtain any pertinent cost or schedule information from Contractor; prepare recommendations to Owner regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question and the need for any change in the Drawings or Specifications; and advise Owner in writing of Engineer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. Owner’s Statement to Contractor Regarding Site Condition: After receipt of Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, Owner shall issue a written statement to Contractor (with a copy to Engineer) regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question, addressing the resumption of Work in connection with such condition, indicating whether any change in the Drawings or Specifications will be made, and adopting or rejecting Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, in whole or in part. D. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition, or any related delay, disruption, or interference, causes an increase or decrease in Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. such condition must fall within any one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A; b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03; and, EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 15 of 65 c. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. 2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of such condition at the time Contractor made a commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract, or otherwise; or b. the existence of such condition reasonably could have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor’s making such commitment; or c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. If Owner and Contractor agree regarding Contractor’s entitlement to and the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then any such adjustment shall be set forth in a Change Order. 4. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, no later than 30 days after Owner’s issuance of the Owner’s written statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. Contractor’s Responsibilities: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Owner and Engineer do not warrant or guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data provided by others; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents as being at the Site; c. coordination of the Work with the owners (including Owner) of such Underground Facilities, during construction; and d. the safety and protection of all existing Underground Facilities at the Site, and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Notice by Contractor: If Contractor believes that an Underground Facility that is uncovered or revealed at the Site was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, then Contractor shall, promptly after EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 16 of 65 becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer. C. Engineer’s Review: Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether such Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; obtain any pertinent cost or schedule information from Contractor; prepare recommendations to Owner regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in connection with the Underground Facility in question; determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and advise Owner in writing of Engineer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. D. Owner’s Statement to Contractor Regarding Underground Facility: After receipt of Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, Owner shall issue a written statement to Contractor (with a copy to Engineer) regarding the Underground Facility in question, addressing the resumption of Work in connection with such Underground Facility, indicating whether any change in the Drawings or Specifications will be made, and adopting or rejecting Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations in whole or in part. E. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that any existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, or any related delay, disruption, or interference, causes an increase or decrease in Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated the existence or actual location of the Underground Facility in question; b. With respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03; c. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times; and d. Contractor gave the notice required in Paragraph 5.05.B. 2. If Owner and Contractor agree regarding Contractor’s entitlement to and the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then any such adjustment shall be set forth in a Change Order. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, no later than 30 days after Owner’s issuance of the Owner’s written statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 17 of 65 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports and drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings. B. Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data expressly identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. If no such express identification has been made, then Contractor may rely on the accuracy of the Technical Data (as defined in Article 1) contained in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor. Except for such reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any Technical Data or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for removing or remediating any Hazardous Environmental Condition encountered, uncovered, or revealed at the Site unless such removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. D. Contractor shall be responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing all Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible, and for any associated costs; and for the costs of removing and remediating any Hazardous Environmental Condition created by the presence of any such Constituents of Concern. E. If Contractor encounters, uncovers, or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition whose removal or remediation is not expressly identified in the Contract Documents as being within the scope of the Work, or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, then Contractor shall immediately: (1) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (2) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15); and (3) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. Promptly after consulting with Engineer, Owner shall take such actions as are necessary to permit Owner to timely obtain required permits and provide Contractor the written notice required by Paragraph 5.06.F. If Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible created the Hazardous Environmental Condition in question, then Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition, and impose a set-off against payments to account for the associated costs. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 18 of 65 F. Contractor shall not resume Work in connection with such Hazardous Environmental Condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto, and delivered written notice to Contractor either (1) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or (2) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. G. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor, then within 30 days of Owner’s written notice regarding the resumption of Work, Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may impose a set-off. H. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work, following the contractual change procedures in Article 11. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner’s own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. I. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition (1) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings, Specifications, or other Contract Documents, identified as Technical Data entitled to limited reliance pursuant to Paragraph 5.06.B, or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (2) was not created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 5.06.H shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence. J. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the failure to control, contain, or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible, or to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 5.06.J shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence. K. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 19 of 65 ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish a performance bond and a payment bond, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract. These bonds shall remain in effect until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction period specified in Paragraph 15.08, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, the Supplementary Conditions, or other specific provisions of the Contract. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions or other specific provisions of the Contract. B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular 570 (as amended and supplemented) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. A bond signed by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a certified copy of that individual’s authority to bind the surety. The evidence of authority shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed the accompanying bond. C. Contractor shall obtain the required bonds from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds in the required amounts. D. If the surety on a bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent, or its right to do business is terminated in any state or jurisdiction where any part of the Project is located, or the surety ceases to meet the requirements above, then Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the bond and surety requirements above. E. If Contractor has failed to obtain a required bond, Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner’s termination rights under Article 16. F. Upon request, Owner shall provide a copy of the payment bond to any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or entity claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work. 6.02 Insurance—General Provisions A. Owner and Contractor shall obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions. B. All insurance required by the Contract to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized, in the state or jurisdiction in which the Project is located, to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Unless a different standard is indicated in the Supplementary Conditions, all companies that provide insurance policies required under this Contract shall have an A.M. Best rating of A-VII or better. C. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in this Article, in the Supplementary Conditions, or elsewhere in the Contract), certificates of insurance establishing that Contractor has obtained and is EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 20 of 65 maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Upon request by Owner or any other insured, Contractor shall also furnish other evidence of such required insurance, including but not limited to copies of policies and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this provision. D. Owner shall deliver to Contractor, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in this Article, the Supplementary Conditions, or elsewhere in the Contract), certificates of insurance establishing that Owner has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required of Owner by the Contract (if any). Upon request by Contractor or any other insured, Owner shall also provide other evidence of such required insurance (if any), including but not limited to copies of policies and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles. Owner may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this provision. E. Failure of Owner or Contractor to demand such certificates or other evidence of the other party’s full compliance with these insurance requirements, or failure of Owner or Contractor to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided, shall not be construed as a waiver of the other party’s obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance. F. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the insurance required of such party by the Contract, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. G. If Contractor has failed to obtain and maintain required insurance, Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site, impose an appropriate set-off against payment, and exercise Owner’s termination rights under Article 16. H. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if a party has failed to obtain required insurance, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent insurance to protect such other party’s interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and the Contract Price shall be adjusted accordingly. I. Owner does not represent that insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract necessarily will be adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor’s interests. J. The insurance and insurance limits required herein shall not be deemed as a limitation on Contractor’s liability under the indemnities granted to Owner and other individuals and entities in the Contract. 6.03 Contractor’s Insurance A. Workers’ Compensation: Contractor shall purchase and maintain workers’ compensation and employer’s liability insurance for: 1. claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. 2. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers’ Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage (if applicable). 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor’s employees (by stop-gap endorsement in monopolist worker’s compensation states). EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 21 of 65 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Commercial General Liability—Claims Covered: Contractor shall purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance, covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor, on an occurrence basis, against: 1. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor’s employees. 2. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage. 3. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom. C. Commercial General Liability—Form and Content: Contractor’s commercial liability policy shall be written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage: a. Such insurance shall be maintained for three years after final payment. b. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured (as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract) evidence of continuation of such insurance at final payment and three years thereafter. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage, to the extent permitted by law, including but not limited to coverage of Contractor’s contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.18. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground, explosion, and collapse coverage. 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. Additional insured endorsements that include both ongoing operations and products and completed operations coverage through ISO Endorsements CG 20 10 10 01 and CG 20 37 10 01 (together); or CG 20 10 07 04 and CG 20 37 07 04 (together); or their equivalent. 8. For design professional additional insureds, ISO Endorsement CG 20 32 07 04, “Additional Insured—Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured” or its equivalent. D. Automobile liability: Contractor shall purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of any motor vehicle. The automobile liability policy shall be written on an occurrence basis. E. Umbrella or excess liability: Contractor shall purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer’s liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Subject to industry-standard exclusions, the coverage afforded shall follow form as to each and every one of the underlying policies. F. Contractor’s pollution liability insurance: Contractor shall purchase and maintain a policy covering third-party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs, as a result EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 22 of 65 of pollution conditions arising from Contractor’s operations and completed operations. This insurance shall be maintained for no less than three years after final completion. G. Additional insureds: The Contractor’s commercial general liability, automobile liability, umbrella or excess, and pollution liability policies shall include and list as additional insureds Owner and Engineer, and any individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions; include coverage for the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds; and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby (including as applicable those arising from both ongoing and completed operations) on a non-contributory basis. Contractor shall obtain all necessary endorsements to support these requirements. H. Contractor’s professional liability insurance: If Contractor will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract, through a delegation of professional design services or otherwise, then Contractor shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining applicable professional liability insurance. This insurance shall provide protection against claims arising out of performance of professional design or related services, and caused by a negligent error, omission, or act for which the insured party is legally liable. It shall be maintained throughout the duration of the Contract and for a minimum of two years after Substantial Completion. If such professional design services are performed by a Subcontractor, and not by Contractor itself, then the requirements of this paragraph may be satisfied through the purchasing and maintenance of such insurance by such Subcontractor. I. General provisions: The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 6.03 shall: 1. include at least the specific coverages provided in this Article. 2. be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions, or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater. 3. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed, or renewal refused until at least 10 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor. Within three days of receipt of any such written notice, Contractor shall provide a copy of the notice to Owner, Engineer, and each other insured under the policy. 4. remain in effect at least until final payment (and longer if expressly required in this Article) and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work as a warranty or correction obligation, or otherwise, or returning to the Site to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 5. be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims that may arise out of or result from Contractor’s performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met by such policies, and not by reference to excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 23 of 65 6.04 Owner’s Liability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under Paragraph 6.03, Owner, at Owner’s option, may purchase and maintain at Owner’s expense Owner’s own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. B. Owner’s liability policies, if any, operate separately and independently from policies required to be provided by Contractor, and Contractor cannot rely upon Owner’s liability policies for any of Contractor’s obligations to the Owner, Engineer, or third parties. 6.05 Property Insurance A. Builder’s Risk: Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall purchase and maintain builder’s risk insurance upon the Work on a completed value basis, in the amount of the full insurable replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 1. include the Owner and Contractor as named insureds, and all Subcontractors, and any individuals or entities required by the Supplementary Conditions to be insured under such builder’s risk policy, as insureds or named insureds. For purposes of the remainder of this Paragraph 6.05, Paragraphs 6.06 and 6.07, and any corresponding Supplementary Conditions, the parties required to be insured shall collectively be referred to as “insureds.” 2. be written on a builder’s risk “all risk” policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder’s risk policies, by endorsement or otherwise, such insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. cover, as insured property, at least the following: (a) the Work and all materials, supplies, machinery, apparatus, equipment, fixtures, and other property of a similar nature that are to be incorporated into or used in the preparation, fabrication, construction, erection, or completion of the Work, including Owner-furnished or assigned property; (b) spare parts inventory required within the scope of the Contract; and (c) temporary works which are not intended to form part of the permanent constructed Work but which are intended to provide working access to the Site, or to the Work under construction, or which are intended to provide temporary support for the Work under construction, including scaffolding, form work, fences, shoring, falsework, and temporary structures. 4. cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects). EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 24 of 65 5. extend to cover damage or loss to insured property while in temporary storage at the Site or in a storage location outside the Site (but not including property stored at the premises of a manufacturer or Supplier). 6. extend to cover damage or loss to insured property while in transit. 7. allow for partial occupation or use of the Work by Owner, such that those portions of the Work that are not yet occupied or used by Owner shall remain covered by the builder’s risk insurance. 8. allow for the waiver of the insurer’s subrogation rights, as set forth below. 9. provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 10. not include a co-insurance clause. 11. include an exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 12. include performance/hot testing and start-up. 13. be maintained in effect, subject to the provisions herein regarding Substantial Completion and partial occupancy or use of the Work by Owner, until the Work is complete. B. Notice of Cancellation or Change: All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with this Paragraph 6.05 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 10 days prior written notice has been given to the purchasing policyholder. Within three days of receipt of any such written notice, the purchasing policyholder shall provide a copy of the notice to each other insured. C. Deductibles: The purchaser of any required builder’s risk or property insurance shall pay for costs not covered because of the application of a policy deductible. D. Partial Occupancy or Use by Owner: If Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 15.04, then Owner (directly, if it is the purchaser of the builder’s risk policy, or through Contractor) will provide notice of such occupancy or use to the builder’s risk insurer. The builder’s risk insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy; rather, those portions of the Work that are occupied or used by Owner may come off the builder’s risk policy, while those portions of the Work not yet occupied or used by Owner shall remain covered by the builder’s risk insurance. E. Additional Insurance: If Contractor elects to obtain other special insurance to be included in or supplement the builder’s risk or property insurance policies provided under this Paragraph 6.05, it may do so at Contractor’s expense. F. Insurance of Other Property: If the express insurance provisions of the Contract do not require or address the insurance of a property item or interest, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property owned by Contractor, a Subcontractor, or an employee of Contractor or a Subcontractor, then the entity or individual owning such property item will be responsible for deciding whether to insure it, and if so in what amount. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 25 of 65 6.06 Waiver of Rights A. All policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 6.05, expressly including the builder’s risk policy, shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any insureds thereunder, or against Engineer or its consultants, or their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Engineer, its consultants, all Subcontractors, all individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner or Contractor as trustee or fiduciary, or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, for: 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner’s property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other perils whether or not insured by Owner; and 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial occupancy or use pursuant to Paragraph 15.04, after Substantial Completion pursuant to Paragraph 15.03, or after final payment pursuant to Paragraph 15.06. C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in Paragraph 6.06.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors, or Engineer, or the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors of each and any of them. D. Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that the agreement under which a Subcontractor performs a portion of the Work contains provisions whereby the Subcontractor waives all rights against Owner, Contractor, all individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as insureds, the Engineer and its consultants, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder’s risk insurance and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. 6.07 Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds A. Any insured loss under the builder’s risk and other policies of insurance required by Paragraph 6.05 will be adjusted and settled with the named insured that purchased the EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 26 of 65 policy. Such named insured shall act as fiduciary for the other insureds, and give notice to such other insureds that adjustment and settlement of a claim is in progress. Any other insured may state its position regarding a claim for insured loss in writing within 15 days after notice of such claim. B. Proceeds for such insured losses may be made payable by the insurer either jointly to multiple insureds, or to the named insured that purchased the policy in its own right and as fiduciary for other insureds, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause. A named insured receiving insurance proceeds under the builder’s risk and other policies of insurance required by Paragraph 6.05 shall distribute such proceeds in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or as otherwise required under the dispute resolution provisions of this Contract or applicable Laws and Regulations. C. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the money so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by Change Order, if needed. ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours, Monday through Friday. Contractor will not perform Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday. Contractor may perform Work outside regular working hours or on Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays only with Owner’s written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld. 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start up, and completion of the Work, whether or not such items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 27 of 65 guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. 7.04 “Or Equals” A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the Contract Price has been based upon Contractor furnishing such item as specified. The specification or description of such an item is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or “or equal” item is permitted, Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the use of other items of material or equipment, or items from other proposed suppliers under the circumstances described below. 1. If Engineer in its sole discretion determines that an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, Engineer shall deem it an “or equal” item. For the purposes of this paragraph, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and 4) it is not objectionable to Owner. b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times; and 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. B. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed “or equal” item at Contractor’s expense. C. Engineer’s Evaluation and Determination: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each “or-equal” request. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed “or-equal” item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No “or-equal” item will be ordered, furnished, installed, or utilized until Engineer’s review is complete and Engineer determines that the proposed item is an “or-equal”, which will be evidenced by an approved Shop Drawing or other written communication. Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 28 of 65 D. Effect of Engineer’s Determination: Neither approval nor denial of an “or-equal” request shall result in any change in Contract Price. The Engineer’s denial of an “or-equal” request shall be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract Documents. E. Treatment as a Substitution Request: If Engineer determines that an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an “or-equal” item, Contractor may request that Engineer considered the proposed item as a substitute pursuant to Paragraph 7.05. 7.05 Substitutes A. Unless the specification or description of an item of material or equipment required to be furnished under the Contract Documents contains or is followed by words reading that no substitution is permitted, Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the use of other items of material or equipment under the circumstances described below. To the extent possible such requests shall be made before commencement of related construction at the Site. 1. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is functionally equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Engineer will not accept requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment from anyone other than Contractor. 2. The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 7.05.B, as supplemented by the Specifications, and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. 3. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application: a. shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: 1) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, 2) be similar in substance to that specified, and 3) be suited to the same use as that specified. b. will state: 1) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will necessitate a change in Contract Times, 2) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item, and 3) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. c. will identify: 1) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified, and EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 29 of 65 2) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services. d. shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including but not limited to changes in Contract Price, shared savings, costs of redesign, and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change. B. Engineer’s Evaluation and Determination: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each substitute request, and to obtain comments and direction from Owner. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No substitute will be ordered, furnished, installed, or utilized until Engineer’s review is complete and Engineer determines that the proposed item is an acceptable substitute. Engineer’s determination will be evidenced by a Field Order or a proposed Change Order accounting for the substitution itself and all related impacts, including changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. C. Special Guarantee: Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor’s expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. D. Reimbursement of Engineer’s Cost: Engineer will record Engineer’s costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor. Whether or not Engineer approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. E. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute at Contractor’s expense. F. Effect of Engineer’s Determination: If Engineer approves the substitution request, Contractor shall execute the proposed Change Order and proceed with the substitution. The Engineer’s denial of a substitution request shall be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract Documents. Contractor may challenge the scope of reimbursement costs imposed under Paragraph 7.05.D, by timely submittal of a Change Proposal. 7.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. Such Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor shall retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required by the Contract to do so. C. Subsequent to the submittal of Contractor’s Bid or final negotiation of the terms of the Contract, Owner may not require Contractor to retain any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against which Contractor has reasonable objection. D. Prior to entry into any binding subcontract or purchase order, Contractor shall submit to Owner the identity of the proposed Subcontractor or Supplier (unless Owner has already deemed such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier acceptable, during the bidding process or otherwise). Such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within five days. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 30 of 65 E. Owner may require the replacement of any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity retained by Contractor to perform any part of the Work. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements; provided, however, that Owner may not require a replacement to which Contractor has a reasonable objection. If Contractor has submitted the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for acceptance by Owner, and Owner has accepted it (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto), then Owner may subsequently revoke the acceptance of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified solely on the basis of substantive, reasonable objection after due investigation. Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. F. If Owner requires the replacement of any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity retained by Contractor to perform any part of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, with respect to the replacement; and Contractor shall initiate a Change Proposal for such adjustment within 30 days of Owner’s requirement of replacement. G. No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of the right of Owner to the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. On a monthly basis Contractor shall submit to Engineer a complete list of all Subcontractors and Suppliers having a direct contract with Contractor, and of all other Subcontractors and Suppliers known to Contractor at the time of submittal. I. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor’s own acts and omissions. J. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and all other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work. K. Contractor shall restrict all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work from communicating with Engineer or Owner, except through Contractor or in case of an emergency, or as otherwise expressly allowed herein. L. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. M. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be pursuant to an appropriate contractual agreement that specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. N. Owner may furnish to any Subcontractor or Supplier, to the extent practicable, information about amounts paid to Contractor on account of Work performed for Contractor by the particular Subcontractor or Supplier. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 31 of 65 O. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity; nor 2. shall create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any money due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer, its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals, and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device specified in the Contract Documents, but not identified as being subject to payment of any license fee or royalty to others required by patent rights or copyrights. C. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 7.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of the submission of Contractor’s Bid (or when Contractor became bound under a negotiated contract). Owner shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 32 of 65 7.09 Taxes A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 7.10 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor’s compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work or takes any other action knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all resulting costs and losses, and shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work or other action. It shall not be Contractor’s responsibility to make certain that the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor’s obligations under Paragraph 3.03. C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of any changes after the submission of Contractor’s Bid (or after the date when Contractor became bound under a negotiated contract) in Laws or Regulations having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work, including but not limited to changes in Laws or Regulations having an effect on procuring permits and on sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from such changes, then within 30 days of such notice Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may initiate a Claim. 7.11 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one printed record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, written interpretations and clarifications, and approved Shop Drawings. Contractor shall keep such record documents in good order and annotate them to show changes made during construction. These record documents, together with all approved Samples, will be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, Contractor shall deliver these record documents to Engineer. 7.12 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 33 of 65 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site, when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of Owner’s safety programs, if any. The Supplementary Conditions identify any Owner’s safety programs that are applicable to the Work. D. Contractor shall inform Owner and Engineer of the specific requirements of Contractor’s safety program with which Owner’s and Engineer’s employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 7.12.A.2 or 7.12.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor at its expense (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). F. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 15.06.B that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). G. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection shall resume whenever Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations, or to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 7.13 Safety Representative A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 7.14 Hazard Communication Programs A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 34 of 65 exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.15 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. 7.16 Shop Drawings, Samples, and Other Submittals A. Shop Drawing and Sample Submittal Requirements: 1. Before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have: a. reviewed and coordinated the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; b. determined and verified all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; c. determined and verified the suitability of all materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and d. determined and verified all information relative to Contractor’s responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor’s review of that submittal, and that Contractor approves the submittal. 3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any variations that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be set forth in a written communication separate from the Shop Drawings or Sample submittal; and, in addition, in the case of Shop Drawings by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. B. Submittal Procedures for Shop Drawings and Samples: Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals. Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may require. 1. Shop Drawings: a. Contractor shall submit the number of copies required in the Specifications. b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 35 of 65 provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 7.16.D. 2. Samples: a. Contractor shall submit the number of Samples required in the Specifications. b. Contractor shall clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 7.16.D. 3. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to Engineer’s review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. Other Submittals: Contractor shall submit other submittals to Engineer in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals, and pursuant to the applicable terms of the Specifications. D. Engineer’s Review: 1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer’s review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Engineer’s review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3. Engineer’s review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 4. Engineer’s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 7.16.A.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer will document any such approved variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents in a Field Order. 5. Engineer’s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 7.16.A and B. 6. Engineer’s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample, or of a variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall not, under any circumstances, change the Contract Times or Contract Price, unless such changes are included in a Change Order. 7. Neither Engineer’s receipt, review, acceptance or approval of a Shop Drawing, Sample, or other submittal shall result in such item becoming a Contract Document. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 36 of 65 8. Contractor shall perform the Work in compliance with the requirements and commitments set forth in approved Shop Drawings and Samples, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7.16.D.4. E. Resubmittal Procedures: 1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. 2. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with sufficient information and accuracy to obtain required approval of an item with no more than three submittals. Engineer will record Engineer’s time for reviewing a fourth or subsequent submittal of a Shop Drawings, sample, or other item requiring approval, and Contractor shall be responsible for Engineer’s charges to Owner for such time. Owner may impose a set- off against payments due to Contractor to secure reimbursement for such charges. 3. If Contractor requests a change of a previously approved submittal item, Contractor shall be responsible for Engineer’s charges to Owner for its review time, and Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor to secure reimbursement for such charges, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 7.17 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on Contractor’s warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor’s warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor’s obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by Engineer; 2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by Owner; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner; 5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal; 6. the issuance of a notice of acceptability by Engineer; 7. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 8. any correction of defective Work by Owner. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 37 of 65 D. If the Contract requires the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract entered into by Owner, then the specific warranties, guarantees, and correction obligations contained in the assigned contract shall govern with respect to Contractor’s performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in the assigned contract. 7.18 Indemnification A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, and in addition to any other obligations of Contractor under the Contract or otherwise, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. B. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 7.18.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. C. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 7.18.A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer’s officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out of: 1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 7.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 38 of 65 Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional’s written approval when submitted to Engineer. C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this paragraph, Engineer’s review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Engineer’s review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 7.16.D.1. E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by Owner or Engineer. ARTICLE 8 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. In addition to and apart from the Work under the Contract Documents, the Owner may perform other work at or adjacent to the Site. Such other work may be performed by Owner’s employees, or through contracts between the Owner and third parties. Owner may also arrange to have third-party utility owners perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. B. If Owner performs other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner’s employees, or through contracts for such other work, then Owner shall give Contractor written notice thereof prior to starting any such other work. If Owner has advance information regarding the start of any utility work at or adjacent to the Site, Owner shall provide such information to Contractor. C. Contractor shall afford each other contractor that performs such other work, each utility owner performing other work, and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with Owner’s employees, proper and safe access to the Site, and provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. D. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor’s Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 8, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor’s Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 39 of 65 8.02 Coordination A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work at or adjacent to the Site, to perform other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner’s employees, or to arrange to have utility owners perform work at or adjacent to the Site, the following will be set forth in the Supplementary Conditions or provided to Contractor prior to the start of any such other work: 1. the identity of the individual or entity that will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors; 2. an itemization of the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. If, in the course of performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the Owner’s employees, any other contractor working for Owner, or any utility owner causes damage to the Work or to the property of Contractor or its Subcontractors, or delays, disrupts, interferes with, or increases the scope or cost of the performance of the Work, through actions or inaction, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times under this paragraph within 30 days of the damaging, delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. The entitlement to, and extent of, any such equitable adjustment shall take into account information (if any) regarding such other work that was provided to Contractor in the Contract Documents prior to the submittal of the Bid or the final negotiation of the terms of the Contract. When applicable, any such equitable adjustment in Contract Price shall be conditioned on Contractor assigning to Owner all Contractor’s rights against such other contractor or utility owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. B. Contractor shall take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damaging, delaying, disrupting, or interfering with the work of Owner, any other contractor, or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. If Contractor fails to take such measures and as a result damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of any such other contractor or utility owner, then Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor, and assign to such other contractor or utility owner the Owner’s contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations set forth in this paragraph. C. When Owner is performing other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner’s employees, Contractor shall be liable to Owner for damage to such other work, and for the reasonable direct delay, disruption, and interference costs incurred by Owner as a result of Contractor’s failure to take reasonable and customary measures with respect to Owner’s other work. In response to such damage, delay, disruption, or interference, Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 40 of 65 D. If Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of any other contractor, or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, through Contractor’s failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid such impacts, or if any claim arising out of Contractor’s actions, inactions, or negligence in performance of the Work at or adjacent to the Site is made by any such other contractor or utility owner against Contractor, Owner, or Engineer, then Contractor shall (1) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such other contractor or utility owner, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law, and (2) indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against any such claims, and against all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such damage, delay, disruption, or interference. ARTICLE 9 – OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. 9.02 Replacement of Engineer A. Owner may at its discretion appoint an engineer to replace Engineer, provided Contractor makes no reasonable objection to the replacement engineer. The replacement engineer’s status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Engineer. 9.03 Furnish Data A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in the Agreement. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings A. Owner’s duties with respect to providing lands and easements are set forth in Paragraph 5.01. B. Owner’s duties with respect to providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraph 4.03. C. Article 5 refers to Owner’s identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the Site, and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner’s responsibilities, if any, with respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 6. 9.07 Change Orders A. Owner’s responsibilities with respect to Change Orders are set forth in Article 11. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 41 of 65 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. Owner’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 14.02.B. 9.09 Limitations on Owner’s Responsibilities A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. Owner’s responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A. Upon request of Contractor, Owner shall furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner’s obligations under the Contract Documents (including obligations under proposed changes in the Work). 9.12 Safety Programs A. While at the Site, Owner’s employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor’s safety programs of which Owner has been informed. B. Owner shall furnish copies of any applicable Owner safety programs to Contractor. ARTICLE 10 – ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner’s Representative A. Engineer will be Owner’s representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner’s representative during construction are set forth in the Contract. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor’s executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer’s efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. B. Engineer’s visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer’s authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 10.08. Particularly, but without limitation, during EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 42 of 65 or as a result of Engineer’s visits or observations of Contractor’s Work, Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 10.03 Project Representative A. If Owner and Engineer have agreed that Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to represent Engineer at the Site and assist Engineer in observing the progress and quality of the Work, then the authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as provided in Paragraph 10.08. If Owner designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who is not Engineer’s consultant, agent, or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. Engineer has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 14. 10.05 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments A. Engineer’s authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, are set forth in Paragraph 7.16. B. Engineer’s authority, and limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services, if any, are set forth in Paragraph 7.19. C. Engineer’s authority as to Change Orders is set forth in Article 11. D. Engineer’s authority as to Applications for Payment is set forth in Article 15. 10.06 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor as set forth in Paragraph 13.03. 10.07 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. Engineer will render decisions regarding the requirements of the Contract Documents, and judge the acceptability of the Work, pursuant to the specific procedures set forth herein for initial interpretations, Change Proposals, and acceptance of the Work. In rendering such decisions and judgments, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor, and will not be liable to Owner, Contractor, or others in connection with any proceedings, interpretations, decisions, or judgments conducted or rendered in good faith. 10.08 Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities A. Neither Engineer’s authority or responsibility under this Article 10 or under any other provision of the Contract, nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer, shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 43 of 65 B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. D. Engineer’s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 15.06.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals, that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 10.08 shall also apply to the Resident Project Representative, if any. 10.09 Compliance with Safety Program A. While at the Site, Engineer’s employees and representatives will comply with the specific applicable requirements of Owner’s and Contractor’s safety programs (if any) of which Engineer has been informed. ARTICLE 11 – AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended or supplemented by a Change Order, a Work Change Directive, or a Field Order. 1. Change Orders: a. If an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents includes a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, such amendment or supplement must be set forth in a Change Order. A Change Order also may be used to establish amendments and supplements of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. b. Owner and Contractor may amend those terms and conditions of the Contract Documents that do not involve (1) the performance or acceptability of the Work, (2) the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or (3) other engineering or technical matters, without the recommendation of the Engineer. Such an amendment shall be set forth in a Change Order. 2. Work Change Directives: A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the modification ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order, following negotiations by the parties as to the Work Change Directive’s effect, if any, on the Contract Price and Contract Times; or, if negotiations are unsuccessful, by a determination under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraph 11.04 regarding change of Contract Price. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 44 of 65 adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive. Owner must submit any Claim seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, no later than 60 days after issuance of the Work Change Directive. 3. Field Orders: Engineer may authorize minor changes in the Work if the changes do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Such changes will be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, which shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then before proceeding with the Work at issue, Contractor shall submit a Change Proposal as provided herein. 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work. Such changes shall be supported by Engineer’s recommendation, to the extent the change involves the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or other engineering or technical matters. Such changes may be accomplished by a Change Order, if Owner and Contractor have agreed as to the effect, if any, of the changes on Contract Times or Contract Price; or by a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved; or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, promptly cease construction activities with respect to such deleted Work. Added or revised Work shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. Nothing in this paragraph shall obligate Contractor to undertake work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor’s safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.15 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price shall comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, then by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, then by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 11.04.C.2); or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach mutual agreement to a lump sum, then on EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 45 of 65 the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 13.01) plus a Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.04.C). C. Contractor’s Fee: When applicable, the Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.B.1 and 13.01.B.2, the Contractor’s fee shall be 15 percent; b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 13.01.B.3, the Contractor’s fee shall be five percent; c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 11.01.C.2.a and 11.01.C.2.b is that the Contractor’s fee shall be based on: (1) a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.A.1 and 13.01.A.2 by the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, and (2) with respect to Contractor itself and to any Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, a fee of five percent of the amount (fee plus underlying costs incurred) attributable to the next lower tier Subcontractor; provided, however, that for any such subcontracted work the maximum total fee to be paid by Owner shall be no greater than 27 percent of the costs incurred by the Subcontractor that actually performs the work; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 13.01.B.4, 13.01.B.5, and 13.01.C; e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor’s fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor’s fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 11.04.C.2.a through 11.04.C.2.e, inclusive. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Paragraph 4.05, concerning delays in Contractor’s progress. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Contractor shall submit a Change Proposal to Engineer to request an adjustment in the Contract Times or Contract Price; appeal an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; contest a set-off against payment due; or seek other relief under EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 46 of 65 the Contract. The Change Proposal shall specify any proposed change in Contract Times or Contract Price, or both, or other proposed relief, and explain the reason for the proposed change, with citations to any governing or applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. 1. Procedures: Contractor shall submit each Change Proposal to Engineer promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto, or after such initial decision. The Contractor shall submit supporting data, including the proposed change in Contract Price or Contract Time (if any), to the Engineer and Owner within 15 days after the submittal of the Change Proposal. The supporting data shall be accompanied by a written statement that the supporting data are accurate and complete, and that any requested time or price adjustment is the entire adjustment to which Contractor believes it is entitled as a result of said event. Engineer will advise Owner regarding the Change Proposal, and consider any comments or response from Owner regarding the Change Proposal. 2. Engineer’s Action: Engineer will review each Change Proposal and, within 30 days after receipt of the Contractor’s supporting data, either deny the Change Proposal in whole, approve it in whole, or deny it in part and approve it in part. Such actions shall be in writing, with a copy provided to Owner and Contractor. If Engineer does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days, then either Owner or Contractor may at any time thereafter submit a letter to the other party indicating that as a result of Engineer’s inaction the Change Proposal is deemed denied, thereby commencing the time for appeal of the denial under Article 12. 3. Binding Decision: Engineer’s decision will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor appeals the decision by filing a Claim under Article 12. B. Resolution of Certain Change Proposals: If the Change Proposal does not involve the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), the acceptability of the Work, or other engineering or technical matters, then Engineer will notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Change Proposal. For purposes of further resolution of such a Change Proposal, such notice shall be deemed a denial, and Contractor may choose to seek resolution under the terms of Article 12. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering: 1. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; 2. changes in Contract Price resulting from an Owner set-off, unless Contractor has duly contested such set-off; 3. changes in the Work which are: (a) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02, (b) required because of Owner’s acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 14.04 or Owner’s correction of defective Work under Paragraph 14.07, or (c) agreed to by the parties, subject to the need for Engineer’s recommendation if the change in the Work involves the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or other engineering or technical matters; and 4. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes, which embody the substance of any final and binding results under Paragraph 11.06, or Article 12. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 47 of 65 B. If Owner or Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07, it shall be deemed to be of full force and effect, as if fully executed. 11.08 Notification to Surety A. If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor’s responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. ARTICLE 12 – CLAIMS 12.01 Claims A. Claims Process: The following disputes between Owner and Contractor shall be submitted to the Claims process set forth in this Article: 1. Appeals by Owner or Contractor of Engineer’s decisions regarding Change Proposals; 2. Owner demands for adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other relief under the Contract Documents; and 3. Disputes that Engineer has been unable to address because they do not involve the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), the acceptability of the Work, or other engineering or technical matters. B. Submittal of Claim: The party submitting a Claim shall deliver it directly to the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto; in the case of appeals regarding Change Proposals within 30 days of the decision under appeal. The party submitting the Claim shall also furnish a copy to the Engineer, for its information only. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. In the case of a Claim by Contractor seeking an increase in the Contract Times or Contract Price, or both, Contractor shall certify that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data are accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor’s knowledge and belief the amount of time or money requested accurately reflects the full amount to which Contractor is entitled. C. Review and Resolution: The party receiving a Claim shall review it thoroughly, giving full consideration to its merits. The two parties shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. The parties may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. All actions taken on a Claim shall be stated in writing and submitted to the other party, with a copy to Engineer. D. Mediation: 1. At any time after initiation of a Claim, Owner and Contractor may mutually agree to mediation of the underlying dispute. The agreement to mediate shall stay the Claim submittal and response process. 2. If Owner and Contractor agree to mediation, then after 60 days from such agreement, either Owner or Contractor may unilaterally terminate the mediation process, and the Claim submittal and decision process shall resume as of the date of the termination. If the mediation proceeds but is unsuccessful in resolving the dispute, the Claim EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 48 of 65 submittal and decision process shall resume as of the date of the conclusion of the mediation, as determined by the mediator. 3. Owner and Contractor shall each pay one-half of the mediator’s fees and costs. E. Partial Approval: If the party receiving a Claim approves the Claim in part and denies it in part, such action shall be final and binding unless within 30 days of such action the other party invokes the procedure set forth in Article 17 for final resolution of disputes. F. Denial of Claim: If efforts to resolve a Claim are not successful, the party receiving the Claim may deny it by giving written notice of denial to the other party. If the receiving party does not take action on the Claim within 90 days, then either Owner or Contractor may at any time thereafter submit a letter to the other party indicating that as a result of the inaction, the Claim is deemed denied, thereby commencing the time for appeal of the denial. A denial of the Claim shall be final and binding unless within 30 days of the denial the other party invokes the procedure set forth in Article 17 for the final resolution of disputes. G. Final and Binding Results: If the parties reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim, whether through approval of the Claim, direct negotiations, mediation, or otherwise; or if a Claim is approved in part and denied in part, or denied in full, and such actions become final and binding; then the results of the agreement or action on the Claim shall be incorporated in a Change Order to the extent they affect the Contract, including the Work, the Contract Times, or the Contract Price. ARTICLE 13 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 13.01 Cost of the Work A. Purposes for Determination of Cost of the Work: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessary for the proper performance of the Work at issue, as further defined below. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price, under cost-plus-fee, time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. When the value of any such adjustment is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment. B. Costs Included: Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, costs included in the Cost of the Work shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 13.01.C, and shall include only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, and vacation and holiday pay applicable EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 49 of 65 thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers’ field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, who will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor’s Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor’s Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 13.01. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor’s employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof, whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, as imposed by Laws and Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with Paragraph 6.05), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 50 of 65 other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor’s fee. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as communication service at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance that Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. C. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor’s officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor’s principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 13.01.B.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 13.01.B.4. The payroll costs and other compensation excluded here are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor’s fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor’s principal and branch offices other than Contractor’s office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor’s capital expenses, including interest on Contractor’s capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraph 13.01.B. D. Contractor’s Fee: When the Work as a whole is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor’s fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor’s fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 11.04.C. E. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to this Article 13, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 13.02 Allowances A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 51 of 65 B. Cash Allowances: Contractor agrees that: 1. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and 2. Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 13.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work will be based on actual quantities. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer’s preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). Engineer’s written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of the following paragraph. E. Within 30 days of Engineer’s written decision under the preceding paragraph, Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may file a Claim, seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price if: 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 3. Contractor believes that it is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price, and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 52 of 65 ARTICLE 14 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 14.01 Access to Work A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent testing laboratories, and authorities having jurisdiction will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor’s safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work (or specific parts thereof) for all required inspections and tests, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections and tests. B. Owner shall retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform all inspections and tests expressly required by the Contract Documents to be furnished and paid for by Owner, except that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections of covered Work shall be governed by the provisions of Paragraph 14.05. C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval. D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging, obtaining, and paying for all inspections and tests required: 1. by the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to Owner; 2. to attain Owner’s and Engineer’s acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. by manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. for testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; and 5. for acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections and tests shall be performed by independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to Owner and Engineer. E. If the Contract Documents require the Work (or part thereof) to be approved by Owner, Engineer, or another designated individual or entity, then Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such approvals. F. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, Contractor shall, if requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for observation. Such uncovering shall be at Contractor’s expense unless Contractor had given Engineer timely notice of Contractor’s intention to EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 53 of 65 cover the same and Engineer had not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 14.03 Defective Work A. Contractor’s Obligation: It is Contractor’s obligation to assure that the Work is not defective. B. Engineer’s Authority: Engineer has the authority to determine whether Work is defective, and to reject defective Work. C. Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. D. Correction, or Removal and Replacement: Promptly after receipt of written notice of defective Work, Contractor shall correct all such defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if Engineer has rejected the defective Work, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. E. Preservation of Warranties: When correcting defective Work, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner’s special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. F. Costs and Damages: In addition to its correction, removal, and replacement obligations with respect to defective Work, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to defective Work, including but not limited to the cost of the inspection, testing, correction, removal, replacement, or reconstruction of such defective Work, fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because the Work is defective, and the costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from defective Work. Prior to final payment, if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the measure of such claims, costs, losses, and damages resulting from defective Work, then Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15. 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner prefers to accept it, Owner may do so (subject, if such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, to Engineer’s confirmation that such acceptance is in general accord with the design intent and applicable engineering principles, and will not endanger public safety). Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages attributable to Owner’s evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness), and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work shall be incorporated in a Change Order. If the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted, then Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15. If the acceptance of defective Work occurs after final payment, Contractor shall pay an appropriate amount to Owner. 14.05 Uncovering Work A. Engineer has the authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 54 of 65 B. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, then Contractor shall, if requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for Engineer’s observation, and then replace the covering, all at Contractor’s expense. C. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, then Contractor, at Engineer’s request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, and provide all necessary labor, material, and equipment. 1. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall be responsible for all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and pending Contractor’s full discharge of this responsibility the Owner shall be entitled to impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15. 2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, then Contractor may submit a Change Proposal within 30 days of the determination that the Work is not defective. 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, then Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, then Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor’s services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner’s representatives, agents and employees, Owner’s other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer’s consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07 will be charged against Contractor as set- offs against payments due under Article 15. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 55 of 65 include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor’s defective Work. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner’s rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07. ARTICLE 15 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 15.01 Progress Payments A. Basis for Progress Payments: The Schedule of Values established as provided in Article 2 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed during the pay period, as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. Progress payments for cost-based Work will be based on Cost of the Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Applications for Payments: 1. At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens, and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance, a warehouse bond, or other arrangements to protect Owner’s interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. 2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor’s legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. C. Review of Applications: 1. Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, including each resubmittal, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner, or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer’s reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. Engineer’s recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer’s observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional, and on Engineer’s review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer’s knowledge, information and belief: EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 56 of 65 a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 13.03, and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. the conditions precedent to Contractor’s being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer’s responsibility to observe the Work. 3. By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract; or b. there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor. 4. Neither Engineer’s review of Contractor’s Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer’s recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer: a. to supervise, direct, or control the Work, or b. for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or c. for Contractor’s failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor’s performance of the Work, or d. to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the money paid on account of the Contract Price, or e. to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens. 5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer’s opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner stated in Paragraph 15.01.C.2. 6. Engineer will recommend reductions in payment (set-offs) necessary in Engineer’s opinion to protect Owner from loss because: a. the Work is defective, requiring correction or replacement; b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; c. Owner has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 14.04; d. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; or EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 57 of 65 e. Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents. D. Payment Becomes Due: 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer’s recommendation, the amount recommended (subject to any Owner set-offs) will become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor. E. Reductions in Payment by Owner: 1. In addition to any reductions in payment (set-offs) recommended by Engineer, Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on any of the following: a. claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor’s conduct in the performance or furnishing of the Work, or Owner has incurred costs, losses, or damages on account of Contractor’s conduct in the performance or furnishing of the Work, including but not limited to claims, costs, losses, or damages from workplace injuries, adjacent property damage, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, and patent infringement; b. Contractor has failed to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site; c. Contractor has failed to provide and maintain required bonds or insurance; d. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; e. Owner has incurred extra charges or engineering costs related to submittal reviews, evaluations of proposed substitutes, tests and inspections, or return visits to manufacturing or assembly facilities; f. the Work is defective, requiring correction or replacement; g. Owner has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 14.04; h. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; i. an event that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify a termination for cause has occurred; j. liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor’s failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or final completion of the Work; k. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; l. there are other items entitling Owner to a set off against the amount recommended. 2. If Owner imposes any set-off against payment, whether based on its own knowledge or on the written recommendations of Engineer, Owner will give Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and the specific amount of the reduction, and promptly pay Contractor any amount EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 58 of 65 remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, if Contractor remedies the reasons for such action. The reduction imposed shall be binding on Contractor unless it duly submits a Change Proposal contesting the reduction. 3. Upon a subsequent determination that Owner’s refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 15.01.C.1 and subject to interest as provided in the Agreement. 15.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract will pass to Owner free and clear of (1) all Liens and other title defects, and (2) all patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations, no later than seven days after the time of payment by Owner. 15.03 Substantial Completion A. When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Contractor shall at the same time submit to Owner and Engineer an initial draft of punch list items to be completed or corrected before final payment. B. Promptly after Contractor’s notification, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a preliminary certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. Engineer shall attach to the certificate a punch list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the preliminary certificate during which to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached punch list. If, after considering the objections to the provisions of the preliminary certificate, Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will, within 14 days after submission of the preliminary certificate to Owner, notify Contractor in writing that the Work is not substantially complete, stating the reasons therefor. If Owner does not object to the provisions of the certificate, or if despite consideration of Owner’s objections Engineer concludes that the Work is substantially complete, then Engineer will, within said 14 days, execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a final certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised punch list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the preliminary certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner. D. At the time of receipt of the preliminary certificate of Substantial Completion, Owner and Contractor will confer regarding Owner’s use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion, review the builder’s risk insurance policy with respect to the end of the builder’s risk coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner. Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise in writing, Owner shall bear responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, property insurance, maintenance, heat, and utilities upon Owner’s use or occupancy of the Work. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 59 of 65 E. After Substantial Completion the Contractor shall promptly begin work on the punch list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. In appropriate cases Contractor may submit monthly Applications for Payment for completed punch list items, following the progress payment procedures set forth above. F. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to remove its property and complete or correct items on the punch list. 15.04 Partial Use or Occupancy A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following conditions: 1. At any time Owner may request in writing that Contractor permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work that Owner believes to be substantially complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor, Owner, and Engineer will follow the procedures of Paragraph 15.03.A through E for that part of the Work. 2. At any time Contractor may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 3. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 15.03 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 6.05 regarding builder’s risk or other property insurance. 15.05 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work, or agreed portion thereof, is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 15.06 Final Payment A. Application for Payment: 1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance, certificates of EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 60 of 65 inspection, annotated record documents (as provided in Paragraph 7.11), and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c. satisfactory evidence that all title issues have been resolved such that title to all Work, materials, and equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens or other title defects, or will so pass upon final payment. d. a list of all disputes that Contractor believes are unsettled; and e. complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Lien rights arising out of the Work, and of Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 15.06.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (a) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (b) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner might in any way be responsible, or which might in any way result in liens or other burdens on Owner's property, have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien, or Owner at its option may issue joint checks payable to Contractor and specified Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. Engineer’s Review of Application and Acceptance: 1. If, on the basis of Engineer’s observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer’s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer’s recommendation of final payment and present the Application for Payment to Owner for payment. Such recommendation shall account for any set-offs against payment that are necessary in Engineer’s opinion to protect Owner from loss for the reasons stated above with respect to progress payments. At the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.07. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C. Completion of Work: The Work is complete (subject to surviving obligations) when it is ready for final payment as established by the Engineer’s written recommendation of final payment. D. Payment Becomes Due: Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by Engineer (less any further sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer’s recommendation, EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 61 of 65 including but not limited to set-offs for liquidated damages and set-offs allowed under the provisions above with respect to progress payments) will become due and shall be paid by Owner to Contractor. 15.07 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment will not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 15.05, from Contractor’s failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, from outstanding Claims by Owner, or from Contractor’s continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. The acceptance of final payment by Contractor will constitute a waiver by Contractor of all claims and rights against Owner other than those pending matters that have been duly submitted or appealed under the provisions of Article 17. 15.08 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents, or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the Site, adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or otherwise, and other adjacent areas used by Contractor as permitted by Laws and Regulations, is found to be defective, then Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner’s written instructions: 1. correct the defective repairs to the Site or such other adjacent areas; 2. correct such defective Work; 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others, or to other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner’s written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications. D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this paragraph, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 62 of 65 E. Contractor’s obligations under this paragraph are in addition to all other obligations and warranties. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 16 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by written notice to Contractor and Engineer. Such notice will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension. Any Change Proposal seeking such adjustments shall be submitted no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will constitute a default by Contractor and justify termination for cause: 1. Contractor’s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule); 2. Failure of Contractor to perform or otherwise to comply with a material term of the Contract Documents; 3. Contractor’s disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; or 4. Contractor’s repeated disregard of the authority of Owner or Engineer. B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 16.02.A occurs, then after giving Contractor (and any surety) ten days written notice that Owner is considering a declaration that Contractor is in default and termination of the contract, Owner may proceed to: 1. declare Contractor to be in default, and give Contractor (and any surety) notice that the Contract is terminated; and 2. enforce the rights available to Owner under any applicable performance bond. C. Subject to the terms and operation of any applicable performance bond, if Owner has terminated the Contract for cause, Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient. D. Owner may not proceed with termination of the Contract under Paragraph 16.02.B if Contractor within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate begins to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure. E. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 16.02.B, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the cost to complete the Work, including all related claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals) sustained by Owner, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If the cost to complete the Work including such related claims, costs, losses, EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 63 of 65 and damages exceeds such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph, Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. F. Where Contractor’s services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue, or any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or any surety under any payment bond or performance bond. Any retention or payment of money due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. G. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 6.01.A, the provisions of that bond shall govern over any inconsistent provisions of Paragraphs 16.02.B and 16.02.D. 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; and 3. other reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated overhead, profits, or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 16.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (1) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or (2) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (3) Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 16.03. B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to preclude Contractor from submitting a Change Proposal for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 64 of 65 expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor’s stopping the Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 17 – FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 17.01 Methods and Procedures A. Disputes Subject to Final Resolution: The following disputed matters are subject to final resolution under the provisions of this Article: 1. A timely appeal of an approval in part and denial in part of a Claim, or of a denial in full; and 2. Disputes between Owner and Contractor concerning the Work or obligations under the Contract Documents, and arising after final payment has been made. B. Final Resolution of Disputes: For any dispute subject to resolution under this Article, Owner or Contractor may: 1. elect in writing to invoke the dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; or 2. agree with the other party to submit the dispute to another dispute resolution process; or 3. if no dispute resolution process is provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or mutually agreed to, give written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction. ARTICLE 18 – MISCELLANEOUS 18.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: 1. delivered in person, by a commercial courier service or otherwise, to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for which it is intended; or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the sender of the notice. 18.02 Computation of Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 18.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract. The provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 65 of 65 18.04 Limitation of Damages A. With respect to any and all Change Proposals, Claims, disputes subject to final resolution, and other matters at issue, neither Owner nor Engineer, nor any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, shall be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 18.05 No Waiver A. A party’s non-enforcement of any provision shall not constitute a waiver of that provision, nor shall it affect the enforceability of that provision or of the remainder of this Contract. 18.06 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 18.07 Controlling Law A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. 18.08 Headings A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................. 1 ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY .................................................................... 1 SGC 1.01 Defined Terms ....................................................................................................................... 1 ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS .................................................................................. 1 SGC 2.03 Before Starting Construction ................................................................................................. 1 SGC 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives ........................... 2 SGC 2.05 Initial Acceptance of Schedules ............................................................................................ 2 ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK ............................................ 2 SGC 4.04 Progress Schedule ................................................................................................................ 2 ARTICLE 5 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ....................................................................... 2 SGC 5.01 Availability of Lands .............................................................................................................. 2 SGC 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions .................................................................................... 3 SGC 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ......................................................................... 3 SGC 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site ....................................................................... 3 ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE ................................................................................. 3 SGC 6.02 Insurance – General Provisions ............................................................................................ 3 SGC 6.03 Contractor’s Insurance .......................................................................................................... 3 SGC 6.05 Property Insurance ................................................................................................................ 5 ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................. 5 SGC 7.02 Labor; Working Hours ........................................................................................................... 5 SGC 7.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others .............................................................. 5 SGC 7.10 Laws and Regulations ........................................................................................................... 5 SGC 7.16 Shop Drawings, Samples, and Other Submittals .................................................................. 6 ARTICLE 8 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE .............................................................................. 6 SGC 8.01 Other Work ............................................................................................................................ 6 SGC 8.02 Coordination .......................................................................................................................... 6 ARTICLE 10 – ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION ............................................... 6 SGC 10.02 Visits to Site ......................................................................................................................... 6 SGC 10.08 Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities .................................................... 7 ARTICLE 11 – AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK .................. 7 SGC 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ..................................................................................... 7 SGC 11.06 Change Proposals ............................................................................................................... 7 ARTICLE 12 – CLAIMS ........................................................................................................ 7 SGC 12.01 Claims .................................................................................................................................. 7 ARTICLE 13 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK ................................. 8 SGC 13.03 Unit Price Work .................................................................................................................... 8 ARTICLE 14 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCPETANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ............................................................................................................. 8 SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 SGC 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals ....................................................................................... 8 ARTICLE 15 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 8 SGC 15.01 Progress Payments ............................................................................................................. 8 SGC 15.05 Final Inspection .................................................................................................................... 9 SGC 15.06 Final Payment ...................................................................................................................... 9 SGC 15.08 Correction Period ............................................................................................................... 10 ARTICLE 17 – FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES ................................................................ 10 SGC 17.01 Methods and Procedures .................................................................................................. 10 ARTICLE 18 - MISCELLANEOUS ......................................................................................... 11 SGC 18.09 Anti-Discrimination ............................................................................................................. 11 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 1 INTRODUCTION These Supplementary General Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract, EJCDC C-700 (2013 Edition). All provisions, which are not so amended or supplemented, remain in full force and effect. The terms used in these Supplementary General Conditions have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary General Conditions have the meanings stated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. The address system used in these Supplementary General Conditions is the same as the address system used in the General Conditions, with the prefix “SGC” added thereto. ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY SGC 1.01 Defined Terms The definitions in Paragraph 1.01.A are modified and/or supplemented as follows: Engineer – The Engineer shall mean the City Engineer of the City of Prior Lake or the Engineer representing the Owner on the project. Owner – The Owner shall mean the City of Prior Lake, 4646 Dakota Street SE, Prior Lake, MN 55372. Add to the list of definitions in Paragraph 1.01.A by inserting the following as numbered items in their proper alphabetical positions: Department – The Department shall mean the City of Prior Lake Public Works. Observer – The Observer shall mean the individual or entity by with whom the Owner and Engineer is represented in the observation and construction of the project. ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS SGC 2.03 Before Starting Construction Delete Paragraph 2.03.A in its entirety and insert the following in its place: A. Within ten (10) days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (or as otherwise specifically required by the Contract Documents) and before the preconstruction conference, the Contractor shall submit to Engineer the following for timely review: 1. Project Schedule: A Progress Schedule indicating the order in which the Contractor proposes to perform the various stages of the Work, the dates on which the Contractor will start the various features thereof, and the contemplated dates for completing the same. This schedule shall be in the form of a bar chart of a suitable scale to indicate appropriately the percentage of work scheduled and completed by weekly schedules. The lack of a schedule shall be cause for withholding of progress payments and could result in a work stoppage. If the work is stopped, no credit of working days or payment of down time will be provided. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 2 The Contractor shall not deviate from this schedule once approved without the written permission of the Engineer. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to the Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified milestones and the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on the Engineer’s responsibility for the Progress Schedule of the Work nor interfere with or relieve the Contractor from the Contractor’s full responsibility therefore. The Engineer's approval of such drawings and progress schedules shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from drawings or specifications unless the Contractor has, in writing, called the Engineer's attention to such deviations at the time of submission, nor shall it relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or progress schedules. No Work shall be started until the drawings and progress schedules have been approved by the Engineer. SGC 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives Delete Paragraph 2.04 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: A. Before any Work at the Site is started, the Engineer shall arrange a preconstruction conference for purposes of establishing a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.03.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings, samples, and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, electronic or digital transmittals, and maintaining required records. B. Representatives of the Engineer, Owner, Contractor, utility companies, and other parties involved in the project shall be present at the preconstruction conference. The Contractor's project superintendent and foreman will be present at this meeting. The Contractor's project superintendent shall be familiar with all phases of the W ork to be executed and shall oversee the W ork during its progress. The project superintendent shall represent the Contractor in the Contractor’s absence, and communications and directions given to the project superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. SGC 2.05 Initial Acceptance of Schedules Delete Paragraph 2.05 in its entirety. ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK SGC 4.04 Progress Schedule Amend the first sentence of Paragraph 4.04.A to read as follows: Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule submitted in accordance with Paragraph 2.03 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. Amend the first sentence of Paragraph 4.04.A.1 to read as follows: Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance proposed adjustment in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. ARTICLE 5 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS SGC 5.01 Availability of Lands Add the following language at the end of Paragraph 5.01.A: SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 3 If the Contractor believes that there has been delay by Owner in furnishing lands, rights-of-way, or easements, Contractor’s sole remedy shall be an extension of Contract Time, for which the Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided in Article 12. SGC 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 5.03.B: C. Any reports of exploration and tests of subsurface conditions, or drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or adjacent to the Site (except underground facilities) known to the Owner are included with the Bidding Documents. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 5.03.A and 5.03.B, under no circumstances may the Contractor rely upon the accuracy of the “technical data” contained in reports of explorations or tests of the amounts, elevations, or locations of subsurface groundwater. SGC 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions Amend Paragraph 5.04.D.2.a. to read as follows: Contractor knew of, or reasonably should have known of, the existence of such condition at the time the Contractor made a commitment to the Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract, or otherwise; or SGC 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site Delete Paragraph 5.06.A in its entirety and insert the following: A. Unless expressly identified in the Project Manual for a specific project, no reports or drawings related to hazardous environmental conditions at the Site are known to Owner. ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE SGC 6.02 Insurance – General Provisions Add the following sub-paragraph immediately following Paragraph 6.02.B: 1. Contractor may obtain worker’s compensation insurance from an insurance company that has not been rated by A.M. Best, provided that such company (a) is domiciled in the state in which the project is located, (b) is certified or authorized as a worker’s compensation insurance provided by the appropriate state agency, and (c) has been accepted to provide worker’s compensation insurance for similar projects by the state within the last 12 months. SGC 6.03 Contractor’s Insurance Delete Paragraph 6.03.J in its entirety and insert the following: J. The intent is to ensure that the coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance are at least $1,000,000, but coverage may be met through the use of an excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies. Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 6.03.J: K. The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph 6.03 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts, or greater where required by laws and regulations: SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 4 1. Worker’s Compensation and related coverage under Paragraphs 6.03.A.1 and A.2 of the General Conditions: State Statutory Federal, if applicable Statutory Employer’s Liability: Bodily injury, each accident $500,000 Bodily injury by disease, each employee $500,000 Bodily injury/disease aggregate $500,000 Coverage may be written at the state minimum limits of $100,000/$100,000/$500,000, but the difference must be supplemented through the use of an umbrella or excess policy bringing the limits up to an amount of at least $500,000/$500,000/$500,000. 2. Contractors Commercial General Liability under Paragraphs 6.03.B and 6.03.C of the General Conditions (which shall eliminate the exclusion with respect to property under the care, custody, and control of Contractor) Commercial General Liability: General Aggregate $2,000,000 Product – Completed Operations Aggregate $2,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury $1,500,000 Each Occurrence (Bodily Injury and Property Damage) $2,000,000 (Optional) Comprehensive General Liability Bodily Injury and Property Damage (Combined Single Limit) $2,000,000 Certificate of Insurance should indicate: Contractual liability is covered Yes Governmental immunity is waived to the extent of insurance Yes Operations of subcontractor is covered Yes 3. Automobile Liability under Paragraph 6.03.D of the General Conditions: Bodily Injury: Each Person $1,000,000 Each Accident $1,000,000 Property Damage: Each Accident $1,000,000 Or Bodily Injury and Property Damage (Combined Single Limit) $2,000,000 4. Umbrella or excess liability under Paragraph 6.03.E of the General Conditions: Each Occurrence $2,000,000 General Aggregate $2,000,000 SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 5 5. Contractor’s Pollution Liability under Paragraph 6.03.F of the General Conditions: Each Occurrence $ ____________ General Aggregate $ ____________ X If box is checked, Contractor is not required to provide Contractor’s Pollution Liability insurance under this Contract. 6. Additional Insureds: The Owner and the Engineer shall be included as additional insureds in accordance with Paragraph 6.03.G of the General Conditions. SGC 6.05 Property Insurance Add the following language prior to the first sentence of Paragraph 6.05.A: X If box is checked, Contractor is not required to provide Builders Risk insurance under this Contract. However, any damage or loss to property shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor until final acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES SGC 7.02 Labor; Working Hours Delete Paragraph 7.02.B in its entirety and insert the following: B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor will not perform Work on a Sunday or any legal holiday. Contractor may perform Work outside regular working hours or legal holidays only with Owner’s written consent, which will not be unreasonable withheld. 1. Regular working hours, unless otherwise stated in the specifications, will be 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. Monday through Friday; and 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Saturday. SGC 7.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others Add the following language at the end of sub-paragraph 7.06.O.2: In accordance with Minnesota Statute 471.425, the Contractor shall pay any subcontractor within ten (10) days of the Contractor’s receipt of payment from the Owner. SGC 7.10 Laws and Regulations Add the following new paragraph immediately following Paragraph 7.10.C: D. Data Practices Act: Contractor must comply with the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes Chapter 13, as it applies to 1) all data provided by the Owner pursuant to this Agreement, and 2) all data, created, collected, received, stored, used, maintained, or disseminated by the Contractor pursuant to this Agreement. Contractor is subject to all the provisions of the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, including but not limited to, the civil remedies of Minnesota Statutes Section 13.08, as if it were a government entity. In the event the Contractor receives a request to release data, the Contractor must immediately notify the Owner. Owner will give Contractor instructions concerning the release of the data to the requesting party before the data is released. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 6 Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold the Owner, its officials, officers, agents, employees, and volunteers harmless from any claims resulting from Contractor’s officers’, agents’, owners’, partners’, employees’, volunteers’, assignees’ or subcontractors’ unlawful disclosure and/or use of protected data. The terms of this paragraph shall survive the cancellation or termination of this Agreement. SGC 7.16 Shop Drawings, Samples, and Other Submittals Amend Paragraph 7.16.B.1.a to read as follows: Contractor shall submit as a minimum, one (1) electronic copy or as required in the Specifications. Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 7.16.B.1.b: c. Shop drawings shall be required for, but not limited to: manhole structures, castings, sewer pipe, watermain, lift stations, and waterworks brass. ARTICLE 8 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE SGC 8.01 Other Work Add the following language at the end of Paragraph 8.01.C: Contractor shall cooperate with all parties to facilitate the prompt completion of all contracts for work at or adjacent to the Site. SGC 8.02 Coordination Add the following new paragraphs immediately following Paragraph 8.02.B: C. Contractor is hereby advised that the following work may be performed at or adjacent to the Site by others during the Contract Time: 1. The individual lot owners or their agents may be site grading and/or constructing buildings on the lots adjacent to the proposed streets. 2. Private utility companies may be installing and/or relocating underground facilities. D. If Owner performs work for the Contractor, the Contractor must pay Owner for such work with no deduction in Contract amount. ARTICLE 10 – ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION SGC 10.02 Visits to Site Add the following new paragraph immediately following Paragraph 10.02.B: C. Throughout the construction phase, regular weekly meetings will be held by the Engineer on site to review progress and to discuss items necessary for an orderly completion of the project. The weekly construction meetings shall include the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor. Contractor’s representative must be able to make decisions for the Contractor pertaining to the project. All project conflicts shall be brought to these meetings, including requests for additional payment. Meeting minutes will be provided to all participants as a record of the meeting. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 7 SGC 10.08 Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities Add the following sub-paragraph immediately following Paragraph 10.08.A: 1. Insofar as the subject matter of any pertinent claim, dispute, or other matter falls within the realm of the technical expertise of Engineer, Engineer shall not render any decision on any claims, disputes, or other matters the subject matter of which, at Engineer's sole discretion, requires legal, rather than technical interpretation. Add the following new paragraph immediately following Paragraph 10.08.E: F. Paragraphs 10.08.A through 10.08.E pertain to the Engineer’s responsibilities to the Contractor and its subcontractors, suppliers, and other agents. Nothing in these paragraphs shall be construed to limit the Engineer’s responsibilities to the Owner, if any, under the Engineer’s contract with the Owner. ARTICLE 11 – AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK SGC 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work Add the following new paragraphs immediately following Paragraph 11.03.A: B. Except as specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer at the time additional work is done beyond the original scope of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall make no claims for additional compensation. The Contractor’s plea of ignorance of foreseeable conditions which will create difficulties or hindrances in the execution of the W ork will not be acceptable to the Owner as an excuse for any failure of the Contractor to fulfill the requirements of the Contract Documents, and shall not be a basis for the Contractor’s claim for additional compensation. C. Any discrepancies in or conflicts between the items described in these Contract Documents must be submitted in writing to the Engineer for adjustment prior to proceeding with the W ork as any claims for additional compensation to achieve compliance with the requirements of those items will not be allowed or considered. SGC 11.06 Change Proposals Amend the first sentence of Paragraph 11.06.A.1 to read as follows: 1. Procedures: Contractor shall submit each Change Proposal to Engineer promptly (but in no event later than seven (7) days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto, or after such initial decision. ARTICLE 12 – CLAIMS SGC 12.01 Claims Amend the first sentence of Paragraph 12.01.B to read as follows: The party submitting a claim shall deliver it directly to the other party to the Contract and the Engineer promptly (but in no event later than ten (10) days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto; in the case of appeals regarding Change Proposals within ten (10) days of the decision under appeal. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 8 ARTICLE 13 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK SGC 13.03 Unit Price Work Delete Paragraph 13.03.D in its entirety and insert the following: There will be no adjustment in unit price for increased or decreased quantities. In addition, the Owner reserves the right to reduce certain quantities or delete certain items from each section of the bids as the Owner sees fit, either before or after the Award of Contract. There will be no additional compensation due to remobilization of equipment as necessary to complete punch list items or other items not completed by the Contractor. There will be no additional compensation due to restocking charges for materials not used on the project. ARTICLE 14 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCPETANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK SGC 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals Add the following sub-paragraphs immediately following Paragraph 14.02.A: 1. The Contractor shall provide a minimum 48-hour notice to the Observer for any testing that must be observed or accomplished by someone other than the Contractor’s personnel. All final tests and inspections shall be performed under the observation of the Observer. 2. All tests on material to be placed shall be completed prior to the placing of any material. Tests shall be made in accordance with the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standard and tentative specifications that apply, except as otherwise specified. 3. Signed copies of all reports on tests shall be sent at once to the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor. Inspection and testing shall in no way relieve the Contractor or supplier from the responsibility of furnishing materials and workmanship in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. ARTICLE 15 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD SGC 15.01 Progress Payments Delete Sub-paragraph 15.01.B.3 in its entirety and insert the following: 3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as follows: Minnesota Contractors 5% Exempt Non-Minnesota Contractors 5% Non-Exempt Non-Minnesota Contractors 5% + 8%* = 13% *State Surety Deposit Non-Minnesota Contractors are advised to file Form SDE with the Minnesota Department of Revenue to determine their exemption status. No reduction in retainage will be allowed until final acceptance of entire project, unless approved by the Engineer. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 9 Delete Sub-paragraph 15.01.D.1 in its entirety and insert the following: 1. Thirty (30) days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer's recommendation, the amount recommended (subject to any Owner set-offs) will become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor, unless extenuating circumstances exist which would preclude such payment by Owner to Contractor. If such extenuating circumstances exist, then payment shall be made within 45 days after Owner receives presentation of the Application for Payment. 2. Pursuant to Minnesota Statute 471.425, Subdivision 4a, the Contractor must pay any subcontractor within ten (10) days of the Contractor’s receipt of payment from the Owner for undisputed services provided by the subcontractor. The Contractor must pay interest of one and one-half percent (1 ½%) per month or any part of a month to the subcontractor on any undisputed amount not paid on time to the subcontractor. The minimum monthly interest penalty payment for an unpaid balance of $100.00 or more is $10.00. For an unpaid balance of less than $100.00, the Contractor shall pay the actual penalty due to the subcontractor. A subcontractor who prevails in a civil action to collect interest penalties from the Contractor shall be awarded its costs and disbursements, including attorney’s fees, incurred in bringing the action. SGC 15.05 Final Inspection Add the following language at the end of the second sentence of Paragraph 15.05.A: If, after such measures are taken, subsequent inspections by the Engineer reveal that any of the previously identified construction items remain incomplete or defective, the Engineer will again notify the Contractor in writing of the remaining construction items. All costs associated with any subsequent inspections in which said remaining particulars are revealed, will be documented by the Engineer and paid by the Contractor to the Owner. SGC 15.06 Final Payment Add a new sub-paragraph immediately following Paragraph 15.06.A.3: 4. Before final application for payment is made for the work, the Contractor must make satisfactory showing of compliance with M.S.A. 290.92, which requires the withholding of state income taxes for wages paid to employees on this project. Receipt by the Engineer of a certificate of Compliance from the Commissioner of Taxation to the Owner will satisfy this requirement. The Contractor is advised that before such certificate can be issued, the Contractor must first place on file with the Commissioner of Taxation an affidavit that the Contractor has complied with the provisions of M.S.A. 290.92. The required affidavit form will be supplied by the Commissioner of Taxation, Centennial Building, St. Paul, Minnesota, on request. Final payment will not be made until the Contractor shall have filed with the Engineer evidence in the form of an affidavit or such other evidence as may be required that all claims against him by reason of the Contract have been fully paid or satisfactorily secured. This shall be in the form of IC134 forms, paid-in-full final lien waivers from the Contractor, subcontractors, and major suppliers, and a Consent of Surety shall precede or accompany the final application for payment. In case such evidence is not furnished, the Owner may retain out of any monies due said Contractor sums sufficient to cover all lienable claims unpaid. In addition, a two (2) year maintenance bond is required from the Contractor. Said maintenance bond is to be dated to begin the date the City Council formally accepts the project. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 10 SGC 15.08 Correction Period Delete Paragraph 15.08.A in its entirety and insert the following: A. If within two (2) years after the date of final acceptance of the project by the City Council (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations; by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents; or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents), any Work that is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the Site, adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or otherwise, and other adjacent areas used by Contractor as permitted by Laws and Regulations, is found to be defective, the Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner’s written instructions: 1. correct the defective repairs to the Site or such other adjacent areas; 2. correct such defective Work; 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others, or to other land or areas resulting therefrom. With regards to any surface concrete work, including but not limited to sidewalks, curb, gutter, and driveway aprons within the project area, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any warranty work unless written approval is provided by the Owner releasing the Contractor from the responsibility for damages. The intent of this provision is to release the Contractor from accepting monetary losses for destruction of concrete sidewalk, curb, gutter, and driveway aprons due to damages and circumstances out of the control of the Contractor. At no point during the two (2) year warranty period shall this relieve the Contractor’s responsibility for correction of the defective work as stated in the preceding paragraph, or as caused by poor construction and defective materials on the concrete sidewalk, curb, gutter, and driveway aprons within the project area. The Owner or Engineer shall make the final determination of what material is defective within the project area at any point within the two (2) year warranty period. ARTICLE 17 – FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES SGC 17.01 Methods and Procedures Delete Paragraphs 17.01.A and 17.01.B in their entirety and insert the following: A. In an effort to resolve any conflicts that arise during the design or construction of the project or following the completion of the project, the Contractor and the Engineer agree that all disputes between them arising out of or relating to this agreement shall be resolved, if possible, at the lowest possible staff level. If the dispute cannot be resolved between the Contractor and the Engineer staff, the presidents of the respective firms will meet to attempt to resolve the dispute(s). If resolution is not achieved, the dispute shall be submitted to non- binding mediation. B. The rights and remedies available to the Contractor shall be limited to breach of Contract, and no other cause of action, including, without limitation, negligence, misrepresentation or other tort theory. The Owner or Contractor may assert any such breach of contract claim in any court of competent jurisdiction. Neither the Owner nor the Contractor shall be entitled to a jury trial in any such action. The right and remedies to the Owner hereunder shall be in addition to and shall not be constructed in any way as a limitation of any rights and remedies SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 11 available to the Owner, which is otherwise available by law or contract, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provision of the Contract Documents. The provision of this paragraph shall be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which it may apply. All representations, warranties and guarantees made in the Contract Documents shall survive final payment, termination, or completion of this agreement. C. No waiver or failure to enforce any part or provision of the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the change order process, shall be deemed to be waiver by the Owner of any subsequent default or breach of the same or any other part of provision contained herein, or right to enforce the same or any other part or provision contained herein. ARTICLE 18 - MISCELLANEOUS Add the new paragraphs immediately following 18.08.A: SGC 18.09 Anti-Discrimination A. Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes 181.59, Contractor agrees: 1. that, in the hiring of common or skilled labor for the performance of any work under any contract, or any subcontract, no contractor, material supplier, or vendor, shall, by reason of race, creed, or color, discriminate against the person or persons who are citizens of the United States or resident aliens who are qualified and available to perform the work to which the employment relates; 2. that no contractor, material supplier, or vendor, shall, in any manner discriminate against, or intimidate, or prevent the employment of any person or persons identified in Clause 1 of this section, or on being hired, prevent, or conspire to prevent, the person or persons from the performance of work under any contract on account of race, creed, or color; 3. that a violation of this section is a misdemeanor; and 4. that this Contract may be canceled or terminated by the state, county, city, town, school board, or any other person authorized to grant the contracts for employment, and all money due, or to become due under the Contract, may be forfeited for a second or any subsequent violation of the terms or conditions of this Contract. DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................................................... 1 SUMMARY OF WORK .................................................................................................................................. 1 WORK SEQUENCE ...................................................................................................................................... 1 1103 – DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................................... 2 PROJECT MEETINGS .................................................................................................................................. 2 SUBMITTALS ................................................................................................................................................ 2 CONSTRUCTION LIMITS ............................................................................................................................. 3 1401 – INTENT OF CONTRACT .................................................................................................................. 3 1402 – CONTRACT REVISIONS ................................................................................................................. 4 1404 – MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC .......................................................................................................... 4 1407 – FINAL CLEANUP .............................................................................................................................. 5 1507 – UTILITY PROPERTY AND SERVICE .............................................................................................. 6 1508 – CONSTRUCTION STAKES, LINES, AND GRADES ....................................................................... 6 1511 – INSPECTION OF WORK .................................................................................................................. 7 1514 – MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION .................................................................................. 8 1603 – MATERIALS: SPECIFICATIONS, SAMPLES, TESTS, AND ACCEPTANCE ................................. 9 1606 – STORAGE OF MATERIALS ........................................................................................................... 10 1702 – PERMITS, LICENSES, AND TAXES .............................................................................................. 10 1707 – PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY ........................................................................................ 11 1712 – PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY .................................................................. 11 1717 – AIR, LAND, AND WATER POLLUTION ......................................................................................... 12 1807 – FAILURE TO COMPLETE THE WORK ON TIME ......................................................................... 12 1903 – COMPENSATION FOR ALTERED QUANTITIES .......................................................................... 12 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES ................................................................................................. 12 WARRANTY ................................................................................................................................................ 13 DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 1 GENERAL These supplementary general requirements are intended to add specific requirements to the MnDOT Standard Specifications for Construction (2018 Edition) including amendments, and the CEAM Specifications (2013 Edition) are binding unless otherwise noted herein. SUMMARY OF WORK The project consists of pond excavations, construction of an iron enhanced sand filter, storm sewer, and roadway and trail removal and replacement. The project shall include the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary to complete the roadway resurfacing and appurtenant work as shown on the plans and specified herein within the City of Prior Lake, Minnesota. The Owner is the City of Prior Lake, Minnesota. All work will be completed within property under control of the Owner in public rights-of-way or easements obtained by the Owner. WORK SEQUENCE The sequencing for this project shall be in accordance with the following requirements and completion dates indicated below. The Contractor shall: 1. Perform his work in such a manner as to cause the least interference with adjoining property owners and the general public. 2. The Contractor shall schedule work continuously to avoid delays. The area under construction is indicated on the traffic control plan. Work or equipment outside these areas is not allowed unless approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. 3. The Contractor shall expect to make multiple mobilizations at no additional compensation for street and utility construction related to accommodating access for residents and minimizes the period of construction disturbances. 4. All proposed haul roads must be approved by the Engineer and the County (for any haul routes proposed along County roadways). Any damage to existing streets due to unapproved construction use will be repaired at the Contractor’s expense. 5. Working hours will be from 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. on Saturdays. The Contractor shall not be permitted to work on Sundays or holidays, except in the case of emergencies. Requests for modification of working hours must be approved by the City of Prior Lake City Council. The Contractor shall submit all requests in writing to the Engineer. The Contractor shall structure the proposed project schedule based on the stated working hours. It is anticipated that the City Council will consider project award at a regular Council meeting on February 5, 2018. The Contractor shall not commence construction until the Owner has issued a Notice to Proceed. The project shall be substantially completed by May 25, 2018. Based on the work schedule, the Contractor shall make every effort to be substantially complete by this date. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 2 Substantially completed is defined as the completion of all storm sewer, pond excavation, roadway and trail replacement and construction of the iron enhanced sand filter. Final completion for the project is defined as restoration, cleanup, establishment of turf, removal of temporary erosion control devices, the completion of all punch list items, and the paperwork. The final completion date shall be June 22, 2018. Any requests from the Contractor for modification of the plans and specifications shall be accompanied by an estimate of the time savings or extension. There must be a benefit to the Owner or the project if the request is to be considered. No extension of time will be acknowledged at the end of the project for failing to notify the Engineer at the time that the delay occurred. 1103 – DEFINITIONS The provisions of MnDOT 1103 and modified/and or supplemented with the following: OWNER: City of Prior Lake 4646 Dakota Street SE Prior Lake, MN 55372 Phone: (952) 447-9800 Fax: (952) 447-4245 ENGINEER: WSB & Associates, Inc. Jake Newhall, PE 701 Xenia Avenue South, Suite 300 Minneapolis, MN 55416 Phone: (763) 541-4800 Fax: (763) 541-1700 PROJECT MEETINGS Prior to the start of the work, there will be a preconstruction meeting arranged by the Engineer. Representatives of the Engineer, Owner, Contractor, City, and public utility companies shall be present at this meeting. The Contractor’s project superintendent will be present at the preconstruction meeting. He shall be familiar with all phases of the work to be executed and shall oversee the work during its progress. The project superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence, and communications and directions given to him shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit a detailed work schedule that shall be reviewed, along with any other information necessary for an orderly execution of the work (Submittals for additional information.). Weekly, or as needed, construction meetings will be scheduled throughout the construction phase to review progress and discuss items necessary for an orderly completion of the project. SUBMITTALS Project Schedule Prior to the preconstruction conference, the Contractor shall submit in writing to the Engineer for review a schedule of procedure indicating the order in which the Contractor proposes to perform the work, the dates on which he will start the various features thereof, and the contemplated dates for completing the same. The Contractor shall not deviate from this schedule after once approved without written permission of the Engineer. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 3 Shop Drawings The Contractor shall present to the Engineer four (4) copies of material specifications and manufacturer’s data for all materials and for such items as the Engineer may direct. The Engineer will keep two (2) copies of each set and return the rest to the Contractor with the Engineer’s approval or notations. In case of lack of approval, the Contractor shall submit new drawings, corrected as required by the Engineer. Submittals shall be required for, but not limited to, bituminous materials and procedures. Change Orders Any requests for “Change Orders” shall be submitted to the Engineer in writing within seven (7) days of the occurrence. Any requests shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the work commencing. Traffic Control The Contractor shall provide to the Engineer, at least five (5) business days in advance of erecting traffic control devices, a traffic control plan that indicates placement of traffic control devices, schedule and duration of time for the traffic control, including identification of flag person(s) for temporary lane closures and proposed detours of traffic. Traffic control shall be in accordance with Section 1404 and 2563 herein. CONSTRUCTION LIMITS The Contractor shall confine his operations to the limits of the construction area as shown on the plans. The City will endeavor to have obtained necessary rights-of-entry, rights-of-way, and easements prior to the Contractor commencing work. Failure to acquire all rights-of-entry, rights-of-way, and easements prior to the start of construction shall not be cause for a request of time extension or additional monies by the Contractor. Should special and/or extraordinary construction methods need to be employed by the Contractor for the completion of the project such as, but not limited to, trench box construction, any special and/or extraordinary construction methods used shall be considered incidental to the project. The Contractor may be asked not to impact a property beyond the right-of-way, although within the construction limits shown, if the property owner will not allow construction on their property. The construction limits will then be adjusted by the Engineer and the utility services located within the available right-of-way. 1401 – INTENT OF CONTRACT The provisions of MnDOT 1401 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Where the Minnesota Department of Transportation specifications are referred to herein and where a reference to the word "State" is mentioned, it is understood that the word "Owner" is substituted. All reference to the word "Engineer" shall be interpreted as the Engineer for the Owner. Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) Specifications for Construction, 2018 Edition and revisions thereto shall apply except as noted herein. Utility construction shall be accomplished in accordance with applicable sections of the City Engineer’s Association of Minnesota (CEAM) Standard Utilities Specifications dated 2013. The following specifications shall govern this project according to the following order: 1) Sand Point Beach Park Pond Improvements – Project Manual 2) MnDOT Standard Specifications for Highway Construction (2018 Edition) 3) City Engineers Association of Minnesota Standard Utilities Specifications (2013 Edition) 4) City of Prior Lake Standard Technical Specifications SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 4 1402 – CONTRACT REVISIONS The provisions of MnDOT 1402 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 1402.7 “OR EQUAL” CLAUSE Whenever a material or article required is shown on the plans or in the specifications by using the name of a product or of a particular manufacturer, it is to be understood that other products or materials which will adequately perform the required function may be considered equal and satisfactory in the Engineer’s opinion. A comparable product shall not be purchased or installed without the Engineer’s approval. A “Contract Change Order” shall be used if the Contract is to be modified. 1404 – MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC The provisions of MnDOT 1404 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain warning lights and barricades as required by the Engineer to adequately warn and protect the public from hazardous protrusions, materials, excavations, etc., resulting directly or indirectly from the construction in accordance with MnDOT 1404 and 1710. All signs, barricades, and warning lights shall conform to the requirements of the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MMUTCD) including the Traffic Control Zone Layouts Field Manual, and the MnDOT Standards Signs and Marking Manual. Traffic control shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall give the Engineer, City Police Department, City Fire Department, emergency services, public and school bus companies, and any other governing agency forty-eight (48) hours’ notice prior to a proposed partial blockage or closure of any street or public right-of-way. At least five (5) days prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall submit a proposed traffic control layout to the Engineer for review. At least twenty-four (24) hours prior to placement, all traffic control devices shall be available on the project for inspection by the Engineer to assure conformance with the MMUTCD. The Contractor shall modify the proposed traffic control layout and/or devices as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The Engineer may require additional traffic control as conditions warrant. The Contractor shall limit the roadways utilized for delivery of equipment and hauling operations. Construction signing and barricades shall be furnished, installed and maintained at all job site entrances throughout the project. The Contractor shall be responsible for immediate repair or replacement of all traffic control devices that become damaged, moved, or destroyed, of all lights that cease to function properly, and of all barricade weights that are damaged, destroyed, or otherwise fail to stabilize the barricades. The Contractor shall designate one (1) person and an alternate who are on-call twenty-four (24) hours to have responsible charge of proper erection and maintenance of traffic barriers, warning signs, warning lights, street maintenance, etc. Traffic control devices shall be inspected daily and warning lights shall be checked weekly by the Contractor or its representative for proper operation and cleaned as required. All broken or ineffective traffic barriers, warning signs, and warning lights shall be replaced immediately at no additional compensation. The Contractor shall maintain access to residential and business driveways during construction. Written notice shall be given to all residents and business owners where access to a driveway cannot be maintained from 7:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. Each resident must be able to drive their vehicle into the driveway. The Contractor shall salvage aggregate from the project, or haul approved granular material to the project site at no additional cost to the Owner for use in ramping the driveways to maintain access. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 5 If access is determined to be unsuitable for individual residences and businesses by the Engineer, the Contractor shall make the necessary improvements to re-establish an acceptable access to the property. The Contractor shall keep the portions of the project being used by public traffic, whether it be through or local traffic, in such condition that the traffic will be adequately accommodated at all times. The Contractor shall provide and maintain temporary approaches, crossings, and intersections with trails, roads, streets, businesses, parking lots, residences, garages, farms, and other abutting property in acceptable condition. Maintenance of streets and any detours, bypasses, equipment, stockpile, or storage areas provided in conjunction with the project shall be required and shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Said maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, keeping the streets free of obstacles, parked equipment, unused barricades, blading the traveled ways, controlling the dust in the construction area and on detours, and maintenance of all barricades and flashers. In the even that access is interrupted during utility construction, the Contractor shall give residents written notice 48 hours in advance. The Contractor shall provide an adequate amount of traffic control to keep unauthorized vehicles out of the construction area and to protect the public from construction hazards. All temporary signs, barricades, and warning lights required by the Engineer shall be considered incidental to mobilization and be considered payment in full for providing all material, labor, and maintenance of traffic control. All costs associated with maintaining driveway access shall be incidental and no payment shall be made. 1407 – FINAL CLEANUP The provisions of MnDOT 1407 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: During the progress of the work, the area affected shall be kept clean and free of all rubbish and surplus materials at all times. All unneeded construction equipment shall be removed from the site and all damage repaired so that the public and adjacent property owners are inconvenienced as little as possible. Where materials or debris have washed or flowed into or have been placed in water courses, ditches, gutters, drains, catch basins, or elsewhere as a result of the Contractor’s operations, such material or debris shall be removed and satisfactorily disposed of during progress of work. All ditches, channels, drains, etc. shall be kept in a clean and neat condition. All catch basins and sumps within the project area shall be cleaned and jetted just prior to final acceptance of the project. It is expected that the existing streets and private properties adjacent to the project will remain clean and free of soil and debris throughout the duration of the project. All roadways, driveways, parking areas, lawns, etc. should be inspected on a daily basis, at minimum, to prevent soil and debris from building up. Any soils or debris shall be removed immediately upon discovery. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the areas adjacent to the construction area are not being sufficiently cleaned, the Engineer shall arrange to have the work completed by a separate Contractor. All costs associated with cleaning the area shall be deducted from the monies due the Contractor. On or before the completion of work, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise directed in writing, remove all temporary works, tools and machinery or other construction equipment placed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall remove all rubbish from any grounds which the Contractor has occupied and shall leave all of the premises and adjacent properties affected by the operation in a neat and restored condition satisfactory to the Engineer. Sweeping of streets and parking lots that are impacted by the construction shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide street and parking lot sweeping as directed by the Engineer. The sweeper shall be a pick-up style sweeper. Unless the proposal includes a contract bid item for cleanup, cleanup shall be incidental to the contract. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 6 1507 – UTILITY PROPERTY AND SERVICE The provisions of MnDOT 1507 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: All bidders are expected and assume the responsibility to contact the affected utilities prior to submitting the bid to determine the extent of their facilities within the project area and the scope and anticipated schedule of the facility relocation, removal, or adjustment. The Contractor shall be responsible for any requirements imposed by utility companies within the project area. The Contractor shall pothole to locate private utilities, as required, prior to construction. This work shall be considered incidental to project costs. Prior to commencing construction, the Contractor shall check all existing manholes, catch basins, gate valve boxes, stop boxes, culverts, and storm sewer lines in the construction zones to determine their condition. Failure to report deficiencies in writing, and have such deficiencies acknowledged in writing by the Engineer, will be cause for any required repairs and/or cleaning to be charged to this Contractor. There will be no compensation for lost time due to private utility relocation, and all coordination shall be considered incidental. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate his work with the non-municipal utility companies and preserve the existing condition of said utilities. All crossings will be thoroughly backfilled and compacted, using mechanical tampers to prevent any displacement or settlement of the utility lines. Protection of existing utilities shall be considered incidental to the overall project. No compensation will be provided for this work. The Contractor will not be compensated for repair or replacement of damaged utilities during construction. The utilities shown on the plans are approximate. It shall be a construction priority for the Contractor to contact Gopher State One, call (651-454-0002) for utility locations before doing any underground excavation. The Contractor shall notify all utility owners of its construction schedule. It may be necessary to relocate overhead and underground utilities. Utility companies owning these utilities shall relocate them with their own forces. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate his work with any required utility relocation. No compensation will be made to the Contractor for delays in work due to conflicts with existing utilities. The Contractor shall be fully responsible to repair, replace, or cover the costs to the effected utility for any damage to existing utilities. All proposed utility crossings shall be designed to utilize conduits to eliminate the need for crossing newly constructed streets by other methods which often cause cracks, settlement, or heaving of the pavement. Utility crossing conduits shall be installed prior to the aggregate base construction. Each utility company shall be responsible for determining the locations and size of conduits to be installed at the time of the street construction. The conduits shall be of adequate length to ensure that the newly constructed street section will not be disturbed by the installation of utilities that follow the street construction. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with the various utility companies such as telephone, gas, cable television, electric, etc., regarding the installation of utility crossing conduits. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to contact the utility companies to coordinate their work. The Engineer shall work with the Contractor and utility companies regarding the conduit locations and how they relate to the other proposed improvements. 1508 – CONSTRUCTION STAKES, LINES, AND GRADES The provisions of MnDOT 1508 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Construction staking shall be provided by the City of Prior Lake or its consultant. The Contractor shall provide forty-eight (48) hours’ notice (two (2) working days) to the Engineer for staking needs. Stakes will be set in the field at an appropriate location in order to perform the work. Line and grade stakes will be set parallel to the proposed roadway at an appropriate offset and interval as to serve the Contractor’s SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 7 operations wherever practical. Stakes will be marked with stationing and offset information. The stakes shall be shot and cut sheets prepared by the surveyor and given to the Engineer to pass along to the Contractor. Cuts and fills will not be written on the stakes unless the Contractor chooses to do so himself. The Contractor shall arrange his operations to avoid unnecessary interference with the stablishing of the primary line and grade stakes; and shall render whatever assistance may be required by the Engineer to accomplish the staking. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the correct transfer of the primary line and grade from the stakes to all working points and for construction of the work to the prescribed lines and grades. Once the stakes are set, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to preserve and protect them and to use them to properly construct the work. Stakes removed or disturbed, which are essential to the proper construction of the project, shall be replaced by the Engineer at the Contractor’s expense. Re-staking may be requested by either the Contractor to perform its work or the Engineer to verify the work. Ditches shall be offset staked at twenty-five-foot (25’) intervals to the centerline grade. Street grading shall be offset staked, typically along one of the right-of-way lines, at fifty-foot (50’) intervals to the centerline finish grade. Streets with curb and gutter shall be offset staked at fifty-foot (50’) intervals to the top of curb. Prior to setting stakes, the grade shall be within 0.3 feet of grade and at least a one-foot (1’) area cleared behind the curb. Offset stakes are typically set at three feet (3’) behind the curb, and this area shall be clear of debris and mounds of dirt. Radii shall have curve points, midpoint, and center of radii staked. Any additional staking shall be at the Contractor’s expense. The Contractor is responsible for removal and cleanup of stakes upon Engineer’s approval, prior to grading. 1511 – INSPECTION OF WORK The provisions of MnDOT 1511 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Observation of the work shall be provided by the Owner or their representative. Any person representing federal or state agencies, the Engineer, or Owner shall have the right-of-entry to inspect the work being performed by the Contractor. If the case warrants, the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access and inspection. The Contractor shall, during its daily progress, keep on the site at all times a non-equipment-operating competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the Engineer. The superintendent shall not be changed without the consent of the Engineer, and shall be on the project from the start of construction until all work on the project is complete. The Contractor’s superintendent shall be responsible to oversee all phases of the project, including coordination and supervision of all subcontractors and their work. No work can start until plans and specifications for each section of work (site work, street removal and replacement, storm drainage, iron enhanced sand filter construction) have been reviewed together by the Contractor and Owner. The Contractor shall notify the observer anytime he anticipates working on this project. No work will be allowed without notifying the observer a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours beforehand. Hours of construction operation shall be 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., Monday through Friday and 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Saturday. Work on Sunday will require permission of the City Council. Weekly meetings are mandatory at a location and time to be determined at the preconstruction meeting. Examples of items to be reviewed at these meetings are subcontractors, progress, potential utility conflicts, and scheduling. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 8 The Contractor is responsible for all initial tests required to substantiate that the materials furnished meet the specifications. Testing of materials and/or densities on site will be paid for by the Owner. Any retesting due to failures shall be at the expense of the Contractor. 1514 – MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION The provisions of MnDOT 1514 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: The Owner requires that the Contractor have at least one (1) blade and one (1) water truck available to the project at all times, weekends and holidays included. The street shall be maintained daily, weekends and holidays included. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, the police dispatcher, and the Engineer, a list of at least two (2) employees who can be reached at any time in case an emergency arises. Each person shall be capable and have the authority to drive a front-end loader, blade, and water truck. If no action is taken after one (1) hour notice to the Contractor, the City crews may perform he necessary work and the Contractor shall be billed for the cost. If the Contractor fails to pay the Owner for this work, an equal sum will be deducted from the Contractor’s payment. The Contractor shall have one (1) employee responsible to check the job site each calendar day. This person shall be responsible to check the job site to see that all signing, barricades, and flashers are properly installed and in working order and that all streets area open, passable, and reasonably dust-free. If these conditions do not exist, this person shall take steps to see that they are corrected. Said person shall report daily to the project Engineer and any other designated persons so desired by the Owner. No trenches shall be allowed to be left open at night. Erosion protection, which is dependent on the Contractor’s schedule and appropriate to the means and methods of construction, shall be considered incidental to the project unless indicated otherwise. Additional erosion protection may be ordered by the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner. Such protection shall be accomplished to prevent water, airborne dust and sediment from leaving the site. Protection may include, but is not limited to, application of water for dust control, silt fence, staked bales, and sedimentation structures. During construction, it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to see that all existing drainage structures, ditches, gutters, and utilities in the working area are kept clean. Gutters shall be cleaned and free of dirt and other materials at the end of each working day to ensure proper drainage and property protection. Bales, silt fence, or other erosion control measures acceptable to the Engineer shall be used to prevent materials from washing into drainage ways or storm sewers. There shall be an inspection of the storm sewer and sanitary utilities prior to the start of construction. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of commencing construction to aid in accomplishing this inspection. All deficiencies in these existing systems prior to beginning construction must be immediately brought to the attention of the Engineer. The Contractor shall maintain essential services during the course of the project. Essential services shall include emergency vehicles, school buses, mail delivery, garbage collection, drainage, and public utility services. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with all appropriate agencies and utility companies during construction. Dust Control: Water for dust control shall be applied on a daily basis and as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall have a water truck available to the project at all times for dust control. Contractor shall contact the City of Prior Lake’s Public Works Supervisor to coordinate a water source for dust control. In the event that the Contractor does not respond to the City’s request to water the streets for dust control within six (6) hours, the Contractor will be billed by the City in the amount of $100.00 per hour for City crews to provide this service. Dust control shall also apply in the same manner to stockpiles of topsoil, dirt, or other materials, throughout the period of construction. Payment for maintaining streets and controlling dust shall be incidental to this project and no separate payment made unless provided for on the bid. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 9 Protect Existing Pavements: The Contractor shall provide and use rubber tired equipment on all existing pavements. No compensation will be allowed the Contractor for replacement of damaged utilities and resurfacing or replacing damaged pavements. Garbage Service: The Contractor shall be required to accommodate garbage pickup while the project is under construction. This coordination shall include contact with the garbage companies serving the area and maintaining access to the individual residences. In the event that garbage pickup is not accommodated, the Contractor shall be responsible for contracting independently to have the garbage removed at no cost to the project. Unless the proposal includes an item for garbage service, this item shall be considered incidental to the project cost. Noise Control: The Contractor shall comply with local and state ordinances on noise abatement. Any piece of equipment not meeting the requirements shall be either be repaired or replaced. 1603 – MATERIALS: SPECIFICATIONS, SAMPLES, TESTS, AND ACCEPTANCE The provisions of MnDOT 1603 are hereby supplemented with the following: Construction Testing: Testing for work done in this contract shall be done by an independent testing company to assure quality of materials and/or workmanship. Testing shall be at the expense of the Owner. The Contractor shall coordinate the tests to be performed with the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer as to the testing time schedule, so that the Engineer can notify the testing company and be present to indicate test locations and observe the testing. Test results shall follow the requirements as noted in these specifications or shown on the drawings. The testing shall be done on a daily basis with the progress of the work to ensure acceptable construction workmanship. Subsequent work shall not proceed without acceptable test results of the previous work. Testing of embankment or backfill shall occur at the time of placement and compaction. Testing Requirements: The following minimum testing shall be performed: Subgrade Standard Proctor One minimum, if no utility work. Proctor may be used from utility trench representative of material near the surface. In-place Density and Moisture 1/500 LF Class 5 Aggregate Base Gradation 1/2000 TN Standard Proctor One minimum In-place Density and Moisture 1/500 LF Bituminous Testing Production for the material shall be tested in accordance with MnDOT 2360 for a Certified Plant. The Contractor shall submit, on the date of production, to the Engineer in the office, to the Engineer in the field, and to the independent testing company performing the compliance testing, production testing documentation from the MnDOT Certified Plant for each day of production that bituminous is placed on the project. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 10 Density and air void testing for compliance with the Maximum Density Method in accordance with MnDOT 2360 shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory. The Engineer may require one (1) core to be taken for each 500 tons or fraction thereof, of mixture placed with a minimum of three (3) cores per lift. Cores shall be taken prior to the placement of the next lift and no later than the next working day following placement. One retest of each failing test will be permitted and must be done within three (3) working days of placement. The independent testing company and the Contractor are responsible to coordinate the retests within this time frame. Asphalt Content, Gradation, MnDOT 2360 Certified Plant Max. Specific Gravity (rice test) (incidental to bituminous mixture production) Percent Air Voids (3 Marshalls) Extraction/Gradation for 32/42 In-place Density MnDOT 2360 Maximum Density 1 core/500 TN 3 cores minimum per lift In-place Air Voids MnDOT 2360 Maximum Density 1 core/500 TN 3 cores minimum per lift Assurance testing by independent Coordinated by Engineer. Laboratory. Observation of air Paid by Owner voids, gradation, extraction, and spot check of AC at producers testing lab 1606 – STORAGE OF MATERIALS The provisions of MnDOT 1606 are hereby supplemented with the following: The Contractor is responsible for locating and securing permission for a project storage area. Any disturbed area shall be cleaned up and fully restored to the pre-existing condition prior to closing out this project. The cleanup and restoration of the project storage area shall be the Contractor’s responsibility; no direct compensation will be made for this work. It is anticipated that all work, including stockpiling of materials, will be completed within the roadway right-of-way. The Contractor is hereby advised that the only materials that will be allowed to be stockpiled within project limits are materials which will be incorporated into the project and then only in the quantity needed. Materials cannot be stockpiled which are for use on other projects. This specification applies to manufactured and natural materials (including material stockpiled for crushing). 1702 – PERMITS, LICENSES, AND TAXES The provisions of MnDOT 1702 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall acquire a DNR Water Appropriations permit if necessary. If required, the Contractor shall become a co-permittee with the Owner to ensure compliance with the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Storm Water Permit (MNR 100001) required by the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA). This permit establishes conditions for discharging storm water to waters of the State from construction activity disturbing one (1) or more acres of total land area. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 11 If required, the Contractor shall be required to sign the NPDES permit or transfer form seven (7) days prior to beginning construction operations and shall abide by all permit requirements until the site has undergone final stabilization and a notice of termination has been submitted to the MPCA. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner to implement a fully-documented inspection and maintenance program for all temporary erosion and sediment control measures as required by the NPDES permit. The Owner shall obtain permits from the MPCA. The Contractor is required to follow the provisions of this permit as incidental to the project. The Contractor is responsible for registering with Scott County or MnDOT and obtaining the necessary permits for hauling along county or state roadways. 1707 – PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY The provisions of MnDOT 1707 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall provide any barricades, fences, or other means of protection necessary to properly execute the work and adequately protect his employees, employees of the Owner, employees of the Engineer, and members of the public according to federal, state, and local regulators. All utility trenches shall be backfilled at the end of each working day to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All labor and materials necessary to comply with these provisions are incidental, and no payment shall be made. 1712 – PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY The provisions of MnDOT 1712 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property of any character and shall preserve all land corner monuments. The Contractor shall also be fully responsible for the protection and preservation from damage or destruction of all trees, shrubs, and natural scenic elements. Any tree, shrub, or scenic element within specified areas to be protected that is destroyed or disfigured by the Contractor’s operation shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense or damages shall be assessed when so directed by the Engineer. The Owner has obtained permanent and temporary easements for all construction on private property, as shown on the plan sheets. The remaining construction is within the right-of-way or dedicated streets. The Contractor shall limit his operations to the street right-of-way or easement unless he makes a separate arrangement with the landowner for the use of additional land. In the case of construction on a railroad, state, or county highway right-of-way, a permit for such construction will be obtained. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements specified by the permit with respect to limits, safety precautions, method of construction, etc., and shall furnish to the state or county highway department or the railroad, the required supplemental bonds or insurance coverage as stipulated in the permits without additional cost to Owner. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to protect, remove, and/or reinstall all fences, street signs, mailboxes, lawn irrigation systems, and other items required to construct the proposed improvements. When existing lawn irrigation systems conflict with the proposed construction, the Contractor shall notify each affected property owner as to how the irrigation systems will be dealt with. The property owner shall be notified at least one (1) week in advance of any disconnection of the irrigation system. The Contractor shall use a qualified subcontractor who specializes in installation and maintenance of lawn irrigation systems to disconnect, make alterations to, and reconnect the irrigation system in order to minimize the damage to the existing equipment. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 12 The work associated with protecting, removing, and/or reinstalling all fences, street signs, mailboxes, lawn irrigation systems, and other items shall be considered incidental to the project unless specific bid items are provided. All surface structures and features located outside the excavation limits together with those within the construction area which are indicated in the plans as being saved, shall be properly protected against damage and shall not be disturbed or removed without approval of the Engineer. In the event of damage to any surface improvements, either privately or publicly owner, the Contractor shall be required to replace or repair the damaged property to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at the Contractor’s expense. 1717 – AIR, LAND, AND WATER POLLUTION The provisions of MnDOT 1717.2 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall use the appropriate means of sediment and erosion control for individual situations. Failure to maintain the sediment and erosion control measures will be sufficient cause to withhold further payments on the project until the maintenance is complete. The sediment and erosion control measures for the project have been identified in the plan set; however, modifications can be made depending on actual site conditions. All perimeter control barriers shall be installed and approved by the Engineer prior to the commencement of construction. Prior to final acceptance of the project or the end of the warranty period, the Contractor shall remove all temporary sediment and erosion control measures. 1807 – FAILURE TO COMPLETE THE WORK ON TIME The provisions of MnDOT 1807 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Section 1807.2, Waiver of Liquidated Damages, is amended by eliminating the second paragraph in its entirety. Liquidated damages will accrue as long as the work remains substantially incomplete as defined under the Work Sequence section. The liquidated damages shall be $500.00 per calendar day for the project. 1903 – COMPENSATION FOR ALTERED QUANTITIES The provisions of MnDOT 1903 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: It should be noted that there will be no adjustment in unit price for increased or decreased quantities. In addition, the City reserves the right to reduce certain quantities or delete certain items from each section of the bids as the City sees fit, either before or after the Award of Contract. There will be no additional compensation due to remobilization of equipment as necessary to complete punch list items or other items not completed by the Contractor. There will be no additional compensation due to restocking charges for materials not used on the project. All payments will be by the unit price bid times the actual number of units installed and accepted. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Minnesota Statute 471.425, Subd. 4a requires contracts of a municipality to have the prime Contractor pay any subcontractor within ten (10) days of the prime Contractor’s receipt of payment. The contract also must require that the prime Contractor pay interest of 1.5 percent per month or any part of a month to the subcontractor for any undisputed amount not paid to the subcontractor within ten (10) days. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 PAGE 13 Final payment will not be made until the Contractor shall have filed with the Engineer evidence in the form of an affidavit or such other evidence as may be required that all claims against him by reason of the Contract have been fully paid or satisfactorily secured. This shall be in the form of paid-in-full lien waivers from each supplier and subcontractor along with the IC134 Form. In case such evidence is not furnished, the Owner may retain out of any monies due said Contractor sums sufficient to cover all lienable claims unpaid. Before final payment is made for the work on this project, the Contractor must make a satisfactory showing that he has complied with the provisions of Minnesota Statutes Annotated 290.92 requiring the withholding of state income taxes for wages paid the employees on this project. Receipt by the Engineer of a certificate of compliance from the Commissioner of Taxation will satisfy the requirement. WARRANTY The Contractor for this work shall guarantee and maintain the stability of all his work, equipment and materials for a period of two (2) years from date of final payment and final acceptance by the City. The two (2) year maintenance guarantee shall be provided prior to final payment. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as restricting Contractor's liability for breach of contract by reason of non-conformance with the specification for defects or faulty workmanship. SPECIAL PROVISIONS SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 2021 – MOBILIZATION ................................................................................................................................. 1 2101 – CLEARING AND GRUBBING ........................................................................................................... 1 2104 – REMOVING PAVEMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES ............................................... 2 2105 – COMMON BORROW (LV) ................................................................................................................ 2 2105 – DEWATERING .................................................................................................................................. 3 2105 – POND EXCAVATION (LV) ................................................................................................................ 3 2105 – POND EXCAVATION SPECIAL 1 (LV) ............................................................................................ 4 2105 – SITE GRADING ................................................................................................................................ 5 2123 – STREET SWEEPING........................................................................................................................ 5 2211 – AGGREGATE BASE ......................................................................................................................... 6 2357 – BITUMINOUS TACK COAT .............................................................................................................. 7 2360 – PLANT MIXED ASPHALT PAVEMENT (MSCR) .............................................................................. 7 2451 – COARSE FILTER AGGREGATE .................................................................................................... 11 2451 – FILTER MEDIA SPECIAL ............................................................................................................... 11 2501 – PIPE CULVERTS ............................................................................................................................ 12 2502 – 6" PVC PIPE DRAIN CLEANOUT .................................................................................................. 12 2503 – (CEAM 2621) PIPE SEWERS ........................................................................................................ 12 2506 – CONSTRUCT DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DESIGN SPECIAL 1 .................................................... 13 2506 – CONSTRUCT DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DESIGN SPECIAL 2 .................................................... 13 2506 – CONSTRUCT DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DESIGN SPECIAL 3 .................................................... 14 2506 – 48” DIAMETER PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE EXTENSION ............................................... 14 2511 – FIELDSTONE RIPRAP ................................................................................................................... 14 2515 – ARTICULATED BLOCK MAT CLOSED CELL TYPE A ................................................................. 14 2572 – PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF VEGETATION .............................................................. 15 2573 – STORMWATER MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................... 15 2575 – EROSION CONTROL BLANKET (CATEGORY 3) ......................................................................... 16 2575 – SEEDING ........................................................................................................................................ 16 SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 2021 – MOBILIZATION The provisions of MnDOT 2021 are modified and/or supplemented as follows: This item shall consist of preparatory work and operations, personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the project site. This item also includes protection of the project during construction, including temporary erosion and sediment control, and protecting the integrity of the stormwater ponds during construction. No additional compensation will be given for these items. The replacement and/or restoration of damaged property shall be considered incidental to the Mobilization bid item and shall not incur any additional payments from the Owner. The Contractor must notify the property owner of any and all damage to their property, as well as a plan to fix said damage, within twenty-four (24) hours of damage. 2021.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2021.501 Mobilization LS 2101 – CLEARING AND GRUBBING The Provisions of MnDOT 2101 are modified and/or supplemented as follows: This item consists of removing trees and vegetation as necessary for removal and replacement of the trail from Birchwood Avenue and the excavation and construction of the iron enhanced sand filter as shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. Contractor is encouraged to visit the site prior to bidding to observe the extent of tree and brush coverage within the construction limits. This item also includes tree trimming and protection as directed by the Engineer. No trees shall be removed unless approved by the Engineer. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor operates in a reckless manner which results in damage to a tree, the tree shall be removed and replaced with a City-approved tree at the Contractor’s expense. Tree protection shall be incidental and no payment shall be made. The Contractor shall trim trees as directed by the Engineer. Branches that require cutting will be cut at the trunk of the tree. Clearing and grubbing of shrubs shall be considered incidental to the project with no separate payment made. All depressions resulting from grubbing operations shall be filled and compacted within seven (7) days (incidental). No disposal of debris shall be allowed on-site unless authorized by the Engineer. 2101.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2101.501 Clearing & Grubbing LS SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 2104 – REMOVING PAVEMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES 2104.1 – DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of removal and disposal or salvage of pavements, structures, and other items to be abandoned or replaced and other obstructions within the working area in accordance with the provisions of MnDOT 2104 and the following: 2104.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Add the following new paragraphs to MnDOT 2104.3.B: C Removal Operations for Roadway and Trail Removals made by sawing, shall result in a neat, straight line, or a square edge. The use of wedges driven into the saw cut to break off the portion to be removed will not be permitted. Removal of bituminous pavements will include removal of the roadway aggregate base. The Contractor shall be responsible for marking and verifying the condition of existing structures within the roadway prior to beginning pavement removal. C.8 Pipe Removal Removal of existing storm sewer pipe on Birchwood Avenue to construct the new manhole as noted in the plans, shall be in a manner and at the stage of construction so that drainage will be maintained. Existing storm sewer pipe shall not be damaged during removal. 2104.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2104.502 Remove Energy Dissipater EA 2104.502 Remove Existing Manhole EA 2104.503 Remove Sewer Pipe (Storm) LF 2104.503 Remove Bituminous Curb LF 2104.504 Remove Bituminous Pavement SY 2105 – COMMON BORROW (LV) 2105.2 – MATERIALS Common Borrow: Common borrow shall consist of offsite material to be hauled for the construction of the berm of the iron enhanced sand filter. 2105.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Common borrow will only be used for the berm construction if pond excavation material is deemed not suitable for use by the Engineer. Construction, maintenance, and restoration of access/haul roads as well as regular street sweeping to minimize tracking of material will be considered incidental to mobilization. This does not include “Stabilized Construction Exit” which will be paid for separately on an “each” basis. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 2105.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Common Borrow: Payment shall be compensation in full for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary haul material on site and backfill as necessary. Quantities are specified as compacted volume for all additional material that is needed. 2105 – DEWATERING 2105.1 – DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall provide dewatering as necessary to allow for construction. Dewatering operations may be controlled by permit from the DNR or other agencies. The Contractor is responsible for application for any necessary permits and compliance with all conditions of permits. Dewatering is required to be completed in conformance with NPDES requirements. The work potentially involves the drawdown of the water table, placement of temporary barriers, or other satisfactory types of water control to allow construction, and to protect the work. Since elevations are dependent upon the groundwater levels and other hydrologic conditions, the Contractor shall perform the necessary dewatering operations, irrespective of the actual water table surface water elevation which prevails at the time the work is accomplished. 2105.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Construction methods shall be utilized that minimize turbidity of discharged water. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to provide any best management practices including physical treatment devices needed to meet local, state, and federal regulations and to satisfy permit conditions for dewatering. The Contractor shall provide the necessary dewatering operation to protect the proposed improvements during construction and be prepared to use extra pumps to mitigate pond bounce during a rainfall event. 2105.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Dewatering: Payment for dewatering shall include all materials, labor, and equipment needed for dewatering, including but not limited to the following: mobilization for dewatering; permit applications, acquisition, and compliance, including any best management practices required by the DNR or other agencies; providing access to streets and driveways, pumps, sump pits, water conveyance systems, rock, or aggregate materials for dewatering foundations, and any other activities needed for dewatering. Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2105.601 Dewatering LS 2105 – POND EXCAVATION (LV) This work consists of the excavation of soil and rock materials that have been determined under Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) Guidelines to be Management Level 1, therefore the material is non-regulated and suitable for re-use on properties with a residential or recreational use category. This work also includes grading in accordance with the plans and the salvaging and replacement of suitable excavated material and the salvaging and replacement of topsoil on the project areas where required. Construction Requirements General: Prior to the commencement of the excavations, topsoil shall be stripped and stockpiled for re- spreading upon the graded area. Access to each pond shall be coordinated with the Owner. Construction, maintenance, and restoration of access/haul roads will be considered incidental to mobilization; this includes any necessary clearing, grubbing, tree trimming, and scarifying work of access roads. This does SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 not include “Temporary Rock Construction Entrance” which will be paid for separately on an “each” basis for each site where work is occurring. All ice will be stockpiled on site. Ice will be placed back in the pond following pond excavation and grading activities. Finishing Operations: Stripping, salvaging, stockpiling, and re-spreading of topsoil and other fill shall be considered incidental to payment for pond excavation. Miscellaneous Debris: The area to be excavated may contain limited miscellaneous debris not indicated in plans or specifications that has been dumped by unknown persons previously. The Contractor will be required to remove, sort, store, and transport this debris to an approved landfill at his own expense, up to fifty (50) cubic yards. The Owner will pay the fees associated with the disposal. The Contractor must notify the Engineer prior to removing the debris from the site in order for the debris to be counted against the fifty (50) cubic yard limit. In the event that hazardous materials are encountered that are not noted within the plans or specifications, and if these materials cannot be disposed of at a construction debris landfill or traditional landfill, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately. If special disposal is necessary, the City and the Contractor will negotiate a cost to complete the additional work, and the contractor will be required to complete the special excavation/disposal consistent with MCPA and MDH requirements or hire a certified subcontractor to complete the work. Method of Measure and Basis of Payment Pond Excavation (LV): Pond excavation shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard and shall be compensation in full for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to excavate, haul material off site, and grade on site as necessary. Excavated material deemed acceptable by the Engineer shall be used in the construction of the berm for the iron enhanced sand filter. Excess material will be hauled offsite. Haul quantities and/or truck capacity shall be agreed upon prior to hauling. No compensation will be made for material that is stockpiled and used for backfilling of the iron enhanced sand filter berm. Quantities are specified as Loose Volume (LV). If the Contractor hauls too much material off-site and then needs to haul in material for backfill/grading, this will be done at the Contractor's expense. Potholing: Potholing to locate existing utilities shall be incidental to the project and may be completed at the direction of the Engineer. 2105 – POND EXCAVATION SPECIAL 1 (LV) This work consists of the excavation of soil and rock materials that have been determined under Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) Guidelines to be Management Level 3, therefore the material is regulated and is not suitable for any type of reuse. This work also includes grading in accordance with the plans. Construction Requirements General: Prior to the commencement of the excavations, topsoil shall be stripped and stockpiled for re- spreading upon the graded area. Access to each pond shall be coordinated with the Owner. Construction, maintenance, and restoration of access/haul roads will be considered incidental to mobilization; this includes any necessary clearing, grubbing, tree trimming, and scarifying work of access roads. This does not include “Temporary Rock Construction Entrance” which will be paid for separately on an “each” basis for each site where work is occurring. Excavating Operations: Sediment testing results indicate elevated concentrations of Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs) within areas shown on plans as contaminated sediment. Sediment from these ponds will need to be disposed of in compliance with local and state law. Results of soil testing can be obtained from the Owner as well as within Appendix D. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 All ice will be stockpiled on site. Ice will be placed back in the pond following pond excavation and grading activities. Finishing Operations: Stripping, salvaging, stockpiling, and re-spreading of topsoil and other fill shall be considered incidental to payment for pond excavation. Miscellaneous Debris: The area to be excavated may contain limited miscellaneous debris not indicated in plans or specifications that has been dumped by unknown persons previously. The Contractor will be required to remove, sort, store, and transport this debris to an approved landfill at his own expense, up to fifty (50) cubic yards. The Owner will pay the fees associated with the disposal. The Contractor must notify the Engineer prior to removing the debris from the site in order for the debris to be counted against the fifty (50) cubic yard limit. In the event that hazardous materials are encountered that are not noted within the plans or specifications, and if these materials cannot be disposed of at a construction debris landfill or traditional landfill, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately. If special disposal is necessary, the City and the Contractor will negotiate a cost to complete the additional work, and the Contractor will be required to complete the special excavation/disposal consistent with MCPA and MDH requirements or hire a certified subcontractor to complete the work. Method of Measure and Basis of Payment Pond Excavation (Special 1) (LV): Pond excavation shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard and shall be compensated in full for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to excavate, haul material off site. Haul quantities and/or truck capacity shall be agreed upon prior to hauling. Quantities are specified as Loose Volume (LV). Potholing: Potholing to locate existing utilities shall be incidental to the project and may be completed at the direction of the Engineer. 2105 – SITE GRADING This work consists of grading and stabilization of the iron enhanced sand filter. The area shall be protected and maintained while work is being executed. No work shall be done within this area unless directed by the Engineer in the field. Method of Measure and Basis of Payment Grading: Payment for grading shall include all materials, labor and equipment needed for grading and stabilization and shall be paid for under the lump sum price for grading. 2123 – STREET SWEEPING The Provisions of MnDOT 2123 are modified and/or supplemented as follows: 2123.3 – SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS Add the following new paragraph to 2123.3: O Street Sweeper with Pickup Broom Throughout construction, constructed streets and roadways adjacent to the project shall be swept and cleaned as directed by the Engineer, and shall be in conformance with the NPDES permit. Material that is tracked off the project site shall be swept within twenty-four (24) hours. Removal of dirt and debris shall be accomplished with self-propelled street sweeping equipment with a pick-up broom and a sufficient size for the purpose intended, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All materials shall be collected and retained within the sweeping equipment as they are swept. Disposal of the swept material shall be in accordance with MnDOT 2104.3.D. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 The Contractor shall respond to any request by the Engineer for street sweeping within two (2) hours. If determined and directed by the Engineer, a sweeping schedule may be required to be implemented. The Contractor shall provide any necessary flagmen and traffic control (incidental). The Contractor shall keep a log book that states the date and time of sweeping on a daily basis. Records of sweeping shall be submitted monthly or no payment shall be made. 2123.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment at the Contract price per hour will only be for those hours as measured to the nearest one‐half (1/2) hour of sweeping, necessary to keep the Project roadways and adjacent roadways clean from construction debris as approved by the Engineer and shall be compensation in full for all costs incidental thereto, including but not limited to labor, equipment, water and debris disposal. No additional compensation shall be paid for overtime labor, which may be required to complete all necessary sweeping. No payment will be made under this item for sweeping done by “kickoff brooms.” Brooms without a mechanism to pick up debris are not allowed. Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2123.610 Street Sweeper (with Pickup Broom) HR 2211 – AGGREGATE BASE The Provisions of MnDOT 2211 are modified and/or supplemented as follows: 2211.1 – MATERIALS Aggregate base shall be Class 5, 100% crushed limestone as specified in MnDOT 3138.2.B. 2211.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS C Placing and Compacting Aggregate base will be used for replacement of the section of Birchwood Ave and trail specified in the plans. The Contractor shall make every effort to salvage and reinstall the existing aggregate base where possible. The Contractor shall install the aggregate base immediately, no more than twenty-four (24) hours after completion and approval of the subgrade. If placement of the aggregate base is done more than twenty-four (24) hours after the initial test roll, a second test roll shall be required and paid for by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible to maintain the aggregate base until completion of bituminous surfacing as incidental to the work with no direct payment therefore. Additional aggregate base required due to erosion, washouts, trench settlements or other similar causes shall be replaced by the Contractor without additional compensation therefore. 2211.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2211.509 Aggregate Base Class 5 Ton SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 2357 – BITUMINOUS TACK COAT The Provisions of MnDOT 2357 are modified and/or supplemented as follows: 2357.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Delete MnDOT 2357.3H and replace with the following: H Acceptance of Tack Material The Engineer will address failures related to MnDOT 3151, “Bituminous Material,” or deficiencies related to workmanship or application, in accordance with MnDOT 1512, “Unacceptable and Unauthorized Work.” The basis of measurement for tack failures or deficiencies is the full width of the lane by station. The Engineer may deduct up to five percent (5%) of the mixture unit price for failures related to MnDOT 3151. 2357.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Delete MnDOT 2357.5 and replace with the following: Payment for the accepted quantity of asphalt emulsion and cutback shall be at the Contract price per unit of measure for asphalt emulsion and neat cutback. The cost of providing and applying sand at pedestrian crossings will be incidental. Payment for the tack coat will be made on the basis of the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2357.506 Bituminous Material for Tack Coat Gal 2360 – PLANT MIXED ASPHALT PAVEMENT (MSCR) The Provisions of MnDOT 2360 are modified and/or supplemented as follows: 2360.1 – DESCRIPTION Delete MnDOT Table 2360-2 and replace with: Table 2360-2 PG Asphalt Grades MSCR Letter PG Grade MSCR A PG 52S – 34 B PG 58S – 28 C PG 58H – 34 E PG 58H – 28 F PG 58V – 34 H PG 58V – 28 I PG 58E – 34 L PG 64S – 22 M PG 49S – 34 SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 2360.2 – MATERIALS Add the following new paragraph to MnDOT 2360.1.A: Mix Designation Numbers for the bituminous mixtures on this Project are as follows: Type SP 12.5 Wearing Course (3,B) SPWEB340B Type SP 12.5 Non Wear Course (3,B) SPNWB330B Delete MnDOT 2360.2.B and replace with: B Asphalt Binder Material Only use Performance Graded (PG) Asphalt Binder meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 332, Table 3151-1A, and the Combined State Binder Group Method of Acceptance for Asphalt Binder available on the Asphalt Products page of the Approved/Qualified Products List. Table 3151-1A Multi Stress Creep Recovery (MSCR) Test Requirements Grade* Binder Code for 2360 Mix Design Jnr@3.2kPa, maximum %R @ 3.2kPa, min.** Jnr Difference, max*** PG 58S-28 B 4.5 N/A 75 % PG 58H-28 E 2.0 30 % 75 % PG 58V-28 H 1.0 55 % 75 % PG58E-28 0.5 75 % N/A PG58S-34 4.5 N/A 75 % PG58H-34 C 2.0 30 % 75 % PG58V-34 F 1.0 55 % 75 % PG58E-34 I 0.5 75 % N/A PG49S-34 M 4.5 N/A 75 % PG52S-34 A 4.5 N/A 75 % PG64S-22 L 4.5 N/A 75 % * LTPP Bind temperature for Minnesota is 58°C for the high PG Binder Grade temperature. The bottom three grades are special use binders and are to be tested at the high temperature indicated by the grade (example: PG 49S-34 is tested @ 49C). ** Use in place of Appendix X1 in AASHTO - M332. *** Jnr Difference is waived for “E” grade binders. Use asphalt binder supplier recommendations for mixing and compaction temperatures. Delete MnDOT 2360.2.E.7 and replace with: E.7 Minimum Ratio of Added Asphalt Binder to Total Asphalt Binder Control recycled materials used in mixture by evaluating the ratio of new added asphalt binder to total asphalt binder as shown in Table 2360-8. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 Table 2360-8 Requirements for Ratio of Added New Asphalt Binder to Total Asphalt Binder1 min%: Specified Asphalt Grade2 Recycled Material RAS Only RAS + RAP RAP Only PG 58X3-28, PG 52S-34, PG 49-34, PG 64S-22 Wear Non-Wear 70 70 70 70 70 65 PG 58X3-34 Wear & Non-Wear 80 80 80 1 The ratio of added new asphalt binder to total asphalt binder is calculated as (added binder/total binder) x 100 2 The Contractor can elect to use a blending chart to verify compliance with the specified binder grade. The Department may take production samples to ensure the asphalt binder material meets the requirements. The blending chart is on the Bituminous Office Website. 3 X=S,H,V,E 2360.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The first paragraph of MnDOT 2360.3.D.1 is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: D.1 Maximum Density Compact the pavement to at least the minimum required maximum density values in accordance with Table 2360-19, “Required Minimum Lot Density (Mat)”. MnDOT Table 2360-20 Longitudinal Joint Density Requirement is hereby deleted. MnDOT 2360.3.D.1.n Longitudinal Joint Density is hereby deleted. MnDOT 2360.3.D.1.p Shoulders is hereby deleted. MnDOT Table 2360-24 Payment Schedule for Longitudinal Joint Density (SP Non-Wear and SP Shoulders, 4% Void) is hereby deleted. MnDOT Table 2360-25 Payment Schedule for Longitudinal Joint Density (SP Non-wear and SP Shoulders, 3% Void) is hereby deleted. MnDOT 2360.3.D.1.r Pay Factor Determination is hereby deleted. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 Remove MnDOT 2360.3.E Surface Requirements and replace with the following: E Surface Requirements After compaction, the finished surface of each lift shall be reasonably free of segregated, open and torn sections, and shall be smooth and true to the grade and cross section shown on the plans with the following tolerances: Cut or saw and then remove and replace material placed outside the described limitations at no additional cost to the Department. If the Engineer determines the material can remain in place outside the limits, the Department will pay for the material at a reduced cost of ten dollars ($10) per square yard. The Department will consider any single occurrence of material outside the limitations to have a minimum dimension of at least one (1) square yard in any dimension. Table 2360-27 Surface Requirements Course/Location Description Tolerance Leveling/1st lift using automatics Tolerance also applies to 1st lift placed other than leveling when automatics are used. ½ in Wear Tolerance of final 2 lifts from the edge of a 10 foot straightedge laid parallel to or at right angles to the centerline. ¼ in Shoulder Wear, Temporary Wear & bypasses Tolerance from the edge of a 10 foot straightedge laid parallel to or at right angles to the centerline. ¼ in Transverse joints/construction joints Tolerance from the edge of a 10 foot straightedge centered longitudinally across the transverse joint. Correction by diamond grinding required unless the Engineer and the Contractor agree to a deduct of $1,500. ¼ in 20 ft. pavement section excluded from IRI and ALR testing in Table 2399-3. Tolerance from the edge of a 10 foot straightedge placed parallel to or at right angles to centerline. Does not include measurement at terminal header, bridge deck, and approach panels. Corrective Work required unless both the Engineer and the Contractor agree to a deduct of $1,500. ¼ in Transverse Slope Tolerance for surface of each lift exclusive of final shoulder wear. Not to vary by more than 0.4 % from plans. Distance from edge of each lift and established centerline. No less than the plan distance or more than 3 inches greater than the plan distance. The edge alignment of the wearing lift on tangent sections and on curve sections of 3 degrees or less can’t deviate from the established alignment by more than 1 inch in any 25 foot section. See Description Final wear adjacent to concrete pavements. After compaction the final lift wear adjacent to concrete pavements must be slightly higher but not to exceed 1/4 inch than the concrete surface. See Description Final wear adjacent to fixed structures. After compaction the final lift wear adjacent to gutters, manholes, pavement headers, or other fixed structures must be slightly higher but not to exceed 1/4 inch than the surface of the structure. See Description Finished surface of each lift.* Must be free of segregated and open and torn sections and deleterious material. *Excluding tight blade and scratch courses. See Description SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 2360.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2360.509 Type SP 12.5 Wearing Course Mixture (3,B) Ton 2360.509 Type SP 12.5 Non Wearing Course Mixture (3,B) Ton 2451 – COARSE FILTER AGGREGATE 2451.2 – MATERIALS Coarse filter aggregate shall consist of washed river run pea gravel. 2451.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Coarse filter aggregate shall be placed at a depth of eight inches (8”) prior to the filling of the iron enhanced sand filter media. Aggregate shall be mounded over the draintile pipe at an additional depth of two inches (2”). 2451.4 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Coarse filter aggregate shall be compensation in full for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to haul material to site and install material as necessary to meet the section and proposed grades as shown in the plans. Coarse filter aggregate shall be measured by the in-place quantity constructed. Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2451.507 Coarse Filter Aggregate CY 2451 – FILTER MEDIA SPECIAL 2451.2 – MATERIALS Filter media shall be iron enhanced Iron fillings shall be Connelly GPM ETI – CC – 1004 (-8+50) or approved equal. Filtration medium shall consist of a blend of five percent (5%) iron fillings by mass ratio with ninety five percent (95%) select granular borrow (ASTM C-33 Course Wash Sand). Contactor shall be responsible to ensure filter media is well mixed and has uniformity throughout the mixture. The engineer may choose to test the mixture to ensure that it is between the acceptable tolerance of + or – one percent (1%) (or between four and six percent (4 and 6%)) 2451.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Prior to placement of Filter Media, the Contractor will review and confirm the placement of coarse filter aggregate, perforated pipe drain, clean outs, drainage structures, and associated appurtenances. The filter area shall be graded as flat as possible to allow for evenly distributed flow and water level. 2451.4 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Filter Media Special shall be compensation in full for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to haul material to site and install material as necessary to meet the section and proposed grades as shown in the plans. Filter Media Special shall be measured by the in-place quantity constructed. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2451.607 Filter Media Special CY 2501 – PIPE CULVERTS The Provisions of MnDOT 2501 are modified and/or supplemented as follows: 2501.2 – MATERIALS Outlet structures shall be precast concrete in accordance with the details on the plans, MnDOT 2501, MnDOT 2506, and CEAM 2621. 2501.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. General The outlet structure shall be installed in accordance with MnDOT 2451 and CEAM 2600. 2501.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Add the following new paragraph to MnDOT 2501.4: 2501.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2501.502 18” RC Pipe Apron EA 2502 – 6" PVC PIPE DRAIN CLEANOUT 2502.2 – MATERIALS Vented cleanout assembly shall be a PVC long turn elbow connected to the HDPE underdrain. Extend solid 6" PVC vertically eighteen inches (18") above surface of the IESF and provide removable vent cap (6" ProVent or approved equal). 2502.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for all cleanouts (vented or standard) shall be at the contract unit price for 6" PVC PIPE DRAIN CLEANOUT. 2503 – (CEAM 2621) PIPE SEWERS The Provisions of MnDOT 2503 shall apply, in addition to the Provisions of CEAM 2621, Sanitary Sewer and Storm Sewer Installation, which are modified and/or supplemented as follows: 2503.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The Engineer shall receive notice twenty-four (24) hours in advance for testing of sewers. When the Contractor uses laser beam control for grade and alignment, the Contractor shall check into the grade stakes provided. Any discrepancies found between the laser beam elevation and grade stake elevation, or the line and grade shown on the plans, shall be immediately brought to the Engineer’s attention before continuing pipe installation. Failure to check into grade stakes provided or to notify the SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 Engineer of discrepancies shall put the full responsibility on the Contractor for any removal and reinstallation of pipe necessary to conform to the line and grade as shown in the drawings. Any dewatering necessary shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be considered incidental to the installation of the sewer pipe. When installing a new structure within an existing pipe network, the Contractor shall verify the structure location, invert elevation and line of any existing opening to ensure the installation of the proposed sewer facility can be constructed according to the plan requirements. The Contractor shall immediately inform the Engineer of any deviation from the plan requirements necessitated by existing conditions. The Contractor shall ensure that upon completion of the connection that the area of the connection be water tight. The Contractor shall ensure smooth even flow from the newly connected pipe to the invert of the existing structure. A.1 Pipe Laying Operations No pipe is to be laid in water or when the trench conditions are unsuitable for such work. Install pipe to the alignment, grade, and location as shown in the drawings and/or staked in the field. No deviation from the drawings and/or staked alignment, grade, or location is allowed. No re-rounding of pipe will be allowed. 2503.5 – (CEAM 2621) PIPE SEWERS Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2503.603 8” HDPE Pipe Sewer LF 2503.603 12” HDPE Pipe Sewer LF 2503.503 18” RC Pipe Sewer LF 2503.602 Connect to Existing Storm Sewer EA 2506 – CONSTRUCT DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DESIGN SPECIAL 1 2506.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Construct Drainage Structure Design Special 1: Payment for “Construct Drainage Structure Design Special 1” shall be at the Contract unit price bid and be compensation in full for labor, equipment, and materials to construct and install the Drainage Structure Design Special 1 as indicated in the Plan. The Construct Drainage Structure Design Special 1 bid item shall also include payment for furnishing and installing the Haala CG48TM casting (or approved equal) as well as construction of the weir. All excavation and granular bedding required for each structure shall be considered incidental to the contract unit price of the structure. 2506 – CONSTRUCT DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DESIGN SPECIAL 2 2506.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Construct Drainage Structure Design Special 2: Payment for “Construct Drainage Structure Design Special 2” shall be at the Contract unit price bid and be compensation in full for labor, equipment, and materials to construct and install the 30” Diameter Nyloplast Storm Structures as indicated in the Plan. The “Construct Drainage Structure Design Special 2” bid item shall also include payment for furnishing, installing, and adjusting the casting. All excavation and granular bedding required for each structure shall be considered incidental to the contract unit price of the structure. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 2506 – CONSTRUCT DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DESIGN SPECIAL 3 2506.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Construct Drainage Structure Design Special 3: Payment for “Construct Drainage Structure Design Special 3” shall be at the Contract unit price bid and be compensation in full for labor, equipment, and materials to construct and install the 48” Diameter Manhole Storm Structure on Birchwood Avenue as indicated in the Plan. The “Construct Drainage Structure Design Special 3” bid item shall also include payment for furnishing, installing, and adjusting the casting as well as construction of the weir. All excavation and granular bedding required for each structure shall be considered incidental to the contract unit price of the structure. 2506 – 48” DIAMETER PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE EXTENSION 2506.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Remove and replace the existing sanitary manhole as identified on the Plans. The sanitary manhole shall be raised to match the proposed grade. 2506..6 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment includes salvaging and reinstalling the top slab, frame, and casting and will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2506.502 48” Diameter Precast Concrete Manhole Extension EA 2511 – FIELDSTONE RIPRAP The provisions of MnDOT 2511 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2511.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The filter material and geotextile fabric are considered incidental to the installation of the riprap. 2511.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The bit unit price for riprap of each type and class includes the cost of providing the materials, excavating, and preparing the foundations, placing the riprap stone, and providing and placing the filter materials as required by the contract. Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2511.507 Fieldstone Riprap Class III CY 2515 – ARTICULATED BLOCK MAT CLOSED CELL TYPE A 2515.1 – DESCRIPTION The articulated block mat will be placed beneath the inlet pipe to the west pond as shown on the Plans. The block shall be a minimum thickness of six inches (6”). Materials shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to delivery to site. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 2515.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the articulated block mat includes the cost of providing the materials, preparing the foundation, and placing the blocks. Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2515.504 Articulated Block Mat SY 2572 – PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF VEGETATION The provisions of MnDOT 2572 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2572.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A Protecting and Preserving Any trees or shrubs not designated for removal shall be fully protected by the Contractor during construction. Any trees or shrubs removed or damaged by the Contractor, which were not designated for removal, will be replaced at the Contractor’s expense. 2572.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT All work under this section shall be considered incidental to the contract with no additional compensation allowed unless provided for in the bid proposal form. 2573 – STORMWATER MANAGEMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2573 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2573.1 – DESCRIPTION The Contractor will be required to comply with NPDES regulations to prevent erodible materials from leaving the site, even if such permit is not required due to the project size or location. 2573.2 – MATERIALS General: BMP devices shall be a MnDOT approved product. The Contractor shall verify with the Engineer prior to installation that the proposed BMP device is suitable for prevention of soil and sediment erosion in the field. 2573.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of all-temporary erosion and sediment control measures. These measures shall be repaired, replaced, or supplemented as set forth in the NPDES General Storm Water Permit. If the Contractor fails to provide maintenance of the temporary erosion and sediment control measures as set forth in the NPDES permit requirements, the Engineer shall have the authority under the terms of this contract to hire the work done and deduct the costs incurred from the amounts due to the Contractor. The Contractor shall be assessed liquidated damages for each specified area for which the Contractor has not installed or repaired erosion and sediment control devices (including sod) within forty-eight (48) hours after receiving written notice. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 2573.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2573.502 Storm Drain Inlet Protection EA 2573.503 Silt Fence, Type HI LF 2573.533 Sediment Control Log Type Bioroll LF 2573.535 Temporary Rock Construction Entrance EA 2575 – EROSION CONTROL BLANKET (CATEGORY 3) 2575.2 – MATERIALS Erosion control blankets used on this project shall be straw or wood fiber and natural netting only. 2575.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Erosion control blanket shall be installed after final grading. If it is unable to be installed by hand after final grading a pneumatic stapler shall be used or hydromulch shall be installed. 2575.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Erosion Control Blankets (all types) will be measured by the ground area covered (Square Yard), regardless of the amount of blanket used. Hydromulch will be measured by the ground cover area (Square Yard). Areas that fail to establish shall be fixed in the spring at the Contractor’s expense. See plans for specific installation procedures. 2575 – SEEDING 2575.1 – DESCRIPTION Due to the nature of the work associated with this Contract, turf restoration will be required where any existing turf has been disturbed as a result of construction activities. The Contractor is encouraged to minimize the impacted area, and to protect all existing turf to the greatest extent possible. 2575.2 – MATERIALS All seed mixtures will be MnDOT certified seed mixture 33-261 or 35-241. Seed mixture 33-261 shall be in combination with the MnDOT certified cover crop seed mixture 21-111 (oats cover crop) as specified on plans. 2575.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Seed: Hydroseeding is the preferred method of seeding for all areas, and is required for any areas exceeding fifty (50) square yards. Hand spreading of seed will be allowed in areas inaccessible to hydroseeding equipment, and in areas of non-continuous seeding (such as around spot curb repair) with the approval of the Engineer. Where seeding quantities by weight are provided in the bid proposal, these quantities are double the recommended MnDOT seeding rates. The Contractor will assume either a higher application rate or a need for secondary seeding be performed throughout the project. The Contractor will take care not to overspray any private or public facilities (including buildings, hard surfaces, and any established turf areas) while hydroseeding. The Contractor will be required to remove all overspray if directed by the Engineer. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 The requirements of MnDOT 2575.3.L for coverage of seeded areas (seventy percent (70%) vegetative growth) will be utilized for determining any areas that may require reseeding at the end of the seed maintenance period. The Engineer will have the sole discretion for determining areas where additional seeding may be needed. The maintenance period for all seed installation will be forty-five (45) calendar days, counted only between April 15 and November 1. Dates between November 1 and April 15 will not be counted as part of the maintenance period. Soil Bed Preparation: The Contractor will preserve available topsoil from the common excavation areas to the greatest extent possible for mixing and reuse within the project site. In areas used for stockpiling, the Contractor will remove all stockpiled materials from the soil bed prior to preparing for seeding or sodding. The area will be free of bituminous, aggregate, wood, concrete, and other foreign materials to a minimum depth of four inches (4”). To prevent mixing of such materials, the Contractor may use geotextile fabric, plastic, or other material to create a barrier between the stockpiled and in-place material. The Contractor may also choose to strip and salvage the existing topsoil from the stockpile site prior to placing stockpiled material. All topsoil placed, whether for use with sod or seed, will be placed to a loosely-compacted minimum depth of four inches (4”). Type 2 Phosphorous-Free Fertilizer, if needed, will be applied at a rate of 200 pounds per acre for all areas to be seeded, regardless of seed type, unless otherwise noted in the plans. 2575.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Seeding: Seeding will be paid for by the acre and will include the installation of seed, topsoil, fertilizer, and cover crop (oats), as well as hydraulic matrix mulch as identified in this specification. Seed Mixture 35-241: Will be paid for by the pound. All topsoil, fertilizer and hydroseeding are considered incidental to seed and seeding. Seed Mixture 33-261: Will be paid for by the pound. All topsoil, fertilizer and hydroseeding are considered incidental to seed and seeding. All topsoil, fertilizer, hydraulic matrix mulch, and hydroseeding are considered incidental to the seed mixture. Water utilized for preparation, installation, and maintenance of turf establishment items will be considered incidental. All topsoil will be considered incidental to the seeding bid item. Water utilized for preparation, installation, and maintenance of turf establishment items will be considered incidental. All topsoil will be considered incidental to the seeding bid item. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT APPENDIX A CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 APPENDIX A SCOTT COUNTY MAILBOX INSTALLATION POLICY SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT APPENDIX B CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 APPENDIX B CITY OF PRIOR LAKE STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-1 CITY OF PRIOR LAKE STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS General: Construction of sewer and water main shall be performed in accordance with the “City Engineers Association of Minnesota Standard Specifications for Trench Excavation and Backfill/Surface Restoration, Watermain and Service Line Installation, and Sanitary Sewer and Storm Sewer Installation, 2013 Edition”, except as modified herein. Street construction including subgrade preparation, base work, curbing, pavement work, and boulevard restoration shall be performed in accordance with Divisions 2 and 3 of the Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) “Standard Specifications for Construction” 2014 Edition, and any amendments thereto or latest revision and as modified herein. Amendments: The following amendments are additions to the provisions of the above- referenced specifications: DIVISION 2 - SPECIAL PROVISIONS PART A: STREETS AND RESTORATION Unless items are specified as salvage and reinstall, all materials required for this work shall be new, conforming to requirements of the referenced specifications for the class, kind, type, size, and grade of material as specified below and other details indicated in the Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and use only materials manufactured in the United States in executing the Contract except for cement manufactured in Canada and petroleum products, which are exempt. Manufactured in the United States, means manufactured in whole or in substantial part within the United States or that more than 50 percent of the component parts were manufactured in whole or in substantial part within the United States. The CONTRACTOR may request in writing to the ENGINEER for the use of materials which are not manufactured in the United States if the materials are not reasonably available, the price is unreasonably excessive in the United States, or the quality is substantially less in the United States. Approval of materials not manufactured in the United States is at the ENGINEER's discretion. Reference Specifications This work shall be done in accordance with the latest edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation's "Standard Specifications for Highway Construction" (referenced 'Mn/DOT') and any amendments thereto, except as modified in these specifications and the City Standard Plates. The numbering system used herein corresponds to the numbering systems used in the The numbering system used in the following section corresponds to the numbering system in the above identified specifications. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-2 above named specifications with the exception that a "0" has been added preceding the 4 digit number. All existing streets, alleys, shoulders, driveways, sidewalks, medians, etc. disturbed by construction shall be replaced or restored to a condition equal to or better than existing conditions in accordance with the specifications contained herein unless modified by the Special Provisions. Payment for such restoration shall be considered incidental to the Contract Bid Item. Any improvements removed or damaged unnecessarily shall be replaced or repaired as directed by the City Engineer at the Contractor’s expense. Paragraph 2101 shall be modified as follows: SP 02101 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 02101.3 Construction Requirements: The ENGINEER will mark those trees and shrubs that are to be removed. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER 48 hours, 2 working days, before clearing and grubbing is to start in order to evaluate and mark trees and shrubs. No clearing and grubbing operations shall begin until the ENGINEER has clearly marked the trees and shrubs to be removed. Clearing and grubbing will take place as the project progresses. In some cases trees and shrubs to be cleared and grubbed will not be determined until activities around the tree or shrub are taking place and the tree or shrub will be impacted to the extent that the removal of the tree or shrub will be necessary. D Disposal Limitations: All timber and debris shall be removed from the project area to a disposal area to be selected and provided for by the CONTRACTOR. No burying of debris will be permitted. Burning, if allowed, must be in accordance with State and City requirements. 02101.4 Method of Measurement: A Qualifying Trees and Stumps: The ENGINEER will only measure trees for payment that have a diameter of more than four (4) inches at a point twenty-four (24) inches above the ground surface. Diameter will be determined by dividing the measured circumference by 3.14. 02101.5 Basis of Payment: It is anticipated that the Contractor will need to remove trees as the project progresses. Any additional tree removal will be compensated at the unit price for clearing and grubbing. Paragraph 2104 shall be modified as follows: SP 02104 REMOVING PAVEMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES 02104.3 Construction Requirements: A General: The Contractor shall remove and dispose of all structures and obstructions specifically included for payment in the Contract as Remove, except \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-3 those that are specified to be removed by others. The Contractor shall remove, store to prevent damage and loss during construction, and reinstall all structures and obstructions specifically included for payment in the Contract as Salvage and Reinstall. B Removal Operations: All items indicated for removal shall be done in a manner as to minimize the area of disturbance to the area beyond the limits of removal. All items that have been designated for salvage and reinstall shall be removed in a manner that will not result in unwarranted damaged. B1 Remaining Portion of Structure: Where a portion of an existing item is to remain, the limit of removal shall be at an existing joint, or the CONTRACTOR shall prepare the item such that the removal shall leave a straight and clean surface unless otherwise provided for in the contract documents. B2 Pavements and Sidewalks: Pavements, sidewalks, and curb and gutter shall be removed to a straight line horizontal and vertical cut at the limits of removal, or to the nearest joint if directed by the ENGINEER. All joints shall be sawed unless otherwise authorized by the ENGINEER. Removal shall be two feet beyond undisturbed existing base courses. B2a Sawing Concrete Pavement: The Contractor shall saw concrete pavement along the removal line(s) full depth prior to removing the pavement. B2b Sawing Bituminous Pavement: The Contractor shall saw bituminous pavement along the removal line(s) to a minimum depth of 3 inches prior to breaking off the pavement. B8 Miscellaneous Items: Signs removed during construction shall be temporarily reinstalled where necessary for traffic control, particularly STOP signs. Signs to be salvaged and reinstalled upon project completion shall be adequately labeled by the CONTRACTOR for reinstallation locations and stored to prevent damage and loss during construction. C Disposal of Materials and Debris: Materials and debris removed from the project site shall be disposed of at a site selected by the CONTRACTOR. Such disposal areas shall be approved landfills or property under the direct control of the CONTRACTOR, in accordance with State and local rules and regulations. No burying of debris on the project site will be permitted. Abandon Pipe: Pipe that is intended to be abandoned in-place shall be blown full of sand and have each end bulkheaded. Abandon Manhole: Any manhole to be abandoned in-place shall have the top section of the manhole and the casting removed and shall be filled with sand and then covered up. Top sections and castings shall become the CONTRACTOR’S responsibility, including the disposal thereof. Salvaging of gate valves, pressure release valve, cleanouts, and other parts from the existing manhole to be abandoned shall be completed as directed by Engineer. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-4 02104.5 Basis of Payment: Payment for removal shall be at the unit prices bid and shall be compensation in full for removal, repair and/or replacement of damaged or lost items as required, hauling of material and debris to a disposal area selected by the CONTRACTOR, complete compaction of trenches and depressions, and cleanup of the area. No additional payment shall be made for pavement thicknesses that vary from those indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Payment for Remove Sewer Pipe (Sanitary Service) shall be paid on a linear foot basis and if necessary shall include abandoning existing service wye with PVC cap and specified Fernco as directed by Engineer. Payment for Water Service Pipe shall be paid on a linear foot basis and if necessary shall include installing a plug in the existing corporation stop hole. Payment for abandoned in-place manholes will be at the unit prices bid. Bulkheads, top manhole sections, and casting disposals shall be incidental to the sand-filled manhole that is to be abandoned in-place. Salvaging of gate valves, pressure release valves, cleanouts, and other parts from the existing manhole to be abandoned shall be incident to the payment for abandon manhole as directed by Engineer. Payment for abandoned in-place manholes will be at the unit prices bid. Bulkheads, top manhole sections, and casting disposals shall be incidental to the sand-filled manhole that is to be abandoned in-place. If any materials designated for Salvage and Reinstall are damage due to negligence by the Contractor, the Contractor shall deliver new material of the same type and size as that damaged and equal to the quantity of material so damaged at no extra compensation. The damaged material shall then become the property of the Contractor. Payment for salvage and reinstall sprinkler system shall be paid on a linear foot basis and shall include salvaging all sprinkler heads and piping. This bid item is intended for use on private property. Contractor will not be responsible to repair damaged sprinkler systems within the right of way or easement areas. Paragraph 2105 shall be modified as follows: SP 02105 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 02105.2 Materials: A4 Subgrade Excavation: Subgrade excavation shall consist of all excavations made below the Plan finished subgrade. B1 Granular Borrow: Material shall meet MnDOT Spec 3149.2B Select Granular Borrow having no greater than 12% fines passing the #200 sieve and no greater that 50% passing the #40 sieve. Select Granular Borrow Mod 5% shall have no greater than 5% fines passing the #200 sieve and no greater that 50% passing \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-5 the #40 sieve. Actual samples shall be graded and submitted for review by the CITY and the ENGINEER prior to use on this project. B3 Topsoil Borrow: Material shall meet the requirements of Mn/DOT Table 3877-2 Select Topsoil Borrow. Actual samples shall be graded and submitted for review by the CITY and the ENGINEER prior to use on this project. C2 Salvaged Topsoil: Topsoil shall be salvaged from excavated organic material and stockpiled when the Proposal contains separate items therefor. D Stabilizing Aggregate: 3” Minus 100% Crushed Limestone: The following gradation is provided as an example of what type of 3” minus material is desired. Actual samples shall be graded and submitted for review by the CITY and the ENGINEER prior to use on this project. Sieve Size % Passing Sieve Size % Passing 3” (75 mm) 100 3/8” 20 2” (50 mm) 95 #4 15 1 ½” (38 mm) 73 #10 12 1 ¼” (31 mm) 60 #20 10 1” (25 mm) 50 #40 9 ¾” (19 mm) 38 #80 7 5/8” (16 mm) 33 #200 5 (8-15 typical) 1-1/2” Screened Clean Aggregate: 1-1/2” screened clean aggregate material shall be used for temporary road surface stabilization and shall have a gradation similar to CA-3 from Mn/DOT Table 3137-1. Gradation shall be submitted to the CITY and the ENGINEER prior to placement. E Geotextile Fabric: Geotextile fabric should meet Mn/DOT Spec 3733 Type V and be placed in the excavation bottom and lapped a minimum of 2’ at all splices or sewn per Mn/DOT requirements. 02105.3 Construction Requirements: A General: The Contractor shall maintain all excavations and embankments in a well drained condition at all times. B Preparation of Embankment Foundation: Locations where the Plan finished subgrade is unstable and/or contains unsuitable material, the Plan finished subgrade shall be excavated to remove the material as directed by the CITY and the ENGINEER. C Excavating Operations: Excavations below Plan finished subgrade, for the purpose of removing unstable and/or unsuitable material, shall be conducted with the understanding that the excavation limits staked will be subject to change as authorized by the CITY and the ENGINEER as the actual subsurface conditions are disclosed. The CITY and the ENGINEER reserve the right to have additional soil evaluations performed during the course of the construction in order to better address construction needs. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-6 D Disposition of Excavated Material: Excavated concrete or bituminous pavement shall not be used as fill and shall be disposed of as approved by the CITY and the ENGINEER. E Placing Embankments: Excavation of unstable or unsuitable material below Plan finished subgrade shall be backfilled with either granular borrow, 3” minus, or suitable material obtained from the excavation as directed by the CITY and the ENGINEER. Embankment Material shall be deposited and spread in uniform layers per MnDOT specifications. Three feet of embankment material compacted with a plate vibrator or plate tamper shall be placed over sewer or water pipe before a hydro-hammer, vibratory, or sheepsfoot roller is operated over the pipe. F Compacting Embankments: All roadbed embankment material shall be compacted as required for the Specified Density Method. The maximum density shall be the standard proctor density per ASTM D-698. The following compaction requirements as well as MnDOT specifications shall be met for all areas of construction under this contract. a. Areas Outside Street Right-of-Way: Areas outside of the street right-of- way shall be compacted to 95 percent of Standard Proctor Maximum dry density (T-99 or ASTM D-698). b. Areas Within Street Right-of-Way: Areas within street right-of-way shall meet the following compaction requirements: 1) The zone 3 feet below finished grade or below the finished subgrade, whichever is less, shall be compacted to 95 percent of Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density (T-99 or ASTM D-698). 2) The zone from finished grade to 3 feet below finished grade, or to the top of the finished subgrade, whichever is greater, shall be compacted to 100 percent of Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density (T-99 or ASTM D-698). G Finishing Operations: Select Topsoil Borrow shall be placed on the slopes and boulevards to a minimum depth of 5 inches.i 02105.4 Method of Measurement: A Excavation Material: Measurement of the work for payment shall be computed by the average end area method, as determined from original and final cross sections. The CONTRACTOR’S representative and the resident project representative shall be present during the measurement of the work for payment. When the quantity is designated on the Bid Schedule by the letter (P), that quantity shall be the final quantity for which payment shall be made, unless the planned dimensions of the work are revised by the CITY ENGINEER; in which case the revised quantity shall be paid for at the contract unit price. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-7 B Borrow Material: Granular borrow shall be measured by the ton and topsoil borrow shall be measured by the cubic yard, compacted volume measurement. Excavation for yard grading shall be incidental to Topsoil Borrow. D Stabilizing Aggregate: Stabilizing aggregate used on this project shall be measured by weight in tons only of material deposited on the roadway. Weight tickets are required for payment. Weight tickets shall contain the following information: Project name Leave time Project location Gross weight Truck number Tare weight Date Net weight Failure to comply with weight ticket requirements may be considered unacceptable and unauthorized work and subject to the ENGINEER's determination by the calculated section constructed and/or the material hauled as to the method of measurement and quantity of material used. Removal of 1-1/2” Screened Clean Stabilizing Aggregate utilized for temporary road surface stabilization shall be considered incidental and no additional compensation shall be made for excavation material. Paragraph 2111 shall be modified to as follows: SP 02111 TEST ROLLING 02111.1 Description: This work shall consist of test rolling the finished subgrade prior to acceptance of subgrade preparation and placement of granular borrow and test rolling the aggregate base prior to placement of pavement. Test Rolling shall be required for all streets. 02111.2 Equipment: A loaded dump truck delivering a 9-ton axle load shall be used as test rolling equipment and supplied by the CONTRACTOR. 02111.3 Construction Requirements: Test Rolling shall be performed on the finished subgrade and finished aggregate base at a time when the grade is completed within ½ inch of the grade staked by the ENGINEER. Test Rolling shall not be performed until the subgrade surface has been properly prepared to the satisfaction of the CITY and the ENGINEER. A representative of the CITY, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR shall be present during the test rolling and shall mutually make the final determination if the roadbed is unstable. The unstable sections shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR as directed by the CITY and the ENGINEER. The subgrade will be considered unstable if, under the operation of the test rolling equipment, the surface shows rutting (at the time the test rolling equipment passes over \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-8 the grade) of more than two inches (2") measured from the top of the constructed grade to the bottom of the rut. The subgrade will also be considered unstable if, under the operation of the test rolling equipment, the surface shows deflection or yielding of more than one inch (1") (at the time the test rolling equipment passes over the grade). The aggregate base will be considered unstable if, under the operation of the test rolling equipment, the surface shows rutting, deflection, or yielding. In addition, the subgrade or aggregate base material shall not roll under the weight of the vehicle. 02111.5 Basis of Payment: Test rolling of the subgrade (including all repairs to unstable sections and retesting) shall be considered incidental work and with no direct compensation. Test rolling of the aggregate base (including all repairs to unstable sections and retesting) shall be considered incidental work and with no direct compensation. Paragraph 2112 shall be modified to as follows: SP 02112 SUBGRADE PREPARATION 02112.1 Description: This work shall consist of shaping and compacting the subgrade prior to placing granular borrow. 02112.3 Construction Requirements: This work shall be performed after any unstable sections of the subgrade have been repaired and after acceptance of the test rolling. The subgrade shall be shaped and compacted to within ½ inch of the grade staked by the ENGINEER. The ½ inch is a tolerance allowance related to spot checking. The CONTRACTOR will certify that the subgrade is graded within specified tolerance and is not consistently high or low throughout the project. The subgrade shall be inspected, checked for tolerance, and approved by the CITY and the ENGINEER prior to placement of granular borrow. 02112.5 Basis of Payment: Subgrade preparation shall be considered incidental to the Common Excavation bid item unless there is a separate bid item provided. When there is a bid item provided, Subgrade Preparation shall be paid for at the contract unit price per road station that includes all labor and equipment to scarify, recompact, and shape the material to grade. Paragraph 2130 shall be added to as follows: SP 02130 APPLICATION OF WATER 02130.2 Materials: Water for construction purposes may be obtained from the CITY’s site at 17073 Adelmann Street SE. Call 952-447-9830 to apply for the necessary permit and arrange for water pick up. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-9 Paragraph 2211 shall be modified to as follows: SP 02211 AGGREGATE B ASE 02211.1 Description: This work shall consist of constructing aggregate base for the project as indicated on the typical sections. If the separation of fine and coarse aggregate should occur such that floating occurs, the CONTRACTOR shall scarify the aggregate base and re-compact to the required density prior to placement of the bituminous base course. This work, if necessary, shall be considered incidental to the project. 02211.2 Materials: A Aggregate: The aggregate to be used shall be Class 5, 100% crushed limestone and conform to Mn/DOT 3138. A portion of Gradation Table 3138-1 is reproduced below for convenience. The pit location and copies of the gradation results for the Class 5 aggregate shall be submitted to the CITY and the ENGINEER at least seven days prior to delivery of the materials to the job site. Class 5 Aggregate Gradation Sieve Size % Passing Natural Aggregate %Passing 100% Crushed 1” (25 mm) 100 100 ¾” (19 mm) 90 – 100 90 – 100 3/8” (9.5 mm) 50 – 90 50 – 90 #4 (4.75 mm) 35 – 80 35 – 70 #10 (2 mm) 20 – 65 20 – 55 #40 (0.425 mm) 10 – 35 10 – 35 #200 (0.075 mm) 3 – 10 3 - 10 02211.3 Construction Requirements: A General: The granular borrow shall be inspected and approved by the CITY and the ENGINEER prior to placement of aggregate base. The CONTRACTOR shall install the aggregate base immediately after completion and approval of the granular borrow. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for maintenance of the aggregate base until completion of bituminous surfacing as incidental to the work, with no direct payment therefor. Additional aggregate base required due to erosion, washouts, trench settlements or other similar causes shall be replaced by the CONTRACTOR without additional compensation therefore. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-10 If aggregate base material is being wasted or placed excessively thick, the ENGINEER reserves the right to deduct quantities that are in excess of plan thickness. Said quantities shall be based on aggregate material weighing 135 pounds per cubic foot of compacted base. Gravel driveways shall be constructed with a minimum of 4 inches of Class 5 aggregate base placed on compacted subgrade. Gravel driveway restoration shall be constructed to match the existing section if greater. Driveway restoration shall be completed from the edge of the concrete curb to the construction limits unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER in the field. C Spreading and Compacting: Compaction shall be obtained by the Specified Density Method to a minimum of 100 percent of the Standard Proctor Density. Final compaction shall be with a smooth drum vibratory roller. The density will be tested by an approved testing laboratory. A minimum of one test per five road stations will be taken. The location of the test will be at the direction of the CITY and the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall bear the initial cost of the testing. If, however, sections of the roadway fail and retesting is required, the cost of this additional testing shall be at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. The aggregate base shall be compacted and fine graded to within ½ inch of the specified aggregate base elevation and total specified thickness. The ½ inch is a tolerance allowance related to spot checking. The compacted aggregate base placed shall be approximately the calculated tonnage based on the typical section, not consistently high or low throughout the project. D Workmanship and Quality: Upon completion of the aggregate base installation and test rolling, the resident project representative will review the grades with the CONTRACTOR’S representative by the string line method. The CONTRACTOR will furnish the string line and perform the string line grade check. The CONTRACTOR will certify that the aggregate base is to proper grade prior to the placement of the bituminous base. The CONTRACTOR shall remove, replace and test roll any portion of the aggregate base that becomes contaminated after placement. 02211.4 Method of Measurement: A Aggregate Base: Aggregate base used on this project shall be measured by weight in tons only of material deposited on the roadway. Weight tickets are required for payment. Weight tickets shall contain the following information: Project name Leave time Project location Gross weight Truck number Tare weight Date Net weight Failure to comply with weight ticket requirements may be considered unacceptable and unauthorized work and subject to the ENGINEER's determination by the calculated section constructed and/or the material hauled as to the method of measurement and quantity of material used. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-11 02211.5 Basis of Payment: Payment for aggregate base will be at the Contract unit price based on tons installed. No claim may be made for aggregate not finished or placed. This shall be payment in full for all costs incidental to construction including water added and compaction. The CONTRACTOR shall supply weight slips to verify the quantity. Aggregate Base Class 5 (Private Driveways) shall be constructed with the same requirements as Aggregate Base Class 5. Quantity may be increased or decreased at anytime without any changes to the unit price bid. Paragraph 2232 shall be added to as follows: SP 02232 MILL PAVEMENT SURFACE 02232.1 Description: Mill Bituminous Surface (Full Depth) shall include milling the existing bituminous street surface full-depth. Mill Bituminous Surface (Ramped edges prior to wear) shall be completed just prior to wear course paving to mill the ramped edges constructed as a part of base course construction. 02232.3 Construction Requirements: B Operations Existing bituminous street surface shall be milled full-depth and left in place for use as temporary roadway surface during construction. Salvage and placement of millings shall be a daily practice within work zones. Milling of ramped edges shall not be performed more than 48 hours in advance of the wear course placement. Once the milling has been performed the bump shall be properly signed if the street is not closed to traffic. 02232.4 Method of Measurement: Mill Bituminous Surface shall be measured by the square yard of milled surface. 02232.5 Basis of Payment: The unit price bid for Mill Bituminous Surface (Full Depth) shall be compensation in full for all work associated with milling the existing bituminous street surface full-depth and leaving the milling material in place and using it as temporary roadway surface during construction. Eventual removal of millings is included in Common Excavation quantity. The unit price bid for Mill Bituminous Surface (Ramped Edges Prior to Wear) shall be compensation in full for all work associated with milling ramped edges in preparation of wear course paving and for the removal of millings. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-12 Paragraph 2357 shall be added to as follows: SP 02357 BITUMINOUS TACK COAT 02357.2 Materials: Bituminous material for tack coat shall be diluted emulsified asphalt or RC Liquid Asphalt in accordance with Mn/DOT 2357 and 3151. 02357.3 Construction Requirements: Tack coat shall be sprayed onto all concrete and bituminous surfaces against which bituminous paving is to be placed, including the gutter face as well as the vertical surfaces of manhole castings and gate valve boxes and construction joints. When emulsified tack is used, the emulsion must "break" (water begins to evaporate and color goes from brown to black) prior to placement of pavement. 02357.5 Basis of Payment: Volume slips shall be provided. The unit price bid for tack coat shall include sweeping and cleaning of all debris and dirt from the previous bituminous courses prior to placement of tack coat. Paragraph 2360 shall be modified as follows: SP 02360 PLANT MIXED ASPHALT PAVEMENT 02361.1 Description: Pavement courses of hot plant mixed asphalt-aggregate mixture shall be produced in accordance with Mn/DOT 2360 Plant Mixed Asphalt Pavement. Mix designs shall be SPNWB330B for base course and SPWEA340B for wear course. No asphalt pavement shall be placed until the aggregate base is approved by the ENGINEER. Prior to placement of the final bituminous wear course the CONTRACTOR shall have the utility adjustments, driveway construction, landscaping, and all restoration complete. 02360.2 Materials: All asphalt aggregate mixtures shall conform to the Specification 2360 “Plant Mixed Asphalt Pavement” and Specification 3139 “Graded Aggregate for Bituminous Mixtures”, and as modified in these specifications. 02360.3 Mixture Design: A Mixture Design General: Plant mixed asphalt pavement shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT 2360. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-13 The bituminous mixture types shall be as follows: Bituminous Base Course SPNWB330B Bituminous Wearing Course SPWEA340B Bituminous Trails & Driveways SPWEA340B 02360.5 Construction Requirements: E Compaction Operations: Sufficient compaction equipment of proper size and good mechanical condition shall be employed to compact the mixture to the requirements of the “Maximum Density Method” and to properly texture the finished surface. For this purpose, a vibrating steel drum roller and pneumatic tired roller shall be employed in conjunction with each other during compaction of all wear courses. The mixture laydown temperature as measured behind the paver or spreading machine shall be a minimum temperature of 250° F. The rolling operation shall be free of open and torn sections. In areas where new bituminous construction meets the existing surfacing, the cutting of the existing bituminous surface shall be done in a manner as to provide a straight vertical edge such that the new bituminous surface will properly match the in-place surfacing. F Construction Joints: The longitudinal joint in the center of the road will be made last and shall overlap any previously laid bituminous course longitudinal joint by at least 6 inches. Transverse joints in adjacent strips shall be separated by a minimum of 5 feet. Connections to an existing asphalt mat shall be allowed only after the existing mat has had a vertical joint prepared for final connection. A uniform coat of bituminous tack material shall be sprayed on the existing surface to be matched into. Longitudinal joint construction of fresh pavement section shall be done while the mix is warm to ensure a neat junction, thorough compaction, and continuous bond throughout. I Wear Course Placement: Wear course shall be placed the following construction season unless otherwise specified. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER at least 10 days prior to the wear course placement date to allow for the inspection of the base course for patch work or repairs. Bituminous patching of the base course shall be completed at least 24 hours prior to the placement of the wear course in order to provide base course stability by allowing the base course to cool to ambient temperature. The heated screed or strike-off assembly shall produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture without tearing, shoving, or gouging. Heated screed extensions are required if the paving width on either side of the paver is greater than the basic screed. Strike-off only extensions assemblies are not allowed for wear course paving. J Bituminous Driveway: Bituminous driveways shall be constructed with a minimum of 3” bituminous wear course and 4” of Class 5 aggregate base placed on compacted subgrade or constructed to match the existing section if greater. Bituminous driveway restoration shall be completed from the edge of the concrete curb to the construction limits or as directed by the ENGINEER in the field. More specific information shall be provided by the ENGINEER in the field. Bituminous driveway restoration shall be done with a self-propelled paver. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-14 Bituminous Driveway (Private): Bituminous Driveway Private shall be constructed with the same requirements as Bituminous Driveway. Quantity may be increased or decreased at anytime without any changes to the unit price bid. K Bituminous Path: Bituminous path shall be constructed with a minimum of 2.5” bituminous wear course and 6” of Class 5 aggregate base placed on compacted subgrade or constructed to match the existing section if greater. 02360.6 Pavement Density: A General All pavements will be compacted in accordance with the Maximum Density Method per MnDOT 2360.6B. B Maximum Density Method All courses or layers of plant mixed asphalt mixtures shall be compacted to a density not less than the percentage shown in Table 2360.6-B2. 02360.7 Thickness and Surface Smoothness Requirements: A Thickness The thickness of each course of bituminous placed shall be as shown on the plans. After final compaction of bituminous wearing course, all bituminous surfaces adjacent to manholes, valve boxes, and other miscellaneous structures shall be 3/8” plus or minus 1/8” higher than the surface of such structures. If the structures are not adjusted within the allowed tolerance, the contractor shall readjust them at no additional compensation. Compaction and thickness of each lift and the total section shall be within ¼” of the total specified thickness. The tonnage placed shall be approximately the calculated tonnage not consistently ¼” high or low throughout the project. 02360.8 Method of Measurement Bituminous mixture shall be measured in tons, based on weight tickets collected at the project site by the ENGINEER on the date of delivery. Weight tickets shall contain the following information: Project name Leave time Project location Gross weight Truck number Tare weight Date Net weight Failure to comply with weight ticket requirements may be considered unacceptable and unauthorized work and subject to the ENGINEER's determination by the calculated section constructed and/or the material hauled as to the method of measurement and quantity of material used. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-15 02360.9 Basis of Payment Bituminous path shall be paid for at the contract unit price per square yard. Paragraph 2411 shall be added as follows: SP 02411 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 02411.1 Description: Modular block retaining walls shall be installed as shown on the plans and as directed by the ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR should follow manufacturer’s installation instructions. 02411.2 Materials: Modular block retaining walls shall be constructed of high strength, high density concrete units with freeze-thaw resistance and be in accordance with Anchor, Keystone, or Versa- Lok systems. The concrete wall units shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi in accordance with ASTM C90 and a maximum moisture absorption of 7 lbs/cf in accordance with ASTM C666, modified to 50 cycles. Units shall have an interlocking system with a uniform setback. Cap units shall be of the same size and appearance as the wall units. The face pattern shall be a split/rock face in a tan or gray color per OWNER choice. Geosynthetic reinforcement shall be used when soil reinforcement is required. Fill between units shall be free draining coarse aggregate material. Draintile shall be used when needed to provide free drainage of the backfill material. 02411.3 Construction Requirements: The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the CITY the type and color of retaining wall proposed to be used. The CONTRACTOR shall construct the retaining wall in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and to the line and grade specified by the ENGINEER in the field. The field conditions will often determine the limits of the wall height and length. The plans are a general representation. Prior to the cap blocks being installed, the CONTRACTOR shall review the nearly finished wall with the ENGINEER and OWNER and make requested alterations. The retaining wall foundation shall consist of a minimum of 6” of compacted base material composed of drainage aggregate, sand, or gravel. The foundation elevation shall be according to the plan details or the manufacturer's details for the proposed wall height. Geosynthetic reinforcement shall be placed according to the locations and the embedment length shown on the plans. A minimum of 12” of free draining aggregate horizontal to the retaining wall shall be placed behind the units. Cap units shall be secured to the lower wall units with weatherproof construction adhesive. Units may have to be cut to provide the proper fit. Backfill at the top of the wall shall be cohesive material to divert surface runoff from migrating down behind the wall. 02411.4 Method of Measurement: \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-16 Modular block retaining wall shall be measured on a square foot basis. The area for measurement shall include the recommended depth below grade. Any amount greater than recommended by the manufacturer shall not be measured for payment. 02411.5 Basis of Payment: Modular block retaining wall shall be paid for at the contract unit price per square foot which shall include all labor, materials, and excavation necessary to construct the retaining wall per the plans and manufacturer's recommendations. Paragraph 2506 shall be modified as follows: SP 02506 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS AND VALVE BOXES 02506.1 Description: This work shall consist of installing and adjusting manhole or catch basin castings and valve boxes to meet either interim or final grades. All castings and valve boxes and any required adjustments thereof shall be incidental for new manholes, drainage structures, and gate valves constructed as part of this contract. Construction of manholes, catch basins and valve boxes shall be accomplished in accordance with applicable sections of the City Engineers Association of Minnesota, Standard Utility Specifications, Division II of these specifications, and Standard Detail Plates. 02506.2 Materials: L Metal Sewer Castings: Manhole castings shall be Neenah R-1733 Manhole Frame with solid lid or Municipal Castings, Inc. 301-7 Frame and 301c Cover. The words “STORM SEWER” or "SANITARY SEWER" shall be cast on the top of each manhole cover in two-inch letters. The cover shall be solid with two concealed pick holes. Valve boxes: Valve boxes shall be Tyler 6860G cast iron three piece valve box or approved equal suitable for 8’ of cover and sufficient to provide at least 6” of adjustment above and below grade. The cover shall be Tyler 5 ¼” drop lid (“WATER”) or approved equal. Metal Adjusting Rings: Cast iron adjusting rings of the same rise as the thickness of the wear course shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT Plate 4108F or Neenah R-1979. 02506.3 Construction Requirements: F Castings: The frame or ring casting shall be set to the designated elevation on a full mortar bed. G Adjusting Frame and Ring Castings or Valve Boxes: The procedure for adjusting castings and valve boxes within the bituminous pavement area shall consist of setting the casting or valve box 3/8 inch plus or minus 1/8 inch below the interim surface elevation of the bituminous base course prior to placement of \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-17 the base course. The CONTRACTOR has forty-eight (48) hours to install the base course paving after adjusting the castings and valve boxes. During the interim period between adjusting the castings and valve boxes for the base course paving and installing the base course paving, the CONTRACTOR shall place traffic cones or other traffic barricades on the adjusted structures. Manholes and catch basins castings shall be set to the designated elevation in a full bed of mortar and shall have a minimum height of 4 inches and a maximum height of 12 inches of concrete adjustment. Concrete adjusting rings shall be reinforced rings manufactured for this specific purpose. The diameter or rectangular dimension shall conform to the type of casting on the structure. Mortar between the rings shall be no less than ⅓” nor greater than ½-inch. No less than ½” thickness of mortar shall be plastered around the outside of the rings to encase the rings of structures. No shims of any type shall be used to set the rings. “Infi-Shield Uniband” external manhole/catch basin flexible water-tight seals or approved equal shall be installed on each manhole or catch basin. The external manhole/catch basin seal shall be installed to seal from the top of the casting frame’s flange to the top of the structure covering the entire adjustment ring area. Catch basin castings need only be adjusted once, when the concrete curb and gutter is constructed. Rim elevations shall be set to correspond with the depressed curb as illustrated in PLATE #604. Valve boxes shall be centered over the valve wrench nut and installed plumb, allowing a 4” PVC pipe to slide down the box and over the operating nut. Top sections of valve boxes shall be adjusted by turning the threaded screw sections to set the box to the designated elevation allowing for at least 6 inches of adjustment above or below the finished grade. Internal top sections shall not be used to accomplish the adjustment. Castings and valve boxes in turf areas need only be adjusted once flush with the final grade. When the bituminous wear course is constructed the year following the bituminous base course, the castings and valve boxes will be set 3/8 inch plus or minus 1/8 inch below the wear course grade using cast iron adjusting rings. Cast iron adjusting rings shall be installed using epoxy glue or hot asphalt to secure the adjusting ring to the casting or valve box. The CONTRACTOR has forty-eight (48) hours to install the wear course paving after adjusting the castings and valve boxes with the cast iron adjusting rings. During the interim period between adjusting the castings and valve boxes for the wear course paving and installing the wear course paving, the CONTRACTOR shall place traffic cones or other traffic barricades on the adjusted structures. H Reconstructing In-Place Structures: Existing sanitary sewer manholes designated RECONSTRUCT MANHOLE, shall be reconstructed to the extent shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. The work shall conform to the requirements specified for new construction except that the salvaged material may be used if of acceptable quality. New work shall be thoroughly bonded to the old with the use of “Infi-Shield Seal Wrap” external joint seal or approved \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-18 equal on all manhole joints within the excavation limits. Payment includes the removal and disposal of any unacceptable existing cone or barrel sections and the installation of any required new cone or barrel sections and if acceptable the reinstallation of any existing cone or barrel sections. 02506.4 Method of Measurement: B Reconstruct Manhole: Measurement will be made for reconstruct manhole per each basis of new cone or barrel section installed or existing barrel section removed if no new sections are installed. This shall include furnishing and installing specified external joint seal wrap on all manhole joints within the excavation limits. It shall also include removal and reinstallation or disposal of existing cone or barrel sections as required. C Install Casting: Measurement for castings will be measured by the number of castings furnished and installed on existing structures. D Adjust Valve Box: Measurement will be by the number of valve boxes on existing structures adjusted for base course. Adjust Valve Box or Casting with Extension Ring: Measurement will be by the number of castings or valve boxes on existing structures adjusted for wear course with a cast iron adjusting ring. 02506.5 Basis of Payment: All castings and valve boxes and any required adjustments thereof shall be incidental for new manholes, drainage structures, and gate valves constructed as part of this contract. Reconstruction Manhole: Payment for reconstruct sanitary manhole at the contract unit price per each of new cone or barrel section installed or existing barrel section removed if no new sections are installed, will be compensation in full for all costs of the work as specified herein and shown on the Plans. This shall include furnishing and installing specified external joint seal wrap on all manhole joints within the excavation limits. It shall also include removal and reinstallation or disposal of existing cone or barrel sections as required. Install Casting: Payment at the unit price bid for Install Casting will be compensation in full for all costs of the work associated with removal and disposal of existing casting and rings, installing new casting as specified on existing structure, and all work associated with adjusting casting for bituminous base course including the use of concrete adjusting rings and an approved external manhole seal. Adjust Valve Box: Payment at the unit price bid for Adjust Valve Box will be compensation in full for all costs of the work associated with adjusting valve boxes on existing structures for bituminous base course including the disposal of damaged existing and the use of new valve box sections as required. Adjust Valve Box or Casting with Extension Ring: Payment at the unit price bid for adjust casting with extension ring will be compensation in full for all costs \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-19 of the work associated with installing cast iron extension ring and adjusting casting or valve box on existing structures for bituminous wear course. Paragraph 2511 shall be added to as follows: SP 02511 RIPRAP 02511.2 Materials: Riprap and geotextile filter material shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT 2511, 3601, and 3733. Type III geotextile shall be used with Class I and II random riprap and Type IV geotextile shall be used with Class III and IV random riprap. If the riprap is indicated to be grouted, Type 3A-grout shall be used. Unless specified otherwise riprap shall be Class III in accordance with Mn/DOT 3601. Articulated concrete mattress / cable concrete shall be Royal Enterprises CC45 unless otherwise specified on plans or approved equal. 02511.3 Construction Requirements: Riprap shall be installed in accordance with Mn/DOT 2511. Geotextile filter shall be used under Random riprap and granular filter shall be used under Hand placed or Grouted riprap. Random riprap shall be positioned to provide uniform distribution of stone size and produce a well-keyed mass of rock with minimal void space and uniform appearance. Articulated concrete mattress shall be installed per the manufacturer’s recommendations. Placement shall be smooth and level. 02511.4 Method of Measurement: Geotextile filter material shall be incidental to the riprap. Articulated concrete mattress shall be measured in square feet. All other materials necessary to install articulated concrete mattress per manufacturer’s recommendations shall be incidental. 02511.5 Basis of Payment: Riprap shall be paid for at the contract unit price per Cubic Yard (CY). Payment shall include all material, labor, and equipment to excavate and install the geotextile filter and riprap. All excavation required to place the riprap in accordance with the detail plates and to slope the adjacent ground to drain shall be included in the unit price bid for riprap. Articulated concrete mattress shall be paid for at the contract unit price per square feet. Payment shall include all material, labor and equipment to excavate and install articulated concrete mattress. Paragraph 2521 shall be added to as follows: \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-20 SP 02521 WALKS 02521.1 Description: This work shall consist of concrete sidewalk construction in accordance with Mn/Dot 2521, Plate#602, and close conformity with the lines and grades indicated in the Plans or established by the Engineer. 02521.2 Materials: A Concrete: The air content of the concrete shall not be less than 4 nor more than 7 percent. All concrete shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT 2461. Concrete mix shall be 3A32 where forms are placed and 3A22 where slip form machine placement is used. G Granular Materials: Base for concrete walk shall meet the requirements of Mn/DOT 3149.2-B1, granular borrow, except that 100 percent of the material shall pass a 1½ inch sieve. Existing on site materials may be used if approved by the ENGINEER. 02521.3 Construction Requirements: Tracer Wire Access or Curb Stop boxes which occur in sidewalks must remain accessible by the use of a Ford Type “A” Single Lid Cover or ENGINEER approved equal. C Concrete: The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER the concrete design mix with a letter from an approved testing laboratory, prior to placement of any concrete. The letter from an approved testing laboratory should state that the aggregates and the proportions meet the requirements of these specifications. Such testing shall be at the sole expense of the CONTRATOR and shall meet the approval of the CITY ENGINEER. Concrete sidewalk construction through driveways shall be 6” thick at residential driveways and 8” thick at commercial driveways. C2 Joint Construction: Typical sidewalk panels shall be 5’ square with contraction joint on each edge of the panel unless otherwise specified. Where sidewalk is to be of greater width such as 6’ or 8’ wide, then the panels shall be squares of the same width dimension. Contraction joints shall align with like joints in adjacent work to prevent random cracking, unless the adjacent work is separated by ½” preformed board. Sidewalk adjacent to curb and gutter shall have full depth preformed board placed between the two, to prevent random cracking, since the curb joints are typically at ten foot intervals and the sidewalk is at five foot intervals. When sidewalk is to be constructed adjacent to curb, the CONTRACTOR shall use extreme care in jointing the curb in order to provide uniformity in the joints for an aesthetically pleasing pattern in all the concrete work. Adjustments of joint spacing in the curb and/or sidewalk may be necessary. The CONTRACTOR \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-21 shall use extra care in spacing of joints near driveways, corners, and changes in direction, to achieve uniformity in the panels. Odd sized panels shall be unacceptable. Provide full depth expansion joints using preformed board material, placed in accordance with Mn/DOT Plate 7035M, where indicated on details, and against fixed objects. Expansion joints shall be installed at changes in direction, between sidewalk and curb at intersections, and on each side of where the sidewalk meets a driveway. The ENGINEER may order expansion material placed between existing sidewalk and at other locations as determined in the field. When preformed board is placed between a driveway apron and the curb, the board shall be full depth in all abutting areas, including the apron wings. Expansion joints shall be placed a maximum of sixty feet (60') apart. Joints shall not be sealed with joint sealer material. 02521.5 Basis of Payment: Payment for Concrete Walk, at the Contract prices per unit of measure, will be compensation in full for all costs of furnishing the materials and constructing the work complete in place as specified in the detail plates. Any granular material furnished and placed as specified in Concrete Sidewalk Plate#602 shall be required and considered incidental to concrete walk construction. Paragraph 2531 shall be added to as follows: SP 02531 CONCRETE CURBING 02531.1 Description This work shall consist of constructing concrete curb and gutter, valley gutter, driveway pavement, and pedestrian curb ramps. 02531.2 Materials A Concrete: The air content of the concrete shall not be less than 4 or more than 7 percent. Concrete mix shall be 3A32 where forms are placed and 3A22 where slip form machine placement is used. E Truncated Dome Systems: The approved products are those listed on the MnDOT website: http://www.mrr.dot.state.mn.us/materials/apprprod.asp G3 Membrane Curing Compound: Membrane curing compound must meet MnDOT Specification 3754. The material shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C309 and may be either Type 2 or Type 3. The material used on the job site shall have the contents clearly indicated on the container with specific reference to its conformance to the ASTM designation. The material shall be delivered in agitator type drums. 2531.3 Construction Requirements \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-22 The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER the concrete design mix with a letter from an approved testing laboratory, prior to placement of any concrete. The letter from an approved testing laboratory should state that the aggregates and the proportions meet the requirements of these specifications. Such testing shall be at the sole expense of the CONTRATOR and shall meet the approval of the CITY ENGINEER. Concrete Pedestrian curb ramps shall be constructed in accordance with MnDOT Technical Memorandum No. 03-19-TS-02, the American with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements, and Mn/DOT Plate 7036F. Pedestrian curb ramps at locations that may be subjected to vehicle loads shall be thickened from 4 to 6 inches. Tracer Wire Access or Curb Stop boxes which occur in concrete driveway pavement must remain accessible by the use of a Ford Type “A” Single Lid Cover or ENGINEER approved equal. Catch basin grates shall be placed 2” lower than the gutter profile with the gutter adjusted within the transition area as shown on Plate#604. Drainage Structure Plan Rim Elevations reflect the 2” sump. A Foundation Preparations: The CONTRACTOR shall shape and compact the aggregate base prior to starting concrete curb and gutter construction. The concrete curb and gutter shall be placed on a minimum of 3” of aggregate base, Class 5, 100% crushed quarry rock. Concrete driveways shall be constructed with a minimum of 4” of Class 5 aggregate base placed on compacted subgrade or constructed to match the existing section if greater. C Joint Construction: Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not more than 60’ for manual placement and not more than 200’ for slip-form placement. Provide full depth expansion joints using preformed board material, placed in accordance with Mn/DOT Plate 7035M, where indicated on details, and against fixed objects. Provide contraction joints, 1/3 the depth of the concrete or more, at 10 foot intervals along the curb and gutter. D Metal Reinforcement: Metal reinforcement shall be provided and placed in concrete curb and gutter and valley gutter in conformance with Plate#604 and #608. Metal reinforcement shall be provided and placed in concrete driveway pavement matching into existing concrete driveway pavement containing metal reinforcement, as directed by the Engineer and in conformance with the applicable provisions of Mn/Dot 2472. E Placing and Finishing Concrete: Curb and gutter design shall be as indicated on the plans and in accordance with Mn/DOT Plates 7100 H (B618) and CITY OF PLATE# 602 (MOUNTABLE). F Slipform Machine Placement: Curb machines may be used provided they are capable of meeting tolerance specifications for workmanship and finish. G2 Membrane and Extreme Service Membrane Curing Method: All surfaces exposed to air at the time of cure shall be coated with membrane curing compound within 1 hour after finishing the concrete surfaces. The compound \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-23 shall be applied by an approved airless spraying machine at the approximate rate of 1 gallon per 150 square feet, which is about 40 feet of B618 curb and gutter. H Joint Sealing: Shall not be required. J Backfill Construction: Backfilling of the curb and gutter shall be completed within 48-hours after the curing period and prior to bituminous surfacing of the roadway. Extreme care must be exercised by the CONTRACTOR during this operation to prevent horizontal displacement of the curb and gutter. Backfilling shall be considered incidental to the construction. There shall be no excess concrete or debris left behind the concrete being backfilled. Grading and compaction behind the curb shall be completed to grade prior to street paving and shall be shaped to match proposed grades. K Workmanship and Finish: The complete concrete work shall give the appearance of uniformity in surface contour and texture, and shall be accurately constructed to line and grade. Unacceptable work shall be removed and replaced with acceptable work as ordered by the ENGINEER. The year after installation any cracking due to the Contractor’s workmanship at areas other then joints, may at the discretion of the ENGINEER, be removed and replaced to the nearest contraction joints at the Contractor’s expense. The Engineer shall take such samples as deemed necessary to determine the quality of the concrete. Compression tests of cylinders shall show not less than 3,900 p.s.i. at 28 days. The Contractor shall provide for suitable storage at the site to allow cylinders to cure in an environment similar to the site. The owner shall transport the cylinders and bear the costs of testing at an approved laboratory. Air testing of concrete per MnDOT 2461.A4b shall be done at intervals necessary to determine quality and acceptance as determined by the City Engineer. 02531.4 Method of Measurement: No deductions will be made for catch basins encompassed in the curb and gutter. A Length: Length measurement on curb and gutter will be made along the face of the curb at the gutter line. Curb drops for entrances and pedestrian curb ramps shall be included in the length measurement. In the case of transition from mountable to B618 curb and gutter at drainage structures, the entire length will be measured for payment under the mountable curb and gutter unit price. In the case of transition from mountable to B618 curb and gutter at radii, the entire transition will be measured for payment under the mountable curb and gutter unit price. B Area : Concrete driveway pavement and valley gutter of each specified thickness will be measured separately as provided for in the Contract. D Pedestrian Curb Ramps: Measurement for pedestrian curb ramps will be made by the number of pedestrian curb ramps constructed as specified. Granular material as specified in Concrete Sidewalk Plate#602 shall be required and considered incidental to concrete pedestrian curb ramp construction as well. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-24 Concrete Pedestrian Curb Ramps shall be constructed to the same concrete thickness as the specified adjacent concrete walk. 02531.5 Basis of Payment: Payment for the concrete construction provided for herein, at the Contract prices per unit of measure, will be compensation in full for all costs of furnishing the materials and constructing the work complete in place as specified. Payment shall be limited to 80 percent of the actual footage installed until all curbing has been backfilled and the topsoil placed. Concrete Driveway Pavement (Private) shall be constructed with the same requirements as Concrete Driveway Pavement. Quantity may be increased or decreased at anytime without any changes to the unit price bid. Payment for Concrete Curb and Gutter replacement will be made on the following basis. The year after installation any damaged concrete curb and gutter not due to the Contractor’s workmanship, may at the discretion of the ENGINEER, be removed and replaced and paid for as Concrete Curb and Gutter Replacement at the contract price per linear foot. Paragraph 2545 shall be added as follows: SP 02545 ELECTRIC LIGHTING SYSTEMS 02545.1 Description: Conduit Systems – Install 4” NMC: This item consists of the installation of NMC utility crossings for the private utility companies. 02545.3 Construction Requirements: 4” NMC: The individual private utility companies will provide the NMC pipe and the depths typically do not exceed three (3) to five (5) feet. These utility crossings are not shown on the plan set but will be coordinated in the field with the private utility companies. The CONTRACTOR shall install the 4-inch NMC before the concrete curb is installed. 02545.4 Method of Measurement: 4” NMC: The excavation length will be measured in linear feet regardless of the number of NMC conduits bundled at the same crossing location. The excavation length will be measured along the longest conduit at the same crossing location. 02545.5 Basis of Payment: 4” NMC: The unit bid price per lineal foot for installing 4-inch NMC shall be compensation in full for all labor, excavation, compaction, and restoration required to complete the installation. Paragraph 2564 shall be added as follows: \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-25 SP 02564 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND DEVICES 02564.1 Description: This work includes the fabrication and installation of traffic signs and posts. 02564.2 Materials: F Signs and Markers: All Signs shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT 3352, the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, and Plate#611 and #612. Diamond Grade 3 Reflective Sheeting material shall be used on all signs. Reflective sheeting material shall carry a 10 year warranty. A fabrication sticker showing the month and year of fabrication shall be affixed to each sign plate. H Flanged Channel Sign Posts: Flanged Channel Sign Posts shall conform to MnDot 3401 and Plate#611. All posts shall be galvanized steel in accordance with ASTM A123. Traffic signs shall be mounted on a 2 pounds per foot flanged channel sign post mounted on a 10 foot in length 3 pounds per foot flanged channel sign post installed a minimum of 3 feet below grade. I Tubular Sign Posts: Tubular Sign Posts for mounting “Street Name” signs with or without a “Stop” sign shall vary in length, be 2-3/8” O.D., be galvanized steel, and have a weight of 2 pounds per foot. 02564.4 Method of Measurement: Install Sign Type signs shall be measured by the each for each type of sign. Install Steel Post shall include both flanged channel and tubular sign posts and shall be measured by the each. 02564.5 Basis of Payment: Payment for Installing Sign Type signs of each type at the Contract price per each will be compensation in full for furnishing and installing the signs on the steel posts as specified on Plate#611 and #612. Payment for Installing Steel Post at the Contract price per each will be compensation in full for furnishing and installing the steel posts as specified on Plate#611 and #612. Paragraph 2571 shall be added to as follows: SP 02571 PLANT INSTALLATION 2571.1 Description: The Contractor shall not purchase any landscape trees or shrubs until a detailed review of the project is done by the ENGINEER and approved for construction. The quantities bid are intended to establish a basis of price and approximate quantity of a variety of \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-26 plantings intended for use on the project. Species verification and the exact quantity will be determined near the end of the project at the time of restoration. 02571.2 Materials: A variety of trees are offered to residents and include the following species: White and Red Oaks, Ohio Buckeye, Ironwood, Kentucky Coffeetree, Hackberry, Hawthorn, Elm, Maple, Linden, and Honey Locus. Resident choice will set the final quantity of each variety. 02571.5 Basis of Payment: No bonus payments will be made for any plantings. Paragraph 2572 shall be added to as follows: SP 02572 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF VEGETATION 02572.3 Construction Requirements: A Protecting and Preserving: No trees shall be removed without permission of the ENGINEER. Any trees or shrubs deemed savable will be field located by the ENGINEER and shall be fully protected by the CONTRACTOR during construction. Any trees or shrubs removed or damaged by the CONTRACTOR, which were deemed savable by the ENGINEER will be replaced at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. A7 Pruning: All pruning of trees has to be approved by the ENGINEER. All trees damaged during construction shall be pruned and repaired. All wounds on trees shall be treated with an asphalt varnish containing an antiseptic. If an antiseptic asphalt varnish is not available, a plain asphalt varnish can be used if the wound is swabbed with alcohol or coated with shellac. Wounds shall be painted as soon as possible after the area is dry. 02572.5 Basis of Payment: All work under protection and restoration of vegetation shall be considered incidental to the contract with no additional compensation allowed therefor. Paragraph 2573 shall be added to as follows: SP 02573 TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL 02573.1 Description: Approved best management practices (BMPs) of the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) as stipulated in Protecting Water Quality in Urban Areas shall be followed. Erosion control shall be placed and maintained by the CONTRACTOR and as directed by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall use the appropriate means of control for \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-27 individual situations. The erosion control types may include filter fence, fiber blanket, rock construction entrances, diversion ditches, and hay bales around catch basins. The erosion control measures for the project have been identified in the plan set; however, modifications can be made depending on actual site conditions. All erosion control shall be installed prior to the commencement of construction. All manholes shall be protected from surface water drainage. All storm sewer systems, including downstream ponding areas, shall be protected from sedimentation. All catch basins shall be protected with sediment barrier. Sediment barriers shall be installed for inlet protection of storm sewers and shall be implemented until streets are paved and turf is established. Streets shall be swept as necessary to remove sand, sediment and debris to prevent them from being washed into the storm sewer system. Sodding of disturbed areas shall occur after finish grading to establish a permanent vegetative cover. As areas are completed, the allowable time frames for establishing temporary and permanent vegetative cover shall be as outlined in the NPDES permit. Maintenance inspections shall be performed on a weekly basis, and maintenance repairs shall be made after periods of rainfall. The Contractor is responsible for all inspections and weekly reports. Prior to final acceptance of the project or the end of the warranty period, The CONTRACTOR shall remove all erosion control items. No stockpile areas shall have a slope of greater than 3:1. All storm sewer outlets shall have riprap outlets or articulated concrete mattress. Riprap should be installed prior to or in conjunction with setting the flared end section to prevent erosion. In no case may the storm sewer system be brought on-line without riprap being installed. Sump catch basins shall be installed at low points to trap coarse particles and sediment. 02573.2 Materials: I Temporary Rock Construction Entrance: Temporary rock construction entrance shall consist of 1 to 2 inch-size rock such as coarse aggregate in accordance with Mn/DOT 3137 CA-1 or CA-2. L Temporary Sediment Basin: Temporary sediment basins shall consist of temporary excavations located so that site runoff will collect in the basin, thus allowing sediment to settle in the basin. 02573.3 Construction Requirements: B Placing Temporary Erosion Control Items: All items shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the Plans, Standard Detail Plates, and/or where directed by the ENGINEER. If the CONTRACTOR believes additional or \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-28 alternative erosion control measures are necessary, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately inform the ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall provide erosion control in accordance with all permit guidelines. B3 Silt Fence Field Assembly: Silt fence shall be installed as shown on the plans and in locations to prevent sediment settling in undisturbed areas, ditches, bodies of water, or storm sewer systems. The pre-assembled silt fence shall be constructed with 1½ inch-square, 4 foot- long wood support post which shall be spaced at 7½’ or less and shall be driven at least 2’ into the ground. The fabric shall be attached to the wood post with inch long gun staples. The self supporting silt fence shall be constructed with 3 inch-diameter, 5 foot- long, wood support posts which shall be spaced at 6’ or less and shall be driven at least 2’ into the ground. The fabric shall be attached to the wood posts with inch long staples. The fabric shall be anchored in a trench dug on the upslope side of the posts. The trench shall be at least 6” deep and 6” wide. The fabric shall be laid in the trench, which is then backfilled and compacted. The CONTRACTOR is responsible to maintain the silt fence and shall inspect it immediately after each runoff event and at least daily during the construction. Any required repairs shall be made immediately. When sediment deposits reach approximately one-third the height of the silt fence, the sediment shall be removed or a second silt fence installed. After restoration work has been completed and the turf has been established, it shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to remove and dispose of the silt fence. B4 Catchbasin Sediment Barriers: Catchbasin sediment barriers shall be installed over storm inlets after the concrete curb and gutter or pavement is installed for the project. Catchbasin sediment barriers are necessary to keep sediment from entering the storm sewer system and shall be left in place and maintained until the drainage area is stabilized. D Maintenance: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the maintenance of all-temporary erosion and sediment control measures. These measures shall be repaired, replaced, or supplemented as set forth in the NPDES General Storm Water Permit, which is summarized below for reference: EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURE FAILURE CRITERIA TIME FRAME FOR REPLACING, REPAIRING, OR SUPPLEMENTING Silt Fence and Straw Bales Sediment depth reaches ⅓ height. Within 24 Hours of discovery (or as soon as \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-29 field conditions allow) Sedimentation Basins Sediment depth reaches ½ height or sediment volume reaches ½ basin volume. Within 72 Hours of discovery (or as soon as field conditions allow) Stabilized Drainage Ditches Sediment in drainage ditch, storm sewer, or a water of the State. Within 7 Days of discovery or within 7 days of obtaining access. Stabilized Construction Site - Vehicle Exit Locations Sediment is being tracked off-site Within 48 Hours of discovery (Sediment that does not drain back to site must be removed.) I Temporary Rock Construction Entrances: Temporary rock construction entrances shall be located at points where the construction vehicles leave the construction site. The rock entrance shall be at least 50 feet long. Geotextile filter fabric shall be placed below the aggregate when necessary to prevent the migration of the underlying muddy soil from contaminating the aggregate. The aggregate shall be placed in a layer at least 6” thick. The width of the rock entrance shall be at least 2’ wider than the widest vehicle leaving the site and of adequate width for turning movements. The rock entrance shall be constructed to permit the truck tires to sink in slightly which helps remove mud from the tires as the truck passes over the pad. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the rock entrance during the course of the project. As the rock voids become clogged with mud and are not effectively trapping sediment, the CONTRACTOR shall replace the rock, construct a new rock entrance, or add additional rock to the top of the rock entrance. 02573.5 Basis of Payment: Silt fence shall be paid for at the 75 percent of contract unit price per linear foot, which includes all labor, excavation, and materials necessary to install the heavy-duty silt fence. Payment for the remaining 25 percent of the contract unit price includes the removal of the silt fence upon the completion of the contract work. All materials once removed become the property of the CONTRACTOR. Temporary sediment basins shall be paid for at 50 percent of the contract unit price per each, which includes all labor, excavation, and continual maintenance of the basin throughout its use. Payment for the remaining 50 percent of the contract unit price includes the removal of all silt and sediment collected in the basin and filling the basin area with material similar to the excavated material. All materials once removed become the property of the CONTRACTOR. Restoration of the temporary basin shall be paid at the contract unit price bid for similar turf restoration. Catch Basin Sediment Barriers shall be paid once per structure, regardless of type or number of sediment barriers installed per structure. The CONTRACTOR may be required to remove and replace sediment barriers based upon their effectiveness. All costs associated with installation, maintenance, replacement and removal shall be \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-30 included in the unit price bid. Removing a rock sediment barrier and replacing it with a geotextile bag sediment barrier or catch basin insert will be considered incidental to the sediment barrier for that structure. Paragraph 2575 shall be added to as follows: SP 02575 TURF ESTABLISHMENT 02575.1 Description: Turf establishment covers soil preparation, fertilizing, seeding, mulching, and sodding. All disturbed areas within the project shall be either seeded or sodded to an equal or better condition as directed by the ENGINEER. Once an area is finish graded, seed or sod shall be placed within two (2) weeks. Restoration may include areas outside of the project area as determined by the ENGINEER. Sod shall be placed in the boulevard area between the curb and walk or trail. A minimum of 3' of sod shall be placed along curb. Also, a minimum of 3’ of sod shall be placed along both sides of a walk or trail. Prior to turf establishment, the CONTRACTOR shall review with the ENGINEER the areas to be seeded and sodded and determine the specific needs of the project for seed, mulch, and sod prior to performing the work. Turf establishment shall proceed as soon as possible after the graded areas have been topsoiled and finish graded, without unnecessary delay before undesirable weed growth or soil erosion occurs. No more than two weeks shall pass before the sod is placed over the finished grade area. A minimum topsoil depth of 5” shall be established. The underlying soil and topsoil shall be graded in the vicinity of the seeding or sodding, to provide a well matched and continuous cross slope at the match point with undisturbed areas. The cross slope shall show a generally curved profile, with an angular discontinuity of no more than 5 degrees between restored and undisturbed areas. Failure to meet a well matched cross slope in accordance with these requirements shall be reason to reject the restoration and require its replacement in accordance with these requirements. The seeding and sodding CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the proper preparation of the soils, either by his own forces or by others. Seeding and sodding shall not be performed on inadequately prepared soils. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER at least 48 hours, 2 working days, prior to seeding and sodding so that proper inspection can be scheduled for the days when application of fertilizer, seed, mulch, and sod occur. Type 1, Type 7, and Type 8 mulches shall be anchored with a disk, clod buster, or other approved equipment. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-31 Seed shall be placed in areas as shown on the plans and as directed by ENGINEER. Seed mixture used shall follow as shown on the plans and applied at a rate in accordance with Mn/DOT 3876. Seeding shall be inspected for acceptance at least 30 growing days after acceptable planting. Areas with no sign of or insufficient growth as determined by the ENGINEER shall be reseeded and remulched. Dormant seeding may be allowed in certain cases with special written permission of the ENGINEER. Dormant seeding may require additional work the following spring prior to acceptance. 02575.2 Materials: C Sod: Sod shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT 3878, and shall be as follows: Location Type Lawns and residential areas Lawn Sod Rural road side areas, ditches, and high erosion areas Erosion Control Sod Along boulevards where a high amount of salt is used Salt Resistant Sod All sod shall be lawn sod unless indicated otherwise. E Fertilizer: The fertilizer shall be a no-phosphorus commercial grade. F Mulch: When non-native seed mixture is specified, the mulch shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT 3882, and shall be as follows: Location Type Rate Slopes of 3:1 or less 1 2 tons/acre Slopes steeper than 3:1 Use erosion control blanket category 3 When native seed mixture is specified the mulch shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT 3882, and shall be as follows: Location Type Rate Placement Method Slopes of 3:1 or less 3 2 ton/ac Disc Anchored Slopes steeper than 3:1 Use category 3 erosion control blanket 02575.3 Construction Requirements: C Applying Fertilizer: Fertilizer shall be applied at a rate approved by the ENGINEER over all seeded areas. D Sowing Seed: Seeding shall be done within two (2) weeks after finish grading has been completed. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-32 F Applying Mulch: Mulch shall be applied on all seeded areas. I Placing Sod: Sod shall be placed on approved topsoil in residential areas disturbed by construction, as directed by the ENGINEER. Topsoil shall be placed to a 5 inch depth on all areas to be sodded. During the course of laying or immediately after completing the sod placement on each area, the sod shall be watered and compressed into the underlying soil by rolling in accordance with Mn/DOT 2575. If, after rolling, the surface of the sod is not free of bumps or depressions, the CONTRACTOR shall make suitable corrections to the topsoil and/or subgrade, replace the sod and roll the sod at no additional cost to the OWNER. K Placing Erosion Netting, Blankets and Mats: Before placing ECB, the finished grade shall be inspected by the ENGINEER to insure that it has been properly compacted; has been graded smooth; has no depressed, void, soft or uncompacted areas; is free from obstructions, such as tree roots, projecting stones or other foreign matter. CONTRACTOR shall not proceed until all unsatisfactory conditions have been remedied. Anchors shall be installed per manufacturer specifications. Five inches of topsoil shall be placed under the ECB, seeded and the ECB installed. Follow the manufacturer recommendations for anchoring. Wood fiber blanket shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT 2575 and installed around all aprons of culverts and storm sewer pipe, in ditch bottoms to be seeded, and on slopes which are 2:1 or greater. Wood fiber blanket shall not be needed if these areas are sodded. The upgrade end of each wood fiber blanket shall be buried at least 6” in a vertical slot in the soil, with the soil being pressed firmly against the embedded blanket. L Maintenance: The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for replacement and/or repair of any seeded area that may wash out, erode, or fail to grow prior to acceptance with no additional compensation therefor. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for maintaining new seed or sod for a period of thirty (30) days. 02575.5 Basis of Payment: Seeding shall be paid for at the bid unit price per acre. This shall include seed, furnishing and installing mulch, fertilizer, grading, shaping, and all miscellaneous work. Watering shall be considered incidental. Paragraph 2576 shall be added as follows: STORM BASIN SPECIAL REFERENCE 02576.1 Description: This work shall consist of that work and material described on the Storm Basin detail. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-33 02576.2 Materials: B Engineered Soil Mix: 30% MnDOT 3890 Grade 2 Compost by volume, 70% MnDOT 3149.2J Fine filter aggregate by volume) 02576.3 Construction Requirements: A Construction Sequence: The CONTRACTOR shall follow the construction sequence spelled out on the Storm Basin detail. CONTRACTOR shall notify ENGINEER 24 hours prior to any elements of the sequence that require direction from the ENGINEER. B Erosion Protection: The CONTRACTOR shall protect the Storm Basin from construction sediment. C Avoidance of Compaction: The CONTRACTOR shall avoid undue compaction of underlying soils by fencing the Storm Basin area and avoiding the use of large machinery on the area. A toothed excavator bucket shall be used to excavate the Storm Basin to avoid compaction. 02576.5 Basis of Payment: Storm Basin construction shall be paid for as lump sum and include all necessary labor and material to complete the work. This shall include furnishing installing and/or maintaining the material and work called out on the Storm Basin detail, including but not limited to: avoidance of compaction, excavation and rough grading, grading of side slopes, deep ripping sub-soil, curb cut and blocking, bio-roll, engineered soil mix and underdrain pipe, seed mix, sod, select granular borrow, articulated concrete mattress/cable concrete, restoration of side slopes, and erosion control blanket. Paragraph 2582 shall be added as follows: SP 02582 PAVEMENT MARKINGS 2582.1.1 Description: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the layout of all temporary and permanent pavement markings (striping). The CITY must receive 48 hour notice of pavement marking and will check and approve layout before painting is allowed. 02582.2 Materials: Pavement markings shall be in accordance with the February 1996 Mn/DOT specification for Conventional Pavement Marking Materials, 3 Minute Dry, Alkyd and High Solids Latex. The traffic marking paint shall be yellow or white in color. Glass reflectorizing beads shall be applied to all pavement markings. 02582.3 Construction Requirements: \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-34 Application shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT Specifications and the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, and as supplemented or modified by plans and detail plates. A portion of the Mn/DOT requirements are as follows: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall layout the work according to the plans and details. Once the striping is laid out, contact the City of Prior Lake Engineering Department at 952-447-9830 at least 48 hours prior to pavement marking for approval of the layout. 2. Pavement marking shall only be applied in seasonable weather when the air temperature is 50°F or higher unless the manufacturer authorizes a lower temperature in writing. Markings shall not be applied when the wind or other conditions cause a film of dust to be deposited on the pavement surface after cleaning and before the marking material can be applied. 3. No marking operations will be permitted from sundown to sunrise. 4. At the time of applying the marking material, the application area shall be free of contamination. The CONTRACTOR shall clean the roadway surface prior to the line application in a manner and to the extent required by the ENGINEER. 5. The filling of tanks, pouring of materials, or cleaning of equipment shall not be performed on unprotected pavement surfaces unless adequate provisions are made to prevent spillage of the material. 6. Glass beads shall be applied immediately after application of the paint line at a rate of 8 pounds per gallon. All material shall be placed in a workmanlike manner, which results in a clearly defined line that has been adequately reflectorized with glass beads. 7. All pavement striping shall be 4” wide, unless otherwise specified and shall be a minimum of 380 micrometers thick which shall be uniform across the width of the line. 8. Application of the marking material shall be such as to provide uniform film thickness throughout the coverage area. Stripe ends shall be clean cut and square, with a minimum of material beyond the cutoff. 9. Vehicles in the striping train shall be deployed and equipped with traffic control devices as set forth in the Field Manual of the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and place, without extra compensation, all necessary warning and direction signs to maintain traffic during all pavement marking operations, and shall provide such protection for the uncured markings as may be necessary until traffic may cross them without any damage thereto. Traffic control during the striping operation shall be safe and satisfactory to the ENGINEER or all marking operations shall cease until traffic control meets with the ENGINEER's approval. Traffic control requirements may include, but are not limited to, furnishing a pilot car and/or flagmen. Traffic shall be allowed to keep moving at all times, and the striping equipment shall be operated in such a \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-35 manner that will not force traffic to cross uncured markings. Protection devices such as "cones" shall be of an approved type that will not cause damage to the vehicle when accidentally struck. 02582.5 Basis of Payment: Pavement striping and stop bars shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot. Pavement crosswalk blocks shall be paid for at the contract unit price per square foot. Pavement arrows and messages shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each. Payment for pavement markings includes all material, labor, equipment, and traffic control. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-36 PART B: UTILITIES Specifications Reference: Unless otherwise noted or modified herein, all sections of the City Engineers Association of Minnesota, Standard Utility Specifications dated 2013 shall apply. Unless items are specified as salvage and reinstall, all materials required for this work shall be new, conforming to requirements of the referenced specifications for the class, kind, type, size, and grade of material as specified below and other details indicated in the Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and use only materials manufactured in the United States in executing the Contract except for cement manufactured in Canada and petroleum products, which are exempt. Manufactured in the United States, means manufactured in whole or in substantial part within the United States or that more than 50 percent of the component parts were manufactured in whole or in substantial part within the United States. The CONTRACTOR may request in writing to the ENGINEER for the use of materials which are not manufactured in the United States if the materials are not reasonably available, the price is unreasonably excessive in the United States, or the quality is substantially less in the United States. Approval of materials not manufactured in the United States is at the ENGINEER's discretion. Section 02600 shall be modified and added to as follows: SP 02600 TRENCH EXCAVATION & BACKFILL/SURFACE RESTORATION 2600.2 MATERIALS: A1 Granular Material Gradation Classification Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, encasement, backfill, or other purposes as may be specified shall consist of any natural or synthetic mineral aggregate such as sand, gravel, crushed rock, crushed stone, or slag that shall be so graded as to meet the gradation requirements specified herein for each particular use. Granular Material Gradation Classifications Granular materials furnished for use in Foundation, Bedding, Encasement, and Backfill construction shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT 3149 as listed below: Material Use Designation and Percent Passing Sieve Sieve Size Foundation* Bedding Encasement Backfill Coarse Filter Aggregate 3149.H Aggregate Bedding 3149.G Aggregate Bedding 3149.G Aggregate Backfill 3149.E 2” (50 mm) 100 1” (25 mm) 100 100 ¾” (19 mm) 85-100 90-100 90-100 3/8” (9.5 mm) 3-60 50-90 50-90 No. 4 (4.75 mm) 0-10 35-80 35-80 35-100 \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-37 No. 10 (2 mm) 20-65 20-65 20-70 No. 40 (0.425 mm) 10-35 10-35 10-35 No. 200 (0.075 mm) 3-10 3-10 3-10 * 3/4 to 1-1/2 inch material may be used in lieu of Foundation specified. C Insulation Insulation shall be 4ft x 8ft x 2in thick rigid board DOW STYROFOAM Brand HIGHLOAD 40 Extruded Polystyrene or equal. E Jacking/Boring Steel casing pipe for jack-boring shall have a wall thickness of 0.375” for casing pipe up to 24” in diameter, and a wall thickness of 0.500” for casing pipe 26” to 36” in diameter. F Directional Drilling 1. Pipe and Fittings a. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe, measured as iron pipe size: Consistent with ASTM F714, solid wall, thermo-butt-fusion joints, cell classification as defined in ASTM 3350D with a SDR of 11. 2. Joints and Gaskets: Thermo-butt fusion in accordance with ASTM D2657. 3. Grout and Flowable Fill: a. Bentonite Slurry when used or required in the design prepared by the CONTRACTOR. 1. Bentonite: API Specification 13A. high swelling montmorillonite, capable of mixing with water to form a stable homogeneous suspension. 2. Water: Clean, potable, containing no more than 500 ppm chlorides. b. Sand for Contact or Consolidation Grouting: 1. Clean, natural silica sand, graded such that all of the material passes the No. 20 sieve and not more than 20 percent passes the No. 200 sieve. c. Controlled low strength fill (flowable fill): 1. Select and proportion ingredients to obtain compressive strength between 25 – 75 psi at 28 days in accordance with ASTM D4832. 2. Materials: a. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I & II. b. Ply Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F. c. Water: Clean, potable, containing less than 500 ppm of chlorides. 02600.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A General Provisions A2 Establishing Line and Grade All trenches shall be excavated so that the pipe may be laid accurately to grade with a minimum of 8 feet of cover over the watermain from finished grade, unless otherwise noted on the plans. The Contractor shall give the Engineer forty-eight (48) hours notice; 2 working days, for the establishment of line and grade so the Engineer may have time to provide them. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-38 After line and grade has been provided by the Engineer, the Contractor shall be held responsible for the protection and preservation until authorized to remove them by the Inspector. The Contractor shall bear the full cost of replacement that may be caused by their unauthorized removal. The Engineer may require that work be suspended at any time and for any reason when such marks cannot be properly followed. No additional compensation shall be allowed to the Contractor for any claims of crews being held up because of lack of line and grade stakes. Laser Beam Grade Control: When the CONTRACTOR uses laser beam control for grade and alignment, the CONTRACTOR shall check into the grade stakes provided. Any discrepancies found between the laser beam elevation and grade stake elevation shall be immediately brought to the ENGINEER’S attention before continuing pipe installation. Failure to check into grade stakes provided or to notify ENGINEER of discrepancies shall put the full responsibility on the CONTRACTOR, for any removal and reinstallation of pipe necessary to conform to the line and grade as shown on the plans. A4 Interference of Underground Structures No underground watermain valves may be operated by individuals other than personnel from the Public Works Department. Only under emergency conditions or after specific authorization is given by the Public Works Department shall the CONTRACTOR operate valves. B Excavation and Preparation of Trench B1 Operational Limitations and Requirements: Where possible, excavated materials shall be placed in areas that will not block existing vehicle and pedestrian traffic and drainage ways. The CONTRACTOR shall review proposed methods of operation with the ENGINEER prior to beginning the work. B3 Excavation Limitations and Requirements It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to notify the ENGINEER of changing soil conditions which may be of poor bearing capacity and when organic soils are encountered. Where utilities are placed on unstable soils without notification of the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all repairs and correction of the installation without further compensation. Granular foundation materials for use where unstable foundation materials are encountered shall not be used as an aid to facilitate installation of pipe in wet soil conditions. Use of these materials in this manner in lieu of providing adequate dewatering measures shall be considered incidental to the construction with no additional compensation allowed. All trenches shall be excavated so that the pipe may be laid accurately to grade with a minimum of 8 feet of cover over the watermain, unless otherwise noted on the plans. The maximum trench width for sanitary sewer shall be 2’ greater than the outside diameter measured 1’ above the top of pipe unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. B5 Preparation and Maintenance of Foundations Dewatering wells, as of August 1994, must be in accordance with the Minnesota Department of Health, Well Management Newsletter, Volume 14, No. 3, September 1994, and Minnesota Rules, Chapter 4725, regarding dewatering wells greater than 25’ deep. Construction is \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-39 required by a licensed dewatering well or well contractor and a Notification Form and fee is required. The Earth Foundation Bedding Method as shown On PLATE #102 shall be used for all pipe installation where ground water or unstable material does not create a problem. Foundation preparations shall be conducted as necessary to produce a stable foundation and provide continuous and uniform pipe bearing between bell holes. The bedding shall consist of shaping the foundation material to closely fit the lower part of the pipe to a depth of at least fifteen percent of the outside diameter of the pipe. Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, unstable material prevents use of this bedding, then the Contractor shall install Granular Bedding or Trench Stabilization Material as shown on PLATE #101 and #102, respectively. C Non Open Cut Pipe Installation C1 Jacking/Boring The CONTRACTOR shall jack-bore steel casing pipe or reinforced concrete pipe in place as specified and as shown on the plans. Steel casing pipe for use with a carrier pipe is indicated on the plans as the minimum size required. The CONTRACTOR may at his own expense use a larger size pipe if so desired for ease of construction and when approved by the ENGINEER. Traffic control shall be in accordance with the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices and any permit requirements. Soil borings provided with this specification are for general information purposes only. The CONTRACTOR shall evaluate the site to his own satisfaction, by taking additional borings, before commencing work. No horizontal boring shall take place in ground water situations without first dewatering to a level at least 2’ below the proposed casing pipe. When ground water is present, piezometers shall be installed, at the CONTRACTOR's expense, to monitor the ground water level before and during construction. Piezometers shall be installed far enough ahead of the construction to permit stabilization with natural ground water levels. The boring pit shall be well sheeted, braced, and of sufficient strength, as determined by established soils engineering practices, to withstand the loads and pressures imposed by boring and to resist the horizontal earth pressures that could develop for the type of material encountered. Fencing shall be placed around all pits and secured at the end of each work day. The boring and jacking machine shall be of the fixed rail type, have the capability of controlling the flow of material at the face, have the capability of controlling to line and grade, and shall conform to the size and shape of the casing or liner. At the CONTRACTOR's option, a 1½ inch-pipe shall be forced along the top of the pipe being jacked. The end of this 1½ inch-pipe shall be 18” back from the lead edge of the jacking pipe. Bentonite grout shall be forced under pressure through this pipe at all times during the jacking operation to lubricate the pipe and fill any voids that develop above the pipe. In the event that cobbles or boulders are encountered which can not be removed through the auger, the auger shall be pulled and the rocks removed by hand, mechanical methods, or blasting. When provided for as a bid item, this removed rock material shall be field measured to determine the volume for payment. Payment shall be made only when the auger is required to \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-40 be pulled and there is a bid item provided, otherwise rock removal shall be considered incidental to the boring. The auger shall at all times be held back of the cutting head adequately to prevent over excavation at the cutting head and voids in the surrounding soils. Any voids which may occur or surface settlement shall be corrected by augering from the surface and injection grouting to correct the settlement. The CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for any associated damage. In non-granular soils back grouting shall be required on the outside of the casing once the casing is installed. A grouting tube and grout pump that maintains positive piston pressure on the grout shall be used. Grout mixture shall contain one, 94-pound bag of Type II Portland cement with 5 to 6 gallons of water. The carrier pipe shall be installed using joint restraints to facilitate removal if ever needed. The carrier pipe shall be supported to provide the specified alignment and prevent undo stress on the bells of the pipe. Supports shall be of pressure treated wood with stainless steel bands. After the carrier pipe has been inserted, the annular space inside the casing pipe shall be filled with sand utilizing equipment and procedures adequate to completely fill the void space throughout the full length of the casing. Concrete bulkheads of one foot minimum thickness shall be constructed at both ends of the casing pipe. The rate of filling the annular space with sand shall be carefully controlled to avoid floating the pipe. The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions and be fully responsible for maintaining the grade and straight alignment of the carrier pipe. Particular care shall be exercised to provide full and uniform support of the carrier pipe at the transition from direct bury to encasement in the casing pipe. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining and paying for any special permit fees, insurance, or bonds, which may be required to accomplish the work. Deviation from the pipe grade, as provided by the ENGINEER, in excess of 0.05 percent may be cause for removal and relaying of the pipe by the CONTRACTOR with no additional compensation allowed therefor. The use of water under pressure (jetting) or puddling will not be permitted to facilitate boring, pushing, or jacking operations. No jacking or boring of pipe will be allowed below the water table until it has been dewatered. If a void develops, the jacking or boring operation shall stop until the void has been filled by an approved method. The CONTRACTOR shall take the following precautions when boring: 1. Extend casing through entire distance bored. 2. Check grade and alignment after each casing section is installed. 3. Coordinate operations to provide continuous support to surrounding earth materials. 4. Excavation shall be carried on in such a manner as to provide adequate support to surface structures and roads above and adjacent to the boring and not create any hazards to overhead traffic and other activities. 5. These contract documents do not guarantee the extent to which boulders may be encountered during boring operations. No extra compensation will be made for \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-41 removal of boulders or for costs caused by boulders encountered during excavation. 6. All voids caused by boring shall be filled by pressure grouting. The grout material shall consist of a sand-cement slurry of at least two sacks of cement per cubic yard and a minimum of water to assure satisfactory placement. The CONTRACTOR shall take the following precautions when jacking: 1. The jacking machine shall be capable of controlling line and grade. 2. Progressively push carrier pipe through completed casing. 3. Strap two wooden saddle blocks to each pipe length to provide support at regular intervals. 4. Center carrier pipe in casing at all times. 5. Partially fill annular space between casing and carrier pipe with dry blown sand. 6. Seal each end of the casing with a concrete bulkhead after the sand has been deposited. 7. The location, size and configuration of all jacking pits shall be subject to approval of the ENGINEER. C2 Directional Boring 1. Water Control: a. Provide fresh water, free of hazardous or toxic substances, for drilling and grouting purposes. b. Keep drilling pit subgrades continuously free from ground and surface waters during operations. Implement additional groundwater controls on short notice as required. Observed water levels prior to construction are to be below the invert elevation of the pits. c. Direct discharge from dewatering operations into approved receiving basins in accordance with all applicable regulatory requirements. 2. Operations: a. It is not necessary to complete drilling work in one continuous, non-stop operation. If work is interrupted or stopped prior to completion at the CONTRACTOR’s discretion, the CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs related to the stoppage and restarting operations without additional payment. b. Operate to prevent settlement, movement, or cracking of adjacent structures. If any movement or settlement occurs or which causes or might cause damage to structures over, along, or adjacent to the work, stop drilling operations immediately except for those activities which will assist in making the work secure and prevent further movement, settlement, or damage. c. Resume drilling operations only after all necessary precautions have been taken to prevent further movement, settlement, or damage. Preparations: a. Locate positions of entry and exit pits, establish elevation and horizontal datum for bore head control, and lay out pipe assembly area. b. Lay out and assemble pipe in manner that does not obstruct adjacent roads and commercial or residential activities adjacent to construction easements. Drilling Pilot Hole: a. Drill pilot hole from entrance point to exit point following vertical and horizontal alignment shown. b. As pilot hole is advanced, plot actual horizontal and vertical alignment of pilot hole at intervals not exceeding 25 feet. Provide the ENGINEER with position and \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-42 inclination of pilot bore. c. Use drilling fluid under pressure or other method designed by the CONTRACTOR to control ground water and to keep the pilot hole open. d. Alignment Requirements: i. Keep the pilot hole within 2’ horizontally of the alignment shown. ii. Keep the grade to no shallower than the profile shown and with no intermediate high points that might trap air in pipe after installation. Keep grade tolerance to +0 and –6 inches from that shown. iii. Keep curvature of completed pilot hole less than that which will produce wall stresses at 0.50 of yield stress in the pipe after it is installed and subject to maximum working pressure. iv. Return pilot hole that is deviating from designed horizontal and vertical alignment to proper alignment with no abrupt changes and at a rate not exceeding 1 foot per 50 feet of pilot hole advance. e. Acceptance: If pilot hole alignment fails to conform to specified requirements, drill new pilot hole with alignment meeting specified requirements. Reaming Pilot Hole and Pulling Pipe: a. Obtain ENGINEER’s approval to proceed before enlarging pilot hole and pulling pipe into position. b. While pulling pipe, enlarge pilot hole ahead of pipe to diameter sufficient for pulling pipe into position. c. While pulling pipe, handle pipe in manner that does not over stress pipe. If pipe buckles or is otherwise damaged, remove damaged section and replace it with new pipe. d. Pull pipe so that a minimum of 10’ of pipe is exposed at both ends of bore. Cleaning Pipe Ends: a. After pulling pipe, clean exposed ends for installation of fittings. 7. Handling and Disposal of Drilling Fluid and Cuttings: a. Make adequate provisions for handling and containing muddy water, drilling fluid, and cuttings during drilling operations. Do not discharge these contaminates into waterways. Handle water and materials to conform with requirements of the agency(s) with regulatory jurisdiction. b. Construct drilling fluid pits at entry and exit points in manner that completely contains mud and prevents its escape. c. When onsite provisions for storing muddy water, drilling fluid, or cuttings onsite are exceeded, haul contaminants away to suitable legal disposal site. d. Conduct directional drilling operation in such manner that drilling mud is not forced into waterways, wetlands, or the ground surface. 8. Pipe Abandonment: a. In event of failure to install pipe conforming to all tolerance and test requirements of this Section, retain possession of pipe and remove it from site. Completely fill borehole with grout, sand, or flowable fill so as to prevent future settlement. b. If pipe cannot be withdrawn, cut pipe off at least 3’ below ground surface, record location on drawings, and abandon pipe after filling pipe and the annular space with flowable fill. 9. Restoration: a. Backfill entry and exit pits. Restore the profile of the area to its original condition. Install sodding or seeding to match existing, consistent with the requirements of Section 02930 and as shown on the drawings. b. Remove all equipment, supplies, excess excavation materials and miscellaneous items associated with the directional drilling operation and leave the site in a clean \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-43 and tidy condition. 10. Televising: a. Upon completion of the directional drilling the CONTRACTOR shall televise the pipe. The camera shall be equipped with sufficient lights to completely illuminate the interior of the pipe within range of the camera. A DVD shall be made of the entire footage of pipe televised. The linear footage of pipe televised shall be integrated into the DVD for ease of identification of pipe being viewed. A diagram of the project with all televising indexed on it shall be provided in triplicate within five working days following the last day of televising on the project. If televising is interrupted for more than five days, an interim index diagram shall be furnished. DVD(s) of the entire footage together with a written log of start, stop wyes, left/right, etc., shall be provided to the ENGINEER, after televising is completed, of the same quality as the original recording. D Placement of Insulation Rigid insulation board shall be placed in accordance with PLATE #506. E Pipeline Backfilling Operations Backfilling shall conform to the requirements as per MnDOT Specification 2105. The maximum lift requirement below the upper 3 feet shall be 12” (loose measurement) except under the conditions outlined in MnDOT Specification 2105.3E and compaction to 95% of the standard proctor density. The upper 3 feet of backfill shall have maximum lifts of 8” (loose measurement) and compaction 100% of the standard proctor, ASTM:D698 (Method A). All PVC pipe shall be bedded in accordance with ASTM Specification D2321, "Recommended Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe". This shall include placement of granular materials meeting the requirements of 2600.2A1/A2 from a point 6” below the bottom of the pipe to a point 12” above the top of the pipe. Compaction of granular materials around PVC pipe shall be to 95 percent of maximum density (ASTM D698). Placement and compaction of granular materials around PVC pipe shall be considered incidental to the installation of the pipe with no additional compensation allowed therefore. Special compaction effort shall be done around all manholes, valve boxes, curb boxes and other structures by mechanical methods acceptable to the Engineer and per the requirements of MnDOT 2451.3D. Hydrant leads and service trenches must be compacted in the same manner as the watermain trenches. They shall not be left open overnight. In areas where curb and gutter exists, sufficient curbing shall be removed to allow this compaction over the entire disturbed area. In the event that suitable, natural material is not encountered during the normal excavation for pipes and structures, or when the material encountered is determined unsuitable by the Engineer for backfilling around pipe or structure as required herein, the contractor shall provide and place approved material with no additional compensation. If backfill material is too wet to obtain specified compaction densities, the material shall be dried or allowed to dry to the limits described in MnDOT Specification 2105 or replaced with suitable material at no additional compensation. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-44 Three feet of material over the top of the pipe shall be required before a vibratory or sheeps’ foot roller may be used. No waste materials or debris shall be deposited on the project site without the written permission of the Engineer. Waste material and debris shall include, but not be limited to, trees, stumps, pieces of pipe, pieces of concrete, pieces of asphaltic concrete, tin cans or other waste material from the construction operations. All disposal areas shall be leveled off and the areas shall have approximately one foot of clean fill material on the top, all at no additional compensation. The Contractor shall remedy at his own expense any defects that appear in the backfill for a period of one year after the Final Acceptance Date. Any settlement of road surfaces in excess of 1 inch, as measured by a 10' straight edge, within the warranty period, shall be considered failure of the mechanical compaction and the CONTRACTOR shall be required to repair such settlement with no additional compensation allowed therefore. All deficiencies in the quantity of material for backfilling the trenches or for filling depressions caused by settlement shall be supplied by the Contractor. Excess material shall be hauled away where directed by the Engineer at no additional compensation. Density testing shall be performed by a MnDOT certified testing technician by an approved testing laboratory at locations to be determined by the Engineer. The Contractor shall bear all cost of any re-testing as a result of test failures. A minimum testing frequency of soil compaction for watermain and service trenches shall be one test per 500’ length of pipe per 3’ depth of backfill compacted beginning at the pipe bedding level to finish subgrade elevation. Testing frequency for structures such as gate valves in the roadway area shall be one test per every third structure per 3’ depth of backfill compacted beginning at the base support depth to finish subgrade and within 12” of the outer edge of structures. Test location shall be at the bottom 1/3 of the lift. Any failing compaction test shall require two passing re-tests. For watermain and service trenches, one re-test shall be taken near the failure test and one taken at the same backfill depth within 250’ of the failure test. For structures, only one re-test shall be at the location of failure and one taken at an adjacent structure and at a similar depth as the failure test. Exact locations will be determined by the Engineer. Any excavation required to perform the testing requirements as outlined above as well as replacing the backfill and compacting shall be done at no additional compensation to the Contractor. In addition to the minimum testing frequency requirements, at the start of backfilling and compacting operations, the Engineer shall utilize a testing company to determine the number of passes needed for achieving the specific density for the mechanical equipment to be used in the compaction operation. Additional information noted shall be the soil type being compacted, moisture content of soil, travel speed of equipment and lift thickness (loose measurement). This information shall be forwarded to the City Engineer and the Contractor and shall be used only as a guide in determining the compaction effort needed to achieve the specified density of the material being completed. This procedure shall not constitute acceptance for any backfill placement. The Contractor shall assist the Engineer in this procedure at no additional compensation. Further testing of this nature may be required when different soil types are encountered or as the Engineer directs. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-45 Testing shall be performed during the progression of construction and backfilling operations in order to assure acceptable construction practices. Going back and digging test holes is to be avoided. . Section 02611 shall be modified and added to as follows: SP 02611 WATER MAIN AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION 02611.2 MATERIALS All materials for this work shall be new material conforming to the requirements of the reference specifications for the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details as shown on the plans or as indicated in the Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall submit, in writing, a list of materials and suppliers for approval. A Water Pipe Materials Wherever connection of dissimilar materials or designs is required, the method of joining and any special fittings employed shall be subject to the approval of the ENGINEER. Tapping sleeves shall be PowerSeal Model 3490MJ Fabricated Stainless Steel Tapping Sleeve with triangular side bars and MJ outlet or approved equal. Full circumference band body, MJ Outlet, bolts, nuts, and washers shall be type 304 (18-8) stainless steel. Nuts shall be coated to prevent galling. A1 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron Fittings Ductile iron pipe for water main shall be Special Class 52 for pipe 16” or less in diameter, Special Class 51 for pipe larger than 16” in diameter, and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C151 (ANSI A21.51) for water and thickness design shall conform to AWWA C150 (ANSI A21.50). (1) Fittings shall be Ductile Iron Mechanical Joint Fittings conforming to the requirements of AWWA C110 (ANSI 21.10) for Ductile Iron Fittings or AWWA C153 (ANSI 21.53) for Ductile Iron Compact Fittings. All sleeves shall be long sleeves. Tapping sleeves shall be stainless steel sleeves such as Smith-Blair 665 Stainless Steel MJ Outlet, PowerSeal 3490MJ, or approved equal. Full circumference band body, MJ Outlet, Bolts, nuts, and washers shall be 18-8 type 304 stainless steel. Nuts shall be coated to prevent galling. (2) Lining of all pipe shall be cement mortar lining meeting the requirements of AWWA C104 (ANSI A21.4) for standard thickness lining. All interior and exterior surfaces of the pipe shall have an asphaltic coating at least one mil thick. All interior and exterior surfaces of the fittings shall be furnished with an epoxy coating meeting the requirements of AWWA C116. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating adhesion, shall be cause for rejection. (3) Pipe joints on 3” and larger in diameter pipe shall have push-on joints. All Fittings shall have mechanical joint restraint retainer glands. Rubber gasket joints for Ductile Iron Pipe and fittings shall conform to AWWA C111. Copper straps or approved conductive gaskets with copper inserts shall be installed throughout the system to provide conductivity sufficient to meet or exceed the criteria for conductivity testing set forth in \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-46 this specification. Copper straps between pipes shall be not less than 1/16" by ¾” and be bolted to shop welded pipe straps of the same size. Bolts shall be five-sixteenth inch- diameter bronze. Where shop welded straps are not provided, field welds shall be made using the Cadweld method with size thirty-two (32) cartridge. Each field weld shall be properly made after filing the surface of the pipe to a clean bare metal over the entire area of the weld. All bare metal pipe surfaces shall be coated with an approved asphaltic type rustproofing after weld completion. Straps bolted to mechanical joint fittings shall be not less than 1/16" by 1½ inch. All straps shall be securely fastened and backfilled so as to not damage the conductivity. Push-On Joint Pipe shall be “Fastite” or “Tyton” as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe Company, U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company, Clow Water System Company, or Griffin Pipe. Restrained Joint Pipe when specified shall be American Cast Iron Pipe Company “Flex- Ring”, U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company “TR Flex”, Clow Water System Company “Super- Lock”, or Griffin Pipe “Snap-Lok” or approved equal. (4) Copper straps or approved conductive gaskets with copper inserts shall be installed throughout the system to provide conductivity sufficient to meet or exceed the criteria for conductivity testing set forth in this specification. Copper straps between pipes shall be not less than 1/16" by ¾” and be bolted to shop welded pipe straps of the same size. Bolts shall be five-sixteenth inch-diameter bronze. Where shop welded straps are not provided, field welds shall be made using the Cadweld method with size thirty-two (32) cartridge. Each field weld shall be properly made after filing the surface of the pipe to a clean bare metal over the entire area of the weld. All bare metal pipe surfaces shall be coated with an approved rustproofing material after weld completion. Straps bolted to mechanical joint fittings shall be not less than 1/16" by 1½ inch. All straps shall be securely fastened and backfilled so as to not damage the conductivity. A2 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) for water main shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C900 for pipe 4” - 12” in diameter and C905 for pipe 14” – 24” in diameter. All 4” – 12” diameter pipe shall be a minimum Pressure Class of 165 psi, DR 25. All 14” – 24” diameter pipe shall be a minimum Pressure Class of 235 psi, DR 18. All pipes shall be marked with the manufacturer’s name, nominal size, type of plastic and pressure rating. All PVC pipe used for potable water lines shall be blue in color. Pipe shall be new, manufactured within the past 12 months as determined from the date stamp on the pipe and free of defects. Pipe will be rejected if surface chalking from UV exposure is visible. Pipe O.D. shall be equivalent to ductile iron pipe of the same nominal size. Maximum length of each PVC section of pipe between elastomeric rings shall be 20 feet (+ or – 1”) for all sizes. PVC Pipe joints shall consist of an integral wall section with a factory installed, solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM F-477. The bell section shall be designed to be at least as hydrostatically strong as the pipe wall and meet the appropriate requirements of AWWA for C900 and C905 pipe. B Fire Hydrants Hydrants shall be Waterous Pacer WB67-250 traffic model and shall conform to the applicable requirements of AWWA C502. Hydrants shall be furnished with the following requirements: \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-47 (1) Hydrants shall have a five-inch (nominal diameter) main valve opening of the type that opens against water pressure. (2) Hydrant barrels shall be two piece, non-jacket type, with bottom of traffic flange set 2” above finish grade, 24 inch-nozzle height above finish grade (16 inch-break off extension, center of nozzle 22” above bottom of traffic flange), and with mechanical joint connection at the base for connecting to a 6 inch-ductile iron pipe hydrant lead. There shall be a gate valve between the hydrant and the water main or lateral. (3) Hydrant bury length, measured from the bottom of the branch pipe connection to the finished ground line at the hydrant, shall be 8'-6". (4) The hydrants shall have two, 2 1/2” hose connections (thread size 3 2/32” O. D. 701.2 T.P.I.) and one 4 1/2” pumper connection (thread size 5 24/32” O.D. 701.2 T.P.I.). Nozzle caps shall be nut type with chain. (5) The hydrant shall have an all bronze drain and bronze to bronze seating O-ring protected. (6) Hydrants shall be provided with outlets for drainage in the base or barrel, or between the base and barrel. (7) The hydrant operating nut shall be a pentagonal operating nut with one-inch sides (nominal 1.5 inches from point of pentagon to opposite side), rotated counterclockwise to open. (8) The CONTRACTOR shall furnish two RoDonCorp “hydrafinder” high visibility locating devices or approved equals with each hydrant, one installed and one delivered to the City Maintenance Shop, one “Out of Order” tag per hydrant, installed after backfill, which becomes the property of the City, and one hydrant wrench for every 10 hydrants installed, with a minimum of two per project. One additional coat of fire hydrant red paint, approved by the ENGINEER, shall be applied after installation. All abraded surfaces shall be cleaned prior to application of the final field coat. C1 Valve Housings Valve housings shall be TYLER 6860G cast iron three-piece valve box or approved equal suitable for 8’ of cover and sufficient to provide at least 6” of adjustment above and below grade. Valve boxes shall be 5-1/4 inch diameter shaft, screw-type. TYLER 5 ¼” Drop Lid (“WATER”) or approved equal shall be used. All valve boxes shall be installed upon the valve with the use of a gate valve adapter as manufactured by ADAPTOR INC. or an approved equal. A cast iron valve box adjusting ring shall be used for bituminous wear course adjustment. Valve boxes, not including those as part of the hydrant with 6” gate valve and box bid item, installed outside the paved roadway shall be marked with a four foot-high “Rhino 3-Rail” marking and protection and high visibility decal system as specified in PLATE #103 or approved equal. All costs for furnishing and installing the structure marker sign shall be included in the unit price bid for gate valve & box. C2 Gate Valves Gate valves shall be either Mueller Co., Kennedy Valve, US Pipe, or approved equal and be compression resilient seat in accordance with AWWA C509 (latest revision) Specifications. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-48 Gate valves meeting AWWA C500 Specifications will not be allowed. All valves shall be for buried service. Gate valves shall be furnished with the following requirements: (1) All valves shall be resilient seat gate valves. All valves shall be provided with a two inch square operating nut opening counterclockwise. (2) All valves shall be non-rising stem type furnished with o-ring stem seals at all pressure retaining glands. (3) All valves are rated at 250 psi for AWWA service and are hydrostatically tested to 500 psi. (4) The body, bonnet, and o-ring plate shall be fusion epoxy coated, both interior and exterior on body and bonnet. Epoxy coating shall be NSF61 approved and applied in accordance with AWWA C550. The wedge shall be totally encapsulated with sealing rubber permanently bonded to the wedge per ASTM D429. (5) All valves shall have mechanical joint ends. (6) All valves shall have an adjustable gate valve extension stem. (7) For every 10 valves installed provide one 3 ft gate valve key (minimum 2 per project) to the City Maintenance Shop. D Water Service Pipe and Fittings Copper Water service pipe of less than 3 inches in inside diameter shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B 88 for Seamless Copper Tube, Type K, Soft Annealed temper. 1” inside diameter copper shall be used unless approved by the Engineer. Polyethylene (PE) Water service pipe of less than 3 inches in inside diameter shall conform to PE-4710 SDR-9 and shall be rated for 200 PSI. PE pipe shall conform to ASTM D-1248 and D- 2737 for Copper Tube Size, outside diameter controlled. Type 304 stainless steel pipe inserts/stiffeners shall be furnished and installed in the ends of the PE pipe at all connections. Inserts shall meet requirements of AWWA C901 and ASTM 240-92B. Corporation stop shall be Ford Meter Box Co, Inc. FB1000-4-Q-NL for use with Copper pipe and PE pipe or approved equal ball valve with AWWA taper thread inlet and compression (CTS) outlet. 1” inlet and outlet corporation stops shall be used unless approved by the Engineer. Curb Stop shall be Ford Meter Co, Inc. B44-444M-Q-Nl for use with Copper pipe and PE pipe or approved equal ball valve with compression (CTS) on both ends, Minneapolis pattern. 1” inlet and outlet curb stops shall be used unless approved by the Engineer. Curb Box w/Stationary Rod shall be Ford Meter Box Co, Inc. EM2-80-56-TW with ROD-78 or approved equal Minneapolis pattern base, 78-81 inch stationary rod, 12 inch box length adjustment from 7 to 8 feet, plug style lid with standard pentagon bolt, 1¼ inch-I.D. upper section, and 1 ½ or 2 inch base tapped as appropriate. Curb box lids shall include one stainless steel connection to connect the tracer wire. Tracer wire shall be fastened to the underside of the curb box lid using a threaded and waterproof connection. Curb boxes located in a driveway or parking lot shall be covered with a Ford Type “A” Single Lid Cover or ENGINEER approved equal. At final adjusted height, all curb stop stationary rods shall be within 18 inches of finish grade. For curb stops deeper than 8 feet, the curb stop stationary rod may need to be extended to meet this requirement. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the City Maintenance Shop with one Ford Meter Box Co, Inc. SROD-3 three foot curb box shut-off rod and KEY-CB pentagon key or approved equal for every \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-49 20 curb boxes supplied or portion thereof, minimum of 3 per project. Cost of keys shall be incidental to the project. Service Saddle shall be Ford Meter Box Co, Inc. FCD202 Epoxy coated Ductile Iron Saddle with Double Stainless Steel band or approved equal for use with DIP water main and Romac Industries Inc. “306” and “305” All Stainless Steel Service Saddle, double bolt minimum, or approved equal for use with PVC water main. 1 inch connections to 6 inch DIP water main and all size PVC water main shall require the use of an approved saddle. . E Polyethylene Encasement Material All iron pipe, fittings, hydrant barrels, valves, valve boxes, and curb boxes shall be wrapped with polyethylene encasement. Polyethylene encasement material shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C-105 for tube type installation and 8 mil nominal film thickness. All seams shall be taped with 10 mil 6” wide black pipe wrap tape. F Mechanical Joint Restraint Retainer Glands All ductile iron fittings, hydrants, and gate valves shall be provided with mechanical joint restraint retainer glands manufactured by EBAA Iron Inc., MEGALUG Series 1100 for use with DIP watermain and MEGALUG Series 2000PV for use with PVC watermain, or ENGINEER approved equal. All nuts and bolts shall be Genuine NSS Cor-Blue T-Bolt by NSS INDUSTRIES or approved equal. All metal parts of tie rod or strap type restraints shall be coated with an approved asphaltic type rustproofing. Tie Rod Restraint shall be sized as listed below. Pipe Size Number of Rods Rod Size 4” 2 ¾” 6” 2 ¾” 8” 4 ¾” 10” 4 ¾” 12” 6 ¾” 16” 8 ¾” 20” 10 ¾” 24” 12 ¾” G Tracer Wire for Non-Conductive Pipe Tracer wire for water installation shall be 10-gauge stranded wire with blue colored plastic jacket type TW or THW. It shall be installed along the length of all non-conductive water pipes, laterals, and services with vertical risers to the surface, at gate valves, hydrants, curb boxes, and dead end lines. Tracer wire shall be taped to the pipe as approved by the ENGINEER. In- line splices shall be with 3M Direct Bury Splice Kit or approved equal. Wire nut splices shall not be allowed. Splicing shall not be more frequent than 1 per 250 feet of piping. At all valve boxes the wire shall be securely fastened to the inside of the box using tracer wire clips part #GVTC- 8000 or 8100 by Vait Products or approved equal. Tracer wire for all hydrants shall be installed \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-50 inside a 1” PE riser pipe and connected to a rear flange bolt using an aluminum angle iron hydrant tracer wire bracket part #HTWB-7000 made by Vait Products or approved equal. Curb box lids shall include one stainless steel connection to connect the tracer wire. Tracer wire shall be fastened to the underside of the curb box lid using a threaded and waterproof connection. Tracer wire at all dead end lines and as required shall be installed in a 2” PVC riser pipe and terminate at a Valvco Tracer Wire Access Box labeled WATER or approved equal. Tracer wire access boxes located in a driveway or parking lot shall be covered with a Ford Type “A” Single Lid Cover labeled WATER or approved equal. . 02611.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The CONTRACTOR shall preserve the provided construction stakes so that the ENGINEER may check the grade and alignment of the pipe and structures after they have been placed. The cost to replace the offset stakes for the purpose of verifying the grade and alignment shall be paid by the Contractor. The Contractor shall relay or relocate any pipe or structure at his own expense if found out of grade or alignment. A Installation of Pipe and Fittings Installation of ductile iron water mains (DIP) and their appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C600. Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) water mains shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C605. When connecting to existing mains, no water main shall be shut down longer than eight (8) hours. Connections to existing mains shall be coordinated with the City Public Works Department. The Public Works Department requires a minimum forty-eight (48) hour notice if residents are to be without water. The Public Works Department will supply notices of the water shut down to the CONTRACTOR for delivery by the CONTRACTOR to the affected residents. Flushing and discharge of chlorinated water shall be coordinated with the City. All valve operations shall be performed by the City Public Works Department, unless directed otherwise. A2 Pipe Laying Operations All water main shall be laid a minimum of 8 feet from finished grade to top of pipe except where crossing of sanitary or storm sewer line, or service. At that point, there shall be a minimum 18 inch-vertical clearance. Pipe bedding for ductile iron watermain shall be Class C, shaping the trench bottom to conform to the pipe, unless noted otherwise. Pipe bedding shall be considered incidental unless there is a separate bid item provided. Pipe bedding shall conform to PLATE #101 and PLATE #102. Dewatering The CONTRACTOR shall provide excavation dewatering as necessary to allow for construction on stable foundation. All pipe shall be constructed in a dry trench. Dewatering operations may be controlled by permit from the DNR, MPCA, or other agencies. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for application for any necessary permits and compliance with all conditions to permits. The work potentially involves the drawdown of the water table. Placement of temporary barriers or other satisfactory types of water control to allow construction and to protect the work may be necessary. In all cases, acceptable procedures shall be used to eliminate sediment pollution associated with dewatering. Groundwater elevations shown on borings are those encountered at the time borings were completed. Since elevations are dependent upon hydrologic conditions, the CONTRACTOR is responsible to perform the necessary dewatering operations, irrespective of the actual water \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-51 table surface water elevation which prevails at the time the work is accomplished. Dewatering wells, as of August 1994, must be in accordance with the Minnesota Department of Health, Well Management Newsletter, Volume 14, No. 3, September 1994, and Minnesota Rules, Chapter 4725, regarding dewatering wells greater than 25 feet deep. Construction is required by a licensed dewatering well or well CONTRACTOR and a Notification Form and fee is required. All costs of excavating below grade and placing foundation or bedding aggregates as required shall be included in the bid prices for pipe items to the extent that the need for such work is indicated in the Contract provisions and the BID does not provide for payment therefore under separate BID items. If examination by the ENGINEER reveals the need for placement of foundation aggregates was caused by the CONTRACTOR's manipulation of the soils in the presence of excessive moisture or lack of proper dewatering, the cost of the corrective measures shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. A3 Aligning and Fitting of Pipe The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe and so as to leave a smooth square-cut end. Pipe shall be cut with approved mechanical cutters. All rough edges shall be removed from the cut ends of pipe and, where rubber gasket joints are used, the outer edge shall be rounded or beveled by grinding or filing to produce a smooth fit. Wherever it is necessary to deflect ductile iron pipe from a straight line either in the vertical or horizontal plane, to avoid obstructions, plumb stems, or produce a long radius curve when permitted, the amount of deflection allowed at each joint shall not exceed the allowable limits for maintaining satisfactory joint seal as given in AWWA C600 for mechanical joints and push-on joints, or as otherwise allowed by the pipe manufacturer. MECHANICAL JOINT Pipe Size Deflection Angle Offset Inch Radius Feet Inch Degrees/Minutes 18’ 20’ 18’ 20’ 3-4 8-18 31 35 125 140 6 7-07 27 30 145 160 8-12 5-21 20 22 195 220 14-16 3-35 13.5 15 285 320 18-20 3-00 11 12 340 380 24-30 2-23 9 10 450 500 PUSH-ON JOINT Pipe Size Deflection Angle Offset Inch Radius Feet Inch Degrees/Minutes 18’ 20’ 18’ 20’ 3-12 5 19 21 205 230 14-42 3 11 12 340 380 A4 Blocking and Anchoring of Pipe All plugs, caps, tees, bends, and other thrust points shall be provided with reaction backing, or movement shall be prevented by attachment of suitable restraining devices, in accordance with the requirements of the Plans, Specific Requirements and PLATES. All bends, tees, and \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-52 crosses shall be provided with concrete thrust blocking in accordance with PLATE #503 and PLATE #504. All vertical bends exceeding 20 degrees deflection shall be provided with concrete buttress blocking at the low points and with metal tie rod or strapping restraints at the high points. All dead end lines shall be restrained with a gate valve a minimum of two full length of pipe or as required in the table below from the plugged end to allow future excavation and connection to the stub without shutting down the main line water. All plugs and caps on stub ends shall be provided with concrete buttress blocking per the 2013 Edition CEAM Standard Specifications. Concrete buttresses shall be poured against firm, undisturbed ground and shall be formed in such a way that the joints will be kept free of concrete and remain accessible for repairs. The concrete mix used in buttress construction shall meet the requirements for Grade B concrete in conformance with Mn/DOT Specification Section 2461. The following table indicates the required linear feet of pipe to be restrained on each side of a bend. Tie rod restraint, approved bell restraint harness, or American FAST GRIP, US Pipe FIELK LOK, or approved equal restraint gasket shall be used to restrain push-on joint pipe to pipe connections. The minimum length value is based on a test pressure of 150 psi, a bury depth of 8 feet from ground surface to top of pipe, a safety factor of 1.5:1, and pipe bedded in native soil. PIPE RESTRAINING REQUIREMENTS DUCTILE IRON PIPE Sand Clay Silt Pipe Size Elbow Valve Tee Elbow Valve Tee Elbow Valve Tee Inch 22½ 45 90 End 22½ 45 90 End 22½ 45 90 End Minimum Length to be Restrained on Each Side of Fitting - Feet 4 1 2 5 9 1 3 7 11 1 3 7 13 6 1 3 7 13 2 4 10 16 2 4 10 18 8 2 4 9 17 3 6 14 21 3 6 13 24 12 3 5 13 24 4 8 20 30 4 8 19 34 16 3 7 17 31 5 11 26 39 5 10 25 44 20 4 9 21 38 6 13 32 48 6 12 30 54 24 5 10 24 45 7 15 37 57 7 15 35 64 DUCTILE IRON PIPE WITH POLYETHYLENE WRAP Sand Clay Silt Pipe Size Elbow Valve Tee Elbow Valve Tee Elbow Valve Tee Inch 22½ 45 90 End 22½ 45 90 End 22½ 45 90 End Minimum Length to be Restrained on Each Side of Fitting - Feet 4 2 3 8 26 2 4 10 28 2 4 10 28 6 2 5 11 37 3 6 14 40 3 6 15 40 8 3 6 14 48 4 8 19 53 4 8 19 53 12 4 8 21 69 5 11 27 76 5 11 27 76 16 5 11 26 90 7 14 35 98 7 15 35 98 20 6 13 32 110 8 18 42 120 9 18 43 120 \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-53 24 8 16 38 130 10 21 50 142 10 21 50 142 All tie rod or strap type restraints shall be coated with an approved rustproofing material. Restrained Joint Pipe and Fittings as provided by American Cast Iron Pipe Company “Flex- Ring”, U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company “TR Flex”, Clow Water System Company “Super-Lock”, or Griffin Pipe “Snap-Lok” or approved equal shall be considered equivalent to the use of restrained push-on joint pipe and mechanical joint restraint fittings. All necessary bands, tie rods, nuts and washers, asphaltic rustproofing and all labor and excavation required for installation of reaction restraints shall be furnished at the Contractor’s expense with no direct compensation provided therefore. A5 Polyethylene Encasement of Pipe All iron pipe, fittings, valves, valve boxes, and curb boxes shall be wrapped with polyethylene encasement. B1a Push-On Joints Spigot ends which do not have depth marks shall be marked before assembly to insure full insertion. Field cut pipe shall be filed or ground at the spigot edge to resemble the manufacturer’s fabricated detailing. B4 Tracer Wire for Non-Conductive Pipe Upon completion of the project the CONTRACTOR shall test the tracer wire system using a low voltage circuit in the presence of the ENGINEER. The test shall consist of a continuous above ground trace of the piping and appurtenances installed. All areas failing the location test shall be corrected at the CONTRACTOR's expense C Water Service Installation Water service piping of less than 3 inches in inside diameter shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B 88 for Seamless Copper Tube, Type K, Soft Annealed temper or PE pipe conforming to ASTM D-1248 and D-2737 Copper Tube Size (CTS), outside diameter controlled. Minimum pipe size for tap service installations shall be one inch nominal inside diameter. 1 ½ inches or larger size pipe may be specified for commercial and industrial uses or for some domestic service as specifically identified. Water service installation shall conform to PLATE #502. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to keep an accurate record of the location, depth, length, and size of each service connection. Corporation stop size and location shall be recorded referencing survey line stationing. Service Pipe size and length in feet shall be recorded. Curb stop size, depth in feet, and location tied to definable land marks such as building corners shall be recorded. When connecting to existing services, size and type of existing service pipe connected to shall be recorded in addition to any special fittings required to make that connection. Pipe terminals at the property line shall be marked to the ground surface with a suitable wood timber 4 by 4 inch, 8 feet long set vertically into the ground with the top 2 feet painted blue. Approved record keeping forms shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR upon completion of the work. Water service lines shall be installed to provide 8.0 feet of cover over the top of the pipe in the street pavement area and 7.5 feet of cover in the boulevard area between the water main and the curb stop with not less than 18 inches of clearance between pipelines. In locations where \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-54 conflict may occur with storm sewer, service lines shall be placed at least 36 inches below the storm sewer invert or shall be insulated as directed by the Engineer to prevent freezing. Water service lines must be placed (incidental to the project) beneath any structures which would prohibit the required cover if the service line was placed on top of said structure. The method of tunneling under a structure shall be approved by the ENGINEER. Where the service pipe may be exposed to freezing due to exposure from other underground structures, the water service pipe shall be insulated as directed by the ENGINEER.. C1 Tee Branch Service Lines All dead end lines shall be restrained with a gate valve a minimum of two full length of pipe or as required in the A4 Pipe Restraining Requirements table from the plugged end to allow future excavation and connection to the stub without shutting down the main line water. C2 Tapped Service Lines Water service piping of less than 3 inches in inside diameter shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B 88 for Seamless Copper Tube, Type K, Soft Annealed temper or PE pipe conforming to ASTM D-1248 and D-2737 Copper Tube Size, outside diameter controlled. Minimum pipe size for tap service installations shall be one inch nominal inside diameter. 1 ½ inches or larger size pipe may be specified for commercial and industrial uses or for some domestic service as specifically identified. Corporation stops shall be tapped into the water main only when the main is full of water and under operating pressure. They shall be turned into the pipe until tight and shall not be turned back to facilitate having the operating nut on top. Service piping may be laid directly on any solid foundation soil that is free of stones and hard lumps. Tapped service piping of 1 inch to and including 1 ¼ inches in diameter shall be installed in one piece without intermediate joint couplings between the corporation stop and the curb stop. Service pipe of 1 ½ inches in diameter and larger shall be furnished in standard roll lengths to eliminate any intermediate joints. When full roll lengths are less than the service length the rolls may be joined. All pipe and appurtenances shall be joined by means of approved compression type couplings. Connection of tapped service lines to the water main shall be made at an angle of not more than 22 degrees from the horizontal. A double wrap of Teflon tape shall be placed on the corporation stop threads prior to installation in the main. Expansion loops shall be directed downward or horizontal from the tap. A minimum of 3 full threads of the corporation stop must engage in ductile iron water main or a saddle must be used for the connection as noted in the table below. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-55 DUCTILE IRON PIPE SADDLE REQUIREMENT Special Class 52 Special Class 51 Pipe Size Inches 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 Wall Thickness Inches .29 .31 .33 .35 .37 .39 .40 .38 .39 .41 Corporation Stop Inches Pipe Thickness in Inches Required for 3 Corporation Stop Threads Above Line – No Saddle Required 1 .35 .32 .31 .30 .29 .29 .29 .28 .28 .28 1-1/4 .40 .36 .33 .32 .31 .31 .30 .30 .29 .29 1-1/2 .39 .36 .34 .33 .32 .31 .31 .30 .30 2 .42 .39 .37 .35 .34 .33 .32 .31 2-1/2 .56 .52 .50 .50 .48 .46 .44 Below Line – Saddle Required Tap service lines shall be installed on a straight line at right angles to the water main or property line as directed by the Engineer. The service line shall be terminated with a curb stop and box at the property line, where it shall be connected to an existing line, or in the case of undeveloped property, it shall be terminated with a curb stop and box at the utility easement line, where it shall be capped or plugged as approved by the Engineer. When the service lines are to be terminated beyond the curb stop and box, the service line extension shall be terminated with a compression fitting and cap, suitable to pressure test against. This longer service line may be required to avoid future sidewalk disruption or conflicts with utility lines within the utility easement along the front of the lot line. The service pipe and curb stop coupling depth shall be such as to maintain not less than the specified 8.0 feet of cover over the top of the pipe in the street pavement area and 7.5 feet of cover in the boulevard area between the water main and the curb stop. The CONTRACTOR shall make every effort to provide for a standard depth curb box installation. The service box shall be screwed onto the curb stop coupling and be firmly supported on a concrete block. They shall be centered over the curb stop and be braced effectively to remain plumb during and after completion of backfilling. The service boxes shall be brought to final surface grade when the final ground surface has been established. Temporary Water Service shall be installed by the Contractor to each home or business affected by the removal and replacement of existing water main and services as noted on the plans. Typically, the main distribution line should be a minimum of 2” in diameter and the service line to each house a minimum of 1” in diameter with the connection made at an outside house hose bib. The pipe and fittings may be polyethylene in accordance with C902-78, or other pipe materials allowed by the local building code. Pipe shall be installed with a minimum bury of 1’ to help prevent interruption of service, unless other means are proposed by the CONTRACTOR for protection. Prior to installation of any temporary water service, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER for his review and approval, a plan showing details of connections, operations and \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-56 other details that will meet this specification. In addition the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for notifying residents prior to installation and hook-up of any temporary water on private property. Each service connection must include a vacuum break and back flow preventor, installed at the house connection, unless other means are proposed by the CONTRACTOR. Any other provisions of the local building code must also be adhered to. Minimum pressure at the house connection for any temporary service is 60 psi. The temporary water service pipes must be disinfected in accordance with the water main specification prior to connection to the houses. Temporary water services shall be maintained by the CONTRACTOR for the time they are required, and promptly removed when the new water main and services are approved for operation. Any modifications made to outside house hose bibs to facilitate the temporary water service shall also be promptly put back to their original state. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for protection of the outside hose bibs and water heaters, softeners or other systems inside buildings being served by the temporary water. If necessary, a licensed plumber shall be used for this work. It will also be required that the CONTRACTOR have a contact person to repair any breaks or other problems that may occur with temporary water main and services during non-working hours and weekends. A 24 hour phone number shall be supplied for the contact person and repairs shall be made immediately after contact. D Setting Valves, Hydrants, Fittings and Specials Gate valves shall be installed per PLATE #501 and shall be supported upon an 8” concrete block. Hydrants shall be installed per PLATE #500 and shall be supported upon a concrete base 18 inches square and a minimum of five inches thick. Each hydrant is to be braced against the far end of the trench by a suitable concrete reaction block against the back of the trench against undisturbed soil. Hydrants shall be installed plumb, with the nozzles 24 inches above the finished ground elevation and the bottom of the traffic flange 22” below the centerline of the nozzle. Hydrant shall be supported to maintain their position and must not be knocked out of plumb during backfilling. When a hydrant is set a drainage pit of at least one cubic yard shall be excavated below and around the hydrant base and the pit shall be filled with washed gravel to a level six inches above the drain outlet. A layer of 4 mil poly shall be installed over the rock to prevent backfill material from entering voids in the rock drain. All fittings, hydrants and valves shall be tied to the main line with 3/4 inch rods or acceptable retainer glands. The cost of the work is an incidental item. Hydrant extensions shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. The existing break-off coupling and flange shall be set at the proposed grade. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish two RoDonCorp “hydrafinder” high visibility locating devices or approved equals with each hydrant, one installed and one delivered to the City Maintenance Shop, one “Out of Order” tag per hydrant, installed after backfill, which becomes the property of the City, and one hydrant wrench for every 10 hydrants installed, with a minimum of two per \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-57 project. One additional coat of fire hydrant red paint, approved by the ENGINEER, shall be applied after installation. All abraded surfaces shall be cleaned prior to application of the final field coat Valve boxes shall be installed upon the valve per PLATE #501 with the use of a gate valve adapter as manufactured by ADAPTOR INC. or approved equal. Valve boxes shall be centered over the valve wrench nut and installed plumb, allowing a 4” PVC pipe to slide down the box and over the operating nut. Top sections of valve boxes shall be adjusted by turning the threaded screw sections to set the box to the designated elevation allowing for at least 6 inches of adjustment above or below the finished grade. Internal top sections shall not be used to accomplish the adjustment. A cast iron valve box adjusting ring shall be used for bituminous wear course adjustment. Valve boxes, not including those as part of the hydrant with 6” gate valve and box bid item, installed outside the paved roadway shall be marked with a four foot-high “Rhino 3-Rail” marking and protection and high visibility decal system as specified in PLATE #103 or approved equal. All costs for furnishing and installing the structure marker sign shall be included in the unit price bid for gate valve & box. Tapping sleeve with gate valve assembly shall be installed on the watermain pipe after thoroughly cleaning the pipe to be tapped. Tapping sleeves shall be a minimum of 6 feet from pipe joints or other fittings. The sleeve shall be assembled on the pipe and the bolts tightened per the manufacturer's specifications. Joint restraints shall be provided in accordance with these specifications. Shell cutters shall be the maximum size allowed for the tap being made. Size on size taps shall utilize a ½ inch undersized shell cutter. Electrical conductivity straps shall be provided to bypass the stainless steel tapping sleeve assembly. E Disinfection of Water main Before being placed in service, the completed water main shall be disinfected. Disinfection shall consist of a uniform dosage of chlorine equivalent to fifty (50) parts per million which shall be retained in the system for at least twenty-four (24) hours. Chlorine Residual or Bacteriological Tests shall be conducted at all hydrant locations. The tests shall be witnessed and approved by an authorized representative of the CITY. After the twenty-four 24 hour retention period, the chlorine residual at all tests locations shall be at least fifty (50) parts per million and the bacteriological test shall be negative. The CONTRACTOR shall hire an independent testing company to perform all water quality testing. If retesting is required, the cost of this additional testing shall be at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. Disinfection materials and procedures, and the collection and testing of water samples, shall be in accordance with the provisions of AWWA C651. The AWWA C651 provisions for disinfecting water mains are reproduced for informational purposes as follows (CONTRACTOR is responsible for verifying the AWWA C651 provisions for updates): Tablet Method: Tablet Method may be used only when scrupulous cleanliness has been practiced to exclude all foreign materials and ground water during pipe installation. If ground water has entered pipe during pipe installation, the watermain shall be flushed and the Chlorine-Water solution method shall be used. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-58 Placing Calcium Hypochlorite Granules: During construction, calcium hypochlorite granules shall be placed at the upstream end of the first section of pipe, at the upstream end of each branch main, and at 500 foot-intervals along the main. The quantity of granules shall be in accordance with the following table: Ounces of Calcium Hypochlorite Granules to be placed at beginning of main and at each 500 foot interval: Pipe Diameter (inch) Calcium Hypochorite Granules (oz.) 4 1.7 6 3.8 8 6.7 10 10.5 12 15.1 14 and larger D^2 x 15.1D Placing Calcium Hypochlorite Tablets: Attach tablets on the top of the main using an adhesive such as Permatex No. 1, product of Loctite Corp, or equal. If tablets are not attached to the top and water contacts them they will react prior to the disinfection period. The table below gives tablets required per pipe size and length to achieve 25 mg/l. Number of 5-g Hypochlorite Tablets Required for Dose of 25 mg/l Pipe Diameter Length of Pipe in Feet (Inch) 13 or less 18 20 30 40 4 1 1 1 1 1 6 1 1 1 2 2 8 1 2 2 3 4 10 2 3 3 4 5 12 3 4 4 6 7 16 4 6 7 10 16 Number of 5-g tablets = .0012 d2L d = pipe diameter, inches L = pipe length, feet Based on 3.25 grams (65%) available chlorine per tablet The main shall be filled with water at a rate no greater than 1 fps. Precautions shall be taken to assure that air pockets are eliminated. The use of additional curb stops to bleed air through at high points may be necessary. Chlorination Residual of 25 mg/L chlorinated water shall be retained in the pipe for a minimum of 24 hours, 48 hours when the water temperature is below 41oF. Valves and hydrants shall be operated to ensure disinfection. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-59 Continuous Feed Method: Continuous feed method consists of completely filling the main, removing all air pockets, flushing to remove particulates, then filling the main with potable water chlorinated so that after a 24 hour holding period in the main there will be a free chlorine residual of not less than 10 mg/L. Flushing velocity shall not be less than 2.5 fps, see table below. Required Flow and Openings to Flush Pipelines* (40 psi residual pressure in watermain) Pipe Diameter Inch GPM Flow for 2.5 fps Velocity in Watermain Size of Tap on Watermain Number of Outlets Outlet Size (Inch) 4 100 15/16 1 2 ½ 6 220 1 3/8 1 2 ½ 8 390 1 7/8 1 2 ½ 10 610 2 5/16 1 2 ½ 12 880 2 13/16 1 2 ½ 16 1565 3 5/8 2 2 * With a 40 psi pressure in the watermain with the hydrant flowing to atmosphere, a 2½ inch-hydrant outlet will discharge approximately 1000 gpm and a 4½ inch-hydrant nozzle will discharge approximately 2500 gpm. ** Size of tap on watermain with no significant length of discharge pipe. Water from the existing system or other approved source shall be made to flow at a constant measured rate in the new main. At a point not much more than 10 feet downstream from beginning the new main, water entering the new main shall receive a dose of chlorine fed at a constant rate such that the water will have not less than 25 mg/L free chlorine. Measure the chlorine concentration at regular intervals in accordance with Standard Methods, AWWA M12, or using appropriate chlorine test kits. The following Table gives the amount of chlorine required for various pipes: Chlorine Required to Produce 25 mg/L Concentration in 100 ft of Pipe - by Diameter Pipe Diameter 100 Percent Chlorine 1 Percent Chlorine Solutions Inch Lb. Gal. 4 .013 0.16 6 .030 0.36 8 .054 0.65 10 .085 1.02 \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-60 12 .120 1.44 16 .217 2.60 1% chlorine solution requires 1 lb. of calcium hypochlorite in 8 gallons of water. Strong chlorine solution in the main being treated shall not flow into mains in service. The chlorinated water shall be retained in the main for at least 24 hours, during which time all valves and hydrants shall be operated in order to disinfect the appurtenances. At the end of the 24 hour period the treated water in all portions of the main shall have a residual of not less than 10 mg/L free chlorine. Preferred equipment for applying liquid chlorine is a solution feed vacuum operated chlorinator in combination with a booster pump for injecting the chlorine gas solution water into the main to be disinfected. Flushing: After the applicable retention period, heavily chlorinated water shall not remain in prolonged contact with the pipe. Chlorinated water shall be flushed from the main until chlorine concentration is no higher than generally in the system for domestic use. The environment to which the chlorinated water is to be discharged shall be inspected. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to ensure that the receiving area is not damaged by the chlorinated water and shall use a reducing agent for neutralization when necessary. After the final flushing the water shall be tested for bacteriologic quality and found to meet the standards prescribed by the Minnesota Department of Health. Samples shall be at a rate of one per every 1000 feet of pipe. A higher rate of sampling may be required to include all branch line. If water in the pipe does not meet the Minnesota Department of Health requirements, disinfection procedure shall be repeated until meeting the requirements. Acceptance forms from the governing agency shall be furnished to the ENGINEER. F Electrical Conductivity Test The Contractor shall perform a conductivity test within one week after completion of pressure testing of the main on all iron pipe water mains to establish that electrical thawing may be carried out in the future. The ENGINEER shall be present for all tests and shall be notified twenty-four (24) hours in advance. The system shall be tested for electrical continuity and current capacity before copper services are connected to the water main. The electrical test shall be made after the hydrostatic pressure test and while the line is at normal operating pressure. Backfilling shall have been completed. The line may be tested in sections of convenient length as approved by the Engineer. Direct current of 350 amperes + 10%, shall be passed through the pipeline for 5 minutes. Current flow through the pipe shall be measured continuously on a suitable ammeter and shall remain steady without interruption or excessive fluctuation throughout the 5-minute test period. Insufficient current or intermittent current or arcing, indicated by large fluctuation of the ammeter needle, shall be evidence of defective contact in the pipeline. The Contractor shall isolate the cause and correct it. Thereafter, the section in which the defective test occurred shall be retested as a unit and shall meet the requirements. All equipment for these tests shall be furnished by the Contractor, subject to the approval of the Engineer. Cables from the power source to the section of system under test should be of sufficient size to carry the test current without overheating or excessive voltage drop. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-61 G Hydrostatic Testing of Water Mains After the pipe has been laid including fittings, valves, and hydrants and the line has been backfilled in accordance with these specifications, all newly laid pipe, or any valved section thereof, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, shall be subject to hydrostatic pressure of 150 pounds per square inch. The duration of the test shall be two hours. The ENGINEER shall be present for all tests and shall be notified twenty-four (24) hours in advance. Each valved section of pipe to be tested shall be slowly filled with water and all air expelled at the highest point. To accomplish this, taps shall be made, if necessary, at points of highest elevations, and afterward tightly plugged. The test apparatus shall be applied at the lowest point of elevation on the section to be tested. The apparatus shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a satisfactory manner. The pump, pipe connection, gauges and all necessary apparatus shall be furnished by the Contractor. The test shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer. The pressure gauge shall be a standard pressure gauge. The dial shall register from 0 - 200 psi and have a dial size of 4½ inches with 1 psi increments. The hydrostatic test, pressure requirement for an acceptable test shall be a maximum pressure drop of 2 psi during the two hour test. If this test requirement cannot be met, the Contractor shall investigate the cause, make corrections, and retest until the pressure drop requirement can be met. Testing for the two hour duration shall be with hydrants closed, and valves on hydrant leads and dead end lines open. When service lines have stubs extending beyond the curb stops, the curb stops shall be in the open position and the pressure test conducted against the capped extension. Once this portion of the test is completed, the valve on the hydrant leads and dead end water lines shall be closed and hydrants opened. The specified test pressure shall be applied, and the test repeated for 15 minutes to establish the condition of the hydrant lead valves. The ENGINEER or OWNER may require the CONTRACTOR to test the first section of pipe installed to demonstrate the CONTRACTOR’s ability to install the pipe in an acceptable manner. When the connection to the existing system is not made with a valve, the CONTRACTOR shall test the existing section to the first available valve(s) to determine the condition of the existing system, or the CONTRACTOR may make provisions to test his work separately, prior to connection to the existing system, in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. Isolation of the CONTRACTOR's work shall be considered incidental. The City does not guarantee that the existing gate valves will maintain the pressure test requirement. Additional gate valves shall not be installed to facilitate the testing unless written permission is obtained by the City Engineer. All wet taps and/or cut-ins shall be tested separately and immediately prior to backfilling under normal city pressure. When water main is constructed, separated from the active system, the CONTRACTOR shall still be required to chlorinate, pressure test, and flush the new work in accordance with these specifications. This may require additional work operation to fill and flush the system. All costs associated with any additional work or materials shall be considered incidental to the water main construction. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-62 Where concrete reaction blocking is placed, the water main shall not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure until at least 5 days have elapsed after the concrete placement, with the exception that this period may be reduced to 2 days where high early strength concrete is used. Service pipe shall typically be tested in conjunction with the main line testing. However, services may be tested separately at 100 psi, with the corporation stops open. The CONTRACTOR may have to perform additional pressure testing if during the flushing operation there is evidence of debris being flushed out of the system. This may be due to poor construction practices and result in valves not closing tight after having done the original pressure test. Retesting shall be at the discretion of the ENGINEER. Only if several consecutive tests indicate a consistent pressure drop and only after the CONTRACTOR has made numerous attempts to resolve the problem, acceptable to the ENGINEER, may the CONTRACTOR request in writing and the ENGINEER consider the use of the leakage test. The leakage test may be performed by the CONTRACTOR to determine the magnitude of the leak, however, meeting the leakage allowance shall not automatically be considered acceptance, in lieu of the pressure test, for the section being tested. Final acceptance shall be at the discretion of the Engineer. Leakage Test if authorized in writing by the ENGINEER, after several unsatisfactory pressure tests, shall be performed on each valved section of watermain to determine the quantity of water that must be supplied into the section to maintain a test pressure of 150 psi, after the air in the pipeline has been expelled and the pipe has been filled with water. The water added shall be recorded to the nearest fluid ounce. After filling the pipe with water and expelling all air in the line, a pressure of 150 psi shall be applied in the same manner as prescribed for the pressure test, and sufficient water shall be measured and supplied into the pipe section to maintain the pressure for a test duration of 2 hours. Each pipe section tested will be accepted if the leakage does not exceed the quantity determined by the formula as shown in the table below, based on an allowable leakage of 11.65 gpd/mile/nominal diameter inch at 150 psi. L = SD√P 133,200 L = Maximum permissible leakage in gallons per hour S = Length of pipe tested in feet D = Nominal diameter of pipe in inches P = Average test pressure during the test, in pounds per square inch, gauge pressure. ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE PER 1000 FEET OF PIPE GALLONS PER HOUR Avg. Test Pressure Nominal Pipe Diameter – in. psi 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 200 0.43 0.64 0.85 1.06 1.28 1.48 1.70 1.91 1.91 2.55 175 0.40 0.59 0.80 0.99 1.19 1.39 1.59 1.79 1.98 2.38 \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-63 150 0.37 0.55 0.74 0.92 1.10 1.29 1.47 1.66 1.84 2.21 125 0.34 0.50 0.67 0.84 1.01 1.28 1.34 1.51 1.68 2.01 100 0.30 0.45 0.60 0.75 0.90 1.05 1.20 1.35 1.50 1.80 70 0.25 0.38 0.50 0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.13 1.26 1.51 If the pipe section under test contains pipe of various diameters, the allowable leakage will be the sum of the computed leakage for each size. When requested, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish a written report of the results of leakage tests, which shall identify the specific test section, the average pressure, the duration of test, and the amount of leakage. The City does not guarantee that existing valves will maintain the leakage test requirements. As an alternate, the CONTRACTOR will be required to plug newly installed lines and test each segment separately. All wet taps and/or cut-ins shall be tested separately and immediately prior to backfilling. Where hydrants are installed on service stubs, the hydrant can be used in the leakage test. H Operational Inspection At the completion of the construction and in the presence of the Engineer and the Contractor, representatives of the City shall operate all valves, hydrants, and curb stops to ascertain that the entire facility is in good working order; that all valve boxes are centered and valves opened; that all hydrants operate and drain properly; that all curb boxes are plumb and centered; and that water is available at all curb stops. If necessary the Contractor shall make corrections and schedule another operational inspection on those items. 02611.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A Water Pipe Mainline pipe and service pipe of each kind and size will be measured separately by the overall length along the axis of the pipeline, from beginning to end of each installation and without regard to intervening valves or specials. B Gate Valve & Box Gate valves & box of each size will be measured separately as complete units, including the valve, required valve box and lid setting, gate valve adapter, adjustable gate valve extension stem, marker sign as required, and adjustment of valve box including the cast iron extension ring as required. C Corporation Stops Corporation stops of each size will be measured separately by the number of units installed, including the water main tap. D Curb Stop & Box Curb stop & box of each size will be measured separately by the number of units installed, including the required curb box with stationary rod and adjustment of curb box. E Hydrant with 6” Gate Valve and Box \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-64 Hydrant with six inch gate valve and box will be measured by the number of units installed. This shall include hydrant, 6” gate valve, required valve box and lid setting, gate valve adapter, adjustable gate valve extension stem, adjustment of valve box, three feet of six inch DIP between the hydrant and gate valve, washed rock with poly, all required blocking and restraining devices, two high visibility locating devices, “Out of Order” tag, and additional coat of fire hydrant red paint. I Ductile Iron Fittings Ductile Iron fittings shall be measured by the pound without joint accessories. The standard weight of Ductile Iron fittings, for payment basis, shall be as published in AWWA C110. K Saddle Saddles of each size shall be measured separately by the number of units installed. M Reconnect Water Service Reconnect water service shall be measured on a per each basis, including all labor, equipment and materials required to connect the new curb stop to the existing service pipe. N Connect to Existing Water main Connect to existing water main shall be measured on a per each basis for each type of connection. O Curb Stop Box Driveway Casting Assembly Water shut off casting assembly shall be measured per each installed. Measurement includes adjusting the curb box when installing the shutoff casting assembly to finish grade. P Hydrant Riser Hydrant Riser shall be measured separately by the linear foot for each installation. Q Temporary Water Service Temporary water service shall be measured on a per each basis and shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary for complete placement, operation, maintenance, and removal of all temporary water service required by the project. R Pipe Bedding Material Pipe Bedding Material shall be measured per compacted volume on a cubic yard basis. 2611.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT A Water Pipe Mainline pipe and service pipe of each kind and size shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot installed by the overall length along the axis of the pipeline, from beginning to end of each installation and without regard to intervening valves or specials. B Gate Valve & Box \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-65 Gate valves & box of each size shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each installed, including the valve, required valve box and lid setting, gate valve adapter, adjustable gate valve extension stem, marker sign as required, and adjustment of valve box including the cast iron extension ring as required. C Corporation Stops Corporation stops of each size shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each installed, including the water main tap. D Curb Stop & Box Curb stop & box of each size shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each installed, including the required curb box with stationary rod and adjustment of curb box. E Hydrant with 6” Gate Valve and Box Hydrant with six inch gate valve and box shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each installed. This shall include hydrant, 6” gate valve, required valve box and lid setting, gate valve adapter, adjustable gate valve extension stem, adjustment of valve box, three feet of six inch DIP between the hydrant and gate valve, washed rock with poly, all required blocking and restraining devices, two high visibility locating devices, “Out of Order” tag, and additional coat of fire hydrant red paint. I Ductile Iron Fittings Ductile Iron fittings shall be paid for at the contract unit price per pound installed without joint accessories. The standard weight in pounds of Ductile Iron fittings, for payment basis, shall be as published in AWWA C110. K Saddle Saddles of each size shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each installed. M Reconnect Water Service Reconnect water service shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each, including all labor, equipment and materials necessary to connect the new curb stop tot eh existing service pipe. N Connect to Existing Water main Connect to existing water main shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each, including all labor, equipment and materials necessary to connect to the existing water main as indicated on the plans. O Curb Stop Box Driveway Casting Assembly Water shut off casting assembly shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each installed, including adjusting the curb box when installing the shutoff casting assembly to finish grade. P Hydrant Riser Hydrant riser shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot for each installation. Q Temporary Water Service \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-66 Temporary water service shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each, including all labor, equipment and materials necessary for the complete placement, operation, maintenance, and removal of all temporary water service required by the project. R Pipe Bedding Material Pipe Bedding Material shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard (compacted volume). Section 02621 shall be modified and added to as follows: SP 02621 SANITARY SEWER AND STORM SEWER INSTALLATION 02621.1 DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of removal and installation of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, force main and appurtenances. 02621.2 MATERAILS The Suppliers Certificate of Compliance shall in no way relieve the Contractor of any responsibilities as to the quality of materials furnished and installed. A2 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron Fittings Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C151 (ANSI A21.51) for water and thickness design shall conform to AWWA C150 (ANSI A21.50). Ductile iron pipe shall be used for gravity sanitary sewer main and services for depths over 26 feet. When the sanitary sewer main is constructed with ductile iron pipe, the sanitary sewer services shall be constructed with ductile iron pipe from the main to the 45 degree bend. Ductile iron pipe shall also be used for sanitary sewer force mains. (1) Fittings shall be Ductile Iron Mechanical Joint Fittings conforming to the requirements of AWWA C110 (ANSI 21.10) for Ductile Iron Fittings or AWWA C153 (ANSI 21.53) for Ductile Iron Compact Fittings. All sleeves shall be long sleeves. (2) Lining of all pipe shall be cement mortar lining meeting the requirements of AWWA C104 (ANSI A21.4) for standard thickness lining. All interior and exterior surfaces of the pipe shall have an asphaltic coating at least one mil thick. All interior and exterior surfaces of the fittings shall be furnished with an epoxy coating meeting the requirements of AWWA C116. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating adhesion, shall be cause for rejection. (3) Pipe joints on 3” and larger in diameter pipe shall have push-on joints. All Fittings shall have mechanical joint restraint retainer glands. Rubber gasket joints for Ductile Iron Pipe and fittings shall conform to AWWA C111. Copper straps or approved conductive gaskets with copper inserts shall be installed throughout the system to provide conductivity sufficient for locating purposes when used for constructing force main. Push-On Joint Pipe shall be “Fastite” or “Tyton” as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe Company, U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company, Clow Water System Company, or Griffin Pipe. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-67 Mechanical Joint Restraint retainer glands shall be Series 1100 MEGALUG by EBAA Iron Inc. or approved equal. All fasteners shall be Genuine NSS Cor-Blue T-Bolt by NSS INDUSTRIES or approved equal. All metal parts of tie rod or strap type restraints shall be coated with an approved asphaltic type rustproofing. Tie Rod Restraint shall be sized as listed below. Pipe Size Number of Rods Rod Size 4” 2 ¾” 6” 2 ¾” 8” 4 ¾” 10” 4 ¾” 12” 6 ¾” 16” 8 ¾” 20” 10 ¾” 24” 12 ¾” A3 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings Reinforced concrete pipe and fittings shall be used for storm sewer under traffic load conditions and shall be of the type, size, and strength class specified. All branch fittings such as tees and wyes shall be cast as integral parts of the pipe conforming to the same strength class as the pipe to which they are attached. Lift holes will not be permitted unless specifically authorized in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Reinforced concrete pipe and fittings shall be subject to the following supplementary provisions: Reinforced Circular Pipe Unless otherwise specified, reinforced concrete pipe shall be minimum Class III – Wall B reinforced circular concrete pipe and all pipe, fittings, and specials shall conform with the requirements of ASTM C-76 (Reinforced Concrete Pipe) with Single Offset or Confined Gasket Joints using a flexible, watertight rubber gasket and meeting the requirements of ASTM C-443. Reinforced concrete D-load pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C-655 and shall be furnished when the D-load is shown on the plans or when the D-load exceeds the D-load for Class V pipe as described in ASTM C-76. Reinforced Arch Pipe and Elliptical Pipe Reinforced arch pipe shall conform to ASTM C-506 and Mn/DOT Plate 3014J. Elliptical pipe shall conform to ASTM C-507. The joint shall conform to Federal Specification 55-5-00210, Kent Seal No. 2, bitumastic joint sealant or approved equal. Concrete Safety Aprons and Grates Concrete safety aprons shall be of the same strength class as the pipe and in accordance with Cretex plates as listed below: Size Slope Item Plate 15, 18, & 24 Inch 6:1 Apron 11672 15, 18, & 24 Inch 6:1 Grate 11672 24 Inch 4:1 Apron 11666 24 Inch 4:1 Grate 11667 \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-68 30 Inch 4:1 Apron 11669-1 Size Slope Item Plate 36 - 54 Inch 4:1 Apron 11669-2 60 - 72 Inch 4:1 Apron 11669-3 (Special designs of 10:1 safety aprons and grates may be required for median crossings of divided roadways) Trash Guards Trash guards, “U” bolt fasteners, and hardware shall be in accordance with Cretex plate 11551 Heavy Design, hot dip galvanized in accordance with Mn/DOT 3392 and ASTM A-153 and securely bolted to the apron section. (See PLATE #305) Concrete Pipe Ties Concrete pipe ties shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT Plate 3145E. A5 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings Smooth walled polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe and fittings shall be used for gravity sanitary sewer main and services with a maximum depth of 26 feet and shall conform with the requirements of ASTM D-3034 and ASTM F-679 for the size, standard dimension ratio (SDR), and strength requirements indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive soils or corrosive substances in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D-543. Gravity sanitary sewer main shall be 8 inch or 10 inch PVC pipe, SDR35 for depths to 16 feet and SDR26 for depths from 16 feet to 26 feet. Gravity sanitary sewer services shall be a minimum of 4 inches nominal inside diameter and constructed with PVC pipe, SDR26. All connections shall be push-on with elastomeric gasketed joints which are bonded to the inner wall of the gasket recess of the bell socket. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure pipe used for 4 inch through 12 inch sanitary sewer force mains shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C900. Class 200 pipe shall be used and shall conform to the requirements of DR14. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive soils or corrosive substances in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D-543. The dimensions and tolerances of the pipe barrel should conform to ductile iron pipe equivalent outside diameters. Fittings shall be mechanical joint ductile iron fittings as specified. A8 Dual-Wall Corrugated High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE) and Fittings HDPE pipe and fittings shall only be used for storm sewer under non-traffic load conditions, unless approved by ENGINEER. High density polyethylene pipe (HDPE) and fittings shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M-294 Standard Specifications for Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe. All pipe and fittings shall have smooth interior and annular exterior corrugations with water-tight joints, Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. (ADS) N-12 WT (watertight) IB Pipe, or approved equal. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-69 NOTE: High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Flared End Sections are not allowed. Galvanized Steel pipe aprons with trash guards in accordance with Mn/DOT 2501 shall be used. A9 Drain Tile Drain tile pipe shall be 4” or 6” diameter, perforated, wrapped with geotextile. Pipe and fittings for subsurface drains in accordance with Mn/DOT 2502 shall be Thermoplastic (TP) per Mn/DOT 3245 for open cut installation and Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing (PE) per Mn/DOT 3278 for trencher installation. A10 Tracer Wire for Non-Conductive Pipe Tracer wire for PVC sanitary force main installation shall be 12-gauge stranded wire with green colored plastic jacket Type TW or THW. In-line splices shall be compression butt slices with 3M cast kit. Wire nut splices shall not be allowed. Splicing shall not be more frequent than 1 per 250 feet of piping. At each appurtenance such as a clean-out, air relief manhole, valve box or tracer wire access box, the wire shall be securely fastened to the metal box or inside the manhole on an approved stand-off (quick bolt) readily visible. The wiring shall be connected to the appurtenance in such a way that a low voltage circuit can be completed without excavation of the structure. Tracer wire for PVC sanitary sewer service installation shall be 10-gauge green color coated. The tracer wire shall terminate in a C.P. Test (Valvco) #SEWAB sewer tracer wire access box or approved equal. Tracer wire access boxes located in a driveway or parking lot shall be covered with a Ford Type “A” Single Lid Cover or approved equal B Metal Sewer Castings Metal castings for manhole frame and cover shall conform to ASTM A48 and the following requirements: The words "STORM SEWER" or "SANITARY SEWER" shall be cast on the top of each manhole cover in two-inch letters. The cover shall be solid with two concealed pick holes. Castings shall be Neenah or approved equal as listed below: Type Diameter Casting and Grate Manhole 27”, solid R-1733 Manhole Frame with solid lid (1733-5044 w/gasket for Sanitary Sewer) Manhole 27”, solid R-1733-1 (4 inch, adjust MH, when approved by OWNER) Manhole 27”, grate R-2573-Type C grate Catch Basin 24” x 36” R-3067-V Catch Basin 24” x 36” R-3501-TB (in driveway) Stool Grate R-4342 Beehive R-2561-A C Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin Sections Precast concrete riser sections and appurtenant units (grade rings, top and base slabs, special sections, etc.) used in the construction of manhole and catch basin structures shall conform with the requirements of ASTM C-478, Mn/DOT 2506 and the following supplementary provisions: \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-70 (1) The precast sections and appurtenant units shall conform to PLATE #300, #301, #302, #303, #304, #400, #402, #403, and #404. Sanitary manholes shall have an integral base with pre formed invert sloped to provide smooth flow from inlet to outlet unless constructing over an existing line. When specifically permitted by the Engineer, Pre-cast segmental blocks may be used to build up manholes and/or catch basins. The blocks shall conform to ASTM C-139 and shall be radial to form an eight inch wall thickness. (2) Joints of sanitary manhole riser sections shall be tongue and groove with Single Offset or Confined Gasket Joints using a flexible, watertight rubber gasket conforming to ASTM C 443. Sanitary sewer inlet and outlet pipes shall be joined to the manhole with a PSX: Direct Drive flexible boot style pipe to manhole connector or approved equal. Connection to existing sanitary manholes shall be done by core drilling. When core drilling is not possible due to an existing opening or the location of the hole, a rubber waterstop is required on the pipe prior to grouting the space between the pipe and the manhole. Waterstops shall be Fernco, Concrete Manhole Adapters (CMA) or approved equal. (3) Air-entrained concrete shall be used in the production of all units. Air content shall be maintained with the range of 5 to 7 percent. (4) The Contractor shall submit shop drawings of manhole and catch basins to the Engineer for review before ordering any structures. A certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of precast manhole and catch basin sections stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification requirements. (5) Lift holes will not be permitted in precast manholes. (6) Manhole steps shall be ½ inch-diameter grade 60 steel reinforcing rod encapsulated in copolymer polypropylene, PS1-PF as manufactured by M.A. Industries, or equal. Steps shall be equal spaced 16 inches on center over the downstream outlet pipe and conform to OSHA standards. The top step shall be no greater than 27” from the top of casting, the bottom step shall be no greater than 20” from the structure floor, offsetting the bottom step from the step row may be necessary due to the outlet pipe location. (7) Cast iron adjusting rings for manholes shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT Plate 4108F or Neenah R-1979 and shall be used for bituminous wear course adjustment. (8) “Infi-Shield Uniband” external manhole/catch basin flexible water-tight seals or approved equal shall be installed on each manhole or catch basin. The external manhole/catch basin seal shall be installed to seal from the top of the casting frame’s flange to the top of the structure covering the entire adjustment ring area. 4 inch minimum and 12 inch maximum concrete adjusting rings with 1/3 inch minimum and ½ inch maximum mortar between rings shall be used. “Infi-Shield Seal Wrap” external joint seal or approved equal shall be installed on all manhole or catch basin barrel and cone sections. The seal shall be made of EPDM (Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer) rubber with a minimum thickness of 65 mils. Each unit shall include a 2” wide mastic strip on the top and bottom edge of the rubber wrap. The mastic shall be non-hardening butyl rubber sealant, with a minimum thickness of \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-71 125mils. The seal shall be designed to prevent leakage of water through the joint sections of a manhole or catch basin. All costs for furnishing and installing the external manhole/catch basin seal and joint seal wrap shall be included in the unit price bid for manholes and drainage structures. (9) Manholes and drainage structures installed outside the paved roadway shall be marked with a four foot-high “Rhino 3-Rail” marking and protection and high visibility decal system as specified in PLATE #103 or approved equal. All costs for furnishing and installing the structure marker sign shall be included in the unit price bid for manholes and drainage structures. (10) Inside drops in sanitary sewer manholes when approved by the Engineer shall be Intraflow low-profile, high-capacity inside drop manhole system as manufactured by Royal Environmental Systems, Inc. or approved equal. The inside drop shall be a rotational molded, sectional enclosure made of polyethylene (PE). The inside drop assembly shall contain, and direct sewage flow from the upper portion of the manhole to the invert channel. The sections shall be of low profile design with molded fastening lugs conforming to the inside manhole wall. The intermediate sections shall vary from one to seven feet in height, and be supplied according to the plan. The top section shall have a 9” adjustment joint at the bottom and removable inspection hood at the top. The inside of the top section shall have an opening for 6” through 12” pipe entry. The outside of the top section shall have a nominal 13” inspection/cleanout opening. The bottom section shall be low profile, elongated shaped at the top with a transition to a 10” round pipe at the bottom. A 90-degree 10-inch PVC sweep shall attach to the bottom transition section. All sections shall be sealed with tight fitting ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) rubber gaskets. Sections shall be secured to the manhole wall through the fastening lugs using type 302 or 304 stainless steel anchor bolt assemblies. (11) Outside drops for sanitary sewer manholes shall installed per Plat #402. 2621.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall preserve the provided construction stakes so that the Engineer may check the grade and alignment of the pipe and structures after they have been placed. The cost to replace the offset stakes for the purpose of verifying the grade and alignment shall be paid by the Contractor. The Contractor shall relay or relocate any pipe or structure at his own expense if found out of grade or alignment. A2 Pipe Laying Operations Deviation from the pipe grade, as provided by the ENGINEER, in excess of 0.05 percent may be cause for removal and relaying of the pipe by the CONTRACTOR with no additional compensation allowed therefore. Unless otherwise noted in the Specific Requirements, pipe bedding shall be Class C which requires the depth of bedding below the pipe to be as follows: Min. Depth Pipe Size 3 Inches 12-27 Inch 4 Inches 30-60 Inch 6 Inches 66 Inch-Greater \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-72 Installation of thermoplastic pipe shall conform to ASTM D-2321. Polyethylene pipe shall be installed using Class B bedding, with 4” minimum granular bedding material below the pipe and up to the spring line of the pipe. Bedding shall be compacted in six inch-lifts under the haunches and around the sides of the pipe. If onsite material meets the granular bedding requirement it may be used, otherwise granular bedding borrow shall be furnished. Clean encasement material shall be compacted in six inch-lifts to at least 12” above the pipe and then suitable backfill placed. Pipe bedding shall be considered incidental unless there is a separate bid item provided. Pipe bedding shall conform to PLATE #101 and PLATE #102. The Contractor shall provide a 12 gauge stranded wire with plastic jacket Type TW or THW for PVC sanitary force main locating purposes. The trace wire system shall be considered incidental to the force main construction. A. Begin and terminate system at all connections to existing mains. B. Install wire continuously along lower quadrant of pipe. Do not install wire along bottom of pipe. Attach wire to pipe at midpoint of each pipe length; use 2-inch wide 10-mil thickness polyethylene pressure-sensitive tape. Care shall be taken to not damage the wire. C. In-line splices shall be compression butt slices with 3M cast kit. Wire nut splices shall not be allowed. Splicing shall not be more frequent than 1 per 250 feet of piping. Allow Engineer to inspect all below grade splices of tracer wire prior to backfill. D. Install ground rods at locations shown on plans or as required by Engineer. E. Bring double run of wire to surface at each lift station, valve manhole, air release or clean-out manhole, and each valve and valve box, the trace wire shall be securely fastened to the appurtenance on an approved stand-off readily visible. At valves the wire shall be secured to the valve body to enable locator contact utilizing a valve wrench on the valve nut as well as a wire loop shall be extended up the interior of the valve box for a direct connection to the wire. Strip ends of wire and connect together with split bolt. Wiring shall be connected to the appurtenances to allow a low voltage circuit locator to be attached without excavation. F. Terminate exposed tracer wire in receptacle box. G. Location of receptacles: As indicated in the Contract Documents or as required by the Engineer. H. It is recommended that during construction, the CONTRACTOR periodically test the trace wire being installed, to insure continuity. Upon completion of the project the CONTRACTOR shall test the trace wire using a low voltage circuit. Test the entire trace wire system in the presence of the ENGINEER. The test shall consist of a continuous above ground trace of the piping and appurtenances installed. All areas failing the location test shall be corrected at the CONTRACTOR's expense. Dewatering The CONTRACTOR shall provide excavation dewatering as necessary to allow for construction on stable foundation. All pipe shall be constructed in a dry trench. Dewatering operations may be controlled by permit from the DNR, MPCA, or other agencies. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for application for any necessary permits and compliance with all conditions to permits. The work potentially involves the drawdown of the water table. Placement of temporary barriers or other satisfactory types of water control to allow construction and to \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-73 protect the work may be necessary. In all cases, acceptable procedures shall be used to eliminate sediment pollution associated with dewatering. Groundwater elevations shown on borings are those encountered at the time borings were completed. Since elevations are dependent upon hydrologic conditions, the CONTRACTOR is responsible to perform the necessary dewatering operations, irrespective of the actual water table surface water elevation which prevails at the time the work is accomplished. Dewatering wells, as of August 1994, must be in accordance with the Minnesota Department of Health, Well Management Newsletter, Volume 14, No. 3, September 1994, and Minnesota Rules, Chapter 4725, regarding dewatering wells greater than 25 feet deep. Construction is required by a licensed dewatering well or well CONTRACTOR and a Notification Form and fee is required. All costs of excavating below grade and placing foundation or bedding aggregates as required shall be included in the bid prices for pipe items to the extent that the need for such work is indicated in the Contract provisions and the BID does not provide for payment therefore under separate BID items. If examination by the ENGINEER reveals the need for placement of foundation aggregates was caused by the CONTRACTOR's manipulation of the soils in the presence of excessive moisture or lack of proper dewatering, the cost of the corrective measures shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Aligning and Fitting and Pipe The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe and so as to leave a smooth square-cut end. Pipe shall be cut with approved mechanical cutters. All rough edges shall be removed from the cut ends of pipe and, where rubber gasket joints are used, the outer edge shall be rounded or beveled by grinding or filing to produce a smooth fit. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line either in the vertical or horizontal plane, to avoid obstructions, plumb stems, or produce a long radius curve when permitted, the amount of deflection allowed at each joint shall not exceed the allowable limits for maintaining satisfactory joint seal as given in AWWA C600 for mechanical joints and push-on joints, or as otherwise allowed by the pipe manufacturer. MECHANICAL JOINT Pipe Size Deflection Angle Offset Inch Radius Feet Inch Degrees/Minutes 18’ 20’ 18’ 20’ 3-4 8-18 31 35 125 140 6 7-07 27 30 145 160 8-12 5-21 20 22 195 220 14-16 3-35 13.5 15 285 320 18-20 3-00 11 12 340 380 24-30 2-23 9 10 450 500 PUSH-ON JOINT Pipe Size Deflection Angle Offset Inch Radius Feet Inch Degrees/Minutes 18’ 20’ 18’ 20’ 3-12 5 19 21 205 230 14-42 3 11 12 340 380 \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-74 Blocking and Anchoring of Pipe All ductile iron plugs, caps, tees, bends, and other thrust points used in the installation of sanitary sewer force main shall be provided with reaction backing, or movement shall be prevented by attachment of suitable restraining devices, in accordance with the requirements of the Plans, Specific Requirements and PLATES. All bends, tees, and crosses shall be provided with concrete thrust blocking in accordance with PLATE #503 and PLATE #504. All vertical bends exceeding 20 degrees deflection shall be provided with concrete buttress blocking at the low points and with metal tie rod or strapping restraints at the high points. Concrete buttresses shall be poured against firm, undisturbed ground and shall be formed in such a way that the joints will be kept free of concrete and remain accessible for repairs. The concrete mix used in buttress construction shall meet the requirements for Grade B concrete in conformance with Mn/DOT Specification Section 2461. The following table indicates the required linear feet of pipe to be restrained on each side of a bend. Tie rod restraint, approved bell restraint harness, or American FAST GRIP, US Pipe FIELK LOK, or approved equal restraint gasket shall be used to restrain push-on joint pipe to pipe connections. The minimum length value is based on a test pressure of 150 psi, a bury depth of 8 feet from ground surface to top of pipe, a safety factor of 1.5:1, and pipe bedded in native soil. PIPE RESTRAINING REQUIREMENTS DUCTILE IRON PIPE Sand Clay Silt Pipe Size Elbow Valve Tee Elbow Valve Tee Elbow Valve Tee Inch 22½ 45 90 End 22½ 45 90 End 22½ 45 90 End Minimum Length to be Restrained on Each Side of Fitting - Feet 4 1 2 5 9 1 3 7 11 1 3 7 13 6 1 3 7 13 2 4 10 16 2 4 10 18 8 2 4 9 17 3 6 14 21 3 6 13 24 12 3 5 13 24 4 8 20 30 4 8 19 34 16 3 7 17 31 5 11 26 39 5 10 25 44 20 4 9 21 38 6 13 32 48 6 12 30 54 24 5 10 24 45 7 15 37 57 7 15 35 64 DUCTILE IRON PIPE WITH POLYETHYLENE WRAP Sand Clay Silt Pipe Size Elbow Valve Tee Elbow Valve Tee Elbow Valve Tee Inch 22½ 45 90 End 22½ 45 90 End 22½ 45 90 End Minimum Length to be Restrained on Each Side of Fitting - Feet 4 2 3 8 26 2 4 10 28 2 4 10 28 6 2 5 11 37 3 6 14 40 3 6 15 40 8 3 6 14 48 4 8 19 53 4 8 19 53 12 4 8 21 69 5 11 27 76 5 11 27 76 \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-75 16 5 11 26 90 7 14 35 98 7 15 35 98 20 6 13 32 110 8 18 42 120 9 18 43 120 24 8 16 38 130 10 21 50 142 10 21 50 142 All metal parts of tie rod or strap type restraints shall be coated with an approved asphaltic type rustproofing. Restrained Joint Pipe and Fittings as provided by American Cast Iron Pipe Company “Flex- Ring”, U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company “TR Flex”, Clow Water System Company “Super-Lock”, or Griffin Pipe “Snap-Lok” or approved equal shall be considered equivalent to the use of restrained push-on joint pipe and mechanical joint restraint fittings. All necessary bands, tie rods, nuts and washers, asphaltic rustproofing and all labor and excavation required for installation of reaction restraints shall be furnished at the Contractor’s expense with no direct compensation provided therefore. Drain Pipe Installation Subsurface drain installation shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT 2502. Rigid material with bends shall be used in open cut situations and corrugated material shall only be allowed in trenched installations or as approved by the ENGINEER in locations where rigid material with bends cannot conform to the plan. When corrugated material is utilized in an open cut installation, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to use extreme care to bed and backfill the pipe and to maintain its structural integrity. The CONTRACTOR shall remove and replace any unacceptable materials. The minimum trench width shall be 4” greater than the pipe diameter. All perforated pipe shall be wrapped with geotextile. All perforated pipe drains shall be bedded on Fine Filter Aggregate, a minimum of 2” below the bottom of the pipe and extending upwards under the haunches, and backfilled with Fine Filter Aggregate to a minimum of 6” above the top of the pipe. Where a drain connects into a manhole or catchbasin a suitable secure connection shall be made through a preformed opening in the wall of the structure. A3 Connection and Assembly of Joints All pipe and fitting joints shall fit tightly and be fully closed. Spigot ends shall be marked as necessary to indicate the point of complete closure. All joints shall be watertight. All joints shall be sealed as follows, subject to such other approved method as the Engineer may authorize as being an acceptable alternative: (1) Concrete pipe and fitting joints – compression type rubber gasket seals conforming to the requirements of ASTM C-443 for circular pipe, or as otherwise approved by the Engineer in the case of non-circular pipe sections. (2) PVC pipe and fittings assembled gasket seal. (3) PVC Pressure pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C900. The circular rubber gaskets shall be bonded to the inner wall of the gasket recess of the bell socket. Installation of pipe spigot into the bell socket shall conform to the requirements for Ductile Iron Push-On Joints as set forth under the provisions of 2611.3B1a in the CEAM Standard Specifications, 1999 Edition. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-76 (4) Corrugated-double wall HDPE pipe and fittings – assembled push-on gasketed joints shall pass performance tests as listed in ASTM D-3212. Solvent welds shall not be permitted. (5) Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall conform to AWWA C111. Installation of pipe spigot into the bell socket shall conform to the requirements for Ductile Iron Push-On Joints and Mechanical Joints as set forth under the provisions of 2611.3B1a and 2611.3B1b in the CEAM Standard Specifications, 1999 Edition. A4 Bulkheading Open Pipe Ends All pipe and fitting ends left open for future connection shall be bulkheaded by approved methods prior to backfilling. Unless otherwise specified or approved, all openings shall be closed off with prefabricated plugs or caps. Prefabricated plugs and caps shall be of the same material as the pipe material, or an approved alternate material, and shall be installed with watertight seal as required for the pipeline joints. B Appurtenance Installations When corrugated steel pipe aprons are installed, the inlet ends of the pipe shall be protected with a double layer of non-woven geotextile material placed over the pipe end, prior to attaching the apron. The apron assembly and band shall secure the geotextile in place to prevent the intrusion of silt/soil runoff and erodible materials. The geotextile material shall be cut away and removed upon the establishment of turf. Concrete pipe joints shall be tied at a minimum on the last 3 joints at aprons, on all joints on culverts, as required by the jurisdiction of right-of-way, and according to permit requirements. C Sewer Service Installations Sanitary sewer service connections shall be installed per PLATE #401. Service connections and pipe lines shall be installed in conformance with all applicable requirements of the main sewer installation and as more specifically provided herein. The CONTRACTOR shall keep accurate records of all service installations as to type, size, location, elevation, point of connection and termination, etc. This service record shall be maintained jointly by the CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER. The service installations shall not be backfilled until visually inspected and all required information has been obtained and recorded. The main sewer service connection shall consist of installing a PVC SDR26 Wye section in the main sewer line at designated locations. Orientation of service connection fitting and pipe shall be as shown in the Plans unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Where the depth cover over the top of main line sewer is greater than 12 feet, the service connection shall be extended upward by means of a service riser section as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified, service pipe shall be installed at right angles to the main sewer and at a straight line grade to the utility easement line or where private utilities are already in place to the right-of-way line. The standard and minimum grades shall be a uniform rise of one inch in four feet or 2.00%. The minimum grade may be reduced to one inch in eight feet or 1.00% where the Engineer so approves in the case of restrictive elevation differences. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-77 The maximum depth of the sanitary sewer service at the utility easement or right-of-way line shall be 10 feet unless documented by a proposed house or building elevation that justifies a deeper service. On combination sewer and water projects, services may be placed in the same trench with the sanitary service 3 feet downstream from the water service. Clean-outs are required at 100 foot intervals on services per PLATE #405. The Contractor shall provide a 10 gauge green color coated tracer wire for sanitary sewer service locating purposes. I. Begin system at connection to existing main J. Install wire continuously along lower quadrant of pipe. Do not install wire along bottom of pipe. Attach wire to pipe at midpoint of each pipe length; use 2-inch wide 10-mil thickness polyethylene pressure-sensitive tape. K. Install splices only as authorized by Engineer. Allow Engineer to inspect all below grade splices of tracer wire prior to backfill. L. Install ground rods at locations shown on plans or as required by Engineer. M. Terminate exposed tracer wire in receptacle box. N. Location of receptacles: At the service pipe termination point at either the utility easement line or the right-of-way line. O. Upon completion of the project the CONTRACTOR shall test the trace wire using a low voltage circuit in the presence of the ENGINEER. The test shall consist of a continuous above ground trace of the piping and appurtenances installed. All areas failing the location test shall be corrected at the CONTRACTOR's expense. P. Refer to PLATE #401 for tracer wire installation. Unless otherwise specified, service pipe shall terminate at utility easement line with a gasketed plug placed in the end, at which point the Contractor shall furnish and set a 4 x 4 wooden timer 6 feet to 8 feet in length embedded 4 feet below grade to mark the exact end of pipe. The timber post shall be set vertically, with the top 2 feet painted green. Wherever service line connections to VCP, RCP, or PVC pipe main sewer are required to be made by the open cut-out method, the connection shall be made by using an Inserta Tee “SDR26 Gasketed Bell” lateral connection or approved equal. The pipe cut-out shall be made with an approved size and type coring machine, with the bit perpendicular to the mainline, producing a uniform, smooth cut-out as required for proper fit. The cut-out discs shall be retrieved and shall not be allowed to remain within the main sewer pipe. The gasketed bell shall be connected per manufacturer’s recommendations using #316 stainless steel band, screw and housing. Wherever service line connection to DIP main sewer are required to be made by means of built in branch tee or wye fittings, the Contractor shall, in the absence of such fitting, remove a section of the main sewer pipe and replace it with a mechanical joint branch tee or wye section connected by means of a mechanical joint ductile iron sleeve. Service pipe shall be DIP CL52 from the main line to 45 degree bend when the main line sewer is DIP. Sanitary sewer service lines shall not be connected to a manhole. All pipe and fitting openings at temporary terminal points shall be fitted with suitable plugs or caps and secured to past the air test and leakage test as required for the main sewer pipe. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-78 D Manhole and Catch Basin Structures Manholes and drainage structures shall be constructed at designated locations as required by the Plans and in accordance with PLATE #300, #301, #302, #303, #304, #400, #402, #403, and #404. Unless otherwise specified or approved, manholes and drainage structures shall be constructed on a precast concrete base and the barrel riser, cone section and top adjusting rings shall all be of precast concrete. When placing the precast base, the bedding shall be solid and compacted to the grade necessary prior to setting the base. Manipulation of the base to achieve the proper grade will not be allowed. If the base is low and needs fill to level it or is high and material must be removed, the base shall be removed, bedding corrected, and the base reset to proper grade. All units shall be properly fitted and sealed to form a completely watertight structure including the use of an approved joint seal wrap. Barrel and cone height shall be such as to permit placement of a minimum of 4 inches and a maximum of 12 inches of precast concrete adjusting rings below the casting assembly. All castings and any required adjustments, including the use of an approved manhole/catch basin seal and a cast iron extension ring, thereof shall be incidental for new manholes and drainage structures constructed as part of this contract. Unless otherwise specified or approved, manholes shall have an inside barrel diameter at the bottom of 48 inches minimum and the inside diameter at the top of the cone section and all adjusting rings shall be 27 inches, the same size and shape as the casting frame. Unless otherwise specified or approved, drainage structure openings and all adjusting rings shall be 24 inches by 36 inches in the curb and gutter and 27 inches elsewhere, matching the size and shape of the casting frame. Casting assemblies shall be as specified in the Plans. Catch basin grate elevation shall be adjusted to maintain the required dip below normal gutter grade as shown on PLATE #604. All riser section joints of the tongue and groove design shall be sealed with rubber gaskets meeting the requirements of ASTM C-443. Outside drop manholes are required when the pipe inverts are greater than 2 feet apart. The concrete base under an outside drop connection shall be monolithic with the manhole base. When specifically permitted by the Engineer, Pre-cast segmental blocks may be used to build up manholes and/or drainage structures. The blocks shall conform to ASTM C-139 and shall be radial to form an eight inch wall thickness. All annular wall space surrounding the inplace storm sewer pipes shall be completely filled with mortar or concrete, and the inside bottom of each manhole and catch basin shall be shaped with fresh concrete to form free flow through invert troughs as directed. Invert troughs shall extend to the pipe centerline and side floors slope upward to the structure walls. Manholes and drainage structures installed outside the paved roadway shall be marked with an approved four foot-high “Rhino 3-Rail” marking and protection and high visibility decal system as specified in PLATE #103 or approved equal. E Connecting Existing Facilities Connection of existing facilities shall be as provided for in the Plans. Connections to existing drainage structures shall be core drilled or the opening cut out with a concrete saw. No jack hammering or breaking the structure with a maul is permitted. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-79 Connections to existing storm sewer pipe may require the construction of a new manhole over an existing pipe. In this case a new manhole slab shall be slid under the existing pipe, a new manhole structure constructed over and above the pipe, the top portion of the existing pipe removed, and the inverts grouted. Connections of new pipe to existing pipe stubs shall be made after verifying that the existing pipe grade and alignment conform to the proposed pipe extension. Connecting to existing storm pipe shall be with new storm pipe at a gasketed sealed joint only or with a new drainage structure. Connecting to existing sanitary pipe with new sanitary pipe shall be with a Fernco Strong Back – RC Series Repair Coupling or approved equal unless a push-on joint pipe connection is feasible. Connecting to existing sanitary pipe with a new sanitary manhole shall be with a PSX: Direct Drive flexible boot style pipe to manhole connector or approved equal. Connections to existing sanitary manholes when a gasketed plugged opening exists shall be made by removing the plug, inserting the proposed pipe, and making a water tight seal with the existing gasket. Connections to existing sanitary manholes when no gasketed plugged opening exists shall be made by core drilling a hole, inserting a PSX: Direct Drive flexible boot style pipe to manhole connector or approved equal, and making a water tight seal to the proposed pipe. If the proposed core drilling occurs in the area of a manhole joint the proposed hole shall be lowered and the pipe slope adjusted whenever possible in order to obtain a watertight seal. When core drilling is not possible due to an existing opening or the location of the hole, a Fernco Concrete Manhole Adapter or approved equal is required on the pipe prior to grouting the space between the pipe and the manhole. Sanitary sewer lines connecting into an existing manhole, unless specified otherwise, shall be made by installing the pipe at or slightly above the elevation of the bench. A concrete invert one half the depth of the sewer pipe shall be formed on the bench from the sewer pipe to the edge of the existing invert through the manhole. If specified, sanitary sewer line connection into an existing manhole shall be made by removing a portion of the existing manhole invert and reconstructing to provide smooth flow of all pipelines through the manhole. Connections to existing sanitary sewer force mains shall be with a mechanical joint ductile iron sleeve unless push-on joint pipe connection is feasible. F Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing All Sanitary sewer lines, including service connections, shall be substantially watertight and shall be tested for excessive leakage upon completion. For purposes of the test, the line between adjoining manholes will be considered a section and will be tested as such. Each test section of the sewer shall be subjected to exfiltration testing, either by hydrostatic or air test method as described below. The requirements set forth for maximum leakage shall be met as a condition for acceptance of the sewer section represented by the test. The ENGINEER shall be present for all tests and shall be notified twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the specific test. All testing shall be performed by the Contractor without any direct compensation being made therefore, and the Contractor shall clean each section of pipe prior to the test and furnish all necessary equipment and materials as required. F1 Air Test Method The testing gauge shall be located at ground level, out of the manhole, and have dial increments of 0.1 p.s.i. or less, and have a minimum 4” diameter face. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-80 In performing the test, low pressure air is added slowly to the pipeline until pressure inside the pipeline reaches 4.0 psi plus the incremental back pressure due to the average height of ground water above the pipe. A minimum 2 minute time interval is allowed before the test is performed. If the air pressure drops below 3.5 psi during this interval, more air will need to be supplied to maintain a pressure between 3.5 and 4.0 psi for a minimum of 2 minutes after which the air will be shut off and the test performed. When the ground water elevation has been established, the height in feet above the pipeline shall be divided by 2.31 to determine the incremental back pressure to be added. A table converting water height to gauge pressure is as follows: Average Height of Ground Incremental Back Pressure to be Water Table Above Pipe Added to 4.0 psig 1 foot 0.43 psig 2 feet 0.86 psig 3 feet 1.29 psig 4 feet 1.72 psig 5 feet 2.16 psig 6 feet 2.59 psig 7 feet 3.01 psig 8 feet 3.44 psig 9 feet 3.87 psig 10 feet 4.30 psig The sewer section being tested shall be accepted if the portion under test does not lose air at a rate to cause pressure to drop from 3.5 to 3.0 psi in less time than one-half minute per inch in diameter of pipe tested. F2 Hydrostatic Test Method The pipe shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure produced by a head of water at a depth three feet above the highest elevation between the invert elevation of the sewer at the upper manhole of the test section, the highest sanitary sewer service invert elevation of the test section, or where ground water exists, the existing water table. The water head shall be maintained for a period of one hour, and thereafter for an extended period of one hour the water head shall be maintained as the test period. During the one hour test period the water loss with the test section, including service stubs, shall not exceed the CEAM Standard Specifications Maximum Allowable Loss (in Gallons Per Hour per 100 feet of Pipe). F2A Infiltration Test If the ground water level is greater than 3 feet above the invert elevation of the upper manhole and the Engineer so approves, infiltration testing may be allowed in lieu of the exfiltration testing, in which case the allowable leakage shall be the same as would be allowed for Hydrostatic Test. Infiltration Test shall be made to determine the amount of ground water infiltration into the sewers. Measurements will be taken by means of 90 degrees V-notch weirs placed in manhole. Measurements shall be taken at all points where, in the opinion of the Engineer the flow of the water in the sewer is greater than a maximal allowable leakage. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-81 In case measurements indicate a leakage greater than the maximum allowable leakage, additional measurements shall be taken and continued until all leaks are located and the necessary repairs and corrective work have reduced the leakage in the section being tested below the maximum allowed by the Specifications. All rework and materials used for any connections must be approved by the Engineer. For purposes of the test, the line between adjoining manholes will be considered a section and will be tested as such. Leakage within manholes and from services shall be included in all testing. The Contractor shall furnish the weirs and other materials and labor for placing the weirs in the sewer and shall assist the Engineer in making measurements. The Contractor shall receive no additional compensation for making the leakage tests or corrective work necessary to reduce the leakage below the maximum allowed. F3 Test Failure and Remedy In the event of test failure on any test section, testing shall be continued until all leakage has been detected and corrected to meet the requirements. All repair work shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. Unsatisfactory repairs or test results may result in an order to remove and replace pipe as the Engineer considers necessary for test conformance. All repair and replacement work shall be at the Contractor’s expense. F4 Testing of Force mains Force mains shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test, trace wire test for PVC pipe or conductivity test for DIP pipe, and if required, a leakage test prior to acceptance. Hydrostatic Pressure Test shall be performed after the force main has been laid including fittings, valves, and manholes and the line has been backfilled in accordance with these specifications, all newly laid pipe, or any valved section thereof, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, shall be subject to hydrostatic pressure of two times the maximum design pressure, or a minimum of 70 pounds per square inch. The duration of the test shall be two hours. Each valved section of pipe to be tested shall be slowly filled with water and all air expelled at the highest point. To accomplish this, taps shall be made, if necessary, at points of highest elevations, and afterward tightly plugged. The test apparatus shall be applied at the lowest point of elevation on the section to be tested. The apparatus shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a satisfactory manner. The pump, pipe connection, gauges and all necessary apparatus shall be furnished by the Contractor. The test shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer. The pressure gauge shall be a standard pressure gauge. The dial shall register from 0 - 200 psi and have a dial size of 4½ inches with 1 psi increments. The hydrostatic test, pressure requirement for an acceptable test shall be a maximum pressure drop of 1 psi during the two hour test. If this test requirement cannot be met, the Contractor shall investigate the cause, make corrections, and retest until the pressure drop requirement can be met. Testing for the two hour duration shall be with valves closed. \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-82 The ENGINEER or OWNER may require the CONTRACTOR to test the first section of pipe installed to demonstrate the CONTRACTOR’s ability to install the pipe in an acceptable manner. When the connection to the existing system is not made with a valve, the CONTRACTOR shall test the existing section to the first available valve(s) to determine the condition of the existing system, or the CONTRACTOR may make provisions to test his work separately, prior to connection to the existing system, in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. Isolation of the CONTRACTOR's work shall be considered incidental. The City does not guarantee that the existing valves will maintain the pressure test requirement. Additional gate valves shall not be installed to facilitate the testing unless written permission is obtained by the City Engineer. . When force main is constructed, separated from the active system, the CONTRACTOR shall still be required to pressure test in accordance with these specifications. This may require additional work operation to the system. All costs associated with any additional work or materials shall be considered incidental to the force main construction. Where concrete reaction blocking is placed, the force main shall not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure until at least 5 days have elapsed after the concrete placement, with the exception that this period may be reduced to 2 days where high early strength concrete is used. Only if several consecutive tests indicate a consistent pressure drop and only after the CONTRACTOR has made numerous attempts to resolve the problem, acceptable to the ENGINEER, may the CONTRACTOR request in writing and the ENGINEER consider the use of the leakage test. The leakage test may be performed by the CONTRACTOR to determine the magnitude of the leak, however, meeting the leakage allowance shall not automatically be considered acceptance, in lieu of the pressure test, for the section being tested. Final acceptance shall be at the discretion of the Engineer. Leakage Test if authorized in writing by the ENGINEER, after several unsatisfactory pressure tests, shall be performed on each valved section of force main to determine the quantity of water that must be supplied into the section to maintain a test pressure of at least 70 psi, after the air in the pipeline has been expelled and the pipe has been filled with water. The water added shall be recorded to the nearest fluid ounce. After filling the pipe with water and expelling all air in the line, a pressure of 2 times the maximum design pressure or a minimum of 70 psi shall be applied in the same manner as prescribed for the pressure test, and sufficient water shall be measured and supplied into the pipe section to maintain the pressure for a test duration of 2 hours. Each pipe section tested will be accepted if the leakage does not exceed the quantity determined by the formula as shown in the table below L = SD√P 133,200 L = Maximum permissible leakage in gallons per hour S = Length of pipe tested in feet D = Nominal diameter of pipe in inches P = Average test pressure during the test, in pounds per square inch, gauge pressure \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-83 ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE PER 1000 FEET OF PIPE GALLONS PER HOUR Avg. Test Pressure Nominal Pipe Diameter – in. psi 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 200 0.43 0.64 0.85 1.06 1.28 1.48 1.70 1.91 1.91 2.55 175 0.40 0.59 0.80 0.99 1.19 1.39 1.59 1.79 1.98 2.38 150 0.37 0.55 0.74 0.92 1.10 1.29 1.47 1.66 1.84 2.21 125 0.34 0.50 0.67 0.84 1.01 1.28 1.34 1.51 1.68 2.01 100 0.30 0.45 0.60 0.75 0.90 1.05 1.20 1.35 1.50 1.80 70 0.25 0.38 0.50 0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.13 1.26 1.51 If the pipe section under test contains pipe of various diameters, the allowable leakage will be the sum of the computed leakage for each size. When requested, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish a written report of the results of leakage tests, which shall identify the specific test section, the average pressure, the duration of test, and the amount of leakage. The City does not guarantee that existing valves will maintain the leakage test requirements. As an alternate, the CONTRACTOR will be required to plug newly installed lines and test each segment separately. Trace Wire: Upon completion of construction the CONTRACTOR shall furnish a locator and using a low voltage circuit, test the entire trace wire system in the presence of the ENGINEER. The test shall consist of a continuous above ground trace of the piping and appurtenances installed. All areas failing the location test shall be corrected at the CONTRACTOR's expense. Conductivity: Upon completion of construction the CONTRACTOR shall furnish a locator and using a low voltage circuit, test the entire conductivity of the ductile iron pipe force main in the presence of the ENGINEER. The test shall consist of a continuous above ground trace of the piping and appurtenances installed. All areas failing the location test shall be corrected at the CONTRACTOR's expense. G Deflection Test Deflection tests shall be performed on all plastic gravity sewer pipes. The test shall be conducted after the sewer trench has been backfilled to the desired finished grade and has been in place for at least 30 days. If dewatering was necessary for construction it shall be removed prior to the deflection testing. The CONTRACTOR may perform a deflection test prior to removing the dewatering to check his work. However, the final acceptance deflection test must be made without dewatering occurring and after the 30 day waiting period. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare the pipe for deflection testing, cleaning and stringing the lines, prior to requesting the presence of the ENGINEER to observe the tests. The ENGINEER shall be notified twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the test. The deflection test shall be performed by pulling a rigid mandrel through the pipe without the aid of mechanical pulling devices. The mandrel shall have a minimum diameter equal to 95 percent of the actual inside diameter of the pipe. The maximum allowable deflection shall not exceed \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-84 five percent of the pipe’s internal diameter. The mandrel diameter, as listed in the table below, must be clearly stamped on it or the mandrel shall be considered unacceptable. ASTM D 3034 ASTM F 789 Nominal Pipe Base Inside Mandrel Base Inside Mandrel Diameter Inch Inch Inch Inch Inch 6 5.742 5.45 8 7.665 7.28 7.73 7.34 10 9.563 9.08 9.64 9.15 12 11.361 10.79 11.46 10.88 15 13.898 13.20 14.01 13.30 * From Unibell Handbook, Table 69 (1982). G1 Test Failure and Remedy In the event of test failure on any test section, no rerounding of pipe will be allowed. H Televising Sanitary Sewer line televising will be required by the Engineer after the completion of the deflection test. Newly installed plastic gravity sewer pipes shall be televised at the cost of the Contractor. Left in place existing clay gravity sewer pipes shall be televised and paid per linear foot along the line of pipe. Terminal points of measurement will be the center of manholes. Prior to televising each section of the sewer line, the Contractor shall flush a sewer cleaning ball, the full diameter of the sewer, through all sewers up to 24” in diameter. Larger sewers shall be cleaned by other appropriate methods. All dirt and debris shall be prevented from entering the existing sewer system by means of watertight plugs or other suitable methods. The video will be used to view the condition of the sanitary sewer line prior to acceptance. The televising camera shall be mounted on a skid so that it is centered in the pipe. The camera shall be equipped with sufficient lights to completely illuminate the interior of the pipe within the range of the camera. The camera should be guided forward at a moderate to slow pace along the bottom of the pipe. It should stop and rotate up to view each service wye. It should also stop at any unusual instances that are viewed while in progress and provide a more detailed and longer view of the instance. A monitor shall be provided with seating facilities to allow three or more persons to view the picture continuously. The television camera, transmitting equipment, and monitoring equipment shall combine to provide a picture on the monitor screen which is free from distortion and clean enough to distinguish between hairline cracks, "pipe marks", etc. The ENGINEER shall be notified twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the televising and may choose to be present and view the picture. A DVD shall be made of the entire footage of pipe televised. Reference the start and end of each video segment by clearly identifying the manholes number. Linear footages along the sewer line must be shown on the video report and zeroed out at the center of the starting manhole. A diagram of the project with all televising indexed on it shall be provided in triplicate within five working days following the last day of televising on the project. If televising is \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-85 interrupted for more than five days, an interim index diagram shall be furnished. DVD(s) of the entire footage together with a written log of start, stop, wyes, left/right, etc., shall be provided to the ENGINEER, after video is completed, of the same quality as the original recording. I Operational Inspection At the completion of the construction, as part of the punch list preparation, there shall be an operational inspection conducted by the CONTRACTOR, in the presence of the ENGINEER and OWNER, to ascertain that the entire facility is in good working order. Specific items to be inspected are that services are marked, off street manholes are marked, castings are centered properly, and when a force main is constructed that valve boxes are centered on the valve, valves can be keyed, valves operate smoothly, valves are in the open position, and valves boxes are set to proper grade. Sewer manhole inverts shall be left smooth, clean, and free from any obstructions throughout the entire line. 02621.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A Sewer Pipe Sewer Pipe of each design designation will be measured by length in linear feet along the line of pipe. Terminal points of measurement will be the pipe end at free outlets; the point of connection with inplace pipe; the center of manholes or catch basins; the point of centerline intersections at branch fittings; or the point of juncture with apron sections. B Manholes Manholes of each design designation will be measured by number of each constructed complete-in-place, including the base, casting, casting adjustment including cast iron extension ring as required, external manhole seal, external joint seal wrap, and structure marker sign as required, but excluding any excess depth greater than 8.0 feet measured from top of manhole cover to invert elevation of lowest pipe. Excess manhole depth of each design designation will be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between the 8.0 feet allowed as standard and the actual increased depth as constructed. C Drainage Structure Drainage structures of each design designation will be measured by number of each constructed complete-in-place as specified, including the structure, casting, casting adjustment including cast iron extension ring as required, external manhole/catch basin seal, external joint seal wrap, and structure marker sign as required. F Service Pipe Service pipe of each design will be measured separately by length in linear feet, horizontally along the line of installation, between the service end and the point of juncture with the main pipe fitting, including 10 gauge coated tracer wire and approved tracer wire access box as required for sanitary sewer services. G Wyes Wyes of each design designation will be measured by number of each installed complete-in- place as specified. H Apron with Trash Guard \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-86 Aprons with Trash Guards as identified by Pay Item name will be measured separately by number of each installed complete-in-place as specified. I Ductile Iron Fittings Ductile iron fittings shall be measured by the pound without joint accessories. J Connect to Existing Storm Sewer Connect to existing storm sewer shall be measured separately on a unit basis for each connection to an existing storm sewer pipe. All labor, equipment, and materials as specified to connect to the existing pipe shall be considered incidental to the connection. Connecting with a new storm pipe shall be made at a Single Offset or Confined Gasket Joint using a flexible, watertight rubber gasket. K Connect to Existing Sanitary Sewer Wye Connect to existing sanitary sewer wye shall be measured separately on a unit basis for each connection to an existing sanitary sewer wye. All labor, equipment, and materials as specified to connect to the existing wye shall be considered incidental to the connection. M Connect to Existing Manholes (Sanitary) Connect to existing manholes (sanitary) shall be measured separately on a unit basis for each connection. All labor, equipment, and materials as specified to connect to the existing manhole shall be considered incidental to the connection. The connection shall be done by core drilling and installing a PSX: Direct Drive flexible boot style pipe to manhole connector or approved equal. When core drilling is not possible due to an existing opening or the location of the hole, a Fernco Large-Diameter Waterstop or approved equal is required on the pipe prior to grouting the space between the pipe and the manhole. All work required to reconstruct the manhole invert as may be required shall be considered incidental to the connection. N Connect to Existing Storm Sewer Structure Connect into existing storm sewer structure shall be measured separately on a unit basis for each connection. All work required to reconstruct the structure invert as may be required shall be considered incidental to the connection. O Reconnect to Existing Sanitary Sewer Service Reconnect to existing sanitary sewer service shall be measured on a unit basis for each and shall include all labor, equipment, and materials as specified to connect the new service pipe to the existing service pipe. All connections shall be with a Fernco Strong Back – RC Series Repair Coupling or approved equal. P Tracer Wire Access Box Driveway Casting Assembly Tracer Wire Access Box Driveway Casting Assembly shall be measured per each installed. Measurement includes adjusting the access box when installing the casting assembly to finish grade. Q Pipe Bedding Material Pipe bedding material shall be measured per compacted volume on a cubic yard basis. 02621.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT A Sewer Pipe \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-87 Sewer Pipe of each design designation shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot installed along the line of pipe. Terminal points of measurement will be the pipe end at free outlets; the point of connection with inplace pipe; the center of manholes or catch basins; the point of centerline intersections at branch fittings; or the point of juncture with apron sections. B Manholes Manholes of each design designation shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each constructed complete-in-place as specified, including the base, casting, casting adjustment including cast iron extension ring as required, external manhole seal, external joint seal wrap, and structure marker sign as required, but excluding any excess depth greater than 8.0 feet measured from top of manhole cover to invert elevation of lowest pipe. Excess manhole depth of each design designation will be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between the 8.0 feet allowed as standard and the actual increased depth as constructed. C Drainage Structure Drainage structures of each design designation shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each constructed complete-in-place as specified, including the structure, casting, casting adjustment including cast iron extension ring as required, external manhole/catch basin seal, external joint seal wrap, and structure marker sign as required. F Service Pipe Service pipe of each design shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot installed, horizontally along the line of installation, between the service end and the point of juncture with the main pipe fitting, including 10 gauge coated tracer wire and approved tracer wire access box as required for sanitary sewer services. G Wyes Wyes of each design designation shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each installed complete-in-place as specified. H Apron with Trash Guard Aprons with Trash Guards as identified by Pay Item name shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each installed complete-in-place as specified. I Ductile Iron Fittings Ductile iron fittings shall be paid for at the contract unit price per pound without joint accessories. J Connect to Existing Storm Sewer Connect to existing storm sewer shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each connection to an existing storm sewer pipe. All labor, equipment, and materials as specified to connect to the existing pipe shall be considered incidental to the connection. Connecting with a new storm pipe shall be made at a Single Offset or Confined Gasket Joint using a flexible, watertight rubber gasket. K Connect to Existing Sanitary Sewer Wye Connect to existing sanitary sewer VCP wye shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each connection to an existing sanitary sewer VCP wye. All labor, equipment, and materials as \\gvfiles01\projects\010220-000\Admin\Spec\City Spec from Jason Wedel\18 City of Prior Lake Technical Specifications.docx S-88 specified to connect to the existing wye shall be considered incidental to the connection. Connecting with new sanitary service pipe shall be with a 6” Clay to 4” Plastic Fernco Strong Back – RC Series Repair Coupling or approved equal. M Connect to Existing Manholes (Sanitary) Connect to existing manholes (sanitary) shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each connection. All labor, equipment, and materials as specified to connect to the existing manhole shall be considered incidental to the connection. The connection shall be done by core drilling and installing a PSX: Direct Drive flexible boot style pipe to manhole connector or approved equal. When core drilling is not possible due to an existing opening or the location of the hole, a Fernco Large-Diameter Waterstop or approved equal is required on the pipe prior to grouting the space between the pipe and the manhole. All work required to reconstruct the manhole invert as may be required shall be considered incidental to the connection. N Connect to Existing Storm Sewer Structure Connect into existing storm sewer structure shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each connection. All work required to reconstruct the structure invert as may be required shall be considered incidental to the connection. O Reconnect to Existing Sanitary Sewer Service Reconnect to existing sanitary sewer service shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each and shall include all labor, equipment, and materials as specified to connect the new service pipe to the existing service pipe. All connections shall be with a Fernco Strong Back – RC Series Repair Coupling or approved equal. P Tracer Wire Access Box Driveway Casting Assembly Tracer Wire Access Box Driveway Casting Assembly shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each installed. Measurement includes adjusting the access box when installing the casting assembly to finish grade. Q Pipe Bedding Material Pipe bedding material shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard (compacted volume). SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT APPENDIX C CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 APPENDIX C CEAM STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS CITY ENGINEERS ASSOCIATION OF MINNESOTA STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 2600 Trench Excavation and Backfill/Surface Restoration 2611 Watermain and Service Line Installation 2621 Sanitary Sewer and Storm Sewer Installation 2631-CIPPS Sewer Pipe Rehabilitation - Cured In Place Pipe Systems 2641 – Pipeline Rehabilitation - Pipe Bursting Method 2013 Edition TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 2600 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRENCH EXCAVATION & BACKFILL/SURFACE RESTORATION ......................................................................................... 1 2600.1 DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................................................ 1 2600.2 MATERIALS............................................................................................................................................ 1 A Granular Materials ...................................................................................................................................... 1 A1 Granular Material Gradation Classifications ...................................................................................... 1 A2 Granular Material Use Designations .................................................................................................... 2 B Insulation ...................................................................................................................................................... 2 C Geotextile Fabric ........................................................................................................................................ 3 2600.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................. 3 A General Provisions .................................................................................................................................... 3 A1 Maintenance of Traffic ............................................................................................................................. 3 A2 Establishing Line and Grade .................................................................................................................. 3 A3 Protection of Surface Structures .......................................................................................................... 5 A4 Interference of Underground Structures............................................................................................. 5 A5 Removal of Surface Improvements ...................................................................................................... 6 A6 Temporary Service Measures ................................................................................................................ 7 B Excavation and Preparation of Trench ................................................................................................. 7 B1 Operational Limitations and Requirements ....................................................................................... 7 B2 Classification and Disposition of Materials ....................................................................................... 8 B3 Excavation Limitations and Requirements ........................................................................................ 8 B4 Sheeting and Bracing Excavations ...................................................................................................... 9 B5 Preparation and Maintenance of Foundations ................................................................................ 10 B6 Contaminated Materials and Regulated Wastes ............................................................................. 11 C Trenchless Pipe Installation .................................................................................................................. 12 C1 Jacking/Boring ......................................................................................................................................... 12 C2 Directional Boring ................................................................................................................................... 14 D Placement of Insulation .......................................................................................................................... 14 E Pipeline Backfilling Operations ............................................................................................................ 15 F Restoration of Surface Improvements ................................................................................................ 16 G Maintenance and Final Cleanup ........................................................................................................... 16 2600.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT .......................................................................................................... 17 A Rock Excavation ....................................................................................................................................... 17 B Granular Materials .................................................................................................................................... 17 C Geotextile Fabric ...................................................................................................................................... 17 D Insulation .................................................................................................................................................... 17 2600.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT .......................................................................................................................... 17 SECTION 2611 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATERMAIN AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION ........................................................................................................................ 19 2611.1 DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................................................... 19 2611.2 MATERIALS.......................................................................................................................................... 21 A Water Pipe Materials ................................................................................................................................ 21 A1 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings............................................................. 22 A3 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings .................................................................... 22 A4 Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings ................................................................................. 23 B Fire Hydrants ............................................................................................................................................. 23 C Valves and Valve Housing ..................................................................................................................... 24 C1 Valve Housings ........................................................................................................................................ 24 C2 Gate Valves ............................................................................................................................................... 24 C3 Butterfly Valves ....................................................................................................................................... 25 D Water Service Pipe and Fittings ........................................................................................................... 25 E Polyethylene Encasement Material ...................................................................................................... 26 F Mechanical Joint Restraints .................................................................................................................. 26 G Mortar .......................................................................................................................................................... 26 H Concrete ..................................................................................................................................................... 26 I Tracer Wire for Non-Conductive Pipe ................................................................................................. 26 2611.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................................. 27 A Installation of Pipe and Fittings ............................................................................................................ 27 A1 Inspection and Handling ....................................................................................................................... 27 A2 Pipe Laying Operations ......................................................................................................................... 27 A3 Aligning and Fitting of Pipe .................................................................................................................. 28 A4 Blocking and Anchoring of Pipe ......................................................................................................... 28 A5 Polyethylene Encasement of Pipeline ............................................................................................... 29 B Connection and Assembly of Joints ................................................................................................... 30 B1 Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fitting Joints .................................................................................. 30 B3 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Joints ............................................................................................................ 31 B3 Polyethylene Pipe Joints ...................................................................................................................... 31 B4 Tracer Wire for Non-conductive Pipe ................................................................................................ 31 C Water Service Installations .................................................................................................................... 32 C1 Tee Branch Service Lines ..................................................................................................................... 32 C2 Tapped Service Lines ............................................................................................................................ 32 D Setting Valves, Hydrants, Fittings and Specials .............................................................................. 33 E Disinfection of Watermains.................................................................................................................... 34 F Electrical Conductivity Test ................................................................................................................... 35 G Hydrostatic Testing of Watermains ..................................................................................................... 35 H Operational Inspection ............................................................................................................................ 36 2611.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT .......................................................................................................... 36 A Water Pipe .................................................................................................................................................. 36 B Valves .......................................................................................................................................................... 36 C Corporation Stops .................................................................................................................................... 36 D Curb Stops ................................................................................................................................................. 36 E Hydrants ..................................................................................................................................................... 36 F Air Vents ..................................................................................................................................................... 36 G Polyethylene Encasement ...................................................................................................................... 37 H Ductile and Gray Iron Fittings ............................................................................................................... 37 I Polyvinyl Chloride or Polyethylene ..................................................................................................... 37 J Access Structures .................................................................................................................................... 37 2611.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT .......................................................................................................................... 37 SECTION 2621 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER AND STORM SEWER INSTALLATION ................................................................................................. 39 2621.1 DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................................................... 39 2621.2 MATERIALS.......................................................................................................................................... 40 A Sewer Pipe and Service Line Materials............................................................................................... 41 A1 Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings ............................................................................................................ 41 A2 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron and Fittings .................................................... 41 A3 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings ............................................................................................. 42 A4 Corrugated Steel Pipe and Fittings .................................................................................................... 42 A5 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings.................................................................................................. 42 A6 Cast Iron Soil Pipe .................................................................................................................................. 43 A7 Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene Pipe ................................................................................................ 43 A8 Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe ............................................................................................................. 43 A9 Solid Wall High Density Polyethylene Pipe ...................................................................................... 43 A10 Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe ................................................................................................................ 43 A11 Polypropylene Pipe .............................................................................................................................. 44 A12 Tracer Wire for Non-conductive Pipe .............................................................................................. 45 B Metal Sewer Castings .............................................................................................................................. 45 C Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin Sections ................................................................... 45 G Mortar .......................................................................................................................................................... 46 E Concrete ..................................................................................................................................................... 46 2621.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................................. 46 A Installation of Pipe and Fittings ............................................................................................................ 46 A1 Inspection and Handling ....................................................................................................................... 46 A2 Pipe Laying Operations ......................................................................................................................... 47 A3 Connection and Assembly of Joints .................................................................................................. 47 A4 Bulkheading Open Pipe Ends .............................................................................................................. 47 B Appurtenance Installations ................................................................................................................... 48 C Sewer Service Installations.................................................................................................................... 48 D Manhole and Catch Basin Structures ................................................................................................. 49 E Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing .......................................................................................................... 50 E1 Air Test Method ....................................................................................................................................... 51 E2 Hydrostatic Test Method ....................................................................................................................... 52 E3 Test Failure and Remedy....................................................................................................................... 53 F Deflection Test .......................................................................................................................................... 53 F1 Test Failure and Remedy ....................................................................................................................... 53 G Televising ................................................................................................................................................... 54 2621.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT .......................................................................................................... 54 A Sewer Pipe ................................................................................................................................................. 54 B Manholes .................................................................................................................................................... 54 C Catch Basins.............................................................................................................................................. 54 D Outside Drop Connection ....................................................................................................................... 55 E Service Connection .................................................................................................................................. 55 F Service Pipe ............................................................................................................................................... 55 G Special Pipe Fittings ................................................................................................................................ 55 H Appurtenant Items .................................................................................................................................... 55 2621.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT .......................................................................................................................... 55 SECTION 2631 CIPPS – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER AND STORM SEWER PIPE REHABILITATION WITH CURED IN-PLACE PIPE SYSTEMS (CIPPS).............................................................................................................................. 57 2631.1 CIPPS DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................................................... 57 A General ........................................................................................................................................................ 57 B Qualifications ............................................................................................................................................ 58 B1 Manufactured Products and Installation ........................................................................................... 58 2631.2 CIPPS MATERIALS ............................................................................................................................. 59 A General ........................................................................................................................................................ 59 A1 CIPPS Fabric Tube .................................................................................................................................. 59 A2 CIPPS Structural Requirements .......................................................................................................... 61 A3 Material Testing Requirements ........................................................................................................... 62 2631.3 CIPPS CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................... 62 A Installation of CIPPS ................................................................................................................................ 62 A1 Access ....................................................................................................................................................... 62 A2 Water Usage ............................................................................................................................................. 62 A3 Cleaning of Sewer Lines ....................................................................................................................... 63 A4 Bypassing Wastewater .......................................................................................................................... 63 A5 Inspection of Pipelines .......................................................................................................................... 63 A6 Line Obstructions ................................................................................................................................... 63 A7 Public Notification .................................................................................................................................. 64 A8 Liner Installation...................................................................................................................................... 64 A9 Resin Impregnation ................................................................................................................................ 65 A10 Cool Down .............................................................................................................................................. 65 A11 Finishing Operations ........................................................................................................................... 65 A12 Manhole Connections .......................................................................................................................... 65 A13 Reconnections of Existing Services ................................................................................................ 66 A14 CIPP Short-Liner ................................................................................................................................... 66 B TESTING AND INSPECTION .................................................................................................................. 66 B1 Testing ....................................................................................................................................................... 66 B2 Inspection ................................................................................................................................................. 67 B3 Televising .................................................................................................................................................. 67 2631.4 CIPPS METHOD OF MEASUREMENT .............................................................................................. 67 2631.5 CIPPS BASIS OF PAYMENT .............................................................................................................. 68 SECTION 2641 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PIPELINE REHABILITATION BY PIPE BURSTING .......................................................................................................................... 69 2641.1 DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................................................... 69 A General ........................................................................................................................................................ 69 2641.2 QUALIFICATIONS ............................................................................................................................... 69 2641.3 MATERIALS.......................................................................................................................................... 69 2641.4 SUBMITTALS ....................................................................................................................................... 70 2641.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ........................................................................................ 70 2641.6 LICENSE AGREEMENTS ................................................................................................................... 70 2641.7 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................................. 70 2641.8 TESTING AND INSPECTION .............................................................................................................. 72 2641.9 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT .......................................................................................................... 73 2641.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT ........................................................................................................................ 73 Page 1 SECTION 2600 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRENCH EXCAVATION & BACKFILL/SURFACE RESTORATION 2600.1 DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of excavation, trenching, backfilling, and restoration of existing surfaces for the construction of underground utilities. The use of the term "Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these specifications and are an enforceable component of the Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation “Standard Specifications for Construction”, and all supplements and amendments thereto, published prior to the date of advertisement for bids. All reference to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement for bids. 2600.2 MATERIALS A Granular Materials Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, encasement, backfill, or other purposes as may be specified shall consist of any natural or synthetic mineral aggregate such as sand, gravel, crushed rock, crushed stone, or slag that shall be so graded as to meet the gradation requirements specified herein for each particular use by the material manufacturer or as indicated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. A1 Granular Material Gradation Classifications Granular materials furnished for use in Foundation, Bedding, Encasement, or Backfill construction shall conform to the following requirements: Foundation materials shall have one hundred percent (100%) by weight passing the one and one-half inch (1 1/2") sieve and a maximum of ten percent (10%) by weight passing the No. 4 sieve. Not less than fifty percent (50%) of the material by weight that is retained on the No. 4 sieve shall have one (1) or more crushed faces. Hard, durable crushed carbonate quarry rock may be used for Foundation materials. Bedding and encasement materials for flexible pipe shall meet the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3149.2B1, Granular Borrow, except that one hundred percent (100%) by weight shall pass the one inch (1") sieve. Backfill materials shall consist of suitable existing trench materials, except as otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. Suitable material shall be defined as a mineral soil free of foreign materials (rubbish, organics, and debris), frozen clumps, oversize stone, rock, concrete or bituminous chunks, and other unsuitable materials that may damage the pipe, prevent thorough compaction, or increase the risks of settlement. Page 2 A gradation report, certified by an approved independent testing laboratory, of the proposed granular materials shall be furnished to the Engineer before any of the granular materials are delivered to the project. A2 Granular Material Use Designations Granular materials provided for Foundation, Bedding, Encasement, or Backfill use as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, either as part of the pipe item work unit or as a separate contract item, shall be classified as to use in accordance with the following: Material Use Designation Zone Designation Granular Foundation Placed below the bottom of pipe grade as replacement for unsuitable or unstable soils, to achieve improved foundation support. Granular Bedding Placed below the pipe midpoint, prior to pipe installation, to facilitate proper shaping and to achieve uniform pipe support. For flexible pipe installation, placed below the pipe midpoint to a point six inches (6") below the bottom of pipe or twenty five percent (25%) of the diameter below the pipe, whichever is greater. Granular Encasement Placed below an elevation one foot above the top of pipe, after pipe installation, for protection of the pipe and to assure proper filling of voids or thorough consolidation of backfill. Granular Backfill Placed below the surface base course, if any, as the second stage of backfill, to minimize trench settlement and provide support for surface improvements. In each case above, unless otherwise indicated, the lower limits of any particular zone shall be the top surface of the next lower course as constructed. The upper limits of each zone are established to define variable needs for material gradation and compaction or void content, taking into consideration the sequence of construction and other conditions. The material use and zone designations described above shall only serve to fulfill the objectives and shall not be construed to restrict the use of any particular material in other zones where the gradation requirements are met. B Insulation Insulation shall be extruded rigid board material having a thermal conductivity of 0.23 BTU/hour/square foot/degree Fahrenheit/per inch thickness, maximum, at 40°F mean, a comprehensive strength of thirty five (35) psi minimum, and water absorption of one quarter percent (0.25%) by volume minimum. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions, board dimensions shall measure eight feet (8') long, two or four feet (2' or 4') wide, and one (1), one and one half (1-1/2), two (2), or three (3) inches thick. Page 3 C Geotextile Fabric Geotextile fabric shall meet the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3733 and be used as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. 2600.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A General Provisions A1 Maintenance of Traffic Whenever work interferes with the flow of traffic along a roadway, the Contractor shall provide traffic control signing and public safety in accordance with the provisions Minnesota Manual on of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (current edition and any amendments), MnDOT Specifications 1404 and 1710, and the Special Provisions. Neither road closures nor detours shall be permitted unless specified in the Special Provisions or authorized by the Engineer. Where road closures or detours are permitted by the Engineer, the Engineer shall determine the appropriate agencies, boards, or departments the Contractor must notify prior to taking the action and the proper advance notice to be provided to each body. Compliance with this requirement shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of notifying agencies or institutions whose services may be predicated upon a roadway being opened to traffic or whose services would be hindered if a roadway is closed to traffic. Such agencies or institutions shall include, but not be limited to, the police department, the fire department, municipal bus service, school bus service, and ambulance service, mail delivery, and waste hauler services. The Contractor shall keep the required agencies informed of changing traffic patterns and detour situations. A2 Establishing Line and Grade The primary line and grade will be established by the Engineer. For trench installation, line and grade stakes will be set parallel to the proposed pipeline at an appropriate offset therefrom as will best serve the Contractor's operations wherever practical. For tunnel installation, line and grade stakes will be set directly above the proposed pipeline setting. The Contractor shall arrange operations to avoid unnecessary interference with the establishment of the primary line and grade stakes and shall render whatever assistance may be required by the Engineer in accomplishing the staking. The Contractor shall be responsible for preservation of the primary stakes and, if negligent in providing necessary protection, shall bear the full cost of any re-staking. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the correct transfer of the primary line and grade to all working points and for construction of the work to the prescribed lines and grades as established by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions the watermain shall generally be placed with the minimum specified cover. However, a greater depth may be required to avoid conflicts with other utilities and obstructions. Installation of watermain and services to a depth deeper than specified shall be considered incidental with no additional compensation allowed therefore. Page 4 The existing grade shown on the plans is approximate. Modification of the pipe location or differences in existing elevation shall not be cause for additional compensation. In areas where direct conflicts arise between watermain and water services, with storm sewer, sanitary sewer, sanitary sewer services, sewer forcemains, septic tanks, or subsoil treatment systems, the following shall apply: Watermain and services located near sewer forcemains: A minimum of ten feet (10') of separation, measured horizontally between the outer surfaces of the pipes is required. If ten feet (10') of separation cannot be provided, an approved additional measure of containment must be provided for either the watermain or the sewer forcemain. Watermain and services located near septic tanks, or subsoil treatment systems: A minimum of ten feet (10') measured horizontally between the outer surfaces of the watermain, tank and subsoil treatment system is required. Watermain and services located near gravity sanitary and storm sewers: A minimum of ten feet (10') measured horizontally between the outer surfaces of the pipes is required. In locations where local conditions prevent the required separation indicated above (due to the presence of rock, buildings, other significant obstructions), the watermain may be laid closer to gravity sewer if one (1) of the following conditions is met: The bottom of the watermain is laid at least eighteen inches (18") above the top of the sewer on a separate shelf; or The sewer is constructed of materials and with joints that are equivalent to watermain standards of construction and is pressure tested to assure water tightness prior to backfilling. Watermain and services crossing gravity sanitary and storm sewers: A minimum vertical separation of eighteen inches (18") must be provided between the outer surfaces of the pipes, with preference that the watermain cross above the sewer, wherever possible. One full length of water pipe shall be located so both joints will be as far from the sewer as possible. Watermain above-water crossings: The pipe shall be adequately supported and anchored, protected from vandalism, damage and freezing, and accessible for repair or replacement. Page 5 Watermain underwater crossings: A minimum cover of five feet (5') shall be provided over the pipe unless otherwise approved by the Department of Health. When crossing water courses which are greater than fifteen feet (15') in width, the following shall be provided: 1. The pipe shall be of special construction, having flexible, restrained or welded watertight joints 2. Valves shall be provided at both ends of water crossings so that the section can be isolated for testing or repair; the valves shall be easily accessible, and not subject to flooding 3. Permanent taps or other provisions to allow insertion of a small meter to determine leakage and obtain water samples on each side of the valve closest to the supply source. A3 Protection of Surface Structures All surface structures and features located outside the permissible excavation limits for underground installations, together with those within the construction areas which are indicated in the Plans as being saved, shall be properly protected against damage and shall not be disturbed or removed without approval of the Engineer. Within the construction limits, as indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, the removal of improvements such as pavement, curb, curb & gutter, walks, turf, etc., shall be subject to equivalent acceptable replacement after completion of underground work, with all expense of removal and replacement being borne by the Contractor to the extent that separate compensation is not specifically provided for in the Contract. Obstructions such as street signs, guard posts, small culverts, mailboxes, and other items of prefabricated construction may be temporarily removed during construction provided that essential service is maintained in a relocated setting as approved by the Engineer and that nonessential items are properly stored for the duration of construction. Upon completion of the underground work, all such items shall be replaced in their proper setting at the sole expense of the Contractor to the extent that separate compensation is not specifically provided for in the Contract. The Contractor shall be responsible for protection of existing overhead utilities and poles. This shall include arranging with the utility owner and arrange paying the utility for holding poles that will be close to the edge of any trench. Holding of poles and repair of any damage to these facilities shall be considered incidental to the project with no additional compensation allowed. If relocation or removal of these facilities is required, the Owner will contact the concerned utility owner and arrange and pay for the relocation or removal at no additional expense to the Contractor. In the event of damage to any surface improvements, either privately or publicly owned, in the absence of construction necessity, the Contractor will be required to replace or repair the damaged property to the satisfaction of the Engineer and without cost to the Owner. A4 Interference of Underground Structures When any underground structure interferes with the planned placement of the pipeline or appurtenances to such an extent that alterations in the work are necessary to eliminate the conflict or avoid endangering effects on either the existing or proposed facilities, the Contractor Page 6 shall immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner of the affected structure. When any existing facilities are endangered by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall cease work at the site and take such precautions as may be necessary to protect the in-place structures until a decision is made as to how the conflict will be resolved. Without specific authorization from the Engineer, no utility service shall be disrupted, nor shall any change be made in either the existing structures or the planned installations to overcome the interference. Alterations in existing facilities will be allowed only to the extent that service will not be curtailed and then only when the encroachment or relocation will satisfy all applicable regulations and conditions. Wherever alterations are required as a result of unforeseen underground interferences not due to any fault or negligence of the Contractor, the Engineer will issue a written order covering any additional or extra work involved and specifying the revised basis of payment, if any. Any alterations made strictly for the convenience of the Contractor, shall be subject to prior approval and shall be at the Contractor's expense. No extra compensation will be allowed for delays caused by the interference of underground structures. A5 Removal of Surface Improvements Removal of surface improvements in connection with trench excavation shall be limited to actual needs for installation of the pipeline and appurtenances, based on the allowable trench widths and any other controls imposed in connection with the work. Removal operations shall be coordinated effectively with the excavation and installation operations as will cause the least practical disruption of traffic or inconvenience to the public. The debris resulting from removals shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by the Contractor in accordance with MnDOT Specification 2104 and the Special Provisions. Removal debris shall not be deposited at locations that will block access to fire hydrants, private driveways, or other essential service areas, nor obstruct surface drainage. Removal and final disposal of debris shall be accomplished as a single operation wherever possible and, in any event, the debris shall be removed from the site before starting the excavating operations. Removal of concrete or bituminous structures shall be by methods producing clean-cut breakage to pre-scored lines as will preserve the remaining structure without damage. Removal equipment shall not be operated in a manner that will cause damage to the remaining structure or adjoining property. Where not removed to an existing joint, concrete structures shall be sawed along the break lines to a minimum depth of one-third (1/3) of the structure depth. Any reusable materials generated during the work, such as aggregate, sod, topsoil, shall be segregated from other waste materials and be stockpiled so as to maintain suitability and permit proper reuse. The use of drop weight equipment for breaking pavement will be allowed to the extent that the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damages caused thereby. The pavement breaking operation shall not be allowed to become a nuisance to the public or a source of damage to underground or adjacent structures. The Engineer reserves the right to order discontinuance of drop weight breaking operations at any time. Page 7 A6 Temporary Service Measures While any open excavations are maintained, the Contractor shall have available a supply of steel plates suitable for temporary bridging of open trench sections where either vehicular or pedestrian traffic must be maintained. Use of the plates shall be as directed or approved by the Engineer and where installed they shall be secured against possible displacement and be replaced with the permanent structure as soon as possible. B Excavation and Preparation of Trench B1 Operational Limitations and Requirements Trench excavation must conform to all local, state and federal requirements. All work must be confined to the limits of the construction and to easements and right of way as indicated on the plans. The Contractor shall install at his expense the necessary trench support to meet the varying soil conditions and to protect existing structures and property. The trench shall be drained to provide stable excavation and permit the pipe to be laid in a dry trench. Excavating operations shall proceed only so far in advance of pipe laying as will satisfy the needs for coordination of work and permit advance verification of unobstructed line and grade as planned, consistent with the Contractors methods and scheduling. Where interference with existing structures is possible or in any way indicated, and where necessary to establish elevation or direction for connections to in-place structures, the excavating shall be done at those locations in advance of the main operation so actual conditions will be exposed in sufficient time to make adjustments without resorting to extra work or unnecessary delay. Wherever possible, excavated materials shall be placed in areas that will not block existing vehicle and pedestrian traffic and drainage ways. The Contractor shall review proposed methods of operation with the Engineer prior to beginning the work. The Contractor shall backfill all trenches at the end of each work day, or upon written authorization of the Engineer, shall provide another approved method of protecting the trench area while work is not being performed. All installations shall be accomplished by open trench with the exception that boring, jacking and tunnel construction methods shall be employed where specifically required by the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. The excavating operations shall be conducted so as to carefully expose all existing underground structures without damage. Wherever the excavation extends under or approaches so close to an existing structure as to endanger it in any way, precautions and protective measures shall be taken as necessary to preserve the structure and provide temporary support. Hand methods of excavating shall be utilized to probe for and expose such critical or hazardous installations as gas pipe, power and communication cables, watermain, gravity and pressure sewers, and respective service pipes. The Engineer shall be notified of any need for blasting to remove materials which cannot be broken up mechanically, and there shall be no blasting operations conducted until the Engineer's approval has been secured. Blasting will be allowed only when proper precautions are taken to protect life and property, and then shall be restricted as the Engineer directs. The hours of blasting operations shall be set by the Owner. The Contractor shall assume full Page 8 responsibility for any damages caused by blasting, regardless of the requirements for notification and approval. The Contractor shall secure any required permits for blasting and shall conduct blasting operations in conformance with all applicable local, state and federal laws, regulations, and ordinances. B2 Classification and Disposition of Materials Excavated materials will be classified for payment only when specifically provided in the Special Provisions, or the Proposal. All other materials encountered in the excavations will be considered incidental to utility construction, with no additional compensation provided thereto. Miscellaneous excavated materials that are not specifically identified for payment in the Special Provisions or Proposal, exceed one (1) cubic yard in volume, cannot be re-used within the project limits, and in the opinion of the Engineer requires special means for handling and disposal, may be considered for payment through supplemental agreement as extra work. Miscellaneous excavated materials include but are not limited to organic soils, rubble, wood debris, boulder stone, masonry, concrete fragments, and metals. Rock excavation shall be defined to include all hard, solid rock in ledge formation, bedded deposits and unstratified masses; all natural conglomerate deposits so firmly cemented as to present all the characteristics of solid rock; and any boulder stone, masonry or concrete fragments exceeding one (1) cubic yard in volume. Materials such as shale, hard pan, soft or disintegrated rock which can be dislodged with a hand pick or removed with a power operated excavator will not be classified as Rock Excavation. Excavated materials will be classified for reuse as being either Suitable or Unsuitable for backfill or other specified use, subject to selective controls. All suitable materials shall be reserved for backfill to the extent needed, and any surplus remaining shall be utilized for other construction on the project as may be specified or ordered by the Engineer. To the extent practicable, granular materials and topsoil shall be segregated from other materials during the excavating and stockpiling operations so as to permit best use of the available materials at the time of backfilling. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, material handling as described above shall be considered incidental with no additional compensation provided. All excavated materials reserved for backfill or other use on the project shall be stored at locations approved by the Engineer that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to public travel, adjacent properties, and other special interests. The material shall not be deposited so close to the edges of the excavations in a manner that could create hazardous conditions, nor shall any material be placed so as to block the access to emergency services. All materials considered unsuitable by the Engineer, for any use on the project, shall be immediately removed from the project and be disposed of as arranged for by the Contractor with no additional compensation. B3 Excavation Limitations and Requirements Trench excavating shall be to a depth that will permit preparation of the foundation as specified and installation of the pipeline and appurtenances at the prescribed line and grade, except where alterations are specifically authorized. Trench widths shall be sufficient to permit the pipe to be laid and joined properly and the backfill to be placed and compacted as specified. Extra width shall be provided as necessary to permit convenient placement of sheeting and shoring and to accommodate placement of appurtenances. Page 9 Excavations shall be extended below the bottom of structures as necessary to accommodate any required Granular Foundation material. When rock or unstable foundation materials are encountered at the established grade, additional materials shall be removed as specified or directed by the Engineer to produce an acceptable foundation. Unless otherwise indicated or directed, rock shall be removed to an elevation at least six inches (6") below the bottom surface of the pipe barrel and below the lowest projection of flange and bell/spigot joint. All excavations below grade shall be to a minimum width equal to the outside pipe diameter plus two feet (2'). Rock shall be removed to such additional horizontal dimensions as will provide a minimum clearance of six inches (6") on all sides of appurtenant structures such as valves, housings, access structures, etc. Where no other grade controls are indicated or established for the pipeline, the excavating and foundation preparations shall be such as to provide a minimum cover over the top of the pipe as specified. Trench widths shall allow for at least six inches (6") of clearance on each side of the flange and bell/spigot joint. The maximum allowable width of the trench at the top of pipe level shall be the outside diameter of the pipe plus two feet (2'), subject to the considerations for alternate pipe loading set forth below. The width of the trench at the ground surface shall be held to a minimum to prevent unnecessary destruction of the surface structures. The maximum allowable trench width at the top of pipe level may be exceeded only by approval of the Engineer, after consideration of pipe strength and loading relationships. Any alternate proposals made by the Contractor shall be in writing, giving the pertinent soil weight data and proposed pipe strength alternate, at least seven (7) days prior to the desired date of decision. Approval of alternate pipe designs shall be with the understanding that there will be no extra compensation allowed for any increase in material or construction costs. If the trench is excavated to a greater width than that authorized, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to provide a higher class of bedding and/or a higher strength pipe than that required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions in order to satisfy design requirements, without additional compensation. The use of granular foundation materials shall not be used as an aid to facilitate installation of pipe in wet soil conditions. Use of these materials in this manner in lieu of providing adequate dewatering measures shall be considered incidental to the construction with no additional compensation allowed therefore. B4 Sheeting and Bracing Excavations All trench excavations that require slope support shall be sheeted, shored, and braced in a manner that will meet all requirements of the applicable safety codes and regulations; comply with any specific requirements of the Contract; and prevent disturbance or settlement of adjacent surfaces, foundations, structures, utilities, and other properties. Any damage to the work under contract, to adjacent structures, or other property, caused by settlement, water or earth pressures, slides, cave-ins, or other causes due to the failure or lack of sheeting, shoring, or bracing, through negligence or fault of the Contractor in any manner shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense and without delay. The Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions may require special precautions to protect life and property. The Engineer may order other precautions when excavation conditions appear to warrant additional measures. Failure of the Engineer to order correction of improper or Page 10 inadequate sheeting, shoring, or bracing shall not relieve the Contractor's responsibilities for protection of life, property, and the work. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for proper and adequate placement of sheeting, shoring, and bracing, to prevent displacement. Bracing shall be so arranged as to provide ample working space and without increase of stress or strain on the in-place structures to any extent that may cause damage. Sheeting, shoring and bracing materials shall be removed only when and in such manner as will assure adequate protection of the in-place structures and prevent displacement of supported grounds. Sheeting and bracing shall be left in place only as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions or ordered by the Engineer. Otherwise, sheeting and bracing may be removed as the backfilling reaches the level of respective support. Wherever sheeting and bracing is left in place, the upper portions shall be cut and removed to an elevation of three feet (3') or more below the established surface grade or as the Engineer may direct. All costs of furnishing, placing and removing sheeting, shoring, and bracing materials, including the value of materials left in place as required by the Contract, shall be included in the prices bid for pipe installation and will not be compensated for separately. When sheeting, shoring, or bracing materials are left in place by written order of the Engineer, in the absence of specific requirements of the Contract, payment will be made for those materials by supplemental agreement. B5 Preparation and Maintenance of Foundations Foundation preparations shall be conducted as necessary to produce a stable foundation and provide continuous and uniform pipe bearing between bell holes. The initial excavating or backfilling operations shall produce a subgrade level slightly above finished grade as will permit hand shaping to finished grade by trimming of high spots and without the need for filling of low spots to grade. Final subgrade preparations shall be such as to produce a finished grade at the centerline of the pipe that is within three tenths of a foot (0.03') of a straight line between pipe joints and to provide bell excavation at each joint as will permit proper joining of pipe and fittings. In excavations made below grade to remove rock or unstable materials, the backfilling to grade shall be made with available suitable materials unless placement of Granular Foundation or Bedding material is specified or is ordered by the Engineer. Placement of the backfill shall be in relatively uniform layers not exceeding eight inches (8") in loose thickness. Each layer of backfill shall be compacted thoroughly, by means of approved mechanical compaction equipment, as will produce uniform pipe support throughout the full pipe length and facilitate proper shaping of the pipe bed. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the Engineer of changing soil conditions which may be of poor bearing capacity and when organic soils are encountered. Where utilities are placed on unstable soils without notification of the Engineer, the Contractor shall be responsible for all repairs and correction of the installation without further compensation. Care shall be taken during final subgrade shaping to prevent any over-excavation. Should any low spots develop, they shall only be filled with approved material, which shall have optimum moisture content and be compacted thoroughly without additional compensation to the Contractor. The finished subgrade shall be maintained free of water and shall not be disturbed Page 11 during pipe lowering operations except as necessary to remove pipe slings. The discharge of trench dewatering pumps shall be directed to natural drainage channels or storm water drains. Draining trench water into sanitary sewers or combined sewers will not be permitted. The Contractor shall install and operate a dewatering system of wells or points to maintain pipe trenches free of water whenever necessary or as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions such work shall be considered incidental. All costs of excavating below grade and placing foundation or bedding aggregates as required shall be included in the bid prices for pipe items to the extent that the need for such work is indicated in the Contract provisions and the Proposal does not provide for payment under separate Contract Items. Any excavation below grade and any foundation or bedding aggregates required by order of the Engineer in the absence of Contract requirements will be compensated for separately. If examination by the Engineer reveals that the need for placement of foundation aggregate was caused by the Contractor's manipulation of the soils in the presence of excessive moisture or lack of proper dewatering, the cost of the corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor. B6 Contaminated Materials and Regulated Wastes If during the course of the Project, the Contractor unexpectedly encounters any of the following conditions indicating the possible presence of contaminated soil, contaminated water, or regulated waste, the Contractor shall immediately stop work in the vicinity, and notify the Engineer. At the direction of the Engineer, a documented inspection and evaluation will be conducted prior to the resumption of work. The Contractor shall not resume work in the suspected area without authorization by the Engineer. Indicators of contaminated soil, groundwater or surface water include, but are not limited to the following: (1) Odor including gasoline, diesel, creosote (odor of railroad ties), mothballs, or other chemical odor. (2) Soil stained green or black (but not because of organic content), or with a dark, oily appearance, or any unusual soil color or texture. (3) A rainbow color (sheen) on surface water or soil. Indicators of regulated wastes include, but are not limited to the following: (1) Cans, bottles, glass, scrap metal, wood (indicators of solid waste and a potential dump site). (2) Concrete and asphalt rubble (indicators of demolition waste). (3) Roofing materials, shingles, siding, vermiculite, floor tiles, transite or any fibrous material (indicators of demolition waste that could contain asbestos, lead or other chemicals). (4) Culverts or other pipes with tar-like coating, insulation or transite (indicators of asbestos). Page 12 (5) Ash (ash from burning of regulated materials may contain lead, asbestos or other chemicals). (6) Sandblast residue (could contain lead). (7) Treated wood including, but not limited to products referred to as green treat, brown treat and creosote (treated wood disposal is regulated). (8) Chemical containers such as storage tanks, drums, filters and other containers (possible sources of chemical contaminants). (9) Old basements with intact floor tiles or insulation (could contain asbestos), sumps (could contain chemical waste), waste traps (could contain oily wastes) and cesspools (could contain chemical or oily wastes). Discovery of contaminated soil, contaminated water, or regulated waste on State right of way, State property, and State funded projects shall be handled in accordance with guidance procedures of the MNDOT Office of Environmental Services (OES) and the MPCA requirements for materials handling, disposal, re-use and remediation. Discovery of contaminated soil, contaminated water, or regulated waste on projects or properties that are not under the ownership or financed by the State shall be handled in accordance with guidance procedures of the MPCA requirements for materials handling, disposal, re-use and remediation. C Trenchless Pipe Installation The Contractor shall inspect and verify soil conditions as necessary in order to determine the type of construction to employ. Natural and/or manmade obstructions may be encountered in the soil. These contract documents do not warrant the nature or condition of the soils, and do not warrant that natural or manmade obstructions will not be encountered, nor guarantee the extent to which rocks, boulders, or other obstructions, regardless of size, may be encountered during boring operations. The Contractor shall not be entitled to additional compensation for any natural or manmade obstructions encountered during trenchless construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting all existing utilities within the construction limits. C1 Jacking/Boring The terms "auger", "boring", "jack", "jacking", and "tunneling" in the proposal, specifications, and plans refers only to trenchless construction. The minimum diameter of the casing pipe shall be four inches (4") greater than the outside diameter of the bell of the carrier pipe. The Contractor shall prevent excavated materials from flowing back into the excavation during the trenchless construction. This shall include the use of a shield conforming to the size and shape of the casing that will prevent materials from flowing into the leading edge of the casing. The machine used shall be capable of controlling line and grade and shall conform to the size and shape of the casing pipe. No jacking/augering of pipe will be allowed below the water table unless the water table has been lowered sufficiently to keep the water below the pipe being installed. The use of water Page 13 under pressure (jetting) or puddling will not be permitted to facilitate jacking/augering operations. If any installation is augered, the head shall be approved by the Engineer and the auger shall be located six inches (6") behind the lead edge of the casing or carrier pipe. The jacking system shall be provided with an integral grout pipe and casing pipe. A one inch (1") grout pipe shall be tack welded to the front edge of the first length of casing pipe. The grout pipe shall be extended with the casing pipe, but not fastened to the casing pipe during the remaining jacking operations. After the pipes are through to the receiving pit, the grout pipe shall be cut free from the casing pipe. The grout pipe shall be pulled back through the embankment applying positive piston pressure on the grout along the outside of the casing pipe throughout the pulling operation. A cement slurry grout mix with as little water as possible shall be used. Bentonite shall not be used to fill voids. The Engineer shall approve grout and backfill material prior to placement of any material. Deviation from the pipe grade, as provided by the Engineer, in excess of five tenths of a percent (0.05%) may be cause for removal and relaying of the pipe by the Contractor with no additional compensation allowed therefore. If a void develops, the jacking or boring operation shall be stopped immediately and the void shall be filled by an approved method. The Contractor shall take the following precautions when boring: Extend casing through entire distance bored. Check grade and alignment after each casing section is installed. Coordinate operations to provide continuous support to surrounding earth materials. Excavation shall be carried on in such a manner as to provide adequate support to surface structures and roads above and adjacent to the boring and not create any hazards to overhead traffic and other activities. These contract documents do not guarantee the extent to which rocks, boulders, or other obstructions, regardless of size, may be encountered during boring operations. No extra compensation will be made for removal of rocks, boulders or other natural or manmade obstructions encountered during trenchless construction or excavation. All voids caused by boring shall be filled by pressure grouting. The grout material shall consist of sand cement slurry of at least two (2) sacks of cement per cubic yard and a minimum of water to assure satisfactory placement. All slurry shall be pre-approved by the Engineer prior to use by the Contractor. The Contractor shall take the following precautions when jacking: The jacking machine shall be capable of controlling line and grade. Progressively push carrier pipe through completed casing. Page 14 Strap two (2) wooden saddle blocks to each pipe length to provide support at regular intervals. Center carrier pipe in casing at all times. Partially fill annular space between casing and carrier pipe with dry blown sand. Space shall be considered filled when dry sand blows out of opposite end of casing pipe. Seal each end of the casing with a concrete bulkhead after the sand has been deposited. The location, size, and configuration of all jacking pits shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. C2 Directional Boring Direction boring/drilling installation shall be accomplished where required on the Plans or in the Special Provisions to minimize disturbance of existing surface improvements. The installer shall have a minimum of five (5) years of experience in this method of construction and have successfully installed at least ten thousand feet (10,000') of eight inch (8") or larger diameter pipe to specified grades. The field supervisor employed by the Contractor shall have at least five (5) years of experience and shall be at the site at all times during the boring/drilling installation. The Contractor shall submit boring/drilling pit locations to the Engineer before beginning construction. Boring pits may be located within roadway right-of-way and easements. Any other boring pit locations that may be desired by the Contractor for boring or other uses shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to attain authorization, including use of private property. Unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall be compensated for the restoration work only within the areas at the connection points, or other locations as may be approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for repairs, without compensation, for any other repair areas, including pit/boring points and areas above the drilled pipe where drilling fluid pressure may have caused heaving or damage to pavement and other surfaces. The drilling equipment shall be capable of placing the pipe as shown on the plans. The installation shall be by a steerable drilling tool capable of installing continuous runs of pipe between appurtenances such as valves, manholes, etc., without intermediate pits. The guidance system shall be capable of installing pipe within one and one half inch (1 ½") of the plan vertical dimensions and two inches (2") of the plan horizontal dimensions. The Contractor shall remove and reinstall pipes which vary in depth and alignment from these tolerances. Pull back forces shall not exceed the allowable pulling forces for the pipe being installed. Drilling fluid shall be a mixture of water and bentonite clay, and shall be suitable for existing soil conditions. Disposal of excess fluid and spoils shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. D Placement of Insulation Rigid insulation board shall be placed within the pipe encasement zone, six inches (6") above the pipe. Page 15 Insulation boards shall be placed with the long dimension parallel to the centerline of the pipe. Boards shall be placed in a single layer with tight joints. No continuous joints or seams shall be placed directly over the pipe. If two (2) or more layers of insulation boards are used, each layer shall be placed to cover the joints of the layer immediately below. The Contractor shall exercise caution to ensure that all joints between boards are tight during placement and backfilling with only extruded ends placed end to end or edge to edge. Backfill material shall be placed in such a manner that construction equipment does not operate directly on the insulation, and compacted with equipment which exerts a contact pressure of less than eighty (80) psi. E Pipeline Backfilling Operations All pipeline excavations shall be backfilled to restore preexisting conditions as the minimum requirement, and fulfill all supplementary requirements indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. The backfilling operations shall be started as soon as conditions will permit on each section of pipeline, so as to provide continuity in subsequent operations and restore normal public service as soon as practicable. All operations shall be pursued diligently, with proper and adequate equipment, to assure acceptable results. The backfilling shall be accomplished with the use of Suitable Materials selected from the excavated materials to the extent available and practical. Should the materials available within the trench section be unsuitable or insufficient, the required additional materials shall be furnished from outside sources as provided in the Special Provisions, or as arranged otherwise through supplemental agreement. Backfill material selection shall be such as to make the best and fullest utilization of what is available, taking into consideration particular needs of different backfill zones. Material containing stone, rock, or chunks of any sort shall only be utilized where and to the extent there will be no detrimental effects. Placement of backfill material containing stones, boulders, chunks, greater than eight inches (8") in any dimension shall not be allowed. All flexible pipe shall be bedded in accordance with ASTM Specification D2321, "Recommended Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe". Where existing soils do not meet the requirements of bedding and encasement materials, the Contractor shall furnish the required granular materials. Placement and compaction of bedding and encasement materials around the pipe shall be considered incidental to the installation of the pipe. Compaction of materials placed within the pipe bedding and encasement zones shall be accomplished with portable or hand equipment methods, so as to achieve thorough consolidation under and around the pipe and avoid damage to the pipe. Above the cover zone material, the use of heavy roller type compaction equipment shall be limited to safe pipe loading. Backfill materials shall be carefully placed in uniform loose thickness layers up to twelve inches (12") thick spread over the full width and length of the trench section to provide simultaneous support on both sides of the pipeline. Granular backfill may be placed in layers up to twelve inches (12") above an elevation one foot (1') above the top of the pipe. Page 16 Each layer of backfill material shall be compacted effectively, by approved mechanical or hand methods, until there is no further visual evidence of increased consolidation or the density of the compacted layer conforms to the density requirements specified in the Special Provisions. Compaction of each layer shall be completed acceptably before placing material for a succeeding layer thereon. The manner of placement, compaction equipment, or procedure effectiveness shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. All surplus or waste materials remaining after completion of the backfilling operations shall be disposed of in an acceptable manner within twenty four (24) hours after completing the backfill work on each particular pipeline section. Disposal at locations within the project limits shall be as specified, or as approved by the Engineer; otherwise, disposal shall be accomplished outside the project limits at the Contractor's discretion. The backfilling and surplus or waste disposal operations shall be a part of the work required under the pipeline installation items, without until final cleanup. Compaction of backfill within Roadbed areas shall meet the density requirements of MnDOT Specification 2105.3 F1. Compaction of backfill in all other areas shall be as required in the Special Provisions. Until expiration of the guarantee period, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility and expense for all backfill settlement and shall refill and restore the work as directed to maintain an acceptable surface condition, regardless of location. All additional materials required shall be furnished without cost to the Owner. Any settlement of road surfaces placed under this Contract and that are within the guarantee period that are in excess of one inch (1"), as measured by a ten foot (10') straight edge shall be considered failure of the mechanical compaction. The Contractor shall be required to repair such settlement without cost to the Owner. F Restoration of Surface Improvements Wherever any surface improvements such as pavement, curbing, pedestrian walks, fencing, or turf have been removed, damaged or otherwise disturbed by the Contractor's operations, they shall be repaired or replaced to the Engineer's satisfaction, as will restore the improvement in kind and structure to the preexisting condition. Each item of restoration work shall be done as soon as practicable after completion of installation and backfilling operations on each section of pipeline. In the absence of specific payment provisions, as separate Contract Items, the restoration work shall be compensated for as part of the work required under those Contract Items which necessitated the destruction and replacement or repair, and there will be no separate payment. If separate pay items are provided for restoration work, only that portion of the repair or reconstruction which was necessitated by the Contract work will be measured for payment. Any improvements removed or damaged unnecessarily or undermined shall be replaced or repaired at the Contractor's expense. G Maintenance and Final Cleanup All subgrade surfaces shall be maintained acceptably until the start of surfacing construction or restoration work, and until the work has been finally accepted. Additional materials shall be Page 17 provided and placed as needed to compensate for trench settlement and to serve as temporary construction pending completion of the final surface improvements. Final disposal of debris, waste materials, and other remains or consequences of construction, shall be accomplished intermittently as new construction items are completed and shall not be left to await final completion of all work. Cleanup operations shall be considered an incidental part of the work covered under the Contract Items. If disposal operations and other cleanup work are not conducted properly as the construction progresses, the Engineer may withhold partial payments until such work is satisfactorily performed or the Engineer may deduct the estimated cost of its performance from the partial estimate value. 2600.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT All items will be measured separately according to design designation as indicated in the Pay Item name and as may be detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Complete-in-Place items shall include all component parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but excluding any excesses covered by separate Pay Items. A Rock Excavation Rock Excavation shall be measured by volume in cubic yards. Depth shall be measured from the top of the rock to a point six inches below the outside barrel of the pipe and width shall be the inside diameter of the pipe plus twenty four inches (24") (12" from each side). The minimum width of measurement shall be four feet (4'). B Granular Materials Granular materials furnished and placed as special foundation, bedding, encasement, or backfill construction will be measured by weight or volume of material furnished by the Contractor from outside sources and placed within the limits defined. Unless otherwise specified, volume will be determined by vehicular measure (loose volume) at the point of delivery. Measurements will not include any materials required to be placed as a component part of other Contract Items as may be specified. C Geotextile Fabric Where geotextile fabric is used for improving pipe foundation, it shall be measured by the square yard of material installed. D Insulation Rigid board insulation shall be measured on a square yard basis installed to the specified thickness noted on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor required for placement. 2600.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT All costs of excavating to foundation grade, preparing the foundation, placing and compacting backfill materials, restoring surface improvements, and other work necessary for prosecution Page 18 and completion of the work as specified, shall be included for payment as part of the pipe and pipe appurtenance items without any direct compensation being made. In the absence of special payment provisions, all costs of restoring surface improvements as required, disposal of surplus or waste materials, maintenance and repair of completed work, and final cleanup operations shall be incidental to the Contract Items under which the costs are incurred. Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, cover, or backfill placement as specified in connection with pipe or structure items will only be paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent that the Proposal contains specific Pay Items. Otherwise the furnishing and placing of granular materials as specified shall be incidental to the pipe or structure item without any direct compensation being made. Materials utilized for filling annular spaces due to jacking/boring and drilling fluids for directional boring shall be incidental to the installation of the casing and pipe installed. Contaminated Materials and Regulated Wastes not anticipated in the plans, specifications and special provisions and unexpectedly discovered during construction shall be compensated for as negotiated by supplemental agreement. Contaminated Materials and Regulated Wastes specifically identified for payment in the plans, specifications, and special provisions, will be paid for under separate Contract Items provided in the Proposal. Page 19 SECTION 2611 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATERMAIN AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION 2611.1 DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of the construction of watermain and building service pipelines utilizing plant fabricated pipe and other appurtenant materials, installed for conveyance of potable water. The work includes the relocation or adjustment of existing facilities as may be specified in the Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions. The use of the term "Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these specifications and are an enforceable component of the Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation “Standard Specifications for Construction”, and all supplements and amendments thereto, published prior to the date of advertisement for bids. All reference to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement for bids. The following American Water Works Association (AWWA) Specifications have been referenced in this Specification: C104 American National Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water C105 American National Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems C110 American National Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 In. Through 48 In. (75 mm Through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids C111 American National Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings C115 American National Standard for Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe With Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges C116 AWWA Standard for Protective Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coatings for the Interior and Exterior Surfaces of Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings C150 American National Standard for Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe C151 American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Case, for Water or Other Liquids C153 American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings, 3 In. Through 24 In. (76 mm Through 610 mm) and 54 In. Through 64 In. (1,400 mm Through 1,600 mm), for Water Service C301 AWWA Standard for Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel-Cylinder Type, for Water and Other Liquids C304 AWWA Standard for Design of Prestressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe 26 C500 AWWA Standard for Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service (Includes addendum C500a-95.) C502 AWWA Standard for Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants (Includes addendum C502a-95.) C504 AWWA Standard for Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves C509 AWWA Standard for Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service (Includes addendum C509a-95.) Page 20 C515 AWWA Standard for Reduced-Wall, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service C550 AWWA Standard for Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants C600 AWWA Standard for Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances C605 AWWA Standard for Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC and PVCO) Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water C651 AWWA Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains C800 AWWA Standard for Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings C900 AWWA Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 In. Through 12 In., for Water Transmission and Distribution (Includes addendum C900a-92.) C901 AWWA Standard for Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, 1/2 In. Through 3 In., for Water Service C904 AWWA Standard for Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX) Pressure Pipes, ½ In. (12 mm) Through 3 In. (76 mm) for Water Service C905 AWWA Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 14 In. Through 48 In., (350mm Through 1,200mm), for Water Transmission and Distribution C906 AWWA Standard for Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4 In. Through 63 In., for Water Distribution and Transmission C907 AWWA Standard for Injection-Molded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Fittings for Water - 4 In. Through 8 In. (100mm Through 200mm) for Water, Wastewater, and Reclaim Water Service AWWA C908 Standard for PVC Self-Tapping Saddle Tees for Use on PVC Pipe ASTM A48 Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings ASTM A536 Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings ASTM B88 Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube ASTM C270 Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry ASTM C478 Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections ASTM D543 Standard Practices for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents ASTM D1248 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable ASTM D1784 Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds ASTM D1785 Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120 ASTM D2241 Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure Rated Pipe (SDR Series) ASTM D2446 Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40 ASTM D2467 Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 ASTM D3035 Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR PR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter ASTM D3261 Standard Specification for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing ASTM D3350 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials ASTM F593 Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs ASTM F594 Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts ASTM F714 Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR PR) Based on Outside Diameter ASTM F876 Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Page 21 ASTM F877 Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Hot and Cold Water Distribution Systems Service installations shall include either Branch Service Lines or Tapped Service Lines in accordance with the standards set forth herein. Tapped Service installations shall include all water service lines less than three inches (3") nominal inside diameter pipe. The component parts of a tap service installation shall include a corporation stop coupling complete with watermain tap and saddle where required; a curb stop coupling complete with service box; and service piping extending from the corporation stop to the curb stop coupling and beyond to the property line or to the limits as established by the Engineer. Branch Service installations shall include all water service lines of three inches (3") nominal inside diameter pipe and larger. The component parts of a branch service installation shall include a tapping sleeve and valve or a tee connection and valve complete with valve box, and piping extending from the watermain connection, to the property line or to the limits as specified by the Engineer. All references to "structure" shall include any man-made object that is not otherwise exempted by special terminology or definition. 2611.2 MATERIALS All materials required for this work shall be new material conforming to requirements of the reference specifications for the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated in the Contract. Unless otherwise indicated, all required materials shall be furnished by the Contractor. If any options are provided for, as to type, grade, or design of the material, the choice shall be limited as may be stipulated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details as it deems desirable for maintaining adopted standards. At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit, in writing, a list of materials and suppliers for approval. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification requirements. A Water Pipe Materials All pipe furnished for watermain and branch line installations shall be of the type, kind, size, and class indicated for each particular line segment as shown in the Plan and designated in the Contract Items. Wherever connection of dissimilar materials or designs is required, the method of joining and any special fittings employed shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. Page 22 A1 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings The pipe furnished shall be Ductile Iron pipe and pipe fittings furnished shall be of the Ductile Iron or Gray Iron type as specified for each particular use of installation. When Gray Iron is specified, either type may be furnished. Gray Iron may not be substituted for Ductile Iron unless specifically authorized in the Special Provisions. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C115 or C151 for potable water, and thickness design shall conform to AWWA C 150. In addition, the pipe shall comply with the following supplementary provisions: (1) Fittings shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C110 (Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings) or AWWA C153 (Ductile Iron Compact Fittings) for the joint type specified. (2) Unless otherwise specified all pipe and fittings shall be furnished with cement mortar lining meeting the requirements of AWWA C104 for standard thickness lining. All exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings shall have an asphaltic coating at least one mil thick. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating adhesion, shall be cause for rejection. Fittings specified to be furnished with fusion bonded epoxy external coating and/or interior lining shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C550 and C116/A21.16, with 6-8 mil nominal thickness. (3) Rubber gasket joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and fittings shall conform to AWWA C111. (4) The nuts and bolts shall be constructed of corrosion resistant, high-strength, low- alloy steel with a ceramic filled, baked on fluorocarbon resin. The nuts and bolts shall be in compliance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 (Current Revision). (5) Conductivity shall be maintained through pipe and fittings with an external copper jumper wire or specialty gaskets which are capable of meeting conductive requirements. Wedge type connectors will not be allowed. A2 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pressure pipe shall be manufactured with compounds conforming to ASTM D1784 and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C-900, C-905, Fusible C-900, and Fusible C905, for the size, grade, and pressure class indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Fittings shall be the same pressure class as the pipe and shall conform to AWWA C907 and C908. PVC pressure pipe and fittings shall have a pressure rating of one hundred sixty (160) psi or greater, unless otherwise provided in the special provisions. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive soils or corrosive substances in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D-543. Unless otherwise specified, the dimensions and tolerances of the pipe barrel should conform to ductile iron or cast iron pipe equivalent outside diameters. Page 23 A3 Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings Polyethylene pressure pipe and fittings shall be manufactured with compounds conforming to ASTM D3350 and shall conform to ASTM D3035 and AWWA C-901(for 0.5” to 3” diameters) and ASTM F714 and AWWA C906 (for 4” to 65” diameters) for the size, grade and pressure class indicated on the plans, specifications and special provisions. Polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be PE 3608 or PE 4710 for potable water transmission and pressure rating of one hundred sixty (160) psi or greater, unless otherwise provided in the special provisions. The pipe and fittings shall be manufactured from the same resin type, grade, and cell classification. Unless otherwise specified, the dimensions and tolerances of the pipe barrel should conform to Ductile Iron pipe equivalent outside diameters for pipe diameters greater than three inches (3"). The method of joining material shall be by the Thermal Butt- Fusion Method in accordance with ASTM 3261. The minimum "quick-burst" strength of the fittings shall not be less than that of the pipe with which the fitting is to be used. B Fire Hydrants Fire hydrants shall be of the type, size, and construction specified in the Plans and shall conform to the applicable requirements of AWWA C-502. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, hydrants shall be furnished in conformance with the following supplementary requirements: (1) Hydrants shall have a five inch (5") (nominal diameter) main valve opening of the type that opens against water pressure. (2) Hydrant barrels shall be two (2) piece, non-jacket type, with flanged joint above finished grade line and with mechanical joint connection at the hub end for joining a six inch (6") ductile iron branch pipe. (3) Hydrant operating rod shall be equipped with a breakable joint coinciding with the flange joint above the grade line. (4) Hydrant bury length shall be measured from the bottom of the branch pipe connection to the finished ground line at the hydrant. (5) Hydrants shall have two (2) outlet nozzles for two and one half inch (2-1/2") (I.D.) hose connection and one outlet nozzle for four inch (4") (I.D.) steamer connection. All outlet nozzle threads shall be National Standard Fire-Hose Coupling Screw Threads (NFPA 1963). (6) Hydrant operating mechanisms shall be provided with "O" ring seals preventing entrance of moisture and shall be lubricated through an opening in the operating nut or bonnet. (7) Hydrants shall be provided with outlets for drainage in the base or barrel, or between the base and barrel, unless the Special Provisions require that drain outlets be omitted or plugged. Page 24 (8) The hydrant operating nut shall be rotated counterclockwise to open. (9) Detailed drawings, catalog information, and maintenance data shall be furnished as requested by the Engineer. (10) Hydrant body bolts shall be corrosion resistant, stainless steel conforming to the requirements of ASTM F593 and F594, alloy group 1, 2, 3, suitable for exterior use above and below ground. Bolts shall conform to manufacturer recommendation for tensile strength and torque. C Valves and Valve Housing C1 Valve Housings Valve housings shall be of ductile or cast iron, High Density Polyethylene or masonry construction as specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions for the particular valve size or installation. Masonry manhole or vault type units shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification 2506. Precast Concrete Manholes shall conform to ASTM Specification C-478 suitable for HS 20 traffic loading for all units located in driving areas. Ductile or cast iron valve boxes and all castings for manhole or vault type units shall conform to the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3321. C2 Gate Valves Gate Valves shall conform to all applicable requirements of AWWA C-500 or AWWA C-509 or AWWA C-515, together with such supplementary requirements as may be covered in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified gate valves shall comply with the following supplementary requirements: (1) Gate valves meeting the requirements of AWWA C-500 shall be two-faced, double disc type, with parallel seats. Gate valves meeting the requirements of AWWA C-509 and C-515 shall be single disc type with resilient seat bonded or mechanically attached to either the gate or valve body, and the wedge shall be ductile iron fully encapsulated with EPDM rubber, shall be symmetrical and seal equally well with flow in either direction without misalignment. All valves shall be provided with a two-inch square operating nut opening counterclockwise and mechanical joint ends. (2) All gate valves shall be non-rising stem (NRS) type furnished with O-Ring stem seals. (3) All gate valves sixteen inches (16") or larger in size shall be arranged for operation in the horizontal position and shall be equipped with bypass valves. (4) All gears on gate valves shall be cut tooth steel gears, housed in heavy ductile or cast iron extended type grease cases of approved design. (5) All gate valves shall have an open indicating arrow, the manufacturer's name, pressure rating and year of manufacture cast on the valve bodies. (6) All internal and external surfaces of the valve body and bonnet shall have an epoxy coating, complying with ANSI/AWWA C550. Page 25 (7) All gate valves shall have stainless steel body bolts unless otherwise specified. C3 Butterfly Valves Butterfly valves shall be manufactured in conformance with all applicable requirements of AWWA C-504 for 150 p.s.i. working pressure minimum, together with such supplementary requirements as may be covered in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified, the butterfly valves furnished shall comply with the following supplementary requirements. (1) The butterfly valves shall be short body of ductile or cast iron with mechanical joint ends. (2) The butterfly valves shall be rubber seated with ductile or cast disc, non-rising stem type furnished with O-ring stem seals. (3) The butterfly valves shall be equipped with a two-inch square operating nut opening counterclockwise. (4) The butterfly valves shall be designed for direct burial installation. (5) All butterfly valves shall have an open indicating arrow, the manufacturer's name, pressure rating and year of manufacture on the valve bodies. (6) All internal and external surfaces of the valve body and bonnet shall have an epoxy coating, complying with ANSI/AWWA C550. (7) All butterfly valves shall have stainless steel body bolts unless otherwise specified. D Water Service Pipe and Fittings Water service pipe of 3 inches or larger inside diameter shall conform to the requirements as set forth under the provisions of 2611.2. Water service pipe of less than three inches (3") in inside diameter shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B 88 for Seamless Copper Water Tube, Type K, Soft Annealed temper; Polyethylene Pipe as per AWWA C901 and ASTM D3350, or Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and fittings as per a ASTM D1785, D2241, D2466, D2467 and D2740, or Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) pipe as per ASTM F876, ASTM F877, and AWWA C904, NSF/ANSI Standard 61 for potable water distribution, as specified on the Proposal or in the Special Provisions. Water service piping supplied shall include markings indicating the type, pressure class, testing certification, and use for potable water systems. Corporation stops, saddles, curb stops, and curb stop service boxes shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C800 be as detailed in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions or approved designations. Saddles for Polyethylene Pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C800, and shall be thermal fusion polyethylene type; ductile iron with dual stainless steel straps, spring washers, bolts and washers; or stainless steel sleeve type, with stainless steel bolts, nuts, and spring Page 26 washers. Stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers. Spring washers shall be manufactured from type 304 stainless steel, special “spring grade”. Saddles shall include threaded outlet tapping sleeves and Nitrile Butadiene Rubber (NBR) gaskets. All fittings for copper tubing shall be cast brass, having uniformity in wall thickness and strength, and shall be free of defects affecting serviceability. All copper pipe fittings shall be flared or compression type. All threads for underground service line fittings shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C-800. Each fitting shall be permanently and plainly marked with the name or trademark of the manufacturer. Fittings for thermoplastic pipe types shall be of the same material and pressure class as the piping. Curb stop service boxes shall be gray iron conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 48 for Class 20 or higher tensile strength and shall have at least twelve inches (12") of vertical adjustment for the cover depth specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. E Polyethylene Encasement Material Polyethylene encasement material shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C-105 for tube type installation and 8 mil nominal film thickness. F Mechanical Joint Restraints Mechanical joint restraints shall be ductile iron conforming to the requirements of ASTM A536 and AWWA C-600. Joint restraints shall be American, US Pipe, Star Pipe Products, or EBBA Iron Mega-Lug type, and be designed to withstand the design pressures indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Mechanical joint restraints shall be fusion bonded epoxy coated meeting the requirements of AWWA C-116. All nuts, bolts, and tie rod type restraints shall be stainless steel, corrosion-resistant coating, or coated with an owner approved rustproofing material. G Mortar Mortar for use in masonry construction shall meet the requirements of MNDOT 2506.2B and ASTM C270. H Concrete Concrete used for cast-in-place masonry construction shall be produced and furnished in accordance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification 2461 for the mix design indicated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. The requirements for Grade B concrete shall be met where a higher grade is not specified. Type 3, air-entrained, concrete shall be furnished and used in all structures having weather exposure. I Tracer Wire for Non-Conductive Pipe Tracer wire for use with all thermoplastic pipe types shall be Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed for use in direct burial applications. Tracer wire shall be a minimum 12 AWG copper clad steel rated to 30 volts, High Molecular Weight Polyethylene (HMWPE) meeting ASTM D-1248, with designation identified on the outside of the wire casing. Page 27 2611.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A Installation of Pipe and Fittings Installation of ductile iron watermains and their appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C-600, the Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions. Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe and their appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C605, and the bedding and backfill conditions specified by the Manufacturer, Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Installation of Polyethylene Pipe and their appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of AWWA M55 and to the bedding and backfill conditions specified by the Manufacturer, Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. No existing valves or hydrants shall be operated by individuals other than personnel from the City Public Works Department. Only under emergency conditions or after specific authorization is given by the City Public Works Department shall the Contractor operate valves or hydrants. Installation of pipe and fittings shall also conform to the following general guidelines: A1 Inspection and Handling Proper and adequate implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of the work. During the process of unloading delivered materials, all pipe and accessories shall be inspected by the Contractor for damage. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of all material found to have cracks, flaws or other defects. The Engineer shall inspect the damaged material and have the right to reject any materials found to be unsatisfactory. The Contractor shall promptly remove all rejected material from the site. All materials shall be handled carefully, as will prevent damage to protective coatings, linings, and joint fittings; preclude contamination of interior areas; and avoid jolting contact, dropping, or dumping. During pipe laying operations each pipe section and shall be inspected by the Contractor. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any defects discovered and the Engineer will prescribe the required corrective actions or order rejection. Immediately before placement, the joint surfaces of each pipe section and fitting shall be inspected for the presence of foreign matter, coating blisters, rough edges or projections, and any imperfections so detected shall be corrected by cleaning, trimming, or repair. A2 Pipe Laying Operations Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall proceed ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper placement and joining of the pipe and fittings at the prescribed grade and alignment without unnecessary hindrance. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and fittings before they are lowered into position in the trench, and they shall Page 28 be kept clean. The watermain materials shall be carefully lowered into laying position by the use of suitable restraining devices. Under no circumstances shall the pipe be dropped or dumped into the trench. As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed in laying position, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved encasement and backfill materials. When pipe laying is not in progress, all open ends of the pipe line shall be closed by watertight plugs or other means approved by the Engineer. If water is present in the trench, the plugs shall remain in-place until the trench is pumped completely dry. When connecting to existing stubs, the Contractor shall prevent dirt or debris from entering the existing pipe. A3 Aligning and Fitting of Pipe The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe and so as to leave a smooth square-cut end. Pipe shall be cut with approved mechanical tools. Flame cutting will not be allowed under any conditions. All rough edges shall be removed from the cut ends of pipe and, where rubber gasket joints are used, the outer edge shall be rounded or beveled by grinding or filing to produce a smooth fit. When necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line either in the vertical or horizontal plane, to avoid obstructions, plumb stems, or produce a long radius curve when permitted, the amount of deflection allowed at each joint shall not exceed the limits to maintain a satisfactory joint seal in conformance with AWWA C-600 for ductile iron pipe mechanical and push-on joints, AWWA C- 605 for PVC pipe and AWWA M55 for PE pipe. The maximum angular deflection at any joint for other pipe materials and joints shall not exceed the manufacturer's recommendations. If the specified alignment requires angular deflections greater than recommended or allowed, the Contractor shall provide appropriate bends or shorter pipes such that the maximum angular deflection is not exceeded A4 Blocking and Anchoring of Pipe All plugs, caps, tees, bends, and other thrust points shall be provided with reaction backing, or movement shall be prevented by attachment of suitable restraining devices or tie rods, in accordance with the requirements of the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. In the absence of other specified requirements for reaction backing or restraining devices, the following provisions shall apply: (1) All horizontal bends exceeding twenty (20) degrees deflection, and all caps, plugs, and branch tees shall be provided with concrete buttress blocking. (2) All vertical bends exceeding twenty (20) degrees deflection shall be provided with concrete buttress blocking at the low points and with metal tie rod or strapping restraints at the high points. (3) Offset bends made with standard offset fittings need not be strapped or buttressed. Page 29 (4) Hardwood blocking shall not be used. Concrete buttresses shall be poured against firm, undisturbed ground and shall be formed in such a way that the joints will be kept free of concrete and remain accessible for repairs. The concrete mix used in buttress construction shall meet the requirements for Grade B concrete in conformance with MnDOT Specification Section 2461. Buttress dimensions shall be a minimum of twelve inches (12") in thickness, and the minimum area, in square feet shall be as follows. PIPE TEE OR 1/32 BEND SIZE PLUG 1/4 BEND 1/8 BEND 1/16 BEND 6" 2.9 3.1 1.6 0.8 8" 3.7 5.3 2.9 1.4 10" 5.7 8.1 4.4 2.2 12" 8.1 13.4 6.6 3.2 16" 15.1 21.4 11.6 5.9 20" 23.2 30.2 18.1 9.3 24" 33.6 48.5 26.1 13.3 Contractors are instructed to size concrete buttress blocking on fittings and dead ends where the blocking must withstand the pressure of larger main line fittings equipped with reducers, for the larger sized main line thrust and not for smaller fitting size only. This is of particular importance on tees and crosses where the main size is reduced on the run from large to small size by use of reducers. All metal parts of tie rod or strap type restraints shall be galvanized or coated with other approved asphaltic type rustproofing. All necessary fittings, bands, tie rods, nuts, and washers, and all labor and excavation required for installation of reaction restraints shall be incidental to the installation of the pipe, unless a specific payment item is provided in the bid proposal. A5 Polyethylene Encasement of Pipeline Wherever so required by the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions the pipeline, including valves, fittings, and appurtenances, shall be fully encased in polyethylene film meeting the requirements of these Specifications. The film shall be furnished in tube form for installation on pipe and all pipe-shaped appurtenances such as bends, reducers, off- sets, etc. Sheet film shall be provided and used for encasing all odd-shaped appurtenances such as valves, tees, crosses, etc. The polyethylene tubing shall be installed on the pipe prior to being lowered into the trench. Tubing length shall be sufficient to provide a minimum overlap at all joints of one foot or more. Overlap may be accomplished with a separate sleeve tube placed over one end of the pipe prior to connecting another section of pipe, or by bunching extra overlap material at the pipe ends in accordion fashion. After completing the pipe jointing and positioning the overlap material, the overlap shall be secured in place with plastic adhesive tape wrapped circumferentially around the pipe not less than three (3) turns. After encasement, the circumferential slack in the tubing film shall be folded over at the top of the pipe to provide a snug fit along the barrel of the pipe. The fold shall be held in place with Page 30 plastic adhesive tape applied at intervals of approximately three feet (3') along the pipe length. Also, any rips, punctures, or other damage to the tubing shall be repaired as they are detected. These repairs shall be made with adhesive tape and overlapping patches cut from sheet or tubing material. At odd-shaped appurtenances such as gate valves, the tubing shall overlap the joint and be secured with tape, after which the appurtenant piece shall be wrapped with a flat film sheet or split length of tubing by passing the sheet under the appurtenance and bringing it up around the body. Seams shall be made by bringing the edges together, folding over twice, and taping down. Wherever encasement is terminated, it shall extend for at least two feet (2') beyond the joint area. Openings in the tubing for branches, service taps, air valves and similar appurtenances shall be made by cutting an X-shaped slit and temporarily folding back the film. After installing the appurtenance, the cut tabs shall be secured with tape and the encasement shall be completed as necessary for an odd-shaped appurtenance. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, hydrants encased in polyethylene tubing shall have plugged drain outlets. B Connection and Assembly of Joints Where rubber gasket joints are specified, care shall be taken during the laying and setting of piping materials to insure that the units being joined have the same nominal dimension of the spigot outside diameter and the socket inside diameter. A special adaptor shall be provided to make the connection when variations in nominal dimension might cause unsatisfactory joint sealing. Immediately before making the connection, the inside of the bell or socket and the outer surface of the spigot ends shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove oil, grit, excess coating, and other foreign matter. Insertion of spigot ends into the socket or bell ends shall be accomplished in a manner that will assure proper centering and insertion to full depth. The joint seal and securing requirements shall be as prescribed below for the applicable pipe and joint type. B1 Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fitting Joints B1a Push-On Joints The circular rubber gasket shall be kept in a warm, flexible condition at all times, and for purposes of placement shall be flexed inward and inserted in the gasket recess of the bell socket. A thin film of approved gasket lubricant shall be applied to either the inside surface of the gasket or the outside surface of the spigot end, or to both. Care shall be taken while inserting the spigot end to prevent introduction of contaminants. The joint shall be completed by forcing the spigot end to the bottom of the socket by the use of suitable pry-bar or jack type equipment. Spigot ends which do not have depth marks shall be marked before assembly to insure full insertion. The use of the bucket on the excavation equipment to force the pipe into the socket shall not be permitted. Page 31 B1b Mechanical Joints The last eight inches (8") of the outside spigot surface and the inside bell surface of each pipe and appurtenance joint shall be painted with a thin film of approved gasket lubricant after being thoroughly cleaned. The gland shall then be slipped on the spigot end with the lip extension toward the socket or bell end. The rubber gasket shall be kept in a warm, flexible condition at all times, and for purposes of placement shall be painted with a thin film of approved gasket lubricant and be placed on the spigot end with the thick edge toward the gland After the spigot end is inserted into the socket to full depth and centered, the gasket shall be pressed into place within the bell evenly around the entire joint. After the gland is positioned behind the gasket, all bolts shall be installed and the nuts tightened alternately to the specified torque, such as to produce equal pressure on all parts of the gland. Unless otherwise specified, the bolts shall be tightened by means of a suitable torque-limiting wrench to within a foot-pound range of: 45 to 60 for 5/8 inch bolts; 75 to 90 for 3/4 inch bolts; 85 to 100 for 1 inch bolts; and 105 to 120 for 1-1/4 inch bolts. After tightening, all exposed parts of the bolts and nuts shall be completely coated with an approved asphaltic type rust preventive material. B1c Flanged Joints Flanged joints shall be installed only in above grade or exposed locations and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C115 Specifications, the Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions. Flanged joints shall have full face gaskets. B2 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Joints B2a Push-On Joints The circular rubber gasket shall be bonded to the inner wall of the gasket recess of the bell socket. Installation of pipe spigot into the bell socket shall conform to the requirements for Ductile Iron Push-On Joints as set forth under the provisions of 2611.3B1a. B3 Polyethylene Pipe Joints Polyethylene pipe joints shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C-906, and shall be made by the Thermal Butt-Fusion Method, Mechanical Flange Adaptor Method, Mechanical Joint Adaptor Method and Mechanical Transition Fittings. Mechanical joints shall include stainless steel pipe stiffeners. Compression fittings are not allowed for pipe diameters greater than two inches (2") in diameter. B4 Tracer Wire for Non-conductive Pipe Tracer wire shall be installed along the length of all non-conductive mainline pipes, laterals, and services with vertical riser to the surface, at gate valve boxes, hydrants, curb boxes, and/or utility location boxes as required by the Special Provisions. Tracer wire shall be taped, clamped or affixed to the pipe in another manner as approved by the Engineer. Page 32 Splicing tracer wire shall be by mechanical split bolt type or a crimp type compression fitting fully encased in approved electrical insulation putty. A twelve inch (12") tracer wire loop shall be provided on each side of a spliced connection. C Water Service Installations Water service facilities consisting of Tap Service Lines and Branch Service Lines, complete with all required appurtenances, shall be installed as required by in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, in accordance with all pertinent requirements for main line installations together with the provisions hereof. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep an accurate record of the location, depth and size of each service connection and other pertinent data such as the location of curb stops and pipe endings. Tap locations shall be recorded in reference to survey line stationing. Curb stops shall be tied to definable land marks such as building corners, lot corner markers, hydrants, gate valves, etc. Pipe terminals at the property line shall be marked to the ground surface with a suitable wood timber four by four inch (4"x4"), eight feet (8') long set vertically into the ground with the top two feet (2') painted blue. Approved record keeping forms will be furnished by the Engineer and the completed records shall be submitted by the Contractor upon completion of the work. Water service lines shall normally be installed by trenching and be subject to the same requirements as prescribed for the main pipeline installation, except for those which may not be pertinent or applicable. Where water service lines are installed alongside of sanitary service lines, installation shall be such as to maintain the minimum specified clearances between pipelines and provide proper and adequate bearing for all pipes and appurtenances. Water service lines shall be installed to provide a minimum of six inches (6") of clearance shall be maintained in crossing over or under other structures. Where the service pipe may be exposed to freezing due to insufficient cover or exposure from other underground structures, the water pipe shall be insulated as directed by the Engineer. C1 Tee Branch Service Lines Tee branch service piping shall be of the type, size, and wall thickness specified. The pipe and appurtenances shall have rubber gasketed push-on or mechanical joints. Tee branch service lines shall be provided as required by the Plans. Installation of tee branch service facilities shall be in accordance with all applicable requirements of these specifications as pertain to the mainline installations. C2 Tapped Service Lines Service piping shall be of the size and type specified. Unless otherwise specified, minimum pipe size for tap service installations shall be one inch (1") nominal inside diameter. Larger size pipe may be specified for commercial and industrial uses or for some domestic service as specifically identified. Installation of service facilities shall be in accordance with all applicable requirements of these specifications as pertain to the mainline installations, subject to the exceptions and supplementary provisions set forth hereinafter. Page 33 Installation of tapped service lines shall be performed while the mainline watermain is at system operating pressure. Dry tapping watermain pipe will not be allowed. Unless otherwise indicated, service piping may be laid directly on any solid foundation soil that is free of stones and hard lumps. However, when specified or ordered, aggregate materials shall be furnished and placed as necessary to secure proper foundation drainage, pipe covering, or backfill support. Tapped service piping of three quarters inch (3/4") to and including one and one quarter inches (1 ¼") in diameter shall be installed in one piece without intermediate joint couplings between the corporation stop and the curb stop. Service pipe of one and one half inches (1-1/2") in diameter and larger shall be furnished in standard roll lengths to eliminate any intermediate joints. When full roll lengths are less than the service length the rolls may be joined with approved couplings. Unless otherwise specified, connection of tapped service lines to the watermain shall be made at an angle of not more than twenty two (22) degrees from the horizontal. A double wrap of Teflon tape shall be placed on the corporation stop threads prior to installation in the main. Unless otherwise indicated, tap service lines shall be installed on a straight line at right angles to the watermain or property line as directed by the Engineer. In the absence of specific requirements, the service line shall be terminated at the property line, where it shall be connected to an existing line or, in the case of undeveloped property, it shall be capped, plugged, or peened as approved by the Engineer. The flaring of new copper tubing ends shall be accomplished only with the use of the proper size and type of tools as designed for the purpose. Tubing shall be cut squarely and all edge roughness shall be removed prior to flaring. All couplings shall be tightened securely, so the flared end fits snugly against the bevel of the fitting without leakage. The flared joint couplings shall be made up without the use of jointing compounds. The service pipe and curb stop coupling depth shall be such as to maintain not less than the specified minimum cover. The service box shall be connected to or centered over the curb stop and be firmly supported on concrete blocking as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Clearance shall be provided so the service box does not rest on the water pipe. Service boxes shall be installed plumb. The service boxes shall be brought to proper surface grade when the final ground surface has been established. D Setting Valves, Hydrants, Fittings and Specials Valves, hydrants, fittings, and specials shall be provided and installed as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions with the exact locations and setting as directed by the Engineer, and with each installation accomplished in accordance with the requirements for installation of mainline pipe to the extent applicable. Support blocking, reaction backing, and anchorage devices shall be provided as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions or as otherwise ordered by the Engineer. Page 34 Hydrants shall be installed plumb, with the height and orientation of nozzles as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified, the hydrants shall be connected to the mainline pipe with six inch (6") diameter pipe, controlled by an independent valve. When a hydrant with an open drain outlet is set in clay or other impervious soil, a drainage pit of at least one cubic yard shall be excavated below and around the hydrant base and the pit shall be filled with Foundation Material to a level six inches (6") above the drain outlet. MnDOT 3733 geotextile Type V, or other material approved by the Engineer, shall be carefully placed over the rock to prevent backfill material from entering voids in the rock drain. Hydrants located where the groundwater table is above the drain outlet shall have the outlet drain hole plugged or the drain tube cut off to prevent draining, and shall be equipped with a tag stating, "Pump After Use". Valve boxes shall be centered over the valve wrench nut and be installed plumb, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or at such other level as may be directed. Valve box adaptors for use to stabilize the valve box in a centered position over the valve wrench nut shall include a rubber gasket between the adaptor plate and valve body. The adaptor shall be epoxy coated conforming to the requirements for fittings in section 02611.2A1, or as otherwise allowed by the plans, specifications and special provisions. Gate valve box adaptors shall be incidental to the valve box unless otherwise provided in the bid proposal. Masonry valve pit structures, for valves with exposed gearing or operating mechanisms, shall be constructed in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and with the applicable provisions of these Specifications. Drainage blow-offs, air vents, and other special appurtenances shall be provided and installed as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. All dead ends shall be closed with approved plugs or caps and shall be equipped with suitable blow-off facilities. E Disinfection of Watermains Before being placed in service, the completed water main shall be disinfected. Disinfection materials and procedures, and the collection and testing of water samples, shall be in accordance with the provisions of AWWA C-651. After the final flushing of watermain, the water shall be tested for bacteriologic quality and found to meet the standards prescribed by the Minnesota Department of Health. Where an existing watermain is cut for the installation of any fitting, the pipe and fittings proposed to be installed shall be disinfected prior to installation as follows: (1) The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be cleaned of all dirt and foreign material. (2) The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly swabbed or sprayed with a one percent (1%) minimum hypochlorite solution. Page 35 Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, the Contractor shall furnish all materials and perform the disinfecting, flushing, and testing as necessary for meeting the water quality requirements. The flushing operations and the form of chlorine and method of application to be used shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. F Electrical Conductivity Test The Contractor shall perform a conductivity test within one week after completion of pressure testing of the main on all watermains to ensure continuous conductivity for the purpose of tracing watermain for utility location. Sufficient conductivity shall be provided to allow for the location of watermain, services, hydrant leads, and laterals for mainline segments at least one thousand two hundred (1,200) linear feet in length G Hydrostatic Testing of Watermains After the pipe has been laid, including fittings and valves and blocking, all newly-laid pipe or any section between valves thereof, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, shall be subject to hydrostatic pressure of one hundred fifty (150) pounds per square inch. The duration of each such test shall be at least two (2) hours. Each section of pipe to be tested shall be filled with water and all air expelled at the highest point. The required taps to expel air or to fill the watermain shall be supplied and installed by the Contractor and shall be three quarters inch (3/4") and shall include an approved service saddle when required. The test apparatus shall be applied at the lowest elevation on the section to be tested. The apparatus shall be connected to the main at a service tap or special tap location. The pressure gauge shall be a standard pressure gauge. The dial shall register from 0 - 200 psi and have a dial size of four and one half inches (4 ½") with one (1) psi increments. The hydrostatic test, pressure requirement for an acceptable test shall be a maximum pressure drop of two (2) psi during the last hour of the two (2) hour pressure test. If this test requirement cannot be met, the Contractor shall investigate the cause, make corrections, and retest until the pressure drop requirement can be met. Only if several consecutive tests indicate a consistent pressure drop and only after the Contractor has made numerous attempts to resolve the problem, acceptable to the Engineer, may the Contractor request in writing and the Engineer consider the use of the leakage test. The leakage test may be performed by the Contractor to determine the magnitude of the leak, however, meeting the leakage allowance shall not automatically be considered acceptance, in lieu of the pressure test, for the section being tested. Final acceptance shall be at the discretion of the Engineer. When allowed, the leakage test shall be performed in accordance with AWWA C-600, Section 4.1.5, 4.1.6 and the line will be accepted as per Section 4.1.7. Page 36 H Operational Inspection At the completion of the project and in the presence of the Engineer and the Contractor, representatives of the Owner shall operate all valves, hydrants, and water services to ascertain that the entire facility is in good working order; that all valve boxes are centered and valves are opened; that all hydrants operate and drain properly; that all curb boxes are plumb and centered; and that water is available at all curb stops. 2611.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT All items will be measured separately according to design designation as indicated in the Pay Item name and as may be detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Pipe will generally be designated by size (inside diameter or span), strength class, kind or type, and laying condition. Payment shall include all component parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but excluding any item covered by a separate pay item. Lineal measurement of piping will include the running length of any special fittings (tees, wyes, bends, gates, etc.) installed within the line of measure between specified terminal points. A Water Pipe Mainline pipe and service pipe of each kind and size will be measured separately by the overall length along the axis of the pipeline, from beginning to end of each installation and without regard to intervening valves or specials. Terminal points of measure will be the spigot or cut end, base of hub or bell end, center of valves or hydrants, intersecting centers of tee or wye branch service connections, and center of corporation stop or curb stop couplings. B Valves Valves of each size and type will be measured separately as complete units, including the required manhole or valve box setting. C Corporation Stops Corporation stops of each size and type will be measured separately by the number of units installed, including the watermain tap and saddle. D Curb Stops Curb stops of each size and type will be measured separately by the number of units installed, including the required curb box. E Hydrants Hydrants will be measured by the number of units installed. F Air Vents Air vents of each type and size will be measured separately by the number of complete units installed, including the required manhole or valve box setting. Page 37 G Polyethylene Encasement Polyethylene encasement of pipe will be measured by the linear foot of pipe encased of each specified size. H Ductile and Gray Iron Fittings Ductile Iron and Gray Iron fittings shall be measured by the pound without joint accessories or on an each basis as specified on the Proposal or in the Special Provisions. Joint accessories including tie rods, joint restraints, nuts and bolts shall be incidental to the watermain unless otherwise provided on the Proposal or in the Special Provisions. The standard weight of Ductile Iron and Gray Iron fittings, for payment basis, shall be as published in AWWA C-153 and C-110, respectively. I Polyvinyl Chloride or Polyethylene Polyvinyl Chloride or Polyethylene fittings shall be measured on an each basis as specified and shown on the Proposal or in the Special Provisions. J Access Structures Access structures, such as valve boxes, service boxes, manholes and vaults, will be measured for payment only when and to the extent that the Proposal contains specific items therefore. Otherwise, the required structures are included for payment as part of the pipe appurtenance (Gate Valve, Curb Stop, Air Vent, etc.) item which is served. When applicable, measurement will be by the number of individual units installed of each type and design. 2611.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for construction of water distribution facilities will be made as detailed in the method of measurement and as shown on the Bid Proposal or detailed in the Special Provisions. Payment shall include all costs of furnishing and installing the complete facility as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Payment shall be made for Watermain Pipe, Service Pipe, and Tapped Service Pipe, of each size and kind at the appropriate Contract prices per linear foot installed All costs of pipeline disinfection, leakage testing, pipe jointing materials, dead end plugs and caps, making connections to existing facilities, blocking and anchorage materials, and other work necessary for proper installation of pipe as specified shall be included for payment as part of the pipe item, without any direct compensation being made therefore unless specific pay items are included on the Proposal. Payment shall be made for Valves, Corporation Stops, Curb Stops, Hydrants, Air Vents, Polyethylene Encasement, Insulation, and other specially identified appurtenant items, at the appropriate Contract prices per unit of measure for each size and type or kind installed. Access structures such as Valve Boxes, Service Boxes, Manholes, and Vaults will be paid for as separate items only when separate pay items are included on the Proposal. Page 38 Payment for rearrangement of in-place facilities or vertical offset of proposed facilities shall be made under specially named items at the appropriate Contract prices per unit of measure and shall be compensation in full for all costs of performing the work as specified. All costs of excavating to foundation grade, preparing the foundation, placing and compacting backfill materials, restoring surface improvements, and other work necessary for prosecution and completion of the work as specified, shall be included for payment as part of the pipe and pipe appurtenance items without any direct compensation being made therefore, unless specific pay items are included on the Proposal. Watermain connections shall be paid per each connection to new watermain. All necessary labor, materials, and work required to make the connection shall be included in the price per each as provided in the bid proposal. Installation of tracer wire for thermoplastic and other non-conductive pipe materials shall be considered incidental with no direct compensation made thereto, except where noted otherwise. Page 39 SECTION 2621 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER AND STORM SEWER INSTALLATION 2621.1 DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of the construction of pipe sewers utilizing plant fabricated pipe and other appurtenant materials, installed for conveyance of sewage, industrial wastes, or storm water. The work includes construction of manhole and catch basin structures and other related items as specified. The use of the term "Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these specifications and are an enforceable component of the Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation “Standard Specifications for Construction”, and all supplements and amendments thereto published prior to the date of advertisement for bids. All references to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement for bids. The following specifications have been referenced in this Specification: AASHTO M198 Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants AASHTO M294 Standard Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 300- to 1500-mm (12- to 60-in.) Diameter ASTM A48 Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings ASTM A74 Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings ASTM A798 Standard Practice for Installing Factory Made Corrugated Steel Pipe for Sewers and Other Applications ASTM C12 Standard Practice for Installing Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines ASTM C76 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe ASTM C270 Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry ASTM C301 Standard Test Methods for Vitrified Clay Pipe ASTM C361 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low Head Pressure Pipe ASTM C425 Standard Specification for Compression Joints for VCP and Fittings ASTM C443 Standard Specification for Joints Concrete Pipe and Manholes Using Rubber Gaskets ASTM C478 Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections ASTM D543 Standard Practice for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents ASTM C564 Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings ASTM C700 Standard Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Stregth, and Perforated ASTM C969 Standard Practice for Infiltration and Exfiltration Acceptance Testing of Installed Precast Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines ASTM D2321 Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity Flow Applications ASTM D2751 Standard Specification for ABS Pipe and Fittings ASTM D3034 Standard Specification for PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings Page 40 ASTM D3212 Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals ASTM D3262 Standard Specification for “Fiberglass” (Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Sewer Pipe ASTM D3839 Standard Guide for Underground Installation of “Fiberglass” (Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe ASTM D4161 Standard Specification for Fiberglass (Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe Joints Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals ASTM F477 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe ASTM F679 Specification for Large-Diameter PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings ASTM F949 Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings ASTM F1417 Standard Practice for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Non pressure Sewer Lines Using Low Pressure Air ASTM F2736 Standard Specification for 6 to 30 in. (152 To 762 mm) Polypropylene (PP) Corrugated Single Wall Pipe And Double Wall Pipe ASTM F2764 Standard Specification for 30 to 60 in. [750 to 1500 mm] Polypropylene (PP) Triple Wall Pipe and Fittings for Non Pressure Sanitary Sewer Applications AWWA C104 American National Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings AWWA C110 American National Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings AWWA C111 American National Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings AWWA C115 American National Standard for Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe With Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges AWWA C116 Standard for Protective Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coatings for the Interior and Exterior Surfaces of Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings AWWA C150 American National Standard for Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe AWWA C151 American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast AWWA C153 American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service AWWA C550 Standard for Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants 2621.2 MATERIALS All materials required for this work shall be new material conforming to requirements of the referenced specifications for the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated in the Contract. Unless otherwise indicated, all required materials shall be furnished by the Contractor. If any options are provided for, as to type, grade, or design of the material, the choice shall be limited as may be stipulated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details as it deems desirable for maintaining adopted standards. At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit in writing a list of materials and suppliers for approval. Suppliers shall submit a Certificate of Compliance that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specifications. Page 41 A Sewer Pipe and Service Line Materials All pipe furnished for main sewer and service line installations shall be as indicated for each particular line segment as shown in the Plans and designated in the Contract Items. Wherever connection of dissimilar materials or designs is required, the method of joining and any special fittings employed shall be products specifically manufactured for this purpose and subject to approval by the Engineer. A1 Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings Vitrified clay extra strength pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM M-65 for the size and type and class specified, subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1) Unless otherwise specified, the pipe and fittings shall be non-perforated, full circular type, either glazed or unglazed. (2) All pipe and fittings manufactured with bell-and-spigot ends shall be furnished with factory fabricated compression joints conforming to the requirements of ASTM C- 425. (3) In lieu of the bell-and-spigot jointing requirements, the pipe and fittings may be furnished with plain ends, in which case the jointing shall be by means of compression couplings conforming to the requirements of ASTM C-425, Type B. (4) All clay pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, plugs, etc.) shall be of the same pipe class and joint design as the pipe to which they are to be attached. (5) Pipe and fittings manufactured to the standards of AASHTO 52;65 may be accepted by prior approval of the Engineer. A2 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron and Fittings The pipe furnished shall be Ductile Iron pipe and pipe fittings furnished shall be of the Ductile Iron or Gray Iron type as specified for each particular use of installation. When Gray Iron is specified, either type may be furnished. Gray Iron may not be substituted for Ductile Iron unless specifically authorized in the Special Provisions. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C115 or C151 for water, and thickness design shall conform to AWWA C 150. In addition, the pipe shall comply with the following supplementary provisions: (1) Fittings shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C110 (Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings) or AWWA C153 (Ductile Iron Compact Fittings) for the joint type specified. (2) Unless otherwise specified all pipe and fittings shall be furnished with cement mortar lining meeting the requirements of AWWA C104 for standard thickness lining. All exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings shall have an asphaltic coating at least one mil thick. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating adhesion, shall be cause for rejection. Fittings specified to be furnished with fusion bonded epoxy external coating and/or interior lining shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C550 and C116/A21.16, with 6-8 mil nominal thickness. Page 42 (3) Rubber gasket joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and fittings shall conform to AWWA C111. (4) The nuts and bolts shall be constructed of corrosion resistant, high-strength, low- alloy steel with a ceramic filled, baked on fluorocarbon resin. The nuts and bolts shall be in compliance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 (Current Revision). (5) Conductivity, when required by the Special Provisions, shall be maintained through pipe and fittings with an external copper jumper wire or specialty gaskets which are capable of meeting conductive requirements. Wedge type connectors will not be allowed. A3 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings Reinforced concrete pipe, fittings and specials shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C-76 (Reinforced Concrete Pipe) with rubber O-ring or profile joints for the type, size, and strength class specified, subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1) All branch fittings such as tees, wyes, etc. shall be cast as integral parts of the pipe. All fittings and specials shall be of the same strength class as the pipe to which they are attached. (2) Joints shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-361, and ASTM C443. (3) Lift holes will not be permitted unless specifically authorized in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions A4 Corrugated Steel Pipe and Fittings Corrugated Steel (CS) Pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of MnDOT 2501, 2503, and 3226 (CS) Pipe for the application, type, size and sheet thickness specified. Joints for joining CS Pipe shall be the band type or bell/spigot type, soil-tight and watertight, with preformed gasket seals meeting MnDOT 3726. Fittings and bands for joining pipe sections shall be of the same material and thicknesses as the mainline pipe. Specialty coatings for the pipe shall be as indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. A5 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings Smooth walled polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D- 3034 and ASTM F-679 for the size, standard dimension ratio (SDR), and strength requirements indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive soils or corrosive substances in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D-543. Pipe fittings shall be of the same class and grade as specified for the pipe, unless otherwise specified in the special provisions. Page 43 Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be SDR 35 and connections shall be push- on with elastomeric gasket joints which are bonded to the inner wall of the gasket recess of the bell socket. PVC pipe and fittings for pressure sewer and forcemains shall meet the requirements of 2611.2 A3 for watermain class pipe. Corrugated polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings with smooth interior shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F-949 for the size and wall thickness indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be push-on with snug fit elastomeric joints meeting tightness requirements of ASTM D-3212 and ASTM F477. A6 Cast Iron Soil Pipe Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, cast iron soil pipe shall be service weight pipe meeting the requirements of ASTM A-74 and the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified, pipe joints shall be push-on, sealed with elastomeric gaskets, meeting the requirements of ASTM C-564. A7 Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene Pipe Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) solid wall pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D-2751 and shall be gasket seal joints, assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be push-on with snug fit elastomeric joints meeting tightness requirements of ASTM D-3212 and ASTM F477. Solvent cemented joints, assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, shall be provided only where specifically indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. A8 Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Dual-Wall and Triple-Wall Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe (PE/HDPE) for gravity sewers shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M-294 and Section 18 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges for storm sewer pipe sizes twelve inch (12") through sixty inch (60"). Joints shall be bell and spigot push-on type, soil-tight and watertight joints in accordance with ASTM D3212 and ASTM F477. Pipe manufacture, watertight joint testing, and installation shall conform to current MnDOT requirements, ASTM C969, and as indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. A9 Solid Wall High Density Polyethylene Pipe Solid wall HDPE for pressure and gravity sewer pipes shall meet the requirements of 2611.2A4. A10 Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe (FRP/GRP) for gravity sewers shall meet requirements of ASTM D3262 for Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting Resin pipe, such as reinforced thermosetting- resin pipe (RTRP) and reinforced polymer mortar pipe (RPMP; natural polymers not included) for use in gravity-flow systems. The pipe shall be manufactured with polyester resin systems with a proven history of performance in this application. Page 44 The reinforcing glass fibers used to manufacture the components shall be of highest quality commercial grade E-glass filaments with binder and sizing compatible with impregnating resins. Sand used to manufacture the pipe and fittings shall be minimum ninety eight percent (98%) silica sand with a maximum moisture content of two tenths of a percent (0.2%). Pipe resin additives, such as curing agents, pigments, dyes, fillers, thixotropic agents, etc., when used, shall not detrimentally effect the performance of the products. Gaskets shall be supplied by approved gasket manufacturers and be suitable for the service intended. Minimum pressure rating of gaskets shall be two hundred fifty (250) psi. Unless otherwise specified, the pipe shall be field connected with fiberglass sleeve couplings that utilize elastomeric sealing gaskets made of EPDM rubber compound to provide watertight joints meeting the requirements of ASTM D4161. Joints at tie-ins, when needed, may utilize fiberglass, gasket-sealed closure couplings. Fittings shall be capable of withstanding all operating conditions when installed. They may be contact molded or manufactured from mitered sections of pipe joined by glass-fiber-reinforced overlays. Properly protected standard ductile iron, fusion-bonded epoxy-coated steel and stainless steel fittings are allowed unless otherwise stated in the Special Provisions. The actual outside diameter (eighteen inch (18") to forty eight inch (48")) of the pipes shall be in accordance with ASTM D3262. Other pipe diameter OD’s shall be per manufacturer’s literature. Pipe shall be supplied in nominal lengths of twenty feet (20') except where noted otherwise on the drawings. Actual laying length shall be nominal ±1/4 inches. At least ninety percent (90%) of the total footage of each size and class of pipe, excluding special order lengths, shall be furnished in nominal length sections. Pipe ends shall be square to the longitudinal pipe axis with a maximum tolerance of eight inch (1/8"). Pipe shall be marked identifying each pipe with the name of manufacturer, plant location, code date of manufacturer, nominal pipe size, pipe stiffness designation and ASTM D3262. Service lateral connections (wye, tee, bend) to the sanitary sewer shall be as recommended by the main line sewer pipe manufacturer recommendation. A11 Polypropylene Pipe Corrugated Polypropylene Pipe (PP) for gravity sewers shall be Dual-Wall (six inch (6") to thirty inch (30") diameter) pipe conforming to ASTM F2736 and Triple Wall (thirty inch (30") to sixty inch (60") diameter) pipe conforming to ASTM F2764. Pipe joints shall be bell and spigot push- on type, soil-tight and watertight joints in accordance with ASTM D3212 and ASTM F477., and shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M-294 and Section 18 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges for storm sewer pipe sizes twelve inch (12") through sixty inch (60"). Pipe manufacture, watertight joint testing, and installation shall conform to current MnDOT requirements, ASTM C969, and as indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Page 45 A12 Tracer Wire for Non-conductive Pipe Tracer wire shall be installed along the length of all non-conductive mainline pipe, laterals, and services with vertical riser to the surface, at manholes, catch basins, stubs, laterals, services, and/or utility location boxes as required by the Special Provisions. Tracer wire shall be taped, clamped or affixed to the pipe in another manner as approved by the Engineer. Splicing tracer wire shall be by mechanical split bolt type or a crimp type compression fitting fully encased in approved electrical insulation putty. A twelve inch (12") tracer wire loop shall be provided on each side of a spliced connection. B Metal Sewer Castings Metal castings for sewer structures such as manhole frames and covers, catch basin frames, grates and curb boxes, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A-48 (Gray Iron Castings), subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1) Casting assemblies or dimensions, details, weights, and class shall be as indicated in the detailed drawings for the design designation specified. Unless otherwise specified, the castings shall be Class 30 or better. (2) Lid-to-frame surfaces on round casting assemblies shall be machine milled to provide true bearing around the entire circumference. (3) Casting weight shall be not less than ninety five percent (95%) of theoretical weight for a unit cast to exact dimensions, based on four hundred forty two (442) pounds per cubic foot. (4) A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of castings stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification requirements. (5) Unless otherwise specified, sanitary sewer manholes shall have self-sealing lids and concealed pick holes. C Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin Sections Precast concrete riser sections and appurtenant units (grade rings, top and base slabs, special sections, etc.) used in the construction of manhole and catch basin structures shall conform with the requirements of ASTM C-478, MnDOT 2506 and the following supplementary provisions: (1) The precast sections and appurtenant units shall conform to all requirements as shown on the detailed drawings. (2) Joints of manhole riser sections shall be tongue and groove with rubber "O" ring or profile gaskets. (3) Sanitary sewer inlet and outlet pipes shall be joined to the manhole with a gasketed, flexible, watertight connection, watertight boot, or any watertight connection arrangement approved by the Engineer that allows differential settlement of the pipe and manhole wall to take place. Page 46 (4) Air-entrained concrete shall be used in the production of all units. Air content shall be maintained within the range of five (5) to seven (7) percent (%). (5) A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of precast manhole and catch basin sections stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification requirements. (6) Lift holes will not be permitted in precast manholes. D Mortar Mortar for use in masonry construction shall meet the requirements of MNDOT 2506.2B and ASTM C270. E Concrete Concrete used for cast-in-place masonry construction shall be produced and furnished in accordance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification 2461 for the mix design indicated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. The requirements for Grade B concrete shall be met where a higher grade is not specified. Type 3, air-entrained, concrete shall be furnished and used in all structures having weather exposure. 2621.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A Installation of Pipe and Fittings The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to handle and install all pipe and appurtenances as recommended by the manufacturer, Engineer, Plans, Specifications, and the Special Provisions. Installation of PVC pipe and fittings for pressure sewer and forcemains shall meet the requirements of 2611.3 for watermain class pipe. A1 Inspection and Handling Proper and adequate implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of the work. During the process of unloading, all pipe and accessories shall be inspected by the Contractor for damage. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of all material found to have cracks, flaws or other defects. The Engineer shall inspect the damaged materials and have the right to reject any materials found to be unsatisfactory. The Contractor shall promptly remove all rejected material from the site. All materials shall be handled carefully, as will prevent damage to protective coatings, linings, and joint fillings; preclude contamination of interior areas; and avoid jolting contact, dropping, or dumping. All work and materials are subject to tests by the Owner at such frequency as may be determined by the Engineer. While suspended and before being lowered into laying position, each pipe section and appurtenant unit shall be inspected by the Contractor to detect damage or unsound conditions Page 47 that may need corrective action or be cause for rejection. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any defects discovered and the Engineer will prescribe the required corrective actions or order rejection. Immediately before placement, the joint surfaces of each pipe section and fitting shall be inspected for the presence of foreign matter, coating blisters, rough edges or projections, and any imperfections so detected shall be corrected by cleaning, trimming, or repair as needed. A2 Pipe Laying Operations Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall proceed ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper laying and joining of the units at the prescribed grade and alignment without unnecessary deviation or hindrance. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and fittings before they are lowered into position in the trench and they shall be kept clean. The sewer materials shall be carefully lowered into laying position by the use of suitable restraining devices. Under no circumstances shall the pipe be dropped into the trench. Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, bell and spigot pipe shall be laid with the bell ends facing upgrade and the laying shall start on the downgrade end and proceed upgrade. As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed in laying position, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material. Connection of pipe to existing lines or previously constructed manholes or catch basins shall be accomplished as shown in the Plans or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. Where necessary to make satisfactory closure or produce the required curvature, grade or alignment, deflections at joints shall not exceed that which will assure watertight joints and shall comply with the pipe manufacturer recommendations. Entrance of foreign matter into pipeline openings shall be prevented at all times to the extent that suitable plugs or covering can be kept in place over the openings without interfering with the installation operations. Installation of thermoplastic pipe shall conform to ASTM D-2321; FRP/GRP pipe to ASTM D3839, and the manufacturers’ recommendations; ASTM A798 for CS pipe. A3 Connection and Assembly of Joints All pipe and fitting joints shall fit tightly and be fully closed. Spigot ends shall be marked as necessary to indicate the point of complete closure. All joints shall be soil tight and watertight in all sanitary sewer and storm sewer pipe. A4 Bulkheading Open Pipe Ends All pipe and fitting ends left open for future connection shall be bulkheaded by approved methods prior to backfilling. Unless otherwise specified or approved, all openings of twenty four inches (24") in diameter or less shall be closed off with prefabricated plugs or caps and all openings larger than twenty four inches (24") in diameter shall be closed off with masonry bulkheads. Page 48 Prefabricated plugs and caps shall be of the same material as the pipe material, or an approved alternate material, and they shall be installed with watertight seal as required for the pipeline joints. Masonry bulkheads shall be constructed with clay or concrete brick to a wall thickness of eight inches (8"). Bulkheads installed for temporary service during construction may be constructed with two inch (2") timber planking securely fastened together and adequately braced, as an alternate to the masonry construction. B Appurtenance Installations Appurtenance items such as aprons, trash guards, gates and castings shall be installed where and as required by the Plans and in accordance with such standard detail drawings or supplementary requirements as may be specified. Casting assemblies installed on manhole or catch basin structures shall be set in a full mortar bed and be adjusted to the specified elevation without the use of shims or blocking. Sewer aprons shall be subject to all applicable requirements for installation of pipe. All aprons and outfall end sections shall have the last three (3) sections tied. Two (2) tie bolt fasteners shall be placed in each of the last three joints, one on each side of top center at the sixty (60 degree point (from vertical). Tie bolt diameter shall be: 1/2 inch for 12" to and including 21" pipe; 5/8 inch for 24" to and including 36" pipe; 3/4 inch for 42" to and including 54" pipe; and 1" for 60" and larger pipe. The tie bolts shall be of a design approved by the Engineer. C Sewer Service Installations Main sewer service connections and building service sewer pipe shall be installed as provided for in the Contract and as may be directed by the Engineer. The sewer service connections and pipe lines shall be installed in conformance with all applicable requirements of the main sewer installation and as more specifically provided for herein. The Engineer, with the assistance of the Contractor, shall keep accurate records of all service installations as to type, location, elevation, point of connection and termination, etc. This service record shall be maintained jointly by the Contractor and Engineer on forms provided by the Engineer. The service installations shall not be backfilled until all required information has been obtained and recorded. The main sewer service connection shall consist of installing a Branch Tee or Wye section in the main sewer line at designated locations or providing an insert type Saddle Tee or Wye fitting in a pipe cut-out where specified. Orientation of service connection fitting shall be as shown in the standard drawings unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Where the depth of cover over the main sewer invert is greater than fifteen (15) feet (or such other maximum as may be indicated), the service connection shall be extended upward by means of a Service Riser Section. Unless otherwise specified, service pipe shall be installed at right angles to the main sewer and at a straight line grade to the property line. The standard and minimum grades shall be a uniform rise of one inch (1") in four feet (4') (two percent (2%)) for sanitary service lines and one Page 49 inch (1") in eight feet (8') (one percent (1%)) for storm sewer service lines. These minimum grades may be reduced (by not more than one-half (1/2) pitch) where the Engineer so approves in the case of restrictive elevation differences. Building service pipe lines shall generally be kept as deep as required to serve the building elevation and maintain the specified minimum pipe grades. Pipe bends shall be provided as necessary to bring the service lines to proper location and grade. Pipe bends shall not exceed twenty two and one half (22-1/2) degrees without approval of the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated, service pipe installation shall terminate at property line or as designated on the Plans, with a gasketed plug placed in the end, at which point the Contractor shall furnish and set a four inch by four inch (4" x 4") wooden timber six feet (6') to eight feet (8') in length embedded four feet (4') below grade, or approved steel post to mark the exact end of pipe. The timber or post shall be set vertically, with the top two feet (2') painted green. Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are permitted or required to be made by the open cut-out method in the absence of a built-in Tee or Wye fitting, the connection shall be made by using an approved type of Saddle Tee or Wye fitting. The pipe cut-out shall be made with an approved type coring machine or by other approved methods producing a uniform, smooth circular cut-out as required for proper fit. The cut-out discs shall be retrieved and shall not be allowed to remain within the main sewer pipe. The Saddle Tee shall be securely fastened to the main sewer pipe by means of epoxy resin or other approved adhesive. The entire connection fitting shall be encased in concrete to a minimum thickness of six inches (6") and as may be shown in the standard drawings. Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are required to be made by means of built- in Branch Tee or Wye fittings, the Contractor shall, in the absence of such fitting, remove a section of the main sewer pipe and replace it with the required Branch Tee or Wye section connected by means of an approved sleeve coupling. Sanitary sewer service lines shall not be connected to a manhole at an elevation more than twenty four inches (24") above the crown of the outgoing sewer. Where the elevation difference is greater than twenty four inches (24"), the connection shall be made by means of an Outside Drop Connection in accordance with the details shown in the standard drawings. All pipe and fitting openings at temporary terminal points shall be fitted with suitable plugs or shall be bulkheaded as required for the main sewer pipe. D Manhole and Catch Basin Structures Manholes, catch basins, and other special access structures shall be constructed at designated locations as required by the Plans and in accordance with any standard detail drawings or special design requirements given therefor. Unless otherwise specified or approved, storm sewer manholes and catch basins shall be constructed on a precast or cast-in-place concrete base and the barrel riser sections, and cone section shall all be of precast concrete. Sanitary sewer manholes shall be constructed with precast concrete integral base with pre-formed invert barrel section and with watertight boots at all pipe locations. All units shall be properly fitted and sealed to form a completely watertight structure. Manholes and catch basin structures shall be fabricated to provide a twelve inch (12") or sixteen inch (16") barrel section immediately below the cone or top slab whenever possible. Page 50 Barrel and cone height shall be such as to permit placement of at least two (2) and not more than six (6) standard two-inch (2") precast concrete or high density polyethylene adjusting immediately below the casting assembly. Sanitary manhole adjustment rings and casting flange shall be fitted with specified method/materials as indicated in the Special Provisions to reduce inflow and infiltration. Storm sewer manhole and drainage structure adjustment rings and casting flange shall be wrapped with a Type 2 Geotextile fabric meeting MnDOT 3733. Unless otherwise specified or approved, manholes and catch basins shall have an inside barrel diameter at the bottom of forty eight inches (48") minimum and the inside diameter at the top of the cone section and all adjusting rings shall be of the same size and shape as the casting frame. Casting assemblies shall be as specified in the Plans Concrete cast-in-place base shall be poured on undisturbed or firmly compacted foundation material which shall be trimmed to proper elevation. The bottom riser section shall be set in fresh concrete or mortar and all other riser section joints of the tongue and groove design shall be sealed with rubber gaskets. The concrete base under an outside drop connection shall be monolithic with the manhole base. Wherever special designs so require or permit, and as may be approved by the Engineer, a precast concrete base may be used or the structure may be constructed with solid sewer brick or block units or with cast-in-place concrete. Any combination of cast-in-place concrete and brick or block mortar construction will be allowed and may be required where it is impossible to complete the construction with standard precast manhole sections. All manhole and catch basin structure doghouses shall be completely filled with mortar, concrete masonry, or concrete to completely seal the pipes into the structure wall. When formed inverts are specified, the inside bottom of each manhole and catch basin shall be shaped with fresh concrete to form free flow invert troughs. When connecting to an existing sanitary sewer manhole without an existing opening for sewer pipe, the Contractor shall be required to core-drill an opening of the correct size and elevation for the proposed sanitary sewer facility. The Contractor shall set the connecting pipe through the full thickness of the wall flush with the inner face of the wall. Connection to the structure shall be made with a watertight joint, by means of a rubberized boot. The Contractor shall ensure the flow line of the manhole is constructed in a manner to provide steady flow from the new sanitary line to the existing sanitary line. The flow line and the core-drilled hole are to be grouted smooth. The Contractor shall install a plug in the connecting pipe once the connection is complete and construction has advanced to the next manhole to prevent rainwater or sediment from entering the existing system. The plug shall be removed once all the proposed sanitary sewer mains on the project have been installed, tested, inspected, and approved. E Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing All sanitary sewer lines, including service connections, shall be substantially watertight and shall be tested for excessive leakage upon completion and before connections are made to the service by Others. Each test section of the sewer shall be subjected to exfiltration testing, either by hydrostatic or air test method as described below and at the Contractor's option. The requirements set forth for maximum leakage shall be met as a condition for acceptance of the sewer section represented by the test. Page 51 If the ground water level is greater than three feet above the invert elevation of the upper manhole and the Engineer so approves, infiltration testing may be allowed in lieu of the exfiltration testing, in which case the allowable leakage shall be the same as would be allowed for the Hydrostatic Test. All testing shall be performed by the Contractor without any direct compensation being made therefore, and the Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and materials, including plugs and standpipes as required. E1 Air Test Method E1a Gravity Sewers All gravity sanitary sewer lines, including service connections, shall be substantially watertight and shall be tested for excessive leakage upon completion and before connections are made to the service by Others. Each test section of the sewer shall be subjected to exfiltration testing by the ASTM F1417 (low pressure air) test method regardless of pipe material. The requirements set forth for maximum leakage shall be met as a condition for acceptance of the sewer section represented by the test. All testing shall be performed by the Contractor without any direct compensation being made therefore, and the Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and materials, including plugs and standpipes as required. The sewer pipe section under test shall be clean at the time of testing but the pipe may be wetted. Pneumatic balls shall be used to plug the pipe ends at manholes. Low pressure air shall be introduced to the plugged line until the internal air pressure reaches three and one half (3.5) psi greater than the average back pressure of any ground water pressure that may submerge the pipe. At least two (2) minutes shall be allowed for the air temperature to stabilize before readings are taken and the timing started. During this time the Contractor shall check all plugs to detect plug leakage. If plugs are found to leak, air shall be bled off, the plugs shall be retightened, and the air shall be reintroduced into the line. The sewer section under test will be accepted as having passed the air leakage test when the rate of air loss as measured by pressure drop, does not exceed a specified amount in a specified time. Pressure drop may be determined by using the table below, or calculated by use of the formulas provided below. Page 52 TABLE Minimum Specified Time Required for a 0.5 psig Pressure Drop for Size and Length of Pipe Indicated for Q = 0.0015 CFM/SF *NOTE - Consult with pipe and appurtenance manufacturer for maximum test pressure for pipe size greater than twenty four inches (24") in diameter. FORMULA The formula below calculates the specified minimum time required for a 1.00 psig pressure drop from a starting pressure of 3.5 psig to a final pressure of 2.5 psig using a leakage rate of 0.0015 cubic feet/minute/square foot of internal surface. Calculate all test times by the following formula: T= 0.085 DK/Q where: T = shortest time allowed for the air pressure to drop 1.0 psig, sec. K = 0.000419 DL but not less than 1.0, Q = leak rate = 0.0015 CFM/SF, D = measured average inside diameter of sewer pipe, in., and L = length of test section, ft. E2 Hydrostatic Test Method E2a Gravity Sewers After bulkheading the test section, the pipe shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure produced by a head of water at a depth of three feet (3') above the invert elevation of the sewer at the upstream manhole of the test section. In areas where ground water exists, this head of water shall be three feet (3') above the existing water table. The water head shall be maintained for a period of one (1) hour during which time it will be presumed that full absorption of the pipe body has taken place, and thereafter for an extended period of one (1) hour the water head shall be maintained as the test period. During the test 100 Ft. 150 Ft. 200 Ft. 250 Ft. 300 Ft. 350 Ft. 400 Ft. 450 Ft. 4 1:53 597 0.190 L 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 6 2:50 398 0.427 L 2:50 2:50 2:50 2:50 2:50 2:50 2:51. 3:12 8 3:47 298 0.760 L 3:47 3:47 3:47 3:47 3:48 4:26 5:04 5:42 10 4:43 239 1.187 L 4:43 4:43 4:43 4:57 5:56 6:55 7:54 8:54 12 5:40 199 1.709 L 5:40 5:40 5:42 7:08 8:33 9:58 11:24 12:50 15 7:05 159 2.671 L 7:05 7:05 8:54 11:08 13:21 15:35 17:48 20:02 18 8:30 133 3.846 L 8:30 9:37 12:49 16:01 19:14 22:26 25:38 28:51 21 9:55 114 5.235 L 9:55 13:05 17:27 21:49 28:11 30:32 34:54 39:16 24 11:20 99 6.837 L 11:24 17:57 22:48 28:30 34:11 39:53 45:35 51:17 *27 12:45 88 8.653 L 14:25 21:38 28:51 36:04 43:18 50:30 57:42 64:54 *30 14:10 80 10.683 L 17:48 26:43 35:37 44:31 53:25 62:19 71:131 80:07 *33 15:35 72 12.926 L 21:33 32:19 43:56 53:52 64:38 75:24 86:10 96:57 *36 17:00 66 15.384 L 25:39 38:28 51:17 64:06 76:55 89:44 102:34 115:23 Specification Time for Length (L) Shown (Min:Sec) Pipe Diameter (Inches) Minimum Time (Min:Sec) Length for Min. Time (Feet) Time for increased Length (Sec) Page 53 period, the measured water loss within the test section, including service stubs, shall not exceed an infiltration / exfiltration rate of thirty five (35) gallons / inch diameter / mile / day. If measurements indicate exfiltration within a test action section is not greater than the allowable maximum, the section will be accepted as passing the test. E2b Pressure Sewers For sewers designated as pressure pipe sewers, the sewer shall be subjected to hydrostatic testing under 2611.3G Hydrostatic Testing of Watermains, except the hydrostatic testing pressure shall be two (2) times the maximum design operating pressure, but not less than one hundred (100) psig and the duration of the test shall be one hour. E3 Test Failure and Remedy In the event of test failure on any test section, testing shall be continued until all leakage has been detected and corrected to meet the requirements. All repair work shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. Introduction of sealant substances by means of the test water will not be permitted. Unsatisfactory repairs or test results may result in an order to remove and replace pipe as the Engineer considers necessary for test conformance. All repair and replacement work shall be at the Contractor's expense. F Deflection Test Deflection tests shall be performed on all plastic gravity sewer pipes. The test shall be conducted after the sewer trench has been backfilled to the desired finished grade and has been in place for thirty (30) days. The deflection test shall be performed by pulling a rigid ball or nine-point mandrel (MnDOT Technical Memorandum 98-24-B-01 or latest revision) through the pipe without the aid of mechanical pulling devices. The ball or mandrel shall have a minimum diameter equal to ninety five percent (95%) of the actual inside diameter of the pipe. The maximum allowable deflection shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the pipe's internal diameter. The line will be considered acceptable if the mandrel can progress through the line without binding. The time of the test, method of testing, and the equipment to be used for the test shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. All testing shall be performed by the Contractor at his expense without any direct compensation being made therefore, and he shall furnish all necessary equipment and materials required. F1 Test Failure and Remedy In the event of test failure on any test section, the section shall be replaced, with all repair work subject to approval of the Engineer. The replaced section shall be retested for leakage and deflection in conformance with the specifications contained herein. All repairs, replacement, and retesting shall be at the Contractor's expense. Page 54 G Televising Sewer line televising may be required by the Engineer, at the cost of the Contractor, if visual inspection, leakage testing, or deflection testing indicate the sewer has not been constructed in accordance with these specifications and the requirements of the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. 2621.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT All items will be measured separately according to design designation as indicated in the Pay Item name and as may be detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Complete-in-place items shall include all component parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but excluding any excesses covered by separate Pay Items. Linear measurement of piping will include the running length of any special fittings (tees, wyes, elbows, gates, etc.) installed within the line of measure between specified terminal points. A Sewer Pipe Sewer pipe of each design designation will be measured by length in linear feet along the line of pipe. Terminal points of measurement will be the pipe end at free outlets; the point of connection with in-place pipe; the center of manholes or catch basins; the point of centerline intersections at branch fittings; or the point of juncture with other appurtenances or units as defined. Separation of quantities according to "depth zone classification", when so designated in the Pay Item, will be determined by depth of pipe invert below the ground surface profile. B Manholes Manholes of each design designation will be measured by number of each constructed complete-in-place, including the base and castings as required, but excluding any excess depth greater than eight feet (8') measured from top of manhole cover to invert elevation of lowest pipe. Excess manhole depth of each design designation will be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between the eight feet (8') allowed as standard and the actual increased depth as constructed. C Catch Basins Catch basins of each design designation will be measured by number of each constructed complete-in-place, including the base and castings as required, but excluding any excess depth greater than five feet (5') measured from top of grate (low point) to invert elevation of lowest outlet pipe. Excess catch basin depth of each design designation will be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between the five feet (5') allowed as standard and the actual increased depth as constructed. Page 55 D Outside Drop Connection Outside drop connections of each design will be measured by linear foot constructed complete- in-place, and shall include granular encasement, fittings, any special piping required, including coring holes and watertight boots for existing manholes for the drop connection. Measurement shall be made vertically from the invert of the lower outside drop invert to the upper outside drop invert. E Service Connection Service Connections of each design will be measured by number of each constructed complete- in-place as specified. F Service Pipe Service pipe of each design will be measured separately by length in linear feet, horizontally along the line of installation, between the service end and the point of juncture with the main pipe connection fitting. G Special Pipe Fittings Special pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, etc.) of each design designation will be measured by number of each installed complete-in-place as specified, but excluding any such fittings required to be installed as a component part of any other Work Unit. H Appurtenant Items Appurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, gates and other prefabricated units or assemblies as identified by Pay Item name will be measured separately by number of each installed complete-in-place as specified. 2621.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for sewer pipe and service pipe items at the Contract prices per linear foot of pipe of each design shall be compensation in full for all costs of providing a complete-in-place pipeline, including excavation, foundation preparation, backfilling, leakage testing, restoration of surface improvements, disposal of surplus or waste materials, final cleanup, and such other work as may be specified, but excluding the construction of other structures or special sections and the placement of special fittings, appurtenances or materials specifically designated for payment under other Contract Items. Payment for manhole, catch basin, outside drop connection, service connection, and other structures as specified, at the Contract prices per structure, shall be compensation in full for all costs of constructing each unit complete-in-place as specified, including all required castings, special fittings, base or encasement, and appurtenant materials as specified for the complete structure or section, but excluding such additional work as may be designated for payment under other Contract Items. Where the specified standard manhole, catch basin, or outside drop connection depths are exceeded, the excess depth of each design will be paid for separately as linear footage items Page 56 and payment at the Contract prices therefor shall be compensation in full for all costs of providing the extra depth. Special pipe fittings such as wyes, tees and bends will be paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent they are required to be installed in the sewer pipe and service pipe lines and not as a component part of a complete-in-place structure (outside drop connections, service connections, etc.) Appurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, drainage gates, and other prefabricated units or assemblies and specials as designated will be paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent they are not included as a component part of any complete-in-place structure. Page 57 SECTION 2631 CIPPS – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEWER PIPE REHABILITATION WITH CURED IN-PLACE PIPE SYSTEMS (CIPPS) 2631.1 CIPPS DESCRIPTION A General This work shall consist of the rehabilitation of pipelines and conduits by the installation of a resin-impregnated flexible tube Cured-In-Place Pipe System (CIPPS). The rehabilitation of pipelines shall be constructed by the installation of a resin-impregnated flexible tube which, when cured, shall be continuous and tight-fitting throughout the entire length of the original pipe. The CIPP shall extend the full length of the original pipe and provide a structurally sound, joint less and watertight new pipe within the existing pipe. The Contractor is responsible for proper, accurate and complete installation of the CIPP using the system selected by the Contractor. Neither the CIPP system, nor its installation, shall cause adverse effects to any downstream facilities. The use of the product shall not result in the formation or production of any detrimental compounds or by-products that may affect downstream structures, pups, pipe, equipment and wastewater treatment facilities. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and identify any by- products produced as a result of the installation operations, test and monitor the levels, and comply with any and all local waste discharge requirements. The Contractor shall cleanup, restore existing surface conditions and structures, and repair any of the CIPP system determined to be defective. The Contractor shall conduct installation operations and schedule cleanup in a manner to cause the least possible obstruction and inconvenience to traffic, pedestrians, businesses, and residents. The use of the term "Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these specifications and are an enforceable component of the Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation “Standard Specifications for Construction”, and all supplements and amendments thereto, published prior to the date of advertisement for bids. All references to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement for bids. The following specifications have been referenced in this Specification: ASTM - F1216 Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by the Inversion and Curing of a Resin-Impregnated Tube ASTM - F1743 Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by the Pull in and inflate and Curing of a Resin-Impregnated Tube ASTM - D543 Standard and Practice for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents ASTM - D638 Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics Page 58 ASTM - D790 Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Un-reinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials ASTM - D792 Standard Test Methods for Density and Specific Gravity of Plastics by displacement. ASTM - F2019-03 Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by the Pulled in Place Installation of Glass Reinforced Plastic (GRP) Cured-in- Place Thermosetting Resin Pipe (CIPP) ASTM - D2122-98(2004) Standard Test Method for Determining Dimensions of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings ASTM - D2990 Standard Test Methods for Tensile, Compressive, and Flexural Creep and Creep-Rupture of Plastics ASTM - D5813 Standard Specification for Cured-in Place Thermosetting Resin Sewer Pipe B Qualifications The Contractor shall be responsible for all aspects of the design of the liner pipe. The Contractor shall guarantee that the installed liner is capable of sustaining outside loads, resist chemical attack that normally occurs in sanitary and storm sewer systems, and will maintain hydraulic characteristics over a fifty (50) year design life. Unless provided otherwise in the plans or Special Provisions, the existing sewer pipe shall be considered to be in a fully deteriorated condition, is not structurally sound, and cannot support soil and live loads. The cured-in-place pipe shall be designed to support hydraulic, soil, and live loads. The sewer products are intended to have a fifty (50) year or greater design life, and in order to minimize the Owner’s risk, only proven products with substantial successful long term track records will be approved. B1 Manufactured Products and Installation Contractors must meet all of the following criteria: a. For a Product to be considered acceptable, a minimum of 100,000 linear feet or two hundred fifty (250) manhole-to-manhole line sections of successful wastewater collection system installations in the U.S. must be documented to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In addition, at least 50,000 linear feet of the product shall have been in successful service within the State for a minimum of five (5) years. b. The Contractor’s personnel must satisfy all insurance, financial, and bonding requirements of the Owner, and must have had at least 5 (five) years active experience in the commercial installation of the product bid. In addition, the Contractor’s personnel must have successfully installed at least 100,000 feet of the same product bid. The Field Supervisor/Foreman shall have a minimum five (5) years as a foreman/superintendent for a cured-in-place lining crew (installing actual Page 59 product included with this bid/proposal), and a minimum of 100,000 lineal feet of cured-in-place lining, diameters up to and including twenty-four inches (24") installed under his/her supervision. Such experience shall include the actual product, by trade name, Contractor proposes to install. Acceptable documentation of these minimum installations must be submitted to the Engineer. c. Sewer rehabilitation products submitted for approval must provide Third Party Test Results supporting the long term performance and structural strength of the product and such data shall be satisfactory to the Engineer. Test samples shall be prepared so as to simulate installation methods and trauma of the product. No product will be approved without independent third party testing verification. 2631.2 CIPPS MATERIALS A General All materials required for this work shall be new material conforming to requirements of the referenced specifications for the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated in the Contract. Unless otherwise indicated, all required materials shall be furnished by the Contractor. If any options are provided for, as to type, grade, or design of the material, the choice shall be limited as may be stipulated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details as it deems desirable for maintaining adopted standards. All materials shipped to the project site shall be accompanied by test reports certifying that the material conforms to the ASTM standards listed herein. Materials shall be shipped, stored, and handled in a manner consistent with written recommendations of the CIPP manufacturer to avoid damage. Damage includes but is not limited to, gouging, abrasion, flattening, cutting, puncturing, and ultra-violet (UV) degradation. All damaged materials shall be promptly removed from the project site at no cost to the Owner. On site material storage locations shall be approved by the Engineer. A1 CIPPS Fabric Tube The CIPPS fabric “Tube” shall consist of one or more layers of absorbent non-woven felt fabric, felt/fiberglass or fiberglass and meet the requirements of ASTM F 1216, ASTM F 1743, ASTM D 5813 & ASTM F2019. The fabric Tube shall be capable of absorbing and carrying resins, manufactured to withstand installation pressures and curing temperatures, have sufficient strength to bridge missing pipe segments, and stretch to fit irregular pipe sections. The fabric Tubes shall have a uniform thickness that when compressed at installation pressures will equal the specified nominal tube thickness. The wet-out fabric tube shall have a uniform thickness and excess resin distribution that when compressed at installation pressures will meet or exceed the design thickness after cure. The fabric tube shall be manufactured to a size and length that when installed will tightly fit the internal circumference and length of the original pipe. Allowance shall be made for Page 60 circumferential stretching during installation. The tube shall be properly sized to the diameter of the existing pipe and the length to be rehabilitated and be able to stretch to fit irregular pipe sections and negotiate bends. The Contractor shall determine the minimum tube length necessary to effectively span the designated run between manholes. The Contractor shall verify the lengths in the field prior to ordering and prior to impregnation of the tube with resin, to ensure that the tube will have sufficient length to extend the entire length of the run. The Contractor shall also measure the inside diameter of the existing pipelines in the field prior to ordering liner so that the liner can be installed in a tight-fitted condition. Overlapped layers of felt in longitudinal seams that cause lumps in the final product shall not be allowed. The minimum length of the fabric tube shall be that deemed necessary by the installer to effectively span the distance from the starting manhole to the terminating manhole or access point, plus that amount required to run-in and run-out for the installation process. The outside and/or inside layer of the fabric tube (before inversion/pull-in, as applicable) shall be coated with an impermeable, flexible membrane that will contain the resin and facilitate, if applicable, vacuum impregnation and monitoring of the resin saturation during the resin impregnation (wet-out) procedure. No material shall be included in the fabric tube that may cause de-lamination in the cured CIPP. No dry or unsaturated layers shall be acceptable upon visual inspection as evident by color contrast between the felt fabric and the activated resin containing a colorant. The tube shall be homogeneous across the entire wall thickness containing no intermediate or encapsulated elastomeric layers. No materials shall be included in the tube that is subject to delamination in the CIPPS. The wall color of the interior pipe surface of CIPP after installation shall be a light reflective color so that a clear detailed examination with closed circuit television inspection equipment may be made. The hue of the color shall be dark enough to distinguish a contrast between the fully resin saturated felt fabric and dry or resin lean areas. Seams in the fabric tube, if applicable, shall meet the requirements of ASTM D5813. The outside of the fabric tube shall be marked every five feet (5') with the name of the manufacturer or CIPP system, manufacturing lot and production footage. The nominal fabric tube wall thickness shall be constructed to the nearest 0.5 mm increment, rounded up from the design thickness for that section of installed CIPP. Wall thickness transitions, in 0.5 mm increments or greater as appropriate, may be fabricated into the fabric tube between installation entrance and exit access points. The quantity of resin used in the impregnation shall be sufficient to fill all of the felt voids for the nominal felt thickness. The resin shall be a corrosion resistant polyester or vinyl ester resin and catalyst system that when properly cured within the tube composite meets the requirements of ASTM F1216, ASTM F1743 or F2019, the physical properties herein, and those, which are to be utilized in the design of the CIPP for this application. The resin shall produce CIPP which will comply with or exceed the structural and chemical resistance requirements of this specification. Page 61 A2 CIPPS Structural Requirements The physical properties and characteristics of the finished liner will vary considerably, depending on the types and mixing proportions of the materials used, and the degree of cure executed. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to control these variables and to provide a CIPP system which meets or exceeds the minimum properties specified herein: 1. The CIPP shall be designed as per ASTM standards. The CIPP design shall assume no bonding to the original pipe wall. 2. The design engineer shall set the long term (fifty (50) year extrapolated) Creep Retention Factor at thirty three percent (33%) of the initial design flexural modulus as determined by ASTM D-790 test method. This value shall be used unless the Contractor submits long term test data (ASTM D2990) to substantiate a higher retention factor. 3. The layers of the cured CIPP shall be uniformly bonded. It shall not be possible to separate any two (2) layers with a probe or point of a knife blade so that the layers separate cleanly or the probe or knife blade moves freely between the layers. If separation of the layers occurs during testing of field samples, new samples will be cut from the work. Any reoccurrence may cause rejection of the work. Minimum Physical Properties: The cured pipe material (CIPP) shall, at a minimum, meet or exceed the structural properties, as listed in the table below. Property Test Method Cured Composite Per ASTM F1216 Cured Composite Per Design Flexural Modulus Of Elasticity (Short Term) ASTM D- 790 250,000 Psi Contractor Value Flexural Strength (Short Term) ASTM D- 790 4,500 Psi Contractor Value The required structural CIPP wall thickness shall be based as a minimum, on the physical properties listed above and in accordance with the Design Equations in the appendix of ASTM F 1216, and the following design parameters: Design Safety Factor 2.0 (1.5 For Pipes 36” Or Larger) Creep Retention Factor 33% Ovality 2% Or As Measured By Field Inspection Constrained Soil Modulus Per AASHTO LRFD Section 12 And AWWA Manual M45 Groundwater Depth As Specified Or Indicated On The Plans Soil Depth (Above The Crown) As Specified Or Indicated On The Plans Live Load H20 Highway Soil Load (Assumed) 120 Lb/Cu. Ft. Minimum Service Life 50 Years The Contractor shall submit, prior to installation of the lining materials, certification of compliance with these specifications and/or the requirements of the pre-approved CIPP system. Page 62 Certified material test results shall be included that confirm that all materials conform to these specifications. Materials not complying with these requirements will be rejected. CIPP Short-Liners or segmental liners shall be of the same materials and meet the structural requirements of the full CIPP Tube liner. A3 Material Testing Requirements 1. Chemical Resistance - The CIPP shall meet the chemical resistance requirements of ASTM F1216, Appendix X2. CIPP samples for testing shall be of tube and resin system similar to that proposed for actual construction. It is required that CIPP samples with and without plastic coating meet these chemical testing requirements. 2. Hydraulic Capacity - Overall, the hydraulic profile shall be maintained as large as possible. The CIPP shall have a minimum of the full flow capacity of the original pipe before rehabilitation. Calculated capacities may be derived using a commonly accepted roughness coefficient for the existing pipe material taking into consideration its age and condition. 3. CIPP Field Samples - When requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall submit test results from field installations in the USA of the same resin system and tube materials as proposed for the actual installation. These test results must verify that the CIPP physical properties specified in above have been achieved in previous field applications. Samples for this project shall be made and tested as described herein. 2631.3 CIPPS CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall clean the interior of the existing host pipe prior to installation of the CIPP liner. All debris and obstructions that will affect the installation and the final CIPP product shall be removed and disposed of. The CIPP liner shall be constructed of materials and methods, that when installed, shall provide a joint less and continuous structurally sound liner able to withstand all imposed static and dynamic loads on a long-term basis. A Installation of CIPPS A1 Access It will be the responsibility of the Owner to locate and designate all manhole access points open and accessible for the work, and provide rights of access to these points. If a street must be closed to traffic because of the orientation of the sewer, the Contractor shall institute the actions necessary to do this for the mutually agreed time period. Traffic Control shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall conform to the latest revision of the MMUTCD and other provisions of this specification herein. The Contractor shall keep the roadway open to traffic at all times unless given prior approval by the Engineer. A2 Water Usage Water is available from the City at designated locations for cleaning, inversion, and other work items requiring water. Use of an approved double check backflow assembly shall be required. The Contractor shall provide his own approved assembly. The Contractor may use City water Page 63 but shall inform the Public Works Department of such use and obtain a meter for documenting water usage. No fees will be charged for water. A3 Cleaning of Sewer Lines The Contractor shall remove all internal debris from the pipe line that will interfere with the installation and the final product delivery of the CIPP as required in these specifications. Solid debris and deposits shall be removed from the system and disposed of properly by the Contractor. Moving material from manhole section to manhole section shall not be allowed. As applicable the contractor shall either plug or install a flow bypass pumping system to properly clean the pipe lines. The Contractor shall ensure that no debris is transferred downstream during cleaning operations. The Contractor shall use a vacuum vehicle or similar means to remove debris during cleaning operations. Precaution shall be taken, by the Contractor in the use of cleaning equipment to avoid damage to the existing pipe. The repair of any damage, caused by the cleaning equipment, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Disposal of the cleaning debris shall be in accordance with local, State and Federal Law and shall be incidental to the CIPPS. A4 Bypassing Wastewater The Contractor shall provide a by-pass for the flow of existing mainline and service connection effluent around the section or sections of pipe designated for CIPP installation. Installation of the liner shall not begin until the Contractor has installed a sewage by-pass system and all pumping facilities have been installed and tested under full operating conditions including the bypass of mainline and side sewer flows. Once the lining process has begun, existing sewage flows shall be maintained, until the resin/felt tube composite is fully cured, cooled down, fully televised and the CIPP ends finished. The Contractor shall coordinate sewer bypass and flow interruptions with the Engineer at least fourteen (14) days in advance and with the property owners and businesses at least three (3) business days in advance. The pump and bypass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle peak flows. The Contractor shall submit a detail of the bypass plan and design to the Engineer prior to proceeding with any CIPP installation. Compensation for by-pass pumping and all associated plans and approvals shall be included in the price bid for CIPPS Installation. A5 Inspection of Pipelines Inspection of pipelines shall be performed by experienced personnel trained in locating breaks, obstacles, and service connections by closed circuit television. The interior of the pipeline shall be carefully inspected to determine the location of any conditions which may prevent proper installation of the CIPPS into the pipelines and it shall be noted so that these conditions can be corrected. A videotape and suitable log shall be kept for later reference by the Owner. The Owner has copies of a video inspection of the sewers to be relined, and these are available for prospective bidders. However, since the deterioration of sewer is an ongoing process, and roots, solids, and deposits can accumulate over time, the Contractor shall base the design of the liner on inspections made immediately prior to installation. A6 Line Obstructions It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clear the line of obstructions such as solids and roots that will prevent the insertion of CIPP. If pre-installation inspection reveals an obstruction such as a protruding service connection, dropped joint, or a collapse that will prevent the Page 64 inversion process, that was not evident on the pre-bid video and it cannot be removed by conventional sewer cleaning equipment, if directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall make a point repair excavation to uncover and remove or repair the obstruction. Such excavation shall be approved in writing by the Owner's representative prior to the commencement of the work and shall be considered as a separate pay item. A7 Public Notification The Contractor shall make every effort to maintain service usage throughout the duration of the project. In the event that a service will be out of service, the maximum amount of time of no service shall be eight (8) hours for any property served by the sewer. A public notification program shall be implemented, and shall as a minimum, require the Contractor to be responsible for contacting each home or business connected to the sanitary sewer and informing them of the work to be conducted, and when the sewer will be off-line. The Contractor shall also provide the following: 1. Written notice to be delivered to each home or business the day prior to the beginning of work being conducted on the section, and a local telephone number of the Contractor they can call to discuss the project or any problem which could arise. 2. Personal contact with any home or business, which cannot be reconnected within the time stated in the written notice. The Contractor shall be responsible for confirming the locations of all branch service connections prior to installing and curing the CIPP. A8 Liner Installation CIPP installation shall be in accordance with the applicable ASTM standards with the following modifications: 1. The wet-out tube shall be positioned in the pipeline using the method specified by the manufacturer. Care should be exercised not to damage the tube as a result of installation. The tube should be pulled-in or inverted through an existing manhole or approved access point and fully extend to the next designated manhole or termination point. If pulled into place, a power winch should be utilized and care should be exercised not to damage the tube as a result of pull-in friction. 2. Prior to installation and as recommended by the manufacturer remote temperature gauges or sensors shall be placed inside the host pipe to monitor the temperatures during the cure cycle. Liner and/or host pipe interface temperature shall be monitored and logged during curing of the liner. 3. Curing shall be accomplished by utilizing the appropriate medium in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended cure schedule. The curing source or in and output temperatures shall be monitored and logged during the cure cycles. The manufacturer’s recommended cure schedule shall be used for each line segment installed, and the liner wall thickness and the existing ground conditions with regard to temperature, moisture level, and thermal conductivity of soil, per ASTM as applicable, shall be taken into account by the Contractor. Page 65 4. The Contractor shall remove protruding taps to the inside wall of the pipe. In no case shall the pipe be less than ninety five percent (95%) open to flow. A9 Resin Impregnation The quantity of resin used for tube impregnation shall be sufficient to fill the volume of air voids in the tube with additional allowances for polymerization shrinkage and the loss of resin through cracks and irregularities in the original pipe wall. A vacuum impregnation process shall be used. To insure a through wet-out, the point of vacuum shall be no further than twenty five feet (25') from the point of initial resin introductions. After vacuum in the tube is established, the vacuum points shall be no further than seventy five feet (75') from the leading edge of the resin. The leading edge of the resin slug shall be as near to perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the tube as possible. A roller system shall be used to uniformly distribute tie resin throughout the tube. If the Installer proposes an alternate method of resin impregnation, the method must produce the same results and the method approved by the Engineer. A10 Cool Down The Contractor shall cool the CIPP in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Temperatures and curing data shall be monitored and recorded, by the Contractor, throughout the installation process to ensure that each phase of the process is achieved as approved in accordance with the CIPP System manufacturer’s recommendations. A11 Finishing Operations The installed CIPP shall be continuous over the entire length of a sewer line section and be free from visual defects such as foreign inclusions, dry spots, pinholes, major wrinkles and delamination. The lining shall be impervious and free of any leakage from the pipe to the surrounding ground or from the ground to inside the lined pipe. Any defect, which will or could affect the structural integrity or strength of the linings, shall be repaired at the Contractor’s expense. The beginning and end of the CIPP shall be sealed to the existing host pipe. The sealing material shall be compatible with the pipe end and shall provide a watertight seal. If any of the service connections leak water between the host pipe and the installed liner, the connection mainline interface shall be sealed to provide a watertight connection. If the wall of the CIPP leaks, it shall be repaired or removed and replaced with a watertight pipe as recommended by the manufacture of the CIPP system. At all points where the liner pipe has been exposed (such as service connection fittings, or other points where the old pipe must be removed), the liner pipe and fittings shall be encased in cement-stabilized sand or other high density material as specified by the Engineer to prevent deflection due to difference in subsidence. After the encasement material is in place and accepted by the Engineer, backfill is placed and compacted to require finish grade in accordance with the specifications. Particular care should be taken to ensure compaction of earth beneath the lateral/service pipe in order to reduce subsidence and resultant bending at the lateral connection at the sewer main. A12 Manhole Connections A seal, consisting of a resin mixture or hydrophilic seal compatible with the installed CIPP shall be applied at manhole walls in accordance with the CIPP System manufacturer’s recommendations. Page 66 A13 Reconnections of Existing Services Services shall be identified by the Contractor prior to lining work. After the pipe has been reconstructed and tested, the service connections shall be reconnected. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to make sure that all service connections are reconnected, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. A CCTV camera and remote cutting tool shall be used for internal reconnections. The machined opening shall be at least ninety five percent (95%) of the service connection opening and the bottom of both openings must match. The opening shall not be more than one hundred percent (100%) of the service connection opening. The edges of the opening shall not have pipe fragments or liner fragments, which may obstruct flow or snag debris. In the event that service reinstatements result in openings that are greater than one hundred percent (100%) of the service connection opening, the Contractor shall install a CIPP type repair, sufficiently in size to completely cover the over-cut service connection. No additional compensation will be paid for the repair of over-cut service connections. Discs of pipe material resulting from service tap cutting shall be collected at the next manhole downstream of the pipe rehabilitation operation prior to leaving the site. Discs shall not be allowed to pass through the system. A14 CIPP Short-Liner The CIPP short-liner shall meet the requirements of the full length CIPP liner and the following: 1. The Short-Liner shall be inserted into the existing sewer line with a power winch and steel cable attached to the end of the liner by use of an appropriate pulling head. Length of the liner to be inserted at any one time shall be governed by the length of the section in need of repair or the maximum length of the installation equipment considering the size and condition of the sewer. 2. A mobile installation unit shall be brought to the site ready to process the liner. The installation unit shall contain heat generating equipment, CCTV facility and other auxiliary miscellaneous equipment necessary for controlling processing of the Short- Liner pipe. The equipment shall be positioned next to the point of entry with minimum obstruction to the other side activities and shall be operated by trained personnel only. 3. The pressure shall be increased to compensate for the heating-cooling transition and it shall be maintained until the temperature at the lowest critical point is 100º F (38º C). This shall constitute completion of the Short-Liner pipe processing. The pipe within the pipe shall be tight fitting and adapted to the existing sewer pipe. B TESTING AND INSPECTION B1 Testing CIPP samples shall be prepared and tested in accordance with ASTM F1216, Section 8.1, using either method proposed. Leakage testing of the CIPP shall be accomplished during cure while under a positive head. CIPP products in which the pipe wall is cured while not in direct contact with the pressurizing fluid (e.g., a removable bladder) must be tested by an alternative method approved by the Engineer. Page 67 B2 Inspection Visual inspection of the CIPP shall be in accordance with ASTM F1216, Section 8.4. The relined pipe shall be continuous without joints through the entire pipe length. The liner shall be free of all visible defects except those resulting from pre-lined conditions which the Contractor has noted prior to lining. There shall be no pits, pinholes, cracks, or crazing, and the surface shall be smooth and free of waviness throughout the pipe. Any defects shall be repaired by the Contractor with no expense to the Owner. Where leakage is observed through the wall of the pipe, the contractor shall institute additional testing including but not limited to air testing, localized testing and any other testing that will verify the leak proof integrity of the installed CIPP to the satisfaction of the Owner. B3 Televising Prior to final acceptance of any sanitary sewer relining including short-liners, the Contractor shall inspect by means of remote closed circuit television equipment the entire segment of sanitary sewer, manhole-to manhole. Sewer shall be cleaned prior to inspection. A videotape of the inspection shall be furnished to the City. The following conditions shall apply to the sewer acceptance TV inspection: 1. The videotape shall be in a format to be decided by the Owner, that creates high quality picture and sound and shall be recorded in color. 2. The TV camera shall be pulled through the sewer at a maximum rate of thirty five feet (35') per minute. 3. The camera shall be pulled downstream in all cases. 4. The lens of the camera shall be cleaned at each manhole or when directed by the Owner. 5. The recording shall have an on-screen display showing the following: a. Upstream and downstream manhole numbers b. Footage from the upstream manhole c. Inspection date 6. Sewers shall not be televised within forty eight (48) hours of a rainfall event greater than one half inch (½"). 7. The CIPPS shall be re-televised one (1) month prior to expiration of the one-year warranty. A videotape and written report shall be supplied to the City. 2631.4 CIPPS METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Measurement for CIPP Lining shall be on a linear foot basis, to the nearest whole foot, measured from center of manhole to center of manhole. Page 68 2631.5 CIPPS BASIS OF PAYMENT The proposal form shall cover all work shown on the contract drawings, specifications, and Special Provisions. All costs associated with the work including furnishing of all materials, providing all construction and equipment, and performing all necessary labor, coordination, supervision, and management to fully complete the work, shall be included in the unit or lump sum prices quoted in the proposal form. This work shall include restoration of all surfaces to their original condition or better. Reconnection of all existing services shall be considered incidental to the CIPPS. All work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the proposal form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the amounts and prices submitted in the proposal form. The following methods of measurement for payment will be used to derive the quantities installed: 1. Site Protection and Restoration a) No separate payment will be made for protection and restoration of roadway surfaces, curb and gutter, landscaping, and other site features unless otherwise specified. 2. Spot Repair to existing pipe a) Bid items have been provided in the proposal for removal and replacement of pipe as Spot or Point Repairs. No additional compensation will be granted for repairs. 3. Cured-in-Place Pipe System (CIPPS) a) Payment shall be made at the unit price as listed on the proposal. All work related to the cleaning, installation and acceptance of the system as a whole shall be considered incidental to CIPPS installation. b) Payment for re-instatement of services shall be at the unit price listed on the proposal per each service, and shall be compensation in full for all materials, labor, equipment, and maintenance necessary to complete the work as required by the plans or required by the Engineer. c) Payment for Short-Liner installations shall be made at the unit price listed on the proposal and shall be compensation in full for all materials, labor, equipment, and maintenance necessary to complete the work as required by the plans or required by the Engineer. Page 69 SECTION 2641 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PIPELINE REHABILITATION BY PIPE BURSTING 2641.1 DESCRIPTION A General All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation “Standard Specifications for Construction”, and all supplements and amendments thereto, published prior to the date of advertisement for bids. This specification shall cover the rehabilitation of existing gravity and pressure utility pipelines using pipe bursting methods. Pipe bursting is a process by which the bursting unit fractures the existing pipe while simultaneously installing a new pipe of the same size or larger size pipe in the place of the existing pipe. Existing lateral and service connections are disconnected prior to mainline pipe bursting to reduce lateral pipe/service pipe damage, then reconnected after testing and disinfection of the new pipe as applicable is approved, television inspection of the new pipe is performed, and the installation is completed in accordance with the contract documents. 2641.2 QUALIFICATIONS The Contractor shall be certified by the particular Pipe Bursting System Manufacturer as a fully trained installer of the pipe bursting system. The Contractor shall provide certifications of training and proficiency in the use of the equipment. Only the Contractor’s employees that are trained and certified shall operate the equipment. The Contractor shall have a minimum of five (5) years' experience using the pipe-bursting method proposed and shall have installed no less than 50,000 feet by this method. 2641.3 MATERIALS Pipe materials meet the requirements described in Sections 2611.2 and 2621.2 of these specifications, and as provided in the Special Provisions and the following: 1. Sizes of the new pipe insertions shall be such to renew the pipe mainline to greater than the original flow capacity. 2. All pipe and fittings shall be made of virgin material. No rework except that obtained from the manufacturer’s own production of the same formulation shall be used. 3. The pipe shall be homogenous throughout and shall be free of visible cracks, holes, foreign material, blisters, or other deleterious faults. 4. Tensile strength of the pipe shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendation for the specified purpose and method of installation. 5. Material color shall be as specified with interior of pipe having a light reflective color to allow for viewing for television inspection. The fused pipe joints shall be de-beaded to reduce collection of sediment and allow a camera to pass during inspection. Page 70 6. The Contractor shall consult with the selected pipe bursting equipment manufacturer regarding recommendations for the installation of pipe materials specified. 2641.4 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit the following: 1. Tests for compliance with this specification shall be made as specified herein and in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification. A certificate from the manufacturer indicating the materials furnished meet the requirements of these specifications. 2. Shop drawings, catalog data, and manufacturer’s technical data showing complete information on material composition, physical properties, and dimensions of new pipe and fittings. Include manufacturer’s recommendations for handling, storage, and repair of pipe and fittings damaged. 3. Certification of Contractor and assigned personnel training for installing pipe. 4. Detailed submittal of the procedures and method proposed by the Contractor to burst the existing pipe and insert the new pipe. 5. Television inspection reports and video made of the existing pipe and after new pipe installation. 2641.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING The Contactor shall transport, handle, and store pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. If new pipe and fittings become damaged before or during installation, it shall be repaired as recommended by the manufacturer or replaced as required by the Engineer at the Contractor’s expense, before proceeding further. Deliver, store and handle other materials as required to prevent damage. 2641.6 LICENSE AGREEMENTS The Contractor shall submit evidence acceptable to the Owner, such as a certified copy of a license or agreement that it has the authority to use the proposed method from the patent holder and licensed manufacturer. The Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Owner and the Engineer against all claims, suits, and actions or other damages as a result of negligence of any person or property arising out of patent infringement by the Contractor or the Contractor’s employee’s, agents, the suppliers, or any tier of subcontractors involved in the work. 2641.7 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Before excavation is started, it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to check with the various utility companies and determine the location and depth of the existing utilities in the vicinity of the work area. Damage to utilities and the resulting repair, temporary service cost, etc., shall be borne by the Contractor. Access pits shall be backfilled in accordance with Section 2600, Trench Excavation and Backfill. Page 71 All excavations shall be properly sheeted/shored in accordance with relevant specifications for trench safety systems. Any damage resulting from improperly shored excavations shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer with no compensation to the Contractor. All open excavations shall be kept secure at all times by the use of barricades and fencing with appropriate lights and signs, construction tape, covering with steel plates, etc., or as directed by the Engineer. All lateral and service connections shall be identified, located and excavated prior to the pipe insertion to expedite reconnection. The Contractor shall use excavation methods that will not create a rise or sag at the service or lateral connection for gravity sewers. A rise or sag in the sewer will be repaired by the contractor at no expense to the Owner, in a manner approved by the Engineer. The location and number of insertion and receiving excavations shall be planned by the Contractor and submitted in writing for approval by the Engineer at least ten (10) days prior to excavation. One (1) or more receiving pits shall be excavated at the end(s) of the pipe to be replaced or at appropriate points within the length of the existing pipe. Pit shall be centered over the existing pipe. The number of pits for machine and pipe insertion shall be the minimum necessary to most efficiently accomplish the work. The Contractor shall give consideration to the use of excavation required for other purposes such as for sanitary sewer service reconnections and manhole replacement. Where manholes are used as machine or new pipe insertion pits, the Contractor shall identify such manholes and replace them at no additional cost to the Owner if damaged. Any manhole modification or replacement required shall be considered incidental to the installation of the new pipe. Equipment used to perform the work shall be located away from buildings so as not to create noise impact. Provide a silent engine compartment to reduce machine noise as required to meet local requirements. The Contractor shall install all pulleys, rollers, bumpers, alignment control devices, and other equipment required to protect existing manholes and pipe components not intended for removal/replacement, and to protect the new pipe from damage during installation. Lubrication may be used as recommended by the manufacturer. If lubrication is used for insertion, the Contractor shall ensure that the lubricant does not backfill existing services. Under no circumstances will the pipe be stressed beyond eighty percent (80%) of its elastic limit as published and recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe insertion shall be continuous and without interruption from manhole to manhole for sewers, or junction to junction for watermain, except as approved by the Engineer. Upon completion of insertion of the new pipe, and after the relaxation period, the Contractor shall expedite the reconnection of laterals and services so as to minimize any inconvenience to customers. Connection of services shall be in accordance with Sections 2611 and 2621 of these specifications and as provided in the Special Provisions. The installed pipe shall be allowed the manufacturer’s recommended amount of time, but not less than four (4) hours, for cooling and relaxation due to tensile stressing prior to any reconnection of service lines, sealing of the annulus or backfilling of the insertion pit. Sufficient Page 72 excess length of new pipe, but not less than four inches (4"), shall be allowed to protrude into manholes. Restraint of pipe ends shall be achieved by means of electrofusion couplings. The electrofusion couplings shall be slipped over pipe ends against manhole wall and fused in place. Installation of electrofusion couplings shall be done in accordance with the manufacturers recommended procedures. Following the relaxation period, the annular space at the manhole shall be sealed. Sealing shall be made with material approved by the Engineer and shall extend a minimum of eight inches (8") into the manhole wall in such a manner as to form a smooth, uniform, watertight joint. Fused pipe joints shall be de-beaded to create a smooth flow line. There shall be no ridges or burrs from the fusion method exposed on the interior of the pipe following installation. Tracer wire shall be installed with the pipe in accordance with 2611 and 2621. Equipment: The pipe bursting tool shall increase the external dimensions sufficiently, causing breakage of the existing pipe at the same time expanding the surrounding ground. Simultaneously, the new pipe, directly attached to the expander, shall also move forward. See manufacturer’s specifications for what size tool should be used in what diameter of pipe, as well as parameters of what size tool for percentage of upsize allowed. The bursting head shall incorporate a shield/expander to prevent collapse of the hole ahead of the pipe insertion. Bypass Pumping: The Contractor, when and where required for sanitary sewer replacement, shall provide diversion for the pipe bursting/replacement process. The pumps and by-pass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle all flows. All costs for by-pass pumping required during installation of the pipe shall be incidental to the installation of the pipe, unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions. Temporary Water: The Contractor when and where required for watermain replacement, shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment associated with managing, constructing, and maintaining a temporary potable water distribution system for all existing water users which must be taken out of service for a period exceeding eight (8) hours, or as required at the discretion of the Engineer. All costs to provide temporary water required during installation of the pipe shall be incidental to the installation of the pipe, unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions. 2641.8 TESTING AND INSPECTION Testing: Tests for compliance with this specification shall be made as described herein and in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification. A certificate with this specification shall be furnished, upon request, by the manufacturer for all material furnished under this specification. Inspection: Video inspection of pipelines shall be performed by experienced personnel trained in locating breaks, obstacles, and service connections by closed circuit color television. Video inspection shall include the following: Two (2) copies of the DVD’s in mpeg4 format (post) to be submitted to the Owner before final invoice. Page 73 DVD’s are to remain property of the Owner; Contractor to retain second copy. All flows tributary to reach of sewer being inspected are to be completely by-passed around the reach during inspection if necessary and required by the Owner. Pre-construction video of the existing pipe and post construction video inspection upon completion of reconstruction of each reach of pipe, with the voice description, with stationing of services indicated. Data and stationing to be on video. Should any portion of the video inspection be of inadequate quality or coverage, as determined by the Owner the Contractor will have the portion re-inspected and video recorded at no additional expense to the Owner. 2641.9 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Measurement for pipe bursting shall be on a linear foot basis, to the nearest whole foot, measured from center of manhole to center of manhole or junction point to junction point as indicated on the plans. 2641.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT Pipe Bursting: The work performed as prescribed by this item will be paid for by the linear foot at the unit price bid for the pipe bursting/replacement at the specified pipe diameter and location which price shall be full compensation for the installation of the new pipe, furnishing and placing of all materials, labor, tools, equipment, cleaning, and preparation of the existing pipe to receive the new pipe, tracer wire, pipe bedding, backfill material, annulus sealing material and launching pits, and video inspection of final installed pipe, bypass pumping, temporary water distribution, traffic control, sealing at manholes, locating, excavating, disconnecting, testing in accordance with the Contract Documents, and all else incidental thereto for which separate payment is not provided under other Items in the Bid Form. SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT APPENDIX D CITY OF PRIOR LAKE, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 011127-000 APPENDIX D POND SEDIMENT SAMPLING RESULTS 701 Xenia Avenue South | Minneapolis, MN 55416 | (763) 762-2848 Building a legacy – your legacy. Equal Opportunity Employer | wsbeng.com K:\011050-000\Admin\Docs\Sediment Sampling\0 - Memo Report.docx Memorandum To: Peter Young, City of Prior Lake From: Ryan Spencer, WSB & Associates, Inc. Date: 11-27-17 Re: Sandy Point Beach Park Sediment Sampling Stormwater Ponds SWP-6754S-01 and SWP-6754S-02 WSB Project No. 011050-000 Sediment samples were collected from Sandy Pont Beach Park stormwater ponds SWP-6754S- 01 (west pond) and SWP-6754S-02 (east pond) located in Prior Lake, Minnesota. The samples were collected in accordance with the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency’s (MPCA) Managing Stormwater Sediment Best Management Practice Guidance document. The results of the analysis indicate the sediment in pond SWP-6754S-01 (west pond) contains polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH) concentrations greater than Residential and Industrial Soil Reference Values (SRVs). Therefore, the sediment in pond SWP-6754S-01 will require special management if excavated or disturbed during future maintenance activities. Field Procedures and Data Review Four sediment samples (S-1 through S-4) were collected from the Sandy Point Beach Park Stormwater Ponds on November 2nd, 2017. The sample locations are depicted on the attached Sample Location Map. The sediment samples were collected as core samples and were submitted to Pace Analytical for analysis of PAHs, carcinogenic PAHs (cPAHs), arsenic, and copper. Samples S-1 and S-3 were also analyzed for RCRA metals to provide additional data if landfill disposal is required. The results of the analysis were compiled into the MPCA Sediment Spreadsheet for comparison to established Residential and Industrial SRVs (see attachment). The cPAH results were used to calculate a benzo(a)pyrene (BaP) equivalence value, which was also compared to the SRVs. The Kaplan Meier Method was used to calculate the BaP equivalent values for samples S-2 and S-4. The BaP equivalent concentration for sample S-1 is 16.216 milligrams per kilogram (mg/kg). This concentration is above the Industrial SRV threshold concentration of 3 mg/kg and is considered regulated fill. The sediment material at sample S-1 will require landfill disposal if excavated during future maintenance activities. The BaP equivalent concentration for sample S-2 is 2.460 mg/kg using the Kaplan Meier Method. This concentration is above the Residential SRV threshold concentration of 2 mg/kg and is considered regulated fill. The sediment material at sample S-2 may be reused on industrial or commercial sites if excavated during future pond maintenance activities. The sediment material at S-2 cannot be reused at residential, park, or recreational sites. Mr. Peter Young 11-27-17 Page 2 Building a legacy – your legacy. Equal Opportunity Employer | wsbeng.com K:\011050-000\Admin\Docs\Sediment Sampling\0 - Memo Report.docx The BaP equivalent concentrations at samples S-3 and S-4 were below Residential SRVs and are considered unregulated fill. Sediment near these samples can be reused without restrictions. No RCRA metal or copper concentrations exceeded Residential SRVs. Attachments 1 - Sample Location Map 2 - Shady Beach Stormwater Ponds MPCA Sediment Spreadsheet 3 - Analytical Lab Report Attachment 1 Figure 1 - Sample Location Figure Stormwater Ponds SWP-6754S-01 & SWP-6754S-02 Prior Lake, MN S-1 (inlet) S-2 S-4 S-3 East Pond (SWP-6754S-02) West Pond (SWP-6754S-01) Attachment 2 Summary of Stormwater Pond Sediment Testing Results Project Name: Sandy Point Beach Park Sediment Sampling Sample Date: 11/2/17 Residential SRV Industrial SRV Chemical Reporting Limit* mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 Metals mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg Arsenic 1.1 9 20 1.0 2.8 1.9 4.2 Copper 0.56 100 9000 21.9 16.8 12.5 29.8 Noncarcinogenic PAHs mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg Acenaphthene 0.599 1,200 5,260 0.485 0.0067 0.00079 0.0071 Acenaphthylene 0.599 na na 0.0469 0.0195 0.0023 0.0279 Anthracene 0.599 7,880 45,400 1.43 0.0499 0.0050 0.0601 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene 0.599 na na 1.53 0.499 0.0467 0.401 Fluoranthene 0.599 1,080 6,800 8.24 1.15 0.105 0.990 Fluorene 0.599 850 4,120 0.646 0.0103 0.00099 0.0118 2-Methylnaphthalene 0.599 100 369 0.0384 0.0056 0.00083 0.0057 Naphthalene 0.599 10 28 0.0415 0.0054 0.00079 0.0055 Phenanthrene 0.599 na na 6.34 0.301 0.0283 0.274 Pyrene 0.599 890 5,800 7.07 1.07 0.0902 0.904 Carcinogenic PAHs/ B[a]P Equivalents Reporting Limit* mg/kg Potency Equiv. Factor (PEF) Site Conc. mg/kg BaP Equiv. Conc. mg/kg Site Conc. mg/kg BaP Equiv. Conc. mg/kg Site Conc. mg/kg BaP Equiv. Conc. mg/kg Site Conc. mg/kg BaP Equiv. Conc. mg/kg Benzo(a)anthracene 0.599 0.10 2.68 0.268 0.375 0.038 0.0324 0.003 0.260 0.026 Benzofluoranthenes (Total)1.80 0.10 4.99 0.499 1.85 0.185 0.155 0.016 1.87 0.187 Benzo(j)flouranthene 0.10 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 Benzo(k)fluoranthene 0.10 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 Benzo(a)pyrene 0.599 1.00 2.69 2.690 0.685 0.685 0.0596 0.060 0.554 0.554 Chrysene 0.599 0.01 3.11 0.031 0.788 0.008 0.0657 0.001 0.643 0.006 Dibenz(a,h)acridine 0.599 0.10 0.228 < 0.023 0.0367 J 0.004 0.0049 < 0.000 0.0341 < 0.003 Dibenz(a,h)anthracene 0.599 0.56 0.416 J 0.233 0.124 0.069 0.0110 J 0.006 0.0965 0.054 7H-Dibenzo(c,g)carbazole 0.599 1.00 0.102 < 0.102 0.0150 < 0.015 0.0022 < 0.002 0.0153 < 0.015 Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene 0.599 1.00 0.714 0.714 0.196 0.196 0.0188 0.019 0.158 0.158 Dibenzo(a,h)pyrene 0.599 10.00 0.230 J 2.300 0.0634 J 0.634 0.0055 J 0.055 0.0415 J 0.415 Dibenzo(a,i)pyrene 0.599 10.00 0.160 J 1.600 0.0254 J 0.254 0.0029 J 0.029 0.0211 J 0.211 Dibenzo(a,l)pyrene 0.599 10.00 0.116 J 1.160 0.0050 < 0.050 0.00074 <0.007 0.0051 < 0.051 7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene 0.599 34.00 0.168 < 5.712 0.0246 < 0.836 0.0036 < 0.122 0.0251 < 0.853 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 0.599 0.10 1.40 0.140 0.457 0.046 0.0414 0.004 0.376 0.038 3-Methylcholanthrene 0.599 3.00 0.150 J 0.450 0.0248 J 0.074 0.0030 J 0.009 0.0211 J 0.063 5-Methylchrysene 0.599 1.00 0.294 J 0.294 0.0702 J 0.070 0.0060 J 0.006 0.0557 J 0.056 Total B[a]P Equivalents 2 3 16.216 3.164 0.340 2.691 Total B[a]P Equivalents - Kaplan Meier 2 3 2.460 1.920 0.164 0.128 BOLD Detection Not-Bold SRV = soil reference value PAHs = polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons B[a]P = benzo[a]pyrene conc. = concentration Sample Locations and Depths J J < J J J J J J J <<< <<< J <J J J J J J J J * Reporting Limit- insert reporting limit in this column from the lab analytical results reports (converting to mg/kg if necessary) Highlight value for "J" flagged data - sample concentration is above method detection limit but below reporting limit B[a]P Equivalent - Each contaminant sample concentration is multiplied by it's Potency Equivalency Factor (PEF) to obtain a B[a]P equivalent concentration. All B[a]P equivalent concentrations are summed to calculate the total B[a]P equivalent concentration. For nondetect data, use the procedures outlined in Appendix B of "Managing Stormwater Sediment BMP Guidance For Municipalities". B[a]P Equivalent greater than 2 and less than 3 B[a]P Equivalent greater than 3 Residential SRV (suitable for residential land use) Industrial SRV (suitable for industrial land use) Non-detec - MDL Value wq-strm4-79 Minnesota Pollution Control Agency • 520 Lafayette Rd. N., St. Paul, MN 55155-4194 • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 or use your preferred relay service • Info.pca@state.mn.us May 2017 Attachment 3 #=CL# November 16, 2017 LIMS USE: FR - RYAN SPENCER LIMS OBJECT ID: 10409647 10409647 Project: Pace Project No.: RE: Ryan Spencer WSB & Associates 701 Xenia Ave S. Suite 300 Minneapolis, MN 55416 011050-000 Prior Lake Sediment Dear Ryan Spencer: Enclosed are the analytical results for sample(s) received by the laboratory on November 03, 2017. The results relate only to the samples included in this report. Results reported herein conform to the most current, applicable TNI/NELAC standards and the laboratory's Quality Assurance Manual, where applicable, unless otherwise noted in the body of the report. If you have any questions concerning this report, please feel free to contact me. Sincerely, Bob Michels bob.michels@pacelabs.com Project Manager (612)607-6452 Enclosures cc: Ms. Linnea Henkels, WSB & Associates REPORT OF LABORATORY ANALYSIS This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written consent of Pace Analytical Services, LLC. Pace Analytical Services, LLC 1700 Elm Street - Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55414 (612)607-1700 Page 1 of 19 #=CP# CERTIFICATIONS Pace Project No.: Project: 10409647 011050-000 Prior Lake Sediment Minnesota Certification IDs 1700 Elm Street SE, Suite 200, Minneapolis, MN 55414- 2485 A2LA Certification #: 2926.01 Alabama Certification #: 40770 Alaska Contaminated Sites Certification #: 17-009 Alaska DW Certification #: MN00064 Arizona Certification #: AZ0014 Arkansas Certification #: 88-0680 California Certification #: 2929 CNMI Saipan Certification #:MP0003 Colorado Certification #: MN00064 Connecticut Certification #: PH-0256 EPA Region 8+Wyoming DW Certification #: via MN 027- 053-137 Florida Certification #: E87605 Georgia Certification #: 959 Guam EPA Certification #: MN00064 Hawaii Certification #: MN00064 Idaho Certification #: MN00064 Illinois Certification #: 200011 Indiana Certification #: C-MN-01 Iowa Certification #: 368 Kansas Certification #: E-10167 Kentucky DW Certification #: 90062 Kentucky WW Certification #: 90062 Louisiana DEQ Certification #: 03086 Louisiana DW Certification #: MN00064 Maine Certification #: MN00064 Maryland Certification #: 322 Massachusetts Certification #: M-MN064 Michigan Certification #: 9909 Minnesota Certification #: 027-053-137 Mississippi Certification #: MN00064 Montana Certification #: CERT0092 Nebraska Certification #: NE-OS-18-06 Nevada Certification #: MN00064 New Hampshire Certification #: 2081 New Jersey Certification #: MN002 New York Certification #: 11647 North Carolina DW Certification #: 27700 North Carolina WW Certification #: 530 North Dakota Certification #: R-036 Ohio DW Certification #: 41244 Ohio VAP Certification #: CL101 Oklahoma Certification #: 9507 Oregon NwTPH Certification #: MN300001 Oregon Secondary Certification #: MN200001 Pennsylvania Certification #: 68-00563 Puerto Rico Certification #: MN00064 South Carolina Certification #:74003001 Tennessee Certification #: TN02818 Texas Certification #: T104704192 Utah Certification #: MN00064 Virginia Certification #: 460163 Washington Certification #: C486 West Virginia DW Certification #: 9952 C West Virginia DEP Certification #: 382 Wisconsin Certification #: 999407970 REPORT OF LABORATORY ANALYSIS This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written consent of Pace Analytical Services, LLC. Pace Analytical Services, LLC 1700 Elm Street - Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55414 (612)607-1700 Page 2 of 19 #=SS# SAMPLE SUMMARY Pace Project No.: Project: 10409647 011050-000 Prior Lake Sediment Lab ID Sample ID Matrix Date Collected Date Received 10409647001 S-1 Solid 11/02/17 13:00 11/03/17 09:50 10409647002 S-2 Solid 11/02/17 13:00 11/03/17 09:50 10409647003 S-3 Solid 11/02/17 13:00 11/03/17 09:50 10409647004 S-4 Solid 11/02/17 13:00 11/03/17 09:50 REPORT OF LABORATORY ANALYSIS This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written consent of Pace Analytical Services, LLC. Pace Analytical Services, LLC 1700 Elm Street - Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55414 (612)607-1700 Page 3 of 19 #=SA# SAMPLE ANALYTE COUNT Pace Project No.: Project: 10409647 011050-000 Prior Lake Sediment Lab ID Sample ID Method Analytes Reported LaboratoryAnalysts 10409647001 S-1 EPA 6010C 8 PASI-MIP EPA 7471B 1 PASI-MLMW ASTM D2974 1 PASI-MJDL EPA 8270D by SIM 28 PASI-MAT1 10409647002 S-2 EPA 6010C 2 PASI-MIP ASTM D2974 1 PASI-MJDL EPA 8270D by SIM 28 PASI-MAT1 10409647003 S-3 EPA 6010C 8 PASI-MIP EPA 7471B 1 PASI-MLMW ASTM D2974 1 PASI-MJDL EPA 8270D by SIM 28 PASI-MAT1 10409647004 S-4 EPA 6010C 2 PASI-MIP ASTM D2974 1 PASI-MJDL EPA 8270D by SIM 28 PASI-MAT1 REPORT OF LABORATORY ANALYSIS This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written consent of Pace Analytical Services, LLC. Pace Analytical Services, LLC 1700 Elm Street - Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55414 (612)607-1700 Page 4 of 19 #=AR# ANALYTICAL RESULTS Pace Project No.: Project: 10409647 011050-000 Prior Lake Sediment Sample: S-1 Lab ID: 10409647001 Collected: 11/02/17 13:00 Received: 11/03/17 09:50 Matrix: Solid Results reported on a "dry weight" basis and are adjusted for percent moisture, sample size and any dilutions. Parameters Results Units DF Prepared Analyzed CAS No. QualMDLPQL Analytical Method: EPA 6010C Preparation Method: EPA 30506010C MET ICP Arsenic 1.0J mg/kg 11/15/17 21:00 7440-38-211/10/17 07:541.1 0.29 1 Barium 22.7 mg/kg 11/15/17 21:00 7440-39-311/10/17 07:540.56 0.030 1 Cadmium 0.049J mg/kg 11/15/17 21:00 7440-43-9 B11/10/17 07:540.17 0.017 1 Chromium 27.4 mg/kg 11/15/17 21:00 7440-47-311/10/17 07:540.56 0.071 1 Copper 21.9 mg/kg 11/15/17 21:00 7440-50-811/10/17 07:540.56 0.094 1 Lead 2.4 mg/kg 11/15/17 21:00 7439-92-111/10/17 07:540.56 0.13 1 Selenium <0.47 mg/kg 11/15/17 21:00 7782-49-211/10/17 07:541.1 0.47 1 Silver <0.044 mg/kg 11/15/17 21:00 7440-22-411/10/17 07:540.56 0.044 1 Analytical Method: EPA 7471B Preparation Method: EPA 7471B7471B Mercury Mercury <0.0099 mg/kg 11/15/17 16:52 7439-97-611/10/17 07:550.021 0.0099 1 Analytical Method: ASTM D2974Dry Weight / %M by ASTM D2974 Percent Moisture 16.7 %11/09/17 14:180.10 0.10 1 Analytical Method: EPA 8270D by SIM Preparation Method: EPA 35508270D MSSV CPAH by SIM Acenaphthene 485J ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 83-32-911/06/17 06:56599 36.6 50 Acenaphthylene 46.9J ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 208-96-811/06/17 06:56599 34.2 50 Anthracene 1430 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 120-12-711/06/17 06:56599 34.8 50 Benzo(a)anthracene 2680 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 56-55-311/06/17 06:56599 89.9 50 Benzo(a)pyrene 2690 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 50-32-811/06/17 06:56599 77.9 50 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene 1530 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 191-24-211/06/17 06:56599 174 50 Benzofluoranthenes (Total)4990 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:2111/06/17 06:561800 659 50 Chrysene 3110 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 218-01-911/06/17 06:56599 31.8 50 Dibenz(a,h)acridine <228 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 226-36-811/06/17 06:56599 228 50 Dibenz(a,h)anthracene 416J ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 53-70-311/06/17 06:56599 204 50 Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene 714 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 192-65-411/06/17 06:56599 55.1 50 Dibenzo(a,h)pyrene 230J ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 189-64-011/06/17 06:56599 168 50 Dibenzo(a,i)pyrene 160J ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 189-55-911/06/17 06:56599 58.1 50 Dibenzo(a,l)pyrene 116J ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 191-30-0 L211/06/17 06:56599 34.2 50 7H-Dibenzo(c,g)carbazole <102 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 194-59-211/06/17 06:56599 102 50 7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene <168 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 57-97-6 L2,SS11/06/17 06:56599 168 50 Fluoranthene 8240 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 206-44-011/06/17 06:56599 44.4 50 Fluorene 646 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 86-73-711/06/17 06:56599 34.2 50 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 1400 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 193-39-511/06/17 06:56599 180 50 3-Methylcholanthrene 150J ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 56-49-511/06/17 06:56599 89.9 50 5-Methylchrysene 294J ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 3697-24-311/06/17 06:56599 71.9 50 2-Methylnaphthalene <38.4 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 91-57-611/06/17 06:56599 38.4 50 Naphthalene 41.5J ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 91-20-311/06/17 06:56599 36.6 50 Phenanthrene 6340 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 85-01-811/06/17 06:56599 36.6 50 Pyrene 7070 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 129-00-011/06/17 06:56599 45.0 50 Quinoline <47.9 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:21 91-22-511/06/17 06:56599 47.9 50 Surrogates 2-Fluorobiphenyl (S)78 %.11/13/17 23:21 321-60-8 D411/06/17 06:5643-125 50 p-Terphenyl-d14 (S)94 %.11/13/17 23:21 1718-51-011/06/17 06:5656-125 50 REPORT OF LABORATORY ANALYSIS This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written consent of Pace Analytical Services, LLC.Date: 11/16/2017 02:28 PM Pace Analytical Services, LLC 1700 Elm Street - Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55414 (612)607-1700 Page 5 of 19 #=AR# ANALYTICAL RESULTS Pace Project No.: Project: 10409647 011050-000 Prior Lake Sediment Sample: S-2 Lab ID: 10409647002 Collected: 11/02/17 13:00 Received: 11/03/17 09:50 Matrix: Solid Results reported on a "dry weight" basis and are adjusted for percent moisture, sample size and any dilutions. Parameters Results Units DF Prepared Analyzed CAS No. QualMDLPQL Analytical Method: EPA 6010C Preparation Method: EPA 30506010C MET ICP Arsenic 2.8 mg/kg 11/15/17 21:04 7440-38-211/10/17 07:541.7 0.44 1 Copper 16.8 mg/kg 11/15/17 21:04 7440-50-811/10/17 07:540.86 0.14 1 Analytical Method: ASTM D2974Dry Weight / %M by ASTM D2974 Percent Moisture 43.2 %11/09/17 14:180.10 0.10 1 Analytical Method: EPA 8270D by SIM Preparation Method: EPA 35508270D MSSV CPAH by SIM Acenaphthene 6.7J ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 83-32-911/06/17 06:5688.0 5.4 5 Acenaphthylene 19.5J ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 208-96-811/06/17 06:5688.0 5.0 5 Anthracene 49.9J ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 120-12-711/06/17 06:5688.0 5.1 5 Benzo(a)anthracene 375 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 56-55-311/06/17 06:5688.0 13.2 5 Benzo(a)pyrene 685 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 50-32-811/06/17 06:5688.0 11.4 5 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene 499 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 191-24-211/06/17 06:5688.0 25.5 5 Benzofluoranthenes (Total)1850 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:4811/06/17 06:56264 96.8 5 Chrysene 788 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 218-01-911/06/17 06:5688.0 4.7 5 Dibenz(a,h)acridine 36.7J ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 226-36-811/06/17 06:5688.0 33.4 5 Dibenz(a,h)anthracene 124 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 53-70-311/06/17 06:5688.0 29.9 5 Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene 196 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 192-65-411/06/17 06:5688.0 8.1 5 Dibenzo(a,h)pyrene 63.4J ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 189-64-011/06/17 06:5688.0 24.6 5 Dibenzo(a,i)pyrene 25.4J ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 189-55-911/06/17 06:5688.0 8.5 5 Dibenzo(a,l)pyrene <5.0 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 191-30-0 L211/06/17 06:5688.0 5.0 5 7H-Dibenzo(c,g)carbazole <15.0 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 194-59-211/06/17 06:5688.0 15.0 5 7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene <24.6 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 57-97-6 L2,SS11/06/17 06:5688.0 24.6 5 Fluoranthene 1150 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 206-44-011/06/17 06:5688.0 6.5 5 Fluorene 10.3J ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 86-73-711/06/17 06:5688.0 5.0 5 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 457 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 193-39-511/06/17 06:5688.0 26.4 5 3-Methylcholanthrene 24.8J ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 56-49-511/06/17 06:5688.0 13.2 5 5-Methylchrysene 70.2J ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 3697-24-311/06/17 06:5688.0 10.6 5 2-Methylnaphthalene <5.6 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 91-57-611/06/17 06:5688.0 5.6 5 Naphthalene <5.4 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 91-20-311/06/17 06:5688.0 5.4 5 Phenanthrene 301 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 85-01-811/06/17 06:5688.0 5.4 5 Pyrene 1070 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 129-00-011/06/17 06:5688.0 6.6 5 Quinoline <7.0 ug/kg 11/13/17 23:48 91-22-511/06/17 06:5688.0 7.0 5 Surrogates 2-Fluorobiphenyl (S)69 %.11/13/17 23:48 321-60-8 D411/06/17 06:5643-125 5 p-Terphenyl-d14 (S)85 %.11/13/17 23:48 1718-51-011/06/17 06:5656-125 5 REPORT OF LABORATORY ANALYSIS This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written consent of Pace Analytical Services, LLC.Date: 11/16/2017 02:28 PM Pace Analytical Services, LLC 1700 Elm Street - Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55414 (612)607-1700 Page 6 of 19 #=AR# ANALYTICAL RESULTS Pace Project No.: Project: 10409647 011050-000 Prior Lake Sediment Sample: S-3 Lab ID: 10409647003 Collected: 11/02/17 13:00 Received: 11/03/17 09:50 Matrix: Solid Results reported on a "dry weight" basis and are adjusted for percent moisture, sample size and any dilutions. Parameters Results Units DF Prepared Analyzed CAS No. QualMDLPQL Analytical Method: EPA 6010C Preparation Method: EPA 30506010C MET ICP Arsenic 1.9 mg/kg 11/15/17 21:28 7440-38-211/10/17 07:541.3 0.32 1 Barium 67.4 mg/kg 11/15/17 21:28 7440-39-311/10/17 07:540.63 0.034 1 Cadmium 0.17J mg/kg 11/15/17 21:28 7440-43-9 B11/10/17 07:540.19 0.019 1 Chromium 11.3 mg/kg 11/15/17 21:28 7440-47-311/10/17 07:540.63 0.080 1 Copper 12.5 mg/kg 11/15/17 21:28 7440-50-811/10/17 07:540.63 0.10 1 Lead 6.3 mg/kg 11/15/17 21:28 7439-92-111/10/17 07:540.63 0.14 1 Selenium <0.53 mg/kg 11/15/17 21:28 7782-49-211/10/17 07:541.3 0.53 1 Silver <0.049 mg/kg 11/15/17 21:28 7440-22-411/10/17 07:540.63 0.049 1 Analytical Method: EPA 7471B Preparation Method: EPA 7471B7471B Mercury Mercury 0.027 mg/kg 11/15/17 16:54 7439-97-611/10/17 07:550.026 0.012 1 Analytical Method: ASTM D2974Dry Weight / %M by ASTM D2974 Percent Moisture 23.3 %11/09/17 14:180.10 0.10 1 Analytical Method: EPA 8270D by SIM Preparation Method: EPA 35508270D MSSV CPAH by SIM Acenaphthene <0.79 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 83-32-911/06/17 06:5613.0 0.79 1 Acenaphthylene 2.3J ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 208-96-811/06/17 06:5613.0 0.74 1 Anthracene 5.0J ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 120-12-711/06/17 06:5613.0 0.75 1 Benzo(a)anthracene 32.4 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 56-55-311/06/17 06:5613.0 1.9 1 Benzo(a)pyrene 59.6 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 50-32-811/06/17 06:5613.0 1.7 1 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene 46.7 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 191-24-211/06/17 06:5613.0 3.8 1 Benzofluoranthenes (Total)155 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:1411/06/17 06:5638.9 14.3 1 Chrysene 65.7 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 218-01-911/06/17 06:5613.0 0.69 1 Dibenz(a,h)acridine <4.9 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 226-36-811/06/17 06:5613.0 4.9 1 Dibenz(a,h)anthracene 11.0J ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 53-70-311/06/17 06:5613.0 4.4 1 Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene 18.8 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 192-65-411/06/17 06:5613.0 1.2 1 Dibenzo(a,h)pyrene 5.5J ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 189-64-011/06/17 06:5613.0 3.6 1 Dibenzo(a,i)pyrene 2.9J ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 189-55-911/06/17 06:5613.0 1.3 1 Dibenzo(a,l)pyrene <0.74 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 191-30-0 L211/06/17 06:5613.0 0.74 1 7H-Dibenzo(c,g)carbazole <2.2 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 194-59-211/06/17 06:5613.0 2.2 1 7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene <3.6 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 57-97-6 L2,SS11/06/17 06:5613.0 3.6 1 Fluoranthene 105 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 206-44-011/06/17 06:5613.0 0.96 1 Fluorene 0.99J ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 86-73-711/06/17 06:5613.0 0.74 1 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 41.4 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 193-39-511/06/17 06:5613.0 3.9 1 3-Methylcholanthrene 3.0J ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 56-49-511/06/17 06:5613.0 1.9 1 5-Methylchrysene 6.0J ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 3697-24-311/06/17 06:5613.0 1.6 1 2-Methylnaphthalene <0.83 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 91-57-611/06/17 06:5613.0 0.83 1 Naphthalene <0.79 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 91-20-311/06/17 06:5613.0 0.79 1 Phenanthrene 28.3 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 85-01-811/06/17 06:5613.0 0.79 1 Pyrene 90.2 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 129-00-011/06/17 06:5613.0 0.97 1 Quinoline <1.0 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:14 91-22-511/06/17 06:5613.0 1.0 1 Surrogates 2-Fluorobiphenyl (S)68 %.11/14/17 00:14 321-60-811/06/17 06:5643-125 1 p-Terphenyl-d14 (S)89 %.11/14/17 00:14 1718-51-011/06/17 06:5656-125 1 REPORT OF LABORATORY ANALYSIS This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written consent of Pace Analytical Services, LLC.Date: 11/16/2017 02:28 PM Pace Analytical Services, LLC 1700 Elm Street - Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55414 (612)607-1700 Page 7 of 19 #=AR# ANALYTICAL RESULTS Pace Project No.: Project: 10409647 011050-000 Prior Lake Sediment Sample: S-4 Lab ID: 10409647004 Collected: 11/02/17 13:00 Received: 11/03/17 09:50 Matrix: Solid Results reported on a "dry weight" basis and are adjusted for percent moisture, sample size and any dilutions. Parameters Results Units DF Prepared Analyzed CAS No. QualMDLPQL Analytical Method: EPA 6010C Preparation Method: EPA 30506010C MET ICP Arsenic 4.2 mg/kg 11/15/17 21:32 7440-38-211/10/17 07:541.7 0.44 1 Copper 29.8 mg/kg 11/15/17 21:32 7440-50-811/10/17 07:540.85 0.14 1 Analytical Method: ASTM D2974Dry Weight / %M by ASTM D2974 Percent Moisture 44.4 %11/09/17 14:190.10 0.10 1 Analytical Method: EPA 8270D by SIM Preparation Method: EPA 35508270D MSSV CPAH by SIM Acenaphthene 7.1J ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 83-32-911/06/17 06:5689.7 5.5 5 Acenaphthylene 27.9J ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 208-96-811/06/17 06:5689.7 5.1 5 Anthracene 60.1J ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 120-12-711/06/17 06:5689.7 5.2 5 Benzo(a)anthracene 260 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 56-55-311/06/17 06:5689.7 13.5 5 Benzo(a)pyrene 554 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 50-32-811/06/17 06:5689.7 11.7 5 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene 401 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 191-24-211/06/17 06:5689.7 26.0 5 Benzofluoranthenes (Total)1870 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:4111/06/17 06:56269 98.7 5 Chrysene 643 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 218-01-911/06/17 06:5689.7 4.8 5 Dibenz(a,h)acridine <34.1 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 226-36-811/06/17 06:5689.7 34.1 5 Dibenz(a,h)anthracene 96.5 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 53-70-311/06/17 06:5689.7 30.5 5 Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene 158 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 192-65-411/06/17 06:5689.7 8.3 5 Dibenzo(a,h)pyrene 41.5J ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 189-64-011/06/17 06:5689.7 25.1 5 Dibenzo(a,i)pyrene 21.1J ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 189-55-911/06/17 06:5689.7 8.7 5 Dibenzo(a,l)pyrene <5.1 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 191-30-0 L211/06/17 06:5689.7 5.1 5 7H-Dibenzo(c,g)carbazole <15.3 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 194-59-211/06/17 06:5689.7 15.3 5 7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene <25.1 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 57-97-6 L2,SS11/06/17 06:5689.7 25.1 5 Fluoranthene 990 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 206-44-011/06/17 06:5689.7 6.6 5 Fluorene 11.8J ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 86-73-711/06/17 06:5689.7 5.1 5 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 376 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 193-39-511/06/17 06:5689.7 26.9 5 3-Methylcholanthrene 21.1J ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 56-49-511/06/17 06:5689.7 13.5 5 5-Methylchrysene 55.7J ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 3697-24-311/06/17 06:5689.7 10.8 5 2-Methylnaphthalene <5.7 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 91-57-611/06/17 06:5689.7 5.7 5 Naphthalene <5.5 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 91-20-311/06/17 06:5689.7 5.5 5 Phenanthrene 274 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 85-01-811/06/17 06:5689.7 5.5 5 Pyrene 904 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 129-00-011/06/17 06:5689.7 6.7 5 Quinoline <7.2 ug/kg 11/14/17 00:41 91-22-511/06/17 06:5689.7 7.2 5 Surrogates 2-Fluorobiphenyl (S)75 %.11/14/17 00:41 321-60-8 D411/06/17 06:5643-125 5 p-Terphenyl-d14 (S)87 %.11/14/17 00:41 1718-51-011/06/17 06:5656-125 5 REPORT OF LABORATORY ANALYSIS This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written consent of Pace Analytical Services, LLC.Date: 11/16/2017 02:28 PM Pace Analytical Services, LLC 1700 Elm Street - Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55414 (612)607-1700 Page 8 of 19 #=QC# QUALITY CONTROL DATA Pace Project No.: Project: 10409647 011050-000 Prior Lake Sediment Results presented on this page are in the units indicated by the "Units" column except where an alternate unit is presented to the right of the result. QC Batch: QC Batch Method: Analysis Method: Analysis Description: 506615 EPA 7471B EPA 7471B 7471B Mercury Solids Associated Lab Samples: 10409647001, 10409647003 Parameter Units Blank Result Reporting Limit Qualifiers METHOD BLANK: 2754076 Associated Lab Samples:10409647001, 10409647003 Matrix: Solid AnalyzedMDL Mercury mg/kg <0.0080 0.017 11/15/17 16:150.0080 Parameter Units LCS Result % Rec Limits Qualifiers% RecConc. 2754077LABORATORY CONTROL SAMPLE: LCSSpike Mercury mg/kg 0.47.48 97 80-120 Parameter Units MS Result % Rec Limits Qual% RecConc. 2754078MATRIX SPIKE & MATRIX SPIKE DUPLICATE: MSSpike Result 10409569001 2754079 MSD Result MSD % Rec RPD RPD Max MSDMS Spike Conc. Mercury mg/kg .48 100 75-125101 9 20.520.057 0.53 0.59 REPORT OF LABORATORY ANALYSIS This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written consent of Pace Analytical Services, LLC.Date: 11/16/2017 02:28 PM Pace Analytical Services, LLC 1700 Elm Street - Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55414 (612)607-1700 Page 9 of 19 #=QC# QUALITY CONTROL DATA Pace Project No.: Project: 10409647 011050-000 Prior Lake Sediment Results presented on this page are in the units indicated by the "Units" column except where an alternate unit is presented to the right of the result. QC Batch: QC Batch Method: Analysis Method: Analysis Description: 506607 EPA 3050 EPA 6010C 6010C Solids Associated Lab Samples: 10409647001, 10409647002, 10409647003, 10409647004 Parameter Units Blank Result Reporting Limit Qualifiers METHOD BLANK: 2754044 Associated Lab Samples:10409647001, 10409647002, 10409647003, 10409647004 Matrix: Solid AnalyzedMDL Arsenic mg/kg <0.25 0.99 11/15/17 19:400.25 Barium mg/kg <0.027 0.50 11/15/17 19:400.027 Cadmium mg/kg 0.020J 0.15 11/15/17 19:400.015 Chromium mg/kg <0.063 0.50 11/15/17 19:400.063 Copper mg/kg <0.083 0.50 11/15/17 19:400.083 Lead mg/kg <0.11 0.50 11/15/17 19:400.11 Selenium mg/kg <0.42 0.99 11/15/17 19:400.42 Silver mg/kg <0.039 0.50 11/15/17 19:400.039 Parameter Units LCS Result % Rec Limits Qualifiers% RecConc. 2754045LABORATORY CONTROL SAMPLE: LCSSpike Arsenic mg/kg 48.148.5 99 80-120 Barium mg/kg 50.248.5 103 80-120 Cadmium mg/kg 48.148.5 99 80-120 Chromium mg/kg 50.748.5 105 80-120 Copper mg/kg 49.948.5 103 80-120 Lead mg/kg 49.848.5 103 80-120 Selenium mg/kg 48.048.5 99 80-120 Silver mg/kg 24.624.3 101 80-120 Parameter Units MS Result % Rec Limits Qual% RecConc. 2754046MATRIX SPIKE & MATRIX SPIKE DUPLICATE: MSSpike Result 10409569001 2754047 MSD Result MSD % Rec RPD RPD Max MSDMS Spike Conc. Arsenic mg/kg 53.5 89 75-12584 5 20537.3 54.8 52.0 Barium mg/kg M153.5 21 75-12533 5 2053104115 121 Cadmium mg/kg 53.5 89 75-12588 3 20530.85 48.6 47.3 Chromium mg/kg 53.5 91 75-12591 1 20538.2 56.8 56.3 Copper mg/kg M153.5 19 75-1250 14 205365.8 76.0 65.9 Lead mg/kg M1,R153.5 287 75-12567 82 205348.8 202 84.3 Selenium mg/kg 53.5 90 75-12589 2 2053ND48.5 47.4 Silver mg/kg 26.7 94 75-12592 3 2026.50.070J 25.2 24.5 REPORT OF LABORATORY ANALYSIS This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written consent of Pace Analytical Services, LLC.Date: 11/16/2017 02:28 PM Pace Analytical Services, LLC 1700 Elm Street - Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55414 (612)607-1700 Page 10 of 19 #=QC# QUALITY CONTROL DATA Pace Project No.: Project: 10409647 011050-000 Prior Lake Sediment Results presented on this page are in the units indicated by the "Units" column except where an alternate unit is presented to the right of the result. QC Batch: QC Batch Method: Analysis Method: Analysis Description: 507479 ASTM D2974 ASTM D2974 Dry Weight / %M by ASTM D2974 Associated Lab Samples: 10409647001, 10409647002, 10409647003, 10409647004 Parameter Units Dup Result Max RPD QualifiersRPDResult 10410112031 2758390SAMPLE DUPLICATE: Percent Moisture %12.5 2 3012.7 Parameter Units Dup Result Max RPD QualifiersRPDResult 10410112025 2759022SAMPLE DUPLICATE: Percent Moisture %19.3 2 3019.0 REPORT OF LABORATORY ANALYSIS This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written consent of Pace Analytical Services, LLC.Date: 11/16/2017 02:28 PM Pace Analytical Services, LLC 1700 Elm Street - Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55414 (612)607-1700 Page 11 of 19 #=QC# QUALITY CONTROL DATA Pace Project No.: Project: 10409647 011050-000 Prior Lake Sediment Results presented on this page are in the units indicated by the "Units" column except where an alternate unit is presented to the right of the result. QC Batch: QC Batch Method: Analysis Method: Analysis Description: 506682 EPA 3550 EPA 8270D by SIM 8270D CPAH by SIM MSSV Associated Lab Samples: 10409647001, 10409647002, 10409647003, 10409647004 Parameter Units Blank Result Reporting Limit Qualifiers METHOD BLANK: 2754281 Associated Lab Samples:10409647001, 10409647002, 10409647003, 10409647004 Matrix: Solid AnalyzedMDL 2-Methylnaphthalene ug/kg <0.64 10.0 11/13/17 20:140.64 3-Methylcholanthrene ug/kg <1.5 10.0 11/13/17 20:141.5 5-Methylchrysene ug/kg <1.2 10.0 11/13/17 20:141.2 7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene ug/kg <2.8 10.0 11/13/17 20:142.8 7H-Dibenzo(c,g)carbazole ug/kg <1.7 10.0 11/13/17 20:141.7 Acenaphthene ug/kg <0.61 10.0 11/13/17 20:140.61 Acenaphthylene ug/kg <0.57 10.0 11/13/17 20:140.57 Anthracene ug/kg <0.58 10.0 11/13/17 20:140.58 Benzo(a)anthracene ug/kg <1.5 10.0 11/13/17 20:141.5 Benzo(a)pyrene ug/kg <1.3 10.0 11/13/17 20:141.3 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene ug/kg <2.9 10.0 11/13/17 20:142.9 Benzofluoranthenes (Total)ug/kg <11.0 30.0 11/13/17 20:1411.0 Chrysene ug/kg <0.53 10.0 11/13/17 20:140.53 Dibenz(a,h)acridine ug/kg <3.8 10.0 11/13/17 20:143.8 Dibenz(a,h)anthracene ug/kg <3.4 10.0 11/13/17 20:143.4 Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene ug/kg <0.92 10.0 11/13/17 20:140.92 Dibenzo(a,h)pyrene ug/kg <2.8 10.0 11/13/17 20:142.8 Dibenzo(a,i)pyrene ug/kg <0.97 10.0 11/13/17 20:140.97 Dibenzo(a,l)pyrene ug/kg <0.57 10.0 11/13/17 20:140.57 Fluoranthene ug/kg <0.74 10.0 11/13/17 20:140.74 Fluorene ug/kg <0.57 10.0 11/13/17 20:140.57 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene ug/kg <3.0 10.0 11/13/17 20:143.0 Naphthalene ug/kg <0.61 10.0 11/13/17 20:140.61 Phenanthrene ug/kg <0.61 10.0 11/13/17 20:140.61 Pyrene ug/kg <0.75 10.0 11/13/17 20:140.75 Quinoline ug/kg <0.80 10.0 11/13/17 20:140.80 2-Fluorobiphenyl (S)%.54 43-125 11/13/17 20:14 p-Terphenyl-d14 (S)%.87 56-125 11/13/17 20:14 Parameter Units LCS Result % Rec Limits Qualifiers% RecConc. 2754282LABORATORY CONTROL SAMPLE: LCSSpike 2-Methylnaphthalene ug/kg 67.3100 67 43-125 3-Methylcholanthrene ug/kg 44.4100 44 30-125 5-Methylchrysene ug/kg 98.8100 99 75-125 7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene ug/kg 16.1 CH,L2,SS10016 30-134 7H-Dibenzo(c,g)carbazole ug/kg 113100 113 68-125 Acenaphthene ug/kg 72.1100 72 47-125 Acenaphthylene ug/kg 68.6100 69 42-125 Anthracene ug/kg 82.5100 83 36-125 REPORT OF LABORATORY ANALYSIS This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written consent of Pace Analytical Services, LLC.Date: 11/16/2017 02:28 PM Pace Analytical Services, LLC 1700 Elm Street - Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55414 (612)607-1700 Page 12 of 19 #=QC# QUALITY CONTROL DATA Pace Project No.: Project: 10409647 011050-000 Prior Lake Sediment Results presented on this page are in the units indicated by the "Units" column except where an alternate unit is presented to the right of the result. Parameter Units LCS Result % Rec Limits Qualifiers% RecConc. 2754282LABORATORY CONTROL SAMPLE: LCSSpike Benzo(a)anthracene ug/kg 85.2100 85 63-125 Benzo(a)pyrene ug/kg 83.8100 84 65-125 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene ug/kg 104100 104 66-125 Benzofluoranthenes (Total)ug/kg 293300 98 72-125 Chrysene ug/kg 88.3100 88 68-125 Dibenz(a,h)acridine ug/kg 110100 110 71-125 Dibenz(a,h)anthracene ug/kg 105100 105 68-125 Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene ug/kg 80.0100 80 60-125 Dibenzo(a,h)pyrene ug/kg 115100 115 65-125 Dibenzo(a,i)pyrene ug/kg 70.8100 71 48-125 Dibenzo(a,l)pyrene ug/kg 15.8 L210016 30-125 Fluoranthene ug/kg 90.7100 91 65-125 Fluorene ug/kg 77.3100 77 55-125 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene ug/kg 104100 104 67-125 Naphthalene ug/kg 65.5100 66 38-125 Phenanthrene ug/kg 89.3100 89 63-125 Pyrene ug/kg 89.6100 90 69-125 Quinoline ug/kg 72.6100 73 35-125 2-Fluorobiphenyl (S)%.69 43-125 p-Terphenyl-d14 (S)%.88 56-125 Parameter Units MS Result % Rec Limits Qual% RecConc. 2754283MATRIX SPIKE & MATRIX SPIKE DUPLICATE: MSSpike Result 10409559001 2754284 MSD Result MSD % Rec RPD RPD Max MSDMS Spike Conc. 2-Methylnaphthalene ug/kg 117 85 34-12564 30118ND116J 90.9J 3-Methylcholanthrene ug/kg 117 94 30-12543 30118ND273J 215J 5-Methylchrysene ug/kg M61171649-125-83 30118ND448J 331J 7,12- Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene ug/kg CH, M6,SS117030-1500 30118ND<164 <165 7H-Dibenzo(c,g)carbazole ug/kg M61174830-13429 30118ND108J <100 Acenaphthene ug/kg M61175331-1250 30118ND298J 237J Acenaphthylene ug/kg M611713238-12532 30118ND311J 195J Anthracene ug/kg M6,R111718630-150-259 48 301181.1 mg/kg 1350 822 Benzo(a)anthracene ug/kg M6,R111727030-150-656 33 301183.6 mg/kg 3880 2790 Benzo(a)pyrene ug/kg M6,R111743430-150-627 33 301183.9 mg/kg 4380 3130 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene ug/kg M6,R11179330-150-498 31 301182.5 mg/kg 2570 1870 Benzofluoranthenes (Total) ug/kg M635239930-150-226 29 303537.2 mg/kg 8600 6390 Chrysene ug/kg M611750130-150-557 29 301184.4 mg/kg 4960 3720 Dibenz(a,h)acridine ug/kg M61179130-13129 30118ND276J <224 Dibenz(a,h)anthracene ug/kg M61177730-150-105 301180.70 mg/kg 789 576J Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene ug/kg M6117-150 30-150-453 30 301181.5 mg/kg 1370 1010 Dibenzo(a,h)pyrene ug/kg M61171630-150-117 30118ND503J 346J Dibenzo(a,i)pyrene ug/kg M6117430-128-29 30118ND257J 218J Dibenzo(a,l)pyrene ug/kg M61173330-1252 30118ND196J 159J REPORT OF LABORATORY ANALYSIS This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written consent of Pace Analytical Services, LLC.Date: 11/16/2017 02:28 PM Pace Analytical Services, LLC 1700 Elm Street - Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55414 (612)607-1700 Page 13 of 19 #=QC# QUALITY CONTROL DATA Pace Project No.: Project: 10409647 011050-000 Prior Lake Sediment Results presented on this page are in the units indicated by the "Units" column except where an alternate unit is presented to the right of the result. Parameter Units MS Result % Rec Limits Qual% RecConc. 2754283MATRIX SPIKE & MATRIX SPIKE DUPLICATE: MSSpike Result 10409559001 2754284 MSD Result MSD % Rec RPD RPD Max MSDMS Spike Conc. Fluoranthene ug/kg M6,R111774030-150-1860 32 3011810.2 mg/kg 11100 8020 Fluorene ug/kg M61177544-125-23 30118ND455J 341J Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene ug/kg M6,R111717230-150-390 32 301182.2 mg/kg 2410 1740 Naphthalene ug/kg 117 76 30-12558 30118ND115J 95.3J Phenanthrene ug/kg M6,R111739230-150-1120 37 301185.2 mg/kg 5660 3870 Pyrene ug/kg M6,R1117112030-150-1290 35 301188.2 mg/kg 9500 6670 Quinoline ug/kg 117 88 42-12569 30118ND111J 88.2J 2-Fluorobiphenyl (S)%.D49343-12572 p-Terphenyl-d14 (S)%.114 56-12585 REPORT OF LABORATORY ANALYSIS This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written consent of Pace Analytical Services, LLC.Date: 11/16/2017 02:28 PM Pace Analytical Services, LLC 1700 Elm Street - Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55414 (612)607-1700 Page 14 of 19 #=QL# QUALIFIERS Pace Project No.: Project: 10409647 011050-000 Prior Lake Sediment DEFINITIONS DF - Dilution Factor, if reported, represents the factor applied to the reported data due to dilution of the sample aliquot. ND - Not Detected at or above adjusted reporting limit. TNTC - Too Numerous To Count J - Estimated concentration above the adjusted method detection limit and below the adjusted reporting limit. MDL - Adjusted Method Detection Limit. PQL - Practical Quantitation Limit. RL - Reporting Limit. S - Surrogate 1,2-Diphenylhydrazine decomposes to and cannot be separated from Azobenzene using Method 8270. The result for each analyte is a combined concentration. Consistent with EPA guidelines, unrounded data are displayed and have been used to calculate % recovery and RPD values. LCS(D) - Laboratory Control Sample (Duplicate) MS(D) - Matrix Spike (Duplicate) DUP - Sample Duplicate RPD - Relative Percent Difference NC - Not Calculable. SG - Silica Gel - Clean-Up U - Indicates the compound was analyzed for, but not detected. N-Nitrosodiphenylamine decomposes and cannot be separated from Diphenylamine using Method 8270. The result reported for each analyte is a combined concentration. Pace Analytical is TNI accredited. Contact your Pace PM for the current list of accredited analytes. TNI - The NELAC Institute. LABORATORIES Pace Analytical Services - MinneapolisPASI-M WORKORDER QUALIFIERS WO: 10409647 The samples were received outside of required temperature range. Analysis was completed upon client approval.[1] BATCH QUALIFIERS Batch: 507306 1,6 dinitropyrene and 1,8 dinitropyrene fail method criteria in the initial calibration. Results for these two analytes should be considered an estimate.[1] ANALYTE QUALIFIERS Analyte was detected in the associated method blank.B The continuing calibration for this compound is outside of Pace Analytical acceptance limits. The results may be biased high.CH Sample was diluted due to the presence of high levels of target analytes.D4 Analyte recovery in the laboratory control sample (LCS) was below QC limits. Results for this analyte in associated samples may be biased low.L2 Matrix spike recovery exceeded QC limits. Batch accepted based on laboratory control sample (LCS) recovery.M1 Matrix spike and Matrix spike duplicate recovery not evaluated against control limits due to sample dilution.M6 RPD value was outside control limits.R1 REPORT OF LABORATORY ANALYSIS This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written consent of Pace Analytical Services, LLC.Date: 11/16/2017 02:28 PM Pace Analytical Services, LLC 1700 Elm Street - Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55414 (612)607-1700 Page 15 of 19 #=QL# QUALIFIERS Pace Project No.: Project: 10409647 011050-000 Prior Lake Sediment ANALYTE QUALIFIERS This analyte did not meet the secondary source verification criteria for the initial calibration. The reported result should be considered an estimated value.SS REPORT OF LABORATORY ANALYSIS This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written consent of Pace Analytical Services, LLC.Date: 11/16/2017 02:28 PM Pace Analytical Services, LLC 1700 Elm Street - Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55414 (612)607-1700 Page 16 of 19 #=CR# QUALITY CONTROL DATA CROSS REFERENCE TABLE Pace Project No.: Project: 10409647 011050-000 Prior Lake Sediment Lab ID Sample ID QC Batch Method QC Batch Analytical Method Analytical Batch 10409647001 506607 507850S-1 EPA 3050 EPA 6010C 10409647002 506607 507850S-2 EPA 3050 EPA 6010C 10409647003 506607 507850S-3 EPA 3050 EPA 6010C 10409647004 506607 507850S-4 EPA 3050 EPA 6010C 10409647001 506615 508096S-1 EPA 7471B EPA 7471B 10409647003 506615 508096S-3 EPA 7471B EPA 7471B 10409647001 507479S-1 ASTM D2974 10409647002 507479S-2 ASTM D2974 10409647003 507479S-3 ASTM D2974 10409647004 507479S-4 ASTM D2974 10409647001 506682 507306S-1 EPA 3550 EPA 8270D by SIM 10409647002 506682 507306S-2 EPA 3550 EPA 8270D by SIM 10409647003 506682 507306S-3 EPA 3550 EPA 8270D by SIM 10409647004 506682 507306S-4 EPA 3550 EPA 8270D by SIM REPORT OF LABORATORY ANALYSIS This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written consent of Pace Analytical Services, LLC.Date: 11/16/2017 02:28 PM Pace Analytical Services, LLC 1700 Elm Street - Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55414 (612)607-1700 Page 17 of 19 Page 18 of 19 Page 19 of 19 SITESh o r e L n Shore Tr Fi s h e r A v e Aspen A v e Carrage Hill St Am b l e w o o d D r Ca n d l e w o o d L a Bir c h w o o d A v e Ced a r w o o d C t Ri d g e v i e w T r Ri d g e v i e w T r LOWER PRI O R L A K E SAND POINT BEACH PARK Sha d y B e a c h T r Shady B e a c h T r C r e s t A v e Amblewood Dr Shore Ln NE Amble w o o d D r A s p e n A v e SCALE IN FEET 0 1000 2000 K: \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 \ C a d \ P l a n \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 0 1 - T I T L E S H E E T . d w g 1/ 2 4 / 2 0 1 8 1 : 1 5 : 0 7 P M N SAND POINT BEACH PARK POND IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF PRIOR LAKE PROJECT LOCATION MAP F/O UGT G EXISTING PLAN SYMBOLS PROPERTY LINES/RIGHT-OF-WAY UTILITY EASEMENT TREE LINE SIGN DECIDUOUS TREE SHRUB CONIFEROUS TREE EXISTING UTILITY SYMBOLS FIBER OPTIC CABLE UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE GAS LINE CATV VAULT POWER POLE ELECTRIC BOX CATCH BASIN STORM APRON CND CTV OH UNDERGROUND CABLE CABLE TV OVERHEAD COMMUNICATIONS LINE UGE OHE UNDERGROUND POWER OVERHEAD POWER UGEUNDERGROUND ELECTRIC OHTOVERHEAD TELEPHONE WATER MAIN SANITARY SEWER STORM SEWER GATE VALVE HYDRANT SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE STORM SEWER MANHOLE ST s COUNTY:SCOTT PROJECT LOCATION THE SUBSURFACE UTILITY INFORMATION IN THIS PLAN IS UTILITY QUALITY LEVEL D. THIS UTILITY QUALITY LEVEL WAS DETERMINED ACCORDING TO THE GUIDELINES OF CI/ASCE 38-02, ENTITLED "STANDARD GUIDELINES FOR THE COLLECTION AND DEPICTION OF EXISTING SUBSURFACE UTILITY DATA." GOPHER ONE CALL TICKET NUMBER: UTILITY COORDINATION MEETING HELD ON: APPROVED BYSHEET NO.DATE PLAN REVISIONS ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL LAWS AND ORDINANCES WILL BE COMPLIED WITH IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT. THIS PLAN SET CONTAINS 12 SHEETS I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN WAS PREPARED BY ME OR UNDERMY DIRECT SUPERVISION, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA. LICENSE NUMBER:DATE:01/22/2018 49170 JACOB NEWHALL, P.E. WSB SHEET OFWSB PROJ. NO. 011127-000 1 THIS PLAN SET HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR: CITY OF PRIOR LAKE 4646 DAKOTA ST. SE PRIOR LAKE, MN 55372 (952) 447-4245 A CALL TO GOPHER STATE ONE (651-454-0002)IS REQUIRED A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS PRIORTO PERFORMING ANY EXCAVATION. EXCAVATION NOTICE SYSTEM PLAN SET INDEX GOVERNING SPECIFICATIONS UTILITY INFORMATION THE 2018 EDITION OF THE MINNESOTA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION" SHALL GOVERN. ALL TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST EDITION OF THE MINNESOTA MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES, INCLUDING THE LATEST FIELD MANUAL FOR TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL ZONE LAYOUTS. 12 PROPOSED LEGEND CATCH BASIN STORM APRON STORM SEWER PIPE STORM SEWER MANHOLE PROPOSED CONTOUR MAJOR PROPOSED CONTOUR MINOR 862 860 Sheet List Table SHEET NUMBER SHEET TITLE 1 TITLE SHEET 2 EXISTING CONDITIONS & REMOVALS PLAN 3 ST0RM SEWER PLAN 4 ST0RM PLAN & PROFILE 5 GRADING PLAN 6 EROSION CONTROL & LANDSCAPE RESTORATION PLAN 7 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 8 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 9 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 10 DETAILS 11 DETAILS 12 DETAILS Bir c h w o o d A v e SAND POINT BEACH PARK Cr e s t A v e ST S S S S S S ST 100 YEAR HWL = 934.7 100 YEAR HWL = 928.5 938 937 936 935935 935 934 933 932 931 930 929 928 927 926 925 93 8937 936935934 933 932 931 930 929 928927 926 925 922 923 924 926 927 928 929 922 923 924 925 93 0 940 935 9 3 0 9 3 4 9 3 5 930931 932933 934935 936 937 938939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 9 5 8 9 5 7 9 5 6 95 5 95 4 95 4 953 955 956 957 952 951 950 949 948 947 946 945 940939 948 947 946 945 944943 942941 940 945 944 943 942 941 940 935936937 938 93 9 941 942 93 1 930 92 5 932 933 9 3 4 9 3 3 93 2 9 3 1 930 929 926926 927 928 929 9 3 0 917 920 918 919 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 931 930 929 928 927 926 925 924 923 922 921 920919 935 930 925 935 930 925 9 3 0 9 2 5 921 922 923 924 926 927 928 929931932933934936937938 939 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 94 6 947 948 949 94 8 947 946 945 944 949 950951 94 3 9 4 2 94 1 9 4 0 952 953 954 955 9 3 9 9 3 8 93 7 9 3 6 93 5 925924923922921 904 905 906907908 909 910 911912913914915916917918 919 920 90 590 6 907 908 909 910 911912913914915 9 0 4 9 0 6 907 909 910 911 912 913 914915 916 917 918 919 920921922923 924 925 920 925 930 EXISTING TRAIL WILL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED. REMOVE EXISTING STRUCTURE REMOVE EXISTING DISSIPATER REMOVE 4' OF STORM SEWER. LEGEND: CLEARING & GRUBBING BITUMINOUS ROADWAY / PATH(REMOVE & REPLACE) SCALE IN FEET 0 H: 40 80 WSB WSB PROJECT NO.: RE V I S I O N S NO . DA T E DE S C R I P T I O N K: \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 \ C a d \ P l a n \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 0 2 - E X & D E M O . d w g 1/ 2 4 / 2 0 1 8 1 : 2 0 : 4 9 P M INSERT CLIENT LOGO SAVE CUSTOM BORDER DWT IN PROJECT CAD LIBRARY N 011127-000 SCALE: PLAN BY: DESIGN BY: CHECK BY: AS SHOWN CKJ SLH JHN I H E R E B Y C E R T I F Y T H A T T H I S P L A N , S P E C I F I C A T I O N , OR R E P O R T W A S P R E P A R E D B Y M E O R U N D E R M Y DI R E C T S U P E R V I S I O N A N D T H A T I A M A D U L Y LI C E N S E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R U N D E R T H E LA W S O F T H E S T A T E O F M I N N E S O T A . LI C . N O : DA T E : JA C O B N E W H A L L , P . E . 01 / 2 2 / 2 0 1 8 49 1 7 0 SA N D P O I N T B E A C H P A R K PO N D I M P R O V M E N T S CI T Y O F P R I O R L A K E EXISTING CONDITIONS & REMOVALS PLAN SHEET OF12 2 93 1 930 92 5 932 93 2 9 3 1 930 929 926926 927 928 929 9 3 0 917 920 918 919 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 926 925 924 923 922 921 920 919 935 930 925 9 3 0 9 2 5 921 922 923 924 926 927 928 929 931 932 933 934 936 925 924 923 922921 904 905 906907 908 909 910 911 912913914915 916 917 918 919 920 90 5 90 6 907 908 909 910 911912 913914 915 9 0 4 9 0 6 907 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920921922 923 924 925 920 925 930 ST 100 YEAR HWL = 928.5 s s s DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL D T L ST ST 139 LF - 8" HDPE PIPE 58 LF - 8" HDPE PIPE STMH-4 DESIGN SPECIAL-2RE: 911.0IE: 908.5 SPECIAL INLET DESIGN SPECIAL-1 RE: 919.5 IE (S): 917.0 IE (W): 916.5 IE: (E): 916.5 SUMP: 915.50 ST STMH-5 DESIGN SPECIAL-2 RE: 911.0IE: 908.3 DTL STMH 6 DESIGN SPECIAL 2 RE: 912.2 SUMP: 908.5 143 LF - 12" HDPE PIPE CONNECT TO EXISTING MH RE: 909.2 ±(ASBUILT) IE: 903.01±(ASBUILT) 8" KNIFE VALVE STMH-3 DESIGN SPECIAL-2 RE: 911.0 IE: 908.3 ST 30 LF - 8" HDPE PIPE 55 LF - 8" HDPE PIPE ST RECONSTRUCT SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE EX RE: 904.8 PRO RE: 905.8 92 4 9 2 3 92 6 9 2 5 9 3 0 9 2 7 92 8 9 2 9 913 908 922 907 914 912 915914 917 918 919 920 921 922 921 920 919 918 917 9 1 7 906 905 911 912 913 914 915 915 91 4 91 4 911 910 915 915 904 910 909 911 912 913 SAND POINT BEACH PARK SCALE IN FEET 0 H: 20 40 WSB WSB PROJECT NO.: RE V I S I O N S NO . DA T E DE S C R I P T I O N K: \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 \ C a d \ P l a n \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 0 3 - S T O R M P L A N . d w g 1/ 2 4 / 2 0 1 8 1 : 2 1 : 5 0 P M INSERT CLIENT LOGO SAVE CUSTOM BORDER DWT IN PROJECT CAD LIBRARY N 011127-000 SCALE: PLAN BY: DESIGN BY: CHECK BY: AS SHOWN CKJ SLH JHN I H E R E B Y C E R T I F Y T H A T T H I S P L A N , S P E C I F I C A T I O N , OR R E P O R T W A S P R E P A R E D B Y M E O R U N D E R M Y DI R E C T S U P E R V I S I O N A N D T H A T I A M A D U L Y LI C E N S E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R U N D E R T H E LA W S O F T H E S T A T E O F M I N N E S O T A . LI C . N O : DA T E : JA C O B N E W H A L L , P . E . 01 / 2 2 / 2 0 1 8 49 1 7 0 SA N D P O I N T B E A C H P A R K PO N D I M P R O V M E N T S CI T Y O F P R I O R L A K E STORM SEWER PLANS SHEET OF12 3 LEGEND CATCH BASIN STORM APRON STORM SEWER STORM SEWER MANHOLE PROPOSED CONTOUR MAJOR PROPOSED CONTOUR MINOR 862 860 920 925 930 935 940 945 950 955 960 920 925 930 935 940 945 950 955 960 94 8 . 3 94 8 . 2 94 8 . 9 94 7 . 5 94 3 . 2 93 8 . 2 93 2 . 8 92 5 . 9 92 5 . 7 9 0+00 0+50 1+00 1+50 2+00 2+50 3+00 3+50 4+00 4+50 134' - 18" RCP CL V @ 2.06% STMH 2 INV: 924.00 (W) TYPE: 48" STA: 2+54.50, 0.00'RIM: 938.06INV: 930.50 (N) EXISTING 8" V.C.P. SANITARY SEWER EX SMH-3 INV: 927.79 (S) TYPE: 48" STA: 2+27.56, 24.80' RT RIM: 938.80INV: 927.79 (NE) EX SMH-4 INV: 935.85 (SW) INV: 935.85 (E) TYPE: 48" STA: 0+22.64, -8.14' LT RIM: 947.25INV: 935.85 (NW) 227' - 18" RC P C L V @ 4 . 6 2 % STMH 1 (DS-3) TYPE: 48" STA: 0+27.48, 0.00' RIM: 947.65 IE: 941.0 (SE) EXISTING 8" S A N I T A R Y S E W E R 935935 9 2 2 9 2 3 92 4 92 5 93 0 94 0 93 5 95 2 95 1 95 0 94 9 94 8 94 7 94 6 9 4 5 94 0 93 9 94 6 94 5 9 4 4 93 5 9 3 6 93 7 93 8 9 3 9 94 0 9 4 1 94 2 9 4 3 94 4 9 4 5 946 9 4 7 948 949 948 9 4 7 94 6 94 9 95 0 951 9 5 2 Bir c h w o o d A v e S T S S S S0+00 1+00 2+00 3+ 0 0 3+ 9 0 S T S T s s s s 9 2 5 925 930 935 940 945 950 955 925 930 935 940 945 950 955 94 8 . 3 94 8 . 2 94 8 . 9 94 8 . 3 0 94 8 . 2 1 94 8 . 9 0 0+00 0+50 1+00 25' - 12" RCP CL V @ 3.94% 26' - 12" RCP CL V @ 4.24% EX SMH-4 STMH DS-3 CB 5 INV: 945.00 (S) TYPE: 48" STA: 0+03.33, 9.43' RT RIM: 948.61 CB 4 INV: 946.00 (E) TYPE: 48" STA: 0+32.26, 24.89' RT RIM: 949.21 BIRCHWOOD AVENUE SCALE IN FEET 0 H: 20 40 SCALE IN FEET 0 V: 5 10 WSB WSB PROJECT NO.: RE V I S I O N S NO . DA T E DE S C R I P T I O N K: \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 \ C a d \ P l a n \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 0 4 - S T R M - P R O F . d w g 1/ 2 4 / 2 0 1 8 1 : 2 2 : 5 2 P M INSERT CLIENT LOGO SAVE CUSTOM BORDER DWT IN PROJECT CAD LIBRARY N 011127-000 SCALE: PLAN BY: DESIGN BY: CHECK BY: AS SHOWN CKJ SLH JHN I H E R E B Y C E R T I F Y T H A T T H I S P L A N , S P E C I F I C A T I O N , OR R E P O R T W A S P R E P A R E D B Y M E O R U N D E R M Y DI R E C T S U P E R V I S I O N A N D T H A T I A M A D U L Y LI C E N S E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R U N D E R T H E LA W S O F T H E S T A T E O F M I N N E S O T A . LI C . N O : DA T E : JA C O B N E W H A L L , P . E . 01 / 2 2 / 2 0 1 8 49 1 7 0 SA N D P O I N T B E A C H P A R K PO N D I M P R O V M E N T S CI T Y O F P R I O R L A K E ST0RM PLAN & PROFILE SHEET OF12 4 CB 4 CB 5 STMH-1 (DS-3) STMH 2 FES 3 LEGEND CATCH BASIN STORM APRON STORM SEWER STORM SEWER MANHOLE PROPOSED CONTOUR MAJOR PROPOSED CONTOUR MINOR 862 860 EX SMH RE: 947.3 IE: 935.85 (ASBUILT) Bir c h w o o d A v e SAND POINT BEACH PARK Cr e s t A v e ST S S S S S S ST 100 YEAR HWL = 934.7 100 YEAR HWL = 928.5 938 937 936 935935 935 934 933 932 931 930 929 928 927 926 925 93 8937 936935934 933 932 931 930 929 928927 926 925 922 923 924 926 927 928 929 922 923 924 925 93 0 940 93 5 9 3 0 9 3 4 9 3 5 930931 932933 934935 936 937 938939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 9 6 0 9 5 9 9 5 8 9 5 7 9 5 6 95 5 95 4 95 4 953 955 956 957 952 951 950 949 948 947 946 945 940939 948 947 946 945 944943 942941 940 945 944 943 942 941 940 935936937 938 93 9 941 942 93 1 930 92 5 932 933 9 3 4 9 3 3 93 2 9 3 1 930 929 926926 927 928 929 9 3 0 917 920 918 919 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 931 930 929 928 927 926 925 924 923 922 921 920919 935 930 925 935 930 925 9 3 0 9 2 5 921 922 923 924 926 927 928 929931932933934936937938 939 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 94 6 947 948 949 94 8 947 946 945 944 949 950951 94 3 9 4 2 94 1 9 4 0 952 953 954 956 955 9 3 9 9 3 8 93 7 9 3 6 93 5 925924923922921 904 905 906907908 909 910 911912913914915916917918 919 920 90 590 6 907 908 909 910 911912 913914915 9 0 4 9 0 6 907 909 910 911 912 913 914915 916 917 918 919 920921922923 924 925 920 925 930 0+ 0 0 1+ 0 0 2+ 0 0 3+00 3+90 ST ST ST ST ST s s s DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL ST ST 8" V . C . P . s s s s s s ST ST ST 92 4 9 2 3 92 6 9 2 5 93 0 9 2 7 92 8 9 2 9 921 9 3 3 9 2 5 9 3 0 9 2 5 9 2 4 9 2 6 93 5 94 0 913 908 922 907 914 912 915914 917918 919920 921 922 923 923 921 920 919 918 917 9 1 7 906 905 911 912 913 914 915 915 91 4 91 4 911 910 915 915 904 910 909 911 912 913 925 930 935 940 941 9 2 1 93 4 93 2 9 3 0 9 2 8 9 2 6 92 4 9 2 2 921 922 924 925 926 9 2 0 9 1 9 PROPOSED TRAIL TO BE CONSTRUCTED ATA LATER DATE EXISTING TRAIL WILL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED. LEGEND: BITUMINOUS PATH (TO BE BUILT AT A LATER DATE) SCALE IN FEET 0 H: 40 80 WSB WSB PROJECT NO.: RE V I S I O N S NO . DA T E DE S C R I P T I O N K: \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 \ C a d \ P l a n \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 0 5 - G R D P L A N . d w g 1/ 2 4 / 2 0 1 8 1 : 2 3 : 5 2 P M INSERT CLIENT LOGO SAVE CUSTOM BORDER DWT IN PROJECT CAD LIBRARY N 011127-000 SCALE: PLAN BY: DESIGN BY: CHECK BY: AS SHOWN CKJ SLH JHN I H E R E B Y C E R T I F Y T H A T T H I S P L A N , S P E C I F I C A T I O N , OR R E P O R T W A S P R E P A R E D B Y M E O R U N D E R M Y DI R E C T S U P E R V I S I O N A N D T H A T I A M A D U L Y LI C E N S E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R U N D E R T H E LA W S O F T H E S T A T E O F M I N N E S O T A . LI C . N O : DA T E : JA C O B N E W H A L L , P . E . 01 / 2 2 / 2 0 1 8 49 1 7 0 SA N D P O I N T B E A C H P A R K PO N D I M P R O V M E N T S CI T Y O F P R I O R L A K E GRADING PLAN SHEET OF12 5 "LOWER PRIOR LAKE IS LOCATED APPROXIMATELY 500 FT SOUTHEAST OF THE PROJECT". Bir c h w o o d A v e SAND POINT BEACH PARK ST S S S S S S ST 100 YEAR HWL = 934.7 100 YEAR HWL = 928.5 938 937 936 935935 935 934 933 932 931 930 929 928 927 926 925 93 8937 936935934 933 932 931 930 929 928927 926 925 922 923 924 926 927 928 929 922 923 924 925 93 0 940 935 9 3 0 9 3 4 9 3 5 930931 932933 934935 936 937 938939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 9 5 9 9 5 8 9 5 7 9 5 6 95 5 95 4 95 4 953 955 956 957 952 951 950 949 948 947 946 945 940939 948 947 946 945 944943 942941 940 945 944 943 942 941 940 935936937 938 93 9 941 942 93 1 930 925 932 933 9 3 4 9 3 3 93 2 9 3 1 930 929 926926 927 928 929 9 3 0 917 920 918 919 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 931 930 929 928 927 926 925 924 923 922 921 920919 935 930 925 935 930 925 9 3 0 9 2 5 921 922 923 924 926 927 928 929931932933934936937938 939 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 94 6 947 948 94 9 94 8 947 946 945 944 949 950951 94 3 9 4 2 94 1 9 4 0 952 953 954 956 955 9 3 9 9 3 8 93 7 9 3 6 93 5 925924923922921 904 905 906907908 909 910 911912913914915916917918 919920 90 590 6 907 908 909 910 911912913914915 9 0 4 9 0 6 907 909 910 911 912 913 914915 916 917 918 919 920921922923 924 925 920 925 930 0+ 0 0 1+ 0 0 2+ 0 0 3+00 3+90 ST ST ST ST ST s s s DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL DTL ST ST s s s s s s ST ST ST 92 4 9 2 3 92 6 9 2 5 93 0 9 2 7 9 2 8 9 2 9 921 9 3 3 9 2 5 9 3 0 9 2 5 9 2 4 9 2 6 93 5 94 0 913 908 922 907 914 912 915914 917918 919920 921 922 923 923 921 920 919 918 917 9 1 7 906 905 911 912 913 914 915 915 91 4 91 4 911 910 915 915 904 910 909 911 912 913 925 930 935 940 941 9 2 1 93 4 93 2 9 3 0 9 2 8 9 2 6 92 4 9 2 2 921 922 924 925 926 9 2 0 9 1 9 PROPOSED TRAIL TO BE CONSTRUCTED AT A LATER DATE EXISTING TRAIL WILL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED. UPLAND AREA SHALL BE SEEDED WITH MIX # 35-241 MESIC PRAIRIE MIX. POND AREA SHALL BE SEEDED WITH MIX # 33-261 STORM WATER SOUTH AND WEST 45 SY ARTICULATED BLOCK FOREBAY 100 YEAR HWL = 934.7 100 YEAR HWL = 928.5 LEGEND: SILT FENCE INLET PROTECTION FLOW DIRECTION (PRE AND POST-CONSTRUCTION) ENERGY DISSIPATION STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT UPLAND SEED MIX AND EROSION CONTROL BLANKET CAT 3N/2S EROSION CONTROL BLANKET (WOOD FIBER OR HYDRAULIC MULCH) WITH MNDOT SEED MIX 33-261 @ 35 LBS/ACRE WITH FERTILIZER TYPE 4 (18-1-8) @ 150 LBS/ACRES CAT 3N/2S EROSION CONTROL BLANKET (WOOD FIBER ORHYDRAULIC MULCH ) WITH MNDOT SEED MIX 35-241 @ 36.5LBS/ACRE WITH FERTILIZER TYPE 4 (18-1-8) @ 150 LBS/ACRE HYDRAULIC MULCH TYPE 3884.B.2 WITH MNDOT SEED MIX25-151 @ 120 LBS/ACRE WITH FERTILIZER TYPE 3 (SLOWRELEASE; 22-5-10) @ 350 LBS/ACRE BITUMINOUS ROADWAY / PATH (REMOVE & REPLACE) BITUMINOUS PATH (TO BE BUILT AT A LATER DATE) SCALE IN FEET 0 H: 40 80 WSB WSB PROJECT NO.: RE V I S I O N S NO . DA T E DE S C R I P T I O N K: \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 \ C a d \ P l a n \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 0 6 - R E S T O R A T I O N . d w g 1/ 2 4 / 2 0 1 8 1 : 2 4 : 4 9 P M INSERT CLIENT LOGO SAVE CUSTOM BORDER DWT IN PROJECT CAD LIBRARY N 011127-000 SCALE: PLAN BY: DESIGN BY: CHECK BY: AS SHOWN CKJ SLH JHN I H E R E B Y C E R T I F Y T H A T T H I S P L A N , S P E C I F I C A T I O N , OR R E P O R T W A S P R E P A R E D B Y M E O R U N D E R M Y DI R E C T S U P E R V I S I O N A N D T H A T I A M A D U L Y LI C E N S E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R U N D E R T H E LA W S O F T H E S T A T E O F M I N N E S O T A . LI C . N O : DA T E : JA C O B N E W H A L L , P . E . 01 / 2 2 / 2 0 1 8 49 1 7 0 SA N D P O I N T B E A C H P A R K PO N D I M P R O V M E N T S CI T Y O F P R I O R L A K E EROSION CONTROL & LANDSCAPE RESTORATION PLAN SHEET OF12 6 EROSION CONTROL NOTES: 1.ALL STREETS IN AND ADJACENT TO THE PROJECT SHALL REMAIN CLEAN AND PASSABLE AT ALL TIMES. ADJACENT STREET AND CURB LINE TO BE SWEPT FREE OF DEBRIS AT THE END OF EACH WORK DAY, OR AS OFTEN AS NEEDED TO ENSURE PUBLIC SAFETY. 2.A STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT WILL BE PLACED AT ALL EXITS ON THE PROJECT SITE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN AND THE APPROVED STANDARD DETAILS. 3.SEDIMENT CONTROLS MUST BE IN PLACE AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER BEFORE ANY PHASE OF CONSTRUCTION CAN BEGIN. 4.INLET PROTECTION WILL BE INSTALLED AT ALL CATCH INLETS WITHIN THE PROJECT AREA PER STANDARD DETAILS. 5.STABILIZATION OF DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE DONE BY PERMANENT TURF ESTABLISHMENT WHENEVER POSSIBLE. 6.IN THE EVENT THAT PERMANENT STABILIZATION CANNOT BE IMPLEMENTED WITHIN 14 DAYS AFTER CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY IN THE DISTURBED AREA HAS CEASED, TEMPORARY STABILIZATION BMPS MUST BE SCHEDULED TO OCCUR WITHIN THAT 14 DAY TIME FRAME. 7.IN THE EVENT THAT DEWATERING OPERATIONS NEED TO OCCUR, A DEWATERING PLAN MUST BE SUBMITTED AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER BEFORE ANY DEWATERING OPERATIONS TAKE PLACE. THE PLAN MUST BE DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SWPPP GUIDELINES. 8.ALL STOCKPILES MUST HAVE PERIMETER SEDIMENT CONTROL IMPLEMENTED AND MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES. STOCKPILES TO RECEIVE TEMPORARY STABILIZATION IF UNWORKED FOR 14 DAYS. WSB WSB PROJECT NO.: RE V I S I O N S NO . DA T E DE S C R I P T I O N K: \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 \ C a d \ P l a n \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 0 7 - S W P P P . d w g 1/ 2 4 / 2 0 1 8 1 : 2 6 : 1 1 P M INSERT CLIENT LOGO SAVE CUSTOM BORDER DWT IN PROJECT CAD LIBRARY 011127-000 SCALE: PLAN BY: DESIGN BY: CHECK BY: AS SHOWN CKJ SLH JHN I H E R E B Y C E R T I F Y T H A T T H I S P L A N , S P E C I F I C A T I O N , OR R E P O R T W A S P R E P A R E D B Y M E O R U N D E R M Y DI R E C T S U P E R V I S I O N A N D T H A T I A M A D U L Y LI C E N S E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R U N D E R T H E LA W S O F T H E S T A T E O F M I N N E S O T A . LI C . N O : DA T E : JA C O B N E W H A L L , P . E . 01 / 2 2 / 2 0 1 8 49 1 7 0 SA N D P O I N T B E A C H P A R K PO N D I M P R O V M E N T S CI T Y O F P R I O R L A K E STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN SHEET OF12 7 WSB WSB PROJECT NO.: RE V I S I O N S NO . DA T E DE S C R I P T I O N K: \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 \ C a d \ P l a n \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 0 7 - S W P P P . d w g 1/ 2 4 / 2 0 1 8 1 : 2 5 : 5 0 P M INSERT CLIENT LOGO SAVE CUSTOM BORDER DWT IN PROJECT CAD LIBRARY 011127-000 SCALE: PLAN BY: DESIGN BY: CHECK BY: AS SHOWN CKJ SLH JHN I H E R E B Y C E R T I F Y T H A T T H I S P L A N , S P E C I F I C A T I O N , OR R E P O R T W A S P R E P A R E D B Y M E O R U N D E R M Y DI R E C T S U P E R V I S I O N A N D T H A T I A M A D U L Y LI C E N S E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R U N D E R T H E LA W S O F T H E S T A T E O F M I N N E S O T A . LI C . N O : DA T E : JA C O B N E W H A L L , P . E . 01 / 2 2 / 2 0 1 8 49 1 7 0 SA N D P O I N T B E A C H P A R K PO N D I M P R O V M E N T S CI T Y O F P R I O R L A K E STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN SHEET OF12 8 WSB WSB PROJECT NO.: RE V I S I O N S NO . DA T E DE S C R I P T I O N K: \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 \ C a d \ P l a n \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 0 7 - S W P P P . d w g 1/ 2 4 / 2 0 1 8 1 : 2 5 : 3 4 P M INSERT CLIENT LOGO SAVE CUSTOM BORDER DWT IN PROJECT CAD LIBRARY 011127-000 SCALE: PLAN BY: DESIGN BY: CHECK BY: AS SHOWN CKJ SLH JHN I H E R E B Y C E R T I F Y T H A T T H I S P L A N , S P E C I F I C A T I O N , OR R E P O R T W A S P R E P A R E D B Y M E O R U N D E R M Y DI R E C T S U P E R V I S I O N A N D T H A T I A M A D U L Y LI C E N S E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R U N D E R T H E LA W S O F T H E S T A T E O F M I N N E S O T A . LI C . N O : DA T E : JA C O B N E W H A L L , P . E . 01 / 2 2 / 2 0 1 8 49 1 7 0 SA N D P O I N T B E A C H P A R K PO N D I M P R O V M E N T S CI T Y O F P R I O R L A K E STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN SHEET OF12 9 INSTALLATIONEROSION CONTROL BLANKETAPPROVED PLATE # 201 I S OINNE I T C Y FO RP M T OR L K A E A 4"-6" OVERLAP AS PER MANUFACTURERANCHOR, OVERLAP & STAPLE 3' LEVEL (MIN.) SPECIFICATIONS NOTES: 1' SPACING ON STAPLESIN ANCHORING TRENCH ANCHOR SLOT ALTERNATIVE 1. 2. PLACE 6" OF BLANKET IN TRENCH ENTRANCEROCK CONSTRUCTIONAPPROVED PLATE # 202 I S OINNE I T C Y FO RP M T OR L K A E A RADIUS AS REQUIRED (15' MIN) 6" MINIMUM DEPTH ENTRANCE WIDTHAS REQUIRED(20'MIN) OF 1" TO 2" CRUSHED ROCK PUBLIC ROAD NOTES: ROCKS AT ENTRANCE CLEAN WORKSITE MUD OFF OF TRUCK TIRES BEFORE DRIVING ON MAIN ROAD REPLACE CRUSHED ROCK ONCE SILT FROM TIRES HAS RENDERED THE ROCK CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE INEFFECTIVE, OR AS DIRECTED BY CITY ENGINEER. 1. 2. SILT FENCE REQUIREMENTSAPPROVED PLATE # 200 3" DIA. STEEL POST OR 2" X 2" WOOD POST 4' MAX SPACING SET POSTS AND EXCAVATE A 6" X 6" TRENCH UPSLOPE ALONG THE LINE OF THE POSTS TRENCH 6" X 6" STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3 STAPLE WOVEN MONOFILAMENT FABRIC TO EACH POST FLOW DIRECTION LAY FABRIC IN TRENCH COMPACTED FLOW DIRECTION BACKFILL 30"MIN 30"MIN BACKFILL THE TRENCH AND COMPACT THE EXCAVATED SOIL FL O W FL O W A A B SHOULD THE FABRIC DECOMPOSE OR BECOME INEFFECTIVE PRIOR TO END OF EXPECTED USEABLE LIFE AND THE BARRIER IS STILL NECESSARY, THE FABRIC SHALL BE REPLACED PROMPTLY. FILTER BARRIERS SHALL BE INSPECTED WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER 12" RAINFALL AND AT LEAST WEEKLY DURING ACTIVE CONSTRUCTION. ANY REQUIRED REPAIRS SHALL BE MADE WITH 24 HOURS OF NOTICE. SEDIMENT DEPOSITS SHOULD BE REMOVED AFTER EACH STORM EVENT AND MUST BE REMOVED WHEN DEPOSITS REACH APPROXIMATELY HALF THE HEIGHT OF THE BARRIER. ANY SEDIMENT DEPOSITS REMAINING IN PLACE AFTER THE SILT FENCE OR FILTER BARRIER IS NO LONGER REQUIRED, SHALL BE DRESSED TO CONFORM WITH THE EXISTING GRADE, PREPARED AND SEEDED. ELEVATION POINTS "A" SHOULDBE HIGHER THAN POINTS "B" BOTTOM OFDRAINAGE WAY I S OINNE I T C Y FO RP M T OR L K A E A NOTES: SILT FENCE SHALL FOLLOW MNDOT MATERIAL SPEC. 3886 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. FOR STORM SEWERSTANDARD CATCH BASINL K A E F I T C Y O IORPR PLATE # 301 5" RAISE BACK TO MAX. HEIGHT 6" VARIES APPROVED MINN SE O T A 8" "INFI-SHIELD" EXTERNAL CATCH BASIN SEAL OR APPROVED EQUAL NO CATCH BASIN SHALL BE ORDERED UNTIL ENGINEER APPROVES SHOP DRAWINGS. OR APPROVED EQUAL HIGH VANE GRATE CATCH BASIN CASTING CL-5 AGGREGATE AS DIRECTED BY CITY ENGINEER OUTSIDE. ALL MORTAR/GROUT SHALL BE WITH NON-SHRINKING "NEENAH R-3067-V" 24" x 36" PRECAST 5" CEMENT. SLOPE INVERT TO DIRECT FLOW TO OUTLET. DIRECTION OF FLOW 36"5" 3 1/2"18"3 1/2" 5" ALL DOGHOUSES SHALL BE GROUTED ON INSIDE AND 32" X 44" X 6" THICK PRECAST CONCRETE BASE FOR SLAB AND BOX CONSTRUCTION. "RAMNECK" OR APPROVED EQUAL FOR SLAB AND BOX CONSTRUCTION 4" MIN - 12" MAX CONCRETE ADJUSTING RINGS WITH 1/3" MIN - 1/2" MAX MORTAR BETWEEN RINGS PLAN VIEW -TOP SECTION VIEW PLATE # 300STANDARD STORMSEWER MANHOLE FLOW VARIABLE FLOW VARIABLE 16" "I.D." "T" ** "B" *** APPROVED Y O M T I C OR T ANINSOE PF RI A K E L 8" AS DIRECTED BY CITY ENGINEER CL-5 AGGREGATE JOINT WITH "INFI-SHIELD" EXTERNAL JOINT SEAL WRAP OR APPROVED EQUAL RUBBER GASKET NO TONGUE OR GROOVE AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF MANHOLE IF SLAB AND BARREL CONSTRUCTION "RAMNECK" OR APPROVED EQUAL "INFI-SHIELD" EXTERNAL MANHOLE / CATCH BASIN SEAL OR APPROVED EQUAL ASTM C-443 NOTES: 1. NO MANHOLE SHALL BE ORDERED UNTIL ENGINEER APPROVES SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. USE 72" MANHOLE IF THE DISTANCE BETWEEN HOLES IS LESS THAN 1/2 OF SMALLEST PIPE OUTSIDE DIAMETER. FRAME AND COVER STANDARD MANHOLE OR APPROVED EQUAL (STAMPED "STORM SEWER") "MCI 301-C" OR "NEENAH R-1733" CATCH BASIN CASTING, OR "NEENAH R-4342" YARD ASTM C-478 PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE MANHOLE SECTION * MNDOT STANDARD PLATE NO. 3000L ** MNDOT STANDARD PLATE NO. 4022A FOR 3' X 2' OPENING ** MNDOT STANDARD PLATE NO. 4020J FOR 27" DIA OPENING *** MNDOT STANDARD PLATE NO. 4011E "W" * WALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE CLASS II PRECAST PIPE, MNDOT STANDARD PLATE NO. 3000L "O.D." CATCH BASIN CASTING, "NEENAH R-3067-V" STREET PROVIDE SMOOTH FLOW FROM INLET TO OUTLET GROUT INVERT TO SHALL BE GROUTED ON INSIDE AND OUTSIDE. ALL MORTAR/GROUTING SHALL BE WITH ALL DOGHOUSES SHALL "M.A. INDUSTRIES PS1-PF" STEEL REINFORCED COPOLYMER POLYPROPELENE MANHOLE STEP OR APPROVED EQUAL SPACED 16" O.C. AND LOCATED OVER DOWNSTREAM SIDE. SHALL CONFORM TO OSHA STANDARDS. 8" X 92"8" X 78" 6" X 64" 86" I.D.48"60"72" O.D. 72"58"6"7" W5" 8" X 86"8" X 72" 6" X 58"T B 4" MIN - 12" MAX CONCRETE ADJUSTING RINGS WITH 1/3" MIN - 1/2" MAX MORTAR BETWEEN RINGS NON-SHRINKING CEMENT. IF STANDARD MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER IS USED, ADJUST 1/4" MIN - 1/2" MAX BELOW FINISHED BLACKTOP "NEENAH R-1979" MANHOLE ADJUSTING RING OR APPROVED EQUAL FOR WEAR COURSE ADJUSTMENT CONCRETE APRONSTRASH GUARDS FORAPPROVED PLATE # 305 PIPE SIZE 12" - 24" 27" - 48" 54" - 90" 22" - 29" 36" - 59" 65" - 88" BOLT LG. = PIPE WALL THK. + 2 1/2" AR C H RO U N D AR C H RO U N D BAR SIZES STANDARD DESIGN HEAVY DESIGN REQ'D HOLE DIA. DIA. BOLT SIZE BAR SIZE BAR DIA. BOLT REQ'DSIZE PIPE 1 1/8" 7/8" 3/4" 1 1/8" 7/8" 3/4" 1" 3/4" 5/8" 1" 3/4" 5/8" 1" 3/4" 5/8" 1" 3/4" 5/8"5/8"3/4"12" - 18" 21' - 48" 54" - 90" 22" 29" - 59" 65" - 88" 1 1/8" 7/8" 3/4" 1 1/8" 7/8" 3/4" 1" 5/8" 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1" BOLT HOLES H 6" MAX. HINGED CONNECTIONS ALL GUARDS TO HAVE MIN (1) CROSS BAR, 60" AND UP TO HAVE (2) BARS EQUALLY SPACED SIZE OF PIPE H 12" TO 18" 4" 21" TO 42" 6" 48" TO 72" 12" HOLE DIA. 3/4" 3/4" L R T A FO IO M C I T Y INN SE O RP E K A NOTES: 1. BARS & PLATES ARE HOT-ROLLED STEEL 2. BARS, PLATES & PIPE ARE FINISHED WITH TWO COATS OF ALUMINUM PAINT 3. BOLTS ARE HOT DIP GALVANIZED PER MNDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATION 3392 AND ASTM A 153 4. PROVIDE GAP (H) AT BOTTOM OF TRASH GUARD TO ALLOW DEBRIS TO PASS THROUGH. GAP SHALL FOLLOW TABLE BELOW: WSB WSB PROJECT NO.: RE V I S I O N S NO . DA T E DE S C R I P T I O N K: \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 \ C a d \ P l a n \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 1 0 - D E T A I L S . d w g 1/ 2 4 / 2 0 1 8 1 : 2 6 : 4 9 P M INSERT CLIENT LOGO SAVE CUSTOM BORDER DWT IN PROJECT CAD LIBRARY 011127-000 SCALE: PLAN BY: DESIGN BY: CHECK BY: AS SHOWN CKJ SLH JHN I H E R E B Y C E R T I F Y T H A T T H I S P L A N , S P E C I F I C A T I O N , OR R E P O R T W A S P R E P A R E D B Y M E O R U N D E R M Y DI R E C T S U P E R V I S I O N A N D T H A T I A M A D U L Y LI C E N S E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R U N D E R T H E LA W S O F T H E S T A T E O F M I N N E S O T A . LI C . N O : DA T E : JA C O B N E W H A L L , P . E . 01 / 2 2 / 2 0 1 8 49 1 7 0 SA N D P O I N T B E A C H P A R K PO N D I M P R O V M E N T S CI T Y O F P R I O R L A K E DETAILS SHEET OF12 10 TYPICAL SECTION8' BITUMINOUS TRAILAPPROVED PLATE # 610 6"6"8'-0" 6" AGGREGATE BASE CLASS 5 100% CRUSHED LIMESTONE 2 1/2" PLANT-MIXED BIT. MnDOT (MVWE45035B) BIT. TRAIL APPROVED SUBGRADE (SUBGRADE TO BE INSPECTED BY CITY PRIOR TO CLASS 5 PLACEMENT) TAMPED EDGES @ 45 DEGREES I S OINNE I T C Y FO RP M T OR L K A E A NOTES: 1. POND ACCESS TRAILS SHALL BE 10' WIDE AND HAVE 4" OF BITUMINOUS. 2. COORDINATE TRAIL ALIGNMENT WITH CITY PRIOR TO SUBGRADE PREPARATION. TY P I C A L S E C T I O N LO C A L S T R E E T AP P R O V E D PL A T E # 60 0 * SEE PLATE #601 IF CONCRETE SIDEWALK IS REQUIRED ** MAY BE REDUCED TO 14' WITH CITY APPROVAL NOTES: 1. SECTION ABOVE IS THE MINIMUM THICKNESS REQUIRED FOR A LOCAL STREET. ALL STREETS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 4" BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT SECTION AND 6" OF CLASS 5 AGGREGATE BASE. 2. DESIGN SHALL BE BASED ON SOIL BORINGS R-VALUE DETERMINED BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING COMPANY. 3. LOCAL STREET SECTION SHALL BE 7 TON DESIGN WITH ALL OTHER STREET CLASSIFICATIONS TO BE 9 OR 10 TON DESIGN PER MNDOT. 4. TACK COAT SHALL BE PLACED BETWEEN BITUMINOUS LIFTS. THE FACE OF THE CONCRETE GUTTER SHALL BE TACKED PRIOR TO EACH BITUMINOUS LIFT. THE STREET SHALL BE CLEANED PRIOR TO PLACING THE TACK COAT. 9' 16'**16'**9' *50' R/W MIN. IN RESIDENTA L Z O N E S 6" CROWN (MIN 2%) 5" MIN. TOPSOIL BITUMINOUSCURB & GUTTER (TYP) BELOW CURB & GUTTERMIN. 3" AGGREGATE BASE 2% MIN. 6" 1-1/2" #2360 TYPE MV 3 WEARING COURSE (MVWE45035B) #2357 TACK COAT 2-1/2" #2360 TYPE MV 3 BITUMINOUS BASE (MVNW35035B) 6" CLASS 5 AGGREGATE BASE (100% CRUSHED LIMESTONE) 2' GRANULAR BORROW R/W C ROADWAY L R/W 2 1 Y O M T I C O R T A N I N S O EP F R I A KEL FINISHED SUBGRADE FINISHED GRADE KNIFE VALVE WSB WSB PROJECT NO.: RE V I S I O N S NO . DA T E DE S C R I P T I O N K: \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 \ C a d \ P l a n \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 1 0 - D E T A I L S . d w g 1/ 2 4 / 2 0 1 8 1 : 2 7 : 0 5 P M INSERT CLIENT LOGO SAVE CUSTOM BORDER DWT IN PROJECT CAD LIBRARY 011127-000 SCALE: PLAN BY: DESIGN BY: CHECK BY: AS SHOWN CKJ SLH JHN I H E R E B Y C E R T I F Y T H A T T H I S P L A N , S P E C I F I C A T I O N , OR R E P O R T W A S P R E P A R E D B Y M E O R U N D E R M Y DI R E C T S U P E R V I S I O N A N D T H A T I A M A D U L Y LI C E N S E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R U N D E R T H E LA W S O F T H E S T A T E O F M I N N E S O T A . LI C . N O : DA T E : JA C O B N E W H A L L , P . E . 01 / 2 2 / 2 0 1 8 49 1 7 0 SA N D P O I N T B E A C H P A R K PO N D I M P R O V M E N T S CI T Y O F P R I O R L A K E DETAILS SHEET OF12 11 1' MIN SUMP FROM EX. INV. DRILL & GROUT REBAR INBASE AND WALL OF MANHOLE31/2"MIN. SECTION BB NO SCALE CENTER WEIR WALLON STRUCTURE LEG 1.8' x 5.0' x 9" INV:916.50 15" RCP INLET PIPE 10" DIP OUTLET PIPE (TIE INTO EXISTING) 60" DIA. PRECAST RCP SECTION AA NO SCALE PLAN A A NO SCALE PROVIDE 4-1/2" SS ANCHORBOLTS W/CLIPS HAALA-TYPE GRATEOR EQUIVALENT.HOT DIPPED GALVANIZEDGRATE IN 2 SECTIONS 14" X 1 -12" FLAT BAR(ROLLED TO PROVIDEOUTER RING) GALVANIZEDHINGES WITH (TYP) GALVANIZED LIFT HANDLE (TYP) OUTSIDE MH WALL TOFLAT BAR = 1" 15 " I N L E T P I P E CASTING IS INCIDENTALTO STRUCTURE 10 " O U T L E T P I P E 12" AGGREGATEBASE, CLASS 5(INCIDENTAL) COMPACTED SUBGRADE DETAIL 1 - SUBMERGED SKIMMER / EMERGENCY OVERFLOW STRUCTURE STRUCTURE DESIGN SPECIAL 1 12" EPOXY COATEDBARS @ 9" O.C.E.W. 1.8'x5.0'x9" CONCRETE WALL CENTERED ON STRUCTURE LEG. INV:917.0 8" HDPE INLET PIPE WITH SLUICE GATE (917.0) COMMON BORROW 18" OF SPECIAL FILTRATION MEDIA GEOTEXTILE FILTER TYPE IV 911.00 909.5 904.00 BERM DETAIL IN-SITU SOIL 6" DRAIN TILE (TYPICAL) (5) ADAPTER ANGLES VARIABLE 0° - 360° ACCORDING TO PLANS (3) VARIABLE SUMP DEPTH ACCORDING TO PLANS (10" MIN. BASED ON MANUFACTURING REQ.) 6" MIN MINIMUM PIPE BURIAL DEPTH PER PIPE MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION (MIN. MANUFACTURING REQ. SAME AS MIN. SUMP) (3) VARIABLE INVERT HEIGHTS AVAILABLE (ACCORDING TO PLANS/TAKE OFF) WATERTIGHT JOINT (CORRUGATED HDPE SHOWN) 30" DOME 1 - GRATES/SOLID COVER SHALL BE DUCTILE IRON PER ASTM A536 GRADE 70-50-05. 2 - FRAMES SHALL BE DUCTILE IRON PER ASTM A536 GRADE 70-50-05. 3 - DRAIN BASIN TO BE CUSTOM MANUFACTURED ACCORDING TO PLAN DETAILS. RISERS ARE NEEDED FOR BASINS OVER 84" DUE TO SHIPPING RESTRICTIONS. SEE DRAWING NO. 7001-110-065. 4 - DRAINAGE CONNECTION STUB JOINT TIGHTNESS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM D3212 FOR CORRUGATED HDPE (ADS N-12/HANCOR DUAL WALL), N-12 HP, & PVC SEWER (4" - 24"). 5 - ADAPTERS CAN BE MOUNTED ON ANY ANGLE 0° TO 360°. TO DETERMINE MINIMUM ANGLE BETWEEN ADAPTERS SEE DRAWING NO. 7001-110-012. THE BACKFILL MATERIAL SHALL BE CRUSHED STONE OR OTHER GRANULAR MATERIAL MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF CLASS I, CLASS II, OR CLASS III MATERIAL AS DEFINED IN ASTM D2321. BEDDING & BACKFILL FOR SURFACE DRAINAGE INLETS SHALL BE PLACED & COMPACTED UNIFORMLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D2321. (4) VARIOUS TYPES OF INLET & OUTLET ADAPTERS AVAILABLE: 4" - 30" FOR CORRUGATED HDPE (ADS N-12/HANCOR DUAL WALL, ADS/HANCOR SINGLE WALL), N-12 HP, PVC SEWER (EX: SDR 35), PVC DWV (EX: SCH 40), PVC C900/C905, CORRUGATED & RIBBED PVC STRUCTURE DESIGN SPECIAL 2 ELEV.918.5 INV:916.5 6" OF SALVAGED TOP SOIL 914.0 8" OF WASHED AGGREGATE WITH 10" MOUNDING AT EACH DRAINTILE 1' MIN SUMP FROM EX. INV. DRILL & GROUT REBAR INBASE AND WALL OF MANHOLE31/2"MIN. SECTION BB NO SCALE 1.8' x 5.0' x 9" INV:940.3 15" RCP INLET PIPE15" OUTLET PIPE (TIE INTO EXISTING) 48" DIA. PRECAST RCP SECTION AA NO SCALE 12" AGGREGATEBASE, CLASS 5(INCIDENTAL) COMPACTED SUBGRADE STMH-1 STRUCTURE DESIGN SPECIAL 3 12" EPOXY COATEDBARS @ 9" O.C.E.W. 1.8'x5.0'x9" CONCRETE WALL CENTERED ON STRUCTURE LEG. INV:940.5 18" INLET PIPE (940.5) ELEV.945.0 947.63 TIE INTO EXISTING 919.5 WSB WSB PROJECT NO.: RE V I S I O N S NO . DA T E DE S C R I P T I O N K: \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 \ C a d \ P l a n \ 0 1 1 1 2 7 - 0 0 0 1 0 - D E T A I L S . d w g 1/ 2 4 / 2 0 1 8 1 : 2 7 : 2 1 P M INSERT CLIENT LOGO SAVE CUSTOM BORDER DWT IN PROJECT CAD LIBRARY 011127-000 SCALE: PLAN BY: DESIGN BY: CHECK BY: AS SHOWN CKJ SLH JHN I H E R E B Y C E R T I F Y T H A T T H I S P L A N , S P E C I F I C A T I O N , OR R E P O R T W A S P R E P A R E D B Y M E O R U N D E R M Y DI R E C T S U P E R V I S I O N A N D T H A T I A M A D U L Y LI C E N S E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R U N D E R T H E LA W S O F T H E S T A T E O F M I N N E S O T A . LI C . N O : DA T E : JA C O B N E W H A L L , P . E . 01 / 2 2 / 2 0 1 8 49 1 7 0 SA N D P O I N T B E A C H P A R K PO N D I M P R O V M E N T S CI T Y O F P R I O R L A K E DETAILS SHEET OF12 12 Standard Bid Construction Contract This Contract (“Contract”) is made on the _____day of______________, 2018, between the City of Prior Lake, Minnesota (hereinafter "City"), whose business address is 4646 Dakota Street SE, Prior Lake, MN 55372, and ___________________________________, a Minnesota ______________________(hereinafter "Contractor") whose business address is____________________________________________________________________________________ ______________. . Preliminary Statement Purpose: The City Council has determined that the City should construct the Sand Point Beach Park Ponds Maintenance and Retrofit Project in accordance with the Plans and Specifications dated January 22, 2018. After completing the notification and bidding pr ocess, the City Council has awarded bid to ____________________ by Resolution 18-____, subject to entering into this contract. The City and Contractor for the consideration stated below, agree as follows: 1. Contract. The following documents attached hereto shall be referred to as the “Contract”, all of which shall be taken together as a whole as the contract between the parties as if they were set out verbatim and in full herein which are all on file in the office of the City Manager: ▪ The City’s Advertisement for Bids dated January 20, 2018 ▪ Plans and Specifications ▪ Proposal submitted by Contractor and on file in the office of the City Manager of the City ▪ Performance Bond and Payment Bond ▪ Insurance Certificate(s); and ▪ This document The Contractor agrees to perform and complete all the provisions of the Contract in accordance with the Contract terms and conditions. 2. The Work. The Contractor shall perform all of the work required by the Contract (“Work”) for the sum of ______________________Dollars ($_________________). The City shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the Work, subject to additions and deductions by Change Orders as provided in the Contract. 3. Time of Commencement and Completion. The Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced immediately after execution of this Contract. The Work shall be substantially completed by May 25, 2018. a. Starting the Work: 1. The Contractor shall commence the Work in such a manner and at such a time as to expeditiously interface with the Work of other contractors working on the project (“Project”), and shall pursue the Work diligently to completion. 2. The execution of this Contract by both parties constitutes a Notice to Proceed with the Work, unless the City issues a separate Notice to Proceed designating a Standard Bid Construction Contract 2014.04 Page 2 of 11 different starting time. The Contractor shall promptly provide timely performance according to the immediate progress requirement of the Work. 3. The Contractor shall commence the Work prior to the execution of this C ontract if a Letter of Intent containing a Notice to Proceed is issued by the City. 4. Upon receipt of a Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall pursue and complete the Work without voluntary interruption for any reason, as long as the Work can be performed. The Contractor agrees that it shall continue the Work at all times the Work can be performed, at a pace consistent with good industry practice regardless of pending or current disputes in connection with the Contract. b. Timely Performance. It is the City’s intent to complete the Project as soon as possible. The Contractor agrees to cooperate in scheduling and performing the Work to achieve completion of the Project as soon as possible. 4. Method of Payment. The Contractor shall submit to the City, on a monthly basis, an itemized invoice for services performed under this Contract. Invoices submitted shall be paid in the same manner as other claims made to the City. a. Invoices. Contractor shall verify all statements submitted for payment in compliance w ith Minnesota Statutes Sections 471.38 and 471.391. For reimbursable expenses, if provided for in the Contract, the Contractor shall provide an itemized listing and such documentation as reasonably required by the City. Each invoice shall contain the Cit y’s project number and a progress summary showing the original (or amended) amount of the contract, current billing, past payments and unexpended balance of the contract. b. Claims. To receive any payment on this Contract, the invoice or bill must include the following signed and dated statement: “I declare under penalty of perjury that this account, claim, or demand is just and correct and that no part of it has been paid.” c. Final Payment. Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contra ct Sum, shall be paid by the City to the Contractor when the Work has been completed, the Contract fully performed, and the City accepts the Work in writing. The acceptance of final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those previously made in writing and identified by the Contractor as unsettled at the time of Application for Final Payment. d. Income Tax Withholding. No final payment shall be made to the Contractor until the Contractor has provided satisfactory evidence to the City that the Contractor and each of its subcontracts has complied with the provisions of Minn. Stat. Section 290.92 relating to withholding of income taxes upon wages. A certificate by the Commissioner of Revenue shall satisfy this requirement. 5. Standard of Care. Contractor shall exercise the same degree of care, skill and diligence in the performance of its services as is ordinarily exercised by members of the profession under similar circumstances in Scott County, Minnesota. Contractor shall be liable to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, without limitation, for any injuries, loss, or damages proximately caused by Contractor's breach of this standard of care. Contractor shall put forth reasonable efforts to complete its duties in a timely manner. Contractor shall not be responsible for delays caused by factors beyond Standard Bid Construction Contract 2014.04 Page 3 of 11 its control or that could not be reasonably foreseen at the time of execution of this Contract. Contractor shall be responsible for costs, delays or damages arising from unreasonable delays in the performance of its duties. 6. Project Manager. The Contractor has designated _________________________to Manage the Work. They shall be assisted by other staff members as necessary to facilitate the completion of the Work in accordance with the terms established herein. Contractor may not remove or replace the designated manager without the approval of the City. 7. Condition and Inspection. All goods and other materials furnished under this Contract shall be new and in current manufacture, unless otherwise specified, and all goods and work shall be of good quality, free from faults and defects and in conformance with this Contract. All goods and work not conforming to these requirements shall be considered defective. Goods shall be subject to inspection and testing by the City. Defective goods or goods not in current manufacture may be returned to the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. 8. Correction of Work. The Contractor shall promptly correct all Work rejected by the City as defective or as failing to conform under this Contract whether observed before or after completion of the Work and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. The Contractor shall bear all costs of correcting such rejected Work. 9. Warranty. The Contractor expressly warrants and guarantees to the City that all Work performed and all materials furnished shall be in accord with the Contract and shall be free from defects in materials, workmanship, and operation which appear within a period of one ye ar, or within such longer period as may be prescribed by law or in the terms of the Contract, from the date of City’s written acceptance of the Work. The City’s rights under the Contractor’s warranty are not the City’s exclusive remedy. The City shall have all other remedies available under this Contract, at law or in equity. Should any defects develop in the materials, workmanship or operation of the system within the specified period, upon notice from the City, the Contractor agrees, within ten (10) calendar days after receiving written notice and without expense to the City, to repair, replace and in general to perform all necessary corrective Work with regard to the defective or nonconforming Work or materials to the satisfaction of the City. THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT IN ANY MANNER LIMIT THE CITY’S REMEDY OR THE CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY TO THOSE DEFECTS APPEARING WITHIN THE WARRANTY PERIOD. The Contractor agrees to perform the Work in a manner and at a time so as to minimize any damages sustained by the City and so as to not interfere with or in any way disrupt the operation of the City or the public. The corrective Work referred to above shall include without limitation, (a) the cost of removing the defective or nonconforming Work and materials from the sit e, (b) the cost of correcting all Work of other Contractors destroyed or damaged by defective or nonconforming Work and materials including the cost of removal of such damaged Work and materials form the site, and (c) the cost of correcting all damages to Work of other Contractors caused by the removal of the defective or nonconforming Work or materials. The Contractor shall post bonds to secure the warranties. Standard Bid Construction Contract 2014.04 Page 4 of 11 10. Private Property. The Contractor shall not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously obtained permission from the City. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of, and shall use every precaution to prevent damage to all trees, shrubbery, plants, lawns, fences, culverts, bridges, pavements, driveways, sidewalks, etc.; all water, sewer and gas lines; all conduits; all overhead pole lines or appurtenances thereof; and all other public or private property along or adjacent to the work. 11. Removal of Construction Equipment, Tools and Supplies. At the termination of this Contract, before acceptance of the Work by the City, the Contractor shall remove all of Contractor’s equipment, tools and supplies from the property of the City. Should the Contractor fail to remove such equipment, tools and supplies, the City shall have the right to remove them and deduct the cost of removal from any amount owed to Contractor. 12. Suspension of Work by City. The City may at any time suspend the Work, or any part thereof, by giving ten (10) days' notice to the Contractor in writing. The work shall be resumed by the Contractor within ten (10) days after the date fixed in the written notice from the City to the Contractor to resume. If the City’s suspension of all or part of the Work causes additional expenses not due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor, the City shall reimburse the Contractor for the additional expense incurred due to suspension of the work. Claims for such compensation, with complete substantiating records, shall be filed with the City within ten (10) days after the date of order to resume Work in order to receive consideration. This paragraph shall not be construed as entitling the Contractor to compensation for delays due to inclement weather, failure to furnish additional surety or sureties specified herein, for suspension made at the request of the Contractor, or for any other delay provided for in this Contract. 13. City’s Right to Carry Out the Work. If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract or fails to perform any provisions of the Contract, the City may, after ten (10) days written notice to the Contractor and without prejudice to any other remedy the City may have, make good such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issu ed deducting from the payment then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies. If the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the City. 14. City’s Right to Terminate Contract and Complete the Work. The City has the right to terminate this Contract for any of the following reasons: a. The Contractor is adjudged bankrupt, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or becomes insolvent; b. Failure of Contractor to supply adequate properly skilled workmen or proper materials; c. Failure of Contractor to make prompt payment to subcontractor for material or labor; d. Any disregard of laws, ordinances or proper instructions of the City; e. Assignment or work without permission of the City; f. Abandonment of the work by Contractor; g. Failure to meet the work progress schedule set forth in this Contract; h. Unnecessary delay which, in the judgment of the City, will result in the work not being completed in the prescribed time. Termination of the Contract shall be preceded by ten (10) days written notice by the City to the Contractor and its surety stating the grounds for termination and the measures, if any, which must be taken to assure Standard Bid Construction Contract 2014.04 Page 5 of 11 compliance with the Contract. The Contract shall be terminated at the expiration of such ten (10) day period unless the City Council shall withdraw its notice of termination. Upon termination of the Contract by the City, the City may, without prejudice to any other remedy the City may have, take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor and may finish the Work by whatever methods the City may deem expedient at the Contractor’s expense. Upon Contract termination, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the contract price exceeds the expense of finishing the Work, including compensation for additional managerial and administrative services, the excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such expense exceeds the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the City. In the event that the Contractor abandons the Work, fails or refuses to complete the Work or fails to pay just claims for labor or material, the City reserves the right to charge against the Contractor all legal, engineering, or other costs resulting from such abandonment, failure or refusal. Legal costs will include the City's cost of prosecuting or defending any suit in connection with such abandonment, failure or refusal, and non-payment of claims wherein the City is made co-defendant, and the Contractor agrees to pay all costs, including reasonable attorney's fees. 15. Contractor’s Right to Terminate Contract. The Contractor may terminate this Contract upon ten (10) days written notice to the City for any of the following reasons: a. If an order of any court or other public authority caused the Work to be stopped or suspended for a period of 90 days through no act or fault of the Contractor or its employees. b. If the City should fail to pay any undisputed sum owed Contractor within forty-five (45) days after the sum becomes due. 16. Performance and Payment Bonds. The Contractor shall post a Performance and Payment Bond each in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the payments due Contractor to insure the prompt and faithful performance of this Contract by Contractor and to insure prompt payment to the subcontractor and suppliers of the Contractor. The Bonds shall be in a form approved by the City. Contractor shall provide the Bond to the City before commencing work and together with the executed contract document. If the Performance and/or Payment Bond are not submitted as provid ed herein, this Contract shall be considered void. 17. Subcontractor. The Contractor shall bind every subcontractor and every subcontractor shall agree to be bound by the terms of this Contract as far as applicable to its work, unless specifically noted to the contrary in a subcontract approved in writing as adequate by the City. The Contractor shall pay any subcontractor involved in the performance of this Contract within the ten (10) days of the Contractor's receipt of payment by the City for undisputed services provided by the subcontractor. If the Contractor fails within that time to pay the subcontractor any undisputed amount for which the Contractor has received payment by the City, the Contractor shall pay interest to the subcontractor on the unpaid amount at the rate of 1.5 percent per month or any part of a month. The minimum monthly interest penalty payment for an unpaid balance of $100 or more is $10. For an unpaid balance of less than $100, the Contractor shall pay the actual interest penalty du e to the subcontractor. A subcontractor Standard Bid Construction Contract 2014.04 Page 6 of 11 who prevails in a civil action to collect interest penalties from the Contractor shall be awarded its costs and disbursements, including attorney's fees, incurred in bringing the action. 18. Independent Contractor. Contractor is an independent contractor engaged by City to perform the services described herein and as such (i) shall employ such persons as it shall deem necessary and appropriate for the performance of its obligations pursuant to this Contract, who shall be employees, and under the direction, of Contractor and in no respect employees of City, and (ii) shall have no authority to employ persons, or make purchases of equipment on behalf of City, or otherwise bind or obligate City. No statement herein shall b e construed so as to find the Contractor an employee of the City. 19. Notice. Required notices to the Contractor shall be in writing, and shall be either hand -delivered to the Contractor, its employees or agents, or mailed to the Contractor by certified mail at the following address: _______________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ Notices to the City shall be in writing and shall be either hand -delivered or mailed to the City by certified mail at the following address: Public Works Department City of Prior Lake 4646 Dakota Street SE Prior Lake, MN 55372 Notices shall be deemed effective on the date of receipt. Any party may change its address for the service of notice by giving written notice of such change to the other party, in any manner above specified, 10 days prior to the effective date of such change. 20. Insurance. a. General Liability. Prior to starting the Work, Contractor sha ll procure, maintain and pay for such insurance as will protect against claims or loss which may arise out of operations by Contractor or by any subcontractor or by anyone employed by any of them or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such insurance shall include, but not be limited to, minimum coverages and limits of liability specified in this Paragraph, or required by law. b. Contractor shall procure and maintain the following minimum insurance coverages and limits of liability for the Work: Worker’s Compensation Statutory Limits Employer’s Liability $500,000 each accident $500,000 disease policy limit $500,000 disease each employee Standard Bid Construction Contract 2014.04 Page 7 of 11 Commercial General Liability $1,500,000 property damage and bodily injury per occurrence $2,000,000 general aggregate $2,000,000 Products – Completed Operations Aggregate $100,000 fire legal liability each occurrence $5,000 medical expense Comprehensive Automobile Liability $1,000,000 combined single limit each accident (shall include coverage for all owned, hired and non-owed vehicles.) Umbrella or Excess Liability $1,000,000 c. Commercial General Liability. The Commercial General Liability Policy shall be on ISO form CG 00 01 12 07 or CG 00 01 04 13, or the equivalent. Such insurance shall cover liability arising from premises, operations, independent contractors, products -completed operations, personal and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract). There shall be no endorsement or modification of the Commercial General Liability form arising from pollution, explosion, collapse, underground property damage or work performed by subcontractors. d. Contractor shall maintain “stop gap” coverage if Contractor obtains Workers’ Compensation coverage from any state fund if Employer’s liability coverage is not available. e. All policies, except the Worker’s Compensation Policy, shall name the “City of Prior Lake” as an additional insured on ISO forms CG 20 10 07 04 or CG 20 10 04 13; and CG 20 37 07 04 or CG 20 37 04 13, or their equivalent. f. All policies shall apply on a “per project” basis. g. All polices shall contain a waiver of subrogation in favor of the City. h. All policies shall be primary and non-contributory. i. All polices, except the Worker’s Compensation Policy, shall insure the defense and indemnity obligations assumed by Contractor under this Contract. j. Contractor agrees to maintain all coverage required herein throughout the term of the Contract and for a minimum of two (2) years following City’s written acceptance of the Work. k. It shall be Contractor’s responsibility to pay any retention or deductible for the coverages required herein. l. All policies shall contain a provision or endorsement that coverages afforded thereunder shall not be cancelled or non-renewed or restrictive modifications added, without thirty (30) days’ Standard Bid Construction Contract 2014.04 Page 8 of 11 prior notice to the City, except that if the cancellation or non -renewal is due to non-payment, the coverages may not be terminated or non-renewed without ten (10) days’ prior notice to the City. m. Contractor shall maintain in effect all insurance coverages required under this Paragraph at Contractor’s sole expense and with insurance companies licensed to do bu siness in the state in Minnesota and having a current A.M. Best rating of no less than A -, unless specifically accepted by City in writing. n. A copy of the Contractor’s Certificate of Insurance which evidences the compliance with this Paragraph, must be filed with City prior to the start of Contractor’s Work. Upon request a copy of the Contractor’s insurance declaration page, Rider and/or Endorsement, as applicable shall be provided. Such documents evidencing Insurance shall be in a form acceptable to City and shall provide satisfactory evidence that Contractor has complied with all insurance requirements. Renewal certificates shall be provided to City prior to the expiration date of any of the required policies. City will not be obligated, however, to r eview such Certificate of Insurance, declaration page, Rider, Endorsement or certificates or other evidence of insurance, or to advise Contractor of any deficiencies in such documents and receipt thereof shall not relieve Contractor from, nor be deemed a w aiver of, City’s right to enforce the terms of Contractor’s obligations hereunder. City reserves the right to examine any policy provided for under this paragraph. o. Effect of Contractor’s Failure to Provide Insurance. If Contractor fails to provide the specified insurance, then Contractor will defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City, the City's officials, agents and employees from any loss, claim, liability and expense (including reasonable attorney's fees and expenses of litigation) to the extent necessary to afford the same protection as would have been provided by the specified insurance. Except to the extent prohibited by law, this indemnity applies regardless of any strict liability or negligence attributable to the City (including sole negligence) and regardless of the extent to which the underlying occurrence (i.e., the event giving rise to a claim which would have been covered by the specified insurance) is attributable to the negligent or otherwise wrongful act or omission (including breach of contract) of Contractor, its subcontractors, agents, employees or delegates. Contractor agrees that this indemnity shall be construed and applied in favor of indemnification. Contractor also agrees that if applicable law limits or precludes any aspect of this indemnity, then the indemnity will be considered limited only to the extent necessary to comply with that applicable law. The stated indemnity continues until all applicable statutes of limitation have run. If a claim arises within the scope of the stated indemnity, the City may require Contractor to: i. Furnish and pay for a surety bond, satisfactory to the City, guaranteeing performance of the indemnity obligation; or ii. Furnish a written acceptance of tender of defense and indemnity from Contractor's insurance company. Contractor will take the action required by the City within fifteen (15) days of receiving notice from the City. Standard Bid Construction Contract 2014.04 Page 9 of 11 21. Indemnification. Contractor will defend and indemnify City, its officers, agents, and employees and hold them harmless from and against all judgments, claims, damages, costs and expenses, including a reasonable amount as and for its attorney’s fees paid, incurred or for which it may be liable resulting from any breach of this Contract by Contractor, its agents, contractors a nd employees, or any negligent or intentional act or omission performed, taken or not performed or taken by Contractor, its agents, contractors and employees, relative to this Contract. City will indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from and against any loss for injuries or damages arising out of the negligent acts of the City, its officers, agents or employees. 22. Ownership of Documents. All plans, diagrams, analyses, reports and information generated in connection with the performance of the Contract (“Information”) shall become the property of the City, but Contractor may retain copies of such documents as records of the services provided. The City may use the Information for its purposes and the Contractor also may use the Information for its purposes. Use of the Information for the purposes of the project contemplated by this Contract does not relieve any liability on the part of the Contractor, but any use of the Information by the City or the Contractor beyond the scope of this Contract is without liability to the other, and the party using the Information agrees to defend and indemnify the other from any claims or liability resulting therefrom. 23. Non-Discrimination. During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, disability, sexual orientation or age. The Contractor shall post in places available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the provision of this non-discrimination clause and stating that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment. The Contractor shall incorporate the foregoing requirements of this paragraph in all of its subcontracts for program work, and will require all of its subcontractors for such work to incorporate such requirements in all subcontracts for program work. The Contractor further agrees to comply with all aspects of the Minn esota Human Rights Act, Minnesota Statutes 363.01, et. seq., Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. 24. Mediation. Each dispute, claim or controversy arising from or related to this agreement shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to initiating arbitration or legal or equitable actions by either party. Unless the parties agree otherwise, the mediation shall be in accordance with the Commercial Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association then currently in effect. A request for mediation shall be filed in writing with the American Arbitration Association and the other party. No arbitration or legal or equitable action may be instituted for a period of 90 days from the filing of the request for mediation unless a longer period of time is provided by agreement of the parties. Cost of mediation shall be shared equally between the parties. Mediation shall be held in the City of Prior Lake unless another location is mutually agreed upon by the parties. The parties shall memorialize any agreement resulting from the mediation in a mediated settlement agreement, which agreement shall be enforceable as a settlement in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 25. Audit Disclosure and Data Practices. Any reports, information, data, etc. given to, or prepared or assembled by the Contractor under this Contract which the City requests to be kept confidential, shall not be made available to any individual or organization without the City's pri or written approval. The books, records, documents and accounting procedures and practices of the Contractor or other parties relevant to this Contract are subject to examination by the City and either the Legislative Auditor or the State Auditor for a period of six (6) years after the effective date of this Contract. This Contract is Standard Bid Construction Contract 2014.04 Page 10 of 11 subject to the Minnesota Government Data Practice Act, Minnesota Statutes Chapter 13 (Data Practices Act). All government data, as defined in the Data Practices Act Section 13.02, Subd 7, which is created, collected, received, stored, used, maintained, or disseminated by Contractor in performing any of the functions of the City during performance of this Contract is subject to the requirements of the Data Practice Act and Contractor shall comply with those requirements as if it were a government entity. All subcontracts entered into by Contractor in relation to this Contract shall contain similar Data Practices Act compliance language. 26. Rights and Remedies. The duties and obligations imposed by this Contract and the rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. 27. Assignment. Neither party shall assign this Contract, nor any interest arising herein, without the written consent of the other party. 28. Damages. In the event of a breach of the Contract by City, the Contractor shall not be entitled to recover punitive, special or consequential damages or damages for loss of business. 29. Enforcement. The Contractor shall reimburse the City for all costs and expenses, including without limitation, attorneys' fees paid or incurred by the City in connection with the enforcement by the City during the term of this Contract or thereafter of any of the rights or remedies of the City under this Contract. 30. Severability. The provisions of this Contract are severable. If any portion hereof is, for any reason, held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be contrary to law, such decision shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Contract. 31. Entire Agreement. The entire agreement of the parties is contained herein. This Contract supersedes all oral agreements and negotiations between the parties relating to the subj ect matter hereof as well as any previous agreements presently in effect between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof. Any alterations, amendments, deletions, or waivers of the provisions of this Contract shall be valid only when expressed in writing and duly signed by the parties, unless otherwise provided herein. 32. Waiver. No action nor failure to act by the City or the Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of them under the Contract, nor shall any such action or failure to act constitute an approval of or acquiescence in any breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 33. Governing Law. This Contract shall be controlled by the laws of the State of Minnesota. 34. Conflicts. No salaried officer or employee of the City and no member of the Council of the City shall have a financial interest, direct or indirect, in this Contract. The violation of this provision renders the Contract void. 35. Counterparts. This Contract may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original. Standard Bid Construction Contract 2014.04 Page 11 of 11 36. Compliance with Laws and Regulations. In providing services hereunder, the Contractor shall abide by statutes, ordinances, rules, and regulations pertaining to the provisions of Work to be provided. Any violation of statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations pertaining to the Work to be provided shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement and entitle the City to immediately terminate this Agreement. Executed as of the day and year first written above. CITY OF PRIOR LAKE __________________________________ Mayor ___________________________________ City Manager CONTRACTOR By: ________________________________ Its: _______________________________ 1 SAND POINT BEACH PARK PROJECT AGREEMENT PRIOR LAKE-SPRING LAKE WATERSHED DISTRICT and CITY of PRIOR LAKE This project agreement (“Agreement”) is made between the City of Prior Lake, a Minnesota municipal corporation ("City"), and the Prior Lake Spring Lake Watershed District, a Minnesota watershed district under the laws of the State of Minnesota (“PLSLWD”) (together, the “Parties”). WHEREAS the City owns property located on the north side of Lower Prior Lake, south of Birchwood Avenue NE and south and east of Carriage Hill Road NE, commonly referred to as Sand Point Beach Park (“Property”); WHEREAS the PLSLWD has entered into Clean Water Partnership Grant Agreement #82788 (October 7, 2014) (“CWP”) with the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA), attached as Exhibit A and incorporated herein, in which state funds of up to $80,000 are granted for a water quality project on the Property (the “Project”); WHEREAS the Project includes the construction of an iron-enhanced sand filter and appurtenances to improve the level of phosphorus treatment provided by the stormwater basins on the Property, basin expansion and the routing of a presently untreated catchment to the basins for treatment, with the cost to do so underwritten by the MPCA grant funding as well as up to $50,000 in PLSLWD funds; WHEREAS the City has scheduled 2018 maintenance for two stormwater ponds located on the Property and will incorporate the Project work into its programmed maintenance action; WHEREAS the Parties desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms and obligations of this cooperative effort; THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and obligations set forth in this Agreement and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby is acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows: DESIGN 1. The City, through its consultant, has prepared and certified Project plans, which have been approved by the PLSLWD (the “Plans”). The Plans are attached as Exhibit B and incorporated herein. 2 CONSTRUCTION 2. The City will acquire all needed permits, solicit bids and award a contract per applicable law. The PLSLWD has a right of prior concurrence as to project specifications for the iron-enhanced sand medium and the construction methods by which it is installed, and a right of prior comment on the contract award. The City will structure the contract so as to identify payment due on a line item and quantity basis that includes only the pay items set forth in Exhibit C, attached and incorporated herein. 3. As between the City and the PLSLWD, the City is responsible for the means, method and manner of constructing the Project except regarding the sand medium specifications as specifically stated at paragraph 2. The PLSLWD may enter and inspect the work but may not direct the contractor. The City will give the PLSLWD two business days’ notice before installation of the iron-enhanced sand medium. The City will complete the Project, apart from final site restoration, notify the PLSLWD of completion, process contractor payment and submit all invoices for reimbursement by June 15, 2018 in order to meet the grant agreement deadline. Invoices will be itemized in accordance with Exhibit C. The City will comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations in constructing the Project. 4. Any design change that may alter project water quality performance is subject to PLSLWD approval, which will be timely determined and not unreasonably withheld. The City is responsible to secure any MPCA approval that may be required for a design change. FINANCIAL 5. The PLSLWD will have 10 business days after City notification to confirm Project completion in accordance with the Plans and the terms of the grant agreement. On confirmation, the City will submit an invoice to PLSLWD no later than June 15, 2018. Upon receiving the invoice, the PLSLWD will then promptly: (a) request MPCA grant reimbursement in the amount of $80,000 or such lesser amount of eligible costs that have been incurred; and (b) reimburse the City in the amount of $50,000 in PLSLWD funds. On receipt of grant disbursement from the MPCA, the PLSLWD will transmit the remaining reimbursement amount to the City. 6. Only the pay items set forth in Exhibit C are eligible for reimbursement by the PLSLWD, not to exceed a total amount of $130,000. If the City has not incurred a total of $130,000 in eligible costs, the Parties will make an accounting and adjustment of payments. 3 7. The City will supply any additional funds needed to complete the Project in accordance with the Plans and the grant agreement. The City bears all risk of Project cost increases. The City bears all risk of any shortfall in the provision of grant funds, or any obligation to return disbursed grant funds, unless and to the extent it is the result of the PLSLWD’s failure to perform its grant administration obligations under paragraph 9 with due care. MAINTENANCE 8. In consultation with the City, the PLSLWD will prepare a final operating, monitoring & maintenance (OM&M) plan for MPCA approval. 9. The City, at its cost, will monitor and maintain the Project in accordance with the OM&M plan for the minimal useful life of the project as required by the CWP. If the City is not meeting this obligation, the PLSLWD may so notify the City and the Parties promptly will consult. Thereafter, on 30 days’ written notice to the City, the PLSLWD may enter the site and perform the required work and be reimbursed by the City for the reasonable cost of the work. GRANT AGREEMENT COMPLIANCE 10. The PLSLWD will perform administrative and reporting obligations under the grant agreement. The City will timely provide information and documentation that the PLSLWD needs to fulfill its duties. 11. The City is responsible to meet all substantive requirements of the grant agreement with respect to the Project, including but not limited to: • Conforming to the Plans and work plan • Meeting cost-share requirements beyond the PLSLWD contribution under paragraph 5, above • Documenting expenditures • Maintaining records • Nondiscrimination in contracting • Maintaining records per the Minnesota Data Practices Act • Meeting workers’ compensation insurance requirements • Complying with prevailing wage laws • Conforming to CWP terms as to intellectual property, acknowledgement, publicity and logo display • Conforming to CWP requirements for equipment insurance and disposition 4 OTHER TERMS 12. The Parties will cooperate in good faith to advance the Project, ensure compliance with the grant agreement, and minimize administrative cost. 13. Any PLSLWD exercise of approval authority or concurrence under this Agreement is solely to protect its public investment in the Project and does not contravene or affect the City’s control of Project design or of the means, method or manner of Project construction. The Agreement is not a joint powers agreement under Minnesota Statutes §471.59 and subdivision 1(a) of that statute is not applicable. 14. Except to the extent resulting from the PLSLWD’s failure to fulfill its obligation under paragraph 9, above, the City will indemnify and hold the PLSLWD harmless with respect to any claim or cost arising out of the application of the grant agreement to the Project, including the PLSLWD’s obligation under the grant agreement to indemnify the State. In any proceeding under the grant agreement, the Parties will cooperate to substitute or add the City as a party in interest. 15. The Agreement creates no right in any third party or waives any immunity, defense or liability limit of the PLSLWD or City, to any third party or to the other party. The only remedies for a party’s failure to perform this Agreement lie in contract. 16. This Agreement may not be amended, assigned or transferred except in a writing executed by the duly authorized representatives of the Parties. 17. The results of the Project, the reports submitted under the grant agreement, and any new information or technology developed with the assistance of the grant are in the public domain and may not be copyrighted, patented, trademarked or designated as trade secret by either party. 18. Unless earlier terminated by the Parties, this Agreement is effective when fully executed by the Parties and will remain in effect until the conclusion of the City’s maintenance obligation under paragraph 8. 5 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties execute this Agreement by their authorized officers, intending it to be legally binding. CITY OF PRIOR LAKE By: __________________________________ Date: Kirt Briggs, Mayor By: __________________________________ Date: Frank Boyles, City Manager PRIOR LAKE SPRING LAKE WATERSHED DISTRICT By: __________________________________ Date: Fred J. Corrigan, President Amendment #1 for Grant Agreement#82788 Contract Start Date: October 7, 2014 Total Contract Amount: $142,522.00 Original Contract Expiration Date: September 30, 2017 Original Contract: $128,522.00 Current Contract Expiration Date: September 30, 2017 Previous Amendment(s) Total: NA Requested Contract Expiration Date: June 30, 2018 This Amendment: $14,000.00 This amendment is by and between the State of Minnesota, through its Commissioner of Minnesota Pollution Control Agency, 520 Lafayette Road North, St. Paul, MN 55155 ("State" or “MPCA”) and Prior Lake-Spring Lake Watershed District, 4646 Dakota Street SE, MN 56013, Prior Lake, MN 55372 ("Grantee"). Recitals 1. The State has a Grant Agreement with the Grantee identified as Lower Prior Lake Protection Implementation ("Original Grant Agreement") to provide documentation of water bodies being addressed are currently meeting state water quality standards. 2. This Grant Agreement is being amended to extend the term and increase funding. 3. The State and the Grantee are willing to amend the Original Grant Agreement as stated below. Grant Agreement Amendment REVISION 1. "Term of Agreement" is amended as follows: Effective date: October 7, 2014, or the date the State obtains all required signatures under Minn. State. § 16C.05, subd. 2, whichever is later. The Grantee must not begin work under this grant contract until this contract is fully executed and the Grantee has been notified by the State’s Authorized Representative to begin the work. Expiration date: September 30, 2017 June 30, 2018, or until all obligations have been satisfactorily fulfilled, whichever occurs first. Grantee must not begin work until this Agreement is fully executed and the Grantee has been notified by the State to begin work. The following Clauses survive the expiration, cancellation or termination of this Agreement: Liability; Records Maintenance; Government Data Practice; Intellectual Property; and Governing Law, Jurisdiction, and Venue. REVISION 2. Clause 2 (a). "Consideration and Terms of Payment" is amended as follows: The total obligation of the State for all compensation and reimbursements to the Grantee shall be consistent with the Work Plan Budget and shall be no more than fifty percent (50%) of the total eligible Project costs, and shall not exceed $128,522.00$142,522 (One Hundred Forty Two Thousand Five Hundred Twenty Two Dollars and Zero Cents) Except as amended herein, the terms and conditions of the Original Grant Agreement remain in full force and effect. Amendment #1 for Grant Agreement#82788 Document Signature Details -- External User Order Ext. User Status Actual Singer Name Title Date/Time Comments 1 VN0000195933_2 Signed VN0000195933_2 DIANE LYNCH EXTERNAL 07/08/2015 at 08:51 AM Document Signature Details -- Internal Users Order Type Role/User Status Actual Signer Name Title Date/Time Comments 1 Role M_FS_WF _SC_DOC_ SIGNER_0 1 Signed 01039179 Mary T Ecker Encumbrance Verification Signer July 08, 2015 at 04:29 PM 2 User ID 01024689 Signed 01024689 Myrna Halbach State Agency Signer July 09, 2015 at 08:17 AM Lower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation SWIFT Contract Number 0000000000000000000082788 PO# 3000011989 CRLower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation Revised October 2, 2015 CWP14 Project Grant MPCA/Watershed Page 1 of 15 CR7841 STATE OF MINNESOTA MINNESOTA POLLUTION CONTROL AGENCY CLEAN WATER PARTNERSHIP PROJECT GRANT AGREEMENT Summary PROJECT TITLE: Lower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation GRANTEE/PROJECT SPONSOR: Prior Lake-Spring Lake Watershed District CONTACT: Diane Lynch, 14070 Commerce Avenue NE, Suite 300, Prior Lake, MN 55372 952-378-2164 dlynch@plslwd.org PROJECT ID NUMBER: PRJ07580-002 STATE GRANT SHARE: $128,522.00 GRANTEE SHARE: $128,522.00 TOTAL PROJECT COST: $257,044.00 ____________________________________________________________________________________ This GRANT AGREEMENT (hereinafter “Agreement” or “Grant”), and amendments and supplements thereto, shall be interpreted pursuant to the laws of the State of Minnesota and is between the State of Minnesota acting through its Commissioner of the MINNESOTA POLLUTION CONTROL AGENCY (“State” or “MPCA”), 520 Lafayette Road North, St. Paul, MN 55155-4194 and Prior Lake-Spring Lake Watershed District, 14070 Commerce Avenue NE, Suite 300, Prior Lake, MN 55372 (hereinafter “Grantee” or “Project Sponsor”). Term of Agreement Effective date: October 7, 2014, or the date the State obtains all required signatures under Minn. State. § 16C.05, subd. 2, whichever is later. The Grantee must not begin work under this grant contract until this contract is fully executed and the Grantee has been notified by the State’s Authorized Representative to begin the work. Expiration date: September 30, 2017, or until all obligations have been satisfactorily fulfilled, whichever occurs first. Grantee must not begin work until this Agreement is fully executed and the Grantee has been notified by the State to begin work. The following Clauses survive the expiration, cancellation or termination of this Agreement: Liability; Records Maintenance; Government Data Practice; Intellectual Property; and Governing Law, Jurisdiction, and Venue. Lower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation SWIFT Contract Number 0000000000000000000082788 PO# 3000011989 CRLower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation Revised October 2, 2015 CWP14 Project Grant MPCA/Watershed Page 2 of 15 CR7841 Recitals 1. Pursuant to Minn. Stat. §§ 103F.701 to 103F.761, the State is empowered to make grant agreements to provide financial assistance to local governmental units for projects for the protection and improvement of surface and groundwater from nonpoint sources of water pollution. Administration of the program is governed by Minn. R. 7076.0100 to 7076.0290. 2. The Grantee is a local governmental unit eligible to enter into a Clean Water Partnership (CWP) Grant Agreement with the State according to the conditions of Minn. Stat. §§ 103F.701 to 103F.761 and Minn. R. 7076.0100 to 7076.0290. 3. The Grantee represents that it is duly qualified and willing to perform the services set forth herein, fulfilling the obligations of Grantee in accordance with Minn. R. 7076.0110, subp. 20, and as further defined herein. Grant Agreement 1. DEVELOPMENT AND INCORPORATION OF PROJECT WORK PLAN a) In order to continue this Project pursuant to Minn. R. 7076.0200, the Grantee shall submit for review and approval by the State a Project Work Plan (hereinafter “Work Plan” or “Project Work Plan”), which shall be: b) Applicable to the Project identified in the Sponsor’s grant proposal; and in a format approved by the State. At least 60 percent of the local contribution (30 percent of total eligible project costs) to the Work Plan activities provided for by this Agreement shall come from non-state and non- federal sources. To be considered non-state or nonfederal, a cash or in-kind contribution must be financed by funds that are either: 1) Derived exclusively from local sources (e.g., local property taxes, fees, private contributions). 2) Derived from revenue which, while not necessarily local in its sources, has become subject to the exclusive control of the Grantee or a Contributing Sponsor (other than a state or federal agency or instrumentality) and is not subject to the specific terms, conditions, or purposes of state or federal projects or programs, or activities conducted by state or federal agencies or instrumentalities. 3) Derived from loan assistance made available through the CWP, if applicable. 4) In order to be eligible for Project Grant funds, costs must be reasonable, necessary and allocable to the Project, and must include costs incurred only during the life of this Agreement. c) The Project Work Plan must be submitted to the MPCA within sixty (60) days following the Agreement effective date or the MPCA may exercise the right to cancel or rescind this Agreement. Lower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation SWIFT Contract Number 0000000000000000000082788 PO# 3000011989 CRLower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation Revised October 2, 2015 CWP14 Project Grant MPCA/Watershed Page 3 of 15 CR7841 d) Upon written approval by the State, the Project Work Plan and any subsequent amendments or revisions which are approved by the State in writing shall be incorporated into this Agreement by reference. e) The Grantee shall implement measures and activities identified in the approved Project Work Plan for the Project Waters of Concern and the Project Area. 2. CONSIDERATION AND TERMS OF PAYMENT a) The total obligation of the State for all compensation and reimbursements to the Grantee shall be consistent with the Work Plan Budget and shall be no more than fifty percent (50%) of the total eligible Project costs, and shall not exceed $128,522.00. b) Reimbursement for travel and subsistence expenses actually and necessarily incurred by the Grantee as a result of this Agreement shall be allowed. Grantee shall be reimbursed for travel and subsistence expenses in the same manner and in no greater amount than provided in the current “Commissioners Plan” promulgated by the Commissioner of Minnesota Management and Budget office, which can be accessed on the internet at: http://www.mmd.admin.state.mn.us/commissionersplan.htm. The Grantee shall not be reimbursed for travel and subsistence expenses incurred outside the State of Minnesota unless the Grantee has received the State’s prior written approval for out-of-state travel. Minnesota will be considered the home State for determining whether travel is out of state. c) Conditions of Payment. All services provided by the Grantee under this Agreement must be performed to the State's satisfaction, as determined at the sole discretion of its authorized agent, and in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations. The Grantee shall not receive payment for work found by the State to be unsatisfactory, or performed in violation of federal, state or local law, ordinance, rule or regulation. 1) Initial Payment. Upon execution of this Agreement, the State shall make payment to the Grantee of twenty-five percent (25%) of the State Grant Share provided for in this Agreement in the amount of $32,131.00. 2) Reimbursement. Upon expenditure of the initial payment, the MPCA shall promptly pay the Grantee, after the Grantee presents an itemized invoice for work actually performed and the State’s Project Manager accepts the invoiced work. Invoices must be submitted at least quarterly along with the updated work plan budget showing current expenditures and budget balances, and be received within 30 days from the end of each quarter. Invoices should reference the SWIFT Agreement number and purchase order number and must be submitted electronically to: mpca.ap@state.mn.us 3) Final Payment. The MPCA shall withhold a minimum of 10 percent (10%) of the grant award, until the MPCA is satisfied that the project has been completed according to the terms of this Agreement, including expenditure or performance of all required match. The Grantee shall submit an invoice for the Final Payment upon submittal of the Final Report (including Financial Report). If the Final Report is not received by the MPCA within 30 (thirty) days of the original or amended end date of this Agreement,MPCA shall withhold invoice(s) for payment until the Final Report is received. Lower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation SWIFT Contract Number 0000000000000000000082788 PO# 3000011989 CRLower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation Revised October 2, 2015 CWP14 Project Grant MPCA/Watershed Page 4 of 15 CR7841 d) Should the Project sponsor accrue any interest on grant funds deposited in any Project accounts during the life of this agreement, such interest must be used as local cash match for Project activities outlined in the Project work plan and such interest must be indicated on the Project expenditure reports. 3. LIMITATIONS ON COST-SHARING a) In the event that the total expenditure necessary to accomplish the Project objectives described in this Agreement is less than the total Project cost provided for in this Agreement, actual costs incurred by the Grantee in accomplishing the Project objectives shall be used to determine the amount of State financial participation. b) Cost overruns are the amount by which the actual cost expended to complete a particular objective, task, or subcontract exceeds approved Project budget costs or subcontract costs according to the conditions of this Agreement, as amended and shall be the sole responsibility of the Grantee. 4. TIME The Grantee must comply with all the time requirements described in this Agreement. In the performance of this Agreement, time is of the essence. 5. CANCELLATION The State may cancel this Agreement at any time, with or without cause, upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Grantee. Upon termination, the Grantee shall be entitled to payment, determined on a pro rata basis, for work satisfactorily performed. The State may cancel this Agreement immediately if the State finds that there has been a failure to comply with the provisions of this Agreement, that reasonable progress has not been made, or that the purposes for which the funds were granted have not been or will not be fulfilled. The State may take action to protect the interests of the State of Minnesota, including the refusal to disburse additional funds and requiring the return of all or part of the funds already disbursed. If the Grantee does not commence the Project within one year of the Execution Date of this Agreement, as evidenced by the incurrence of documented expenses for eligible workplan costs, the State reserves the right to cancel this Agreement. If the Grantee is not expending the funds in a timely manner, as evidenced by the incurrence of documented expenses for eligible workplan costs, the State reserves the right to cancel this Agreement and reallocate the funds. 6. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES a) The MPCA’s Authorized Representative is Teresa McDill, 520 Lafayette Road North, St. Paul, MN 55155, 651-757-2819, or her successor and has the responsibility to monitor the Grantee’s performance and the authority to accept the services provided under this Agreement. b) The MPCA’s Project Manager is Chris Zadak, 520 Lafayette Road, St. Paul, MN 55155, 651-757- 2837, chris.zadak@state.mn.us, or his/her successor, and has the responsibility to monitor the Grantee’s performance by evaluating and approving the satisfactory completion of objectives and tasks identified in this Agreement, ensuring compliance with all requirements of this Agreement and ensuring that invoiced totals are properly allocated to objectives and tasks in the Workplan and do not exceed the budgeted objective/task amounts. The State’s Project Manager has the authority to approve the services provided under this Lower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation SWIFT Contract Number 0000000000000000000082788 PO# 3000011989 CRLower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation Revised October 2, 2015 CWP14 Project Grant MPCA/Watershed Page 5 of 15 CR7841 Agreement and authorize payment for those services. If the services are satisfactory, the State's Project Manager will certify acceptance of each invoice submitted for payment. c) The Grantee’s Authorized Representative is Diane Lynch, 14070 Commerce Avenue NE, Suite 300, Prior Lake, MN 55372, 952-378-2164, dlynch@plslwd.org, or his/her successor. If the Grantee’s Authorized Representative changes at any time during this Agreement, the Grantee must immediately notify the State. 7. ASSIGNMENT Grantee may neither assign nor transfer any rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior consent of the State and a fully executed Assignment Agreement, executed and approved by the same parties who executed and approved this Agreement, or their successors in office, or as provided by law. 8. AMENDMENTS AND CHANGE ORDERS a) Amendments: Any amendment to this Agreement must be in writing and shall not be effective until it has been executed and approved by the same parties who executed the original Agreement or their successors in office. The Project Sponsor may apply to the State to amend this Agreement for the following purposes: 1) Increases or decreases in the State grant share 2) Increases or decreases in the scope of the project 3) Changes in the budget period of the project 4) Extension of the term of this Agreement Amendments to this Agreement that are mutually acceptable to the Project Sponsor and the State shall be effective upon the date that the last signature is obtained by the State, pursuant to Minn. Stat. § 16C.05, subd. 2, and shall remain in effect until the conclusion of the original budget period, or if amended, the conclusion of the amended budget period. b) Change Orders. If the State’s Authorized Representative, or Project Manager, or the Grantee’s Authorized Representative identifies a minor change needed in the Work Plan and budget, either party may initiate a Change Order using the Change Order Form provided by the MPCA. Minor changes are defined as reallocating less than ten percent (10%) or $50,000, whichever is less, of the overall Grant, cumulatively, whether between or within tasks. Change Orders may not delay or jeopardize the success of the Project, alter the overall scope of the Project, increase or decrease the overall amount of the Grant, or cause an extension of the term of this Grant. Major changes or reallocations (over 10% or $50,000) require an Amendment rather than a Change Order. The MPCA’s Authorized Representative, or Project Manager, and the Grantee’s Authorized Representative shall sign the Change Order Form in advance of doing the work, which will then become an integral and enforceable part of the Grant. 9. REPORTS a) Semi-Annual Progress Report. The Grantee shall submit for review and approval by the State a Semi-annual Progress Report for each six-month period beginning on January 1 and July 1 or for any part thereof during which this Agreement is in effect. The Semi-annual Progress Report shall Lower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation SWIFT Contract Number 0000000000000000000082788 PO# 3000011989 CRLower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation Revised October 2, 2015 CWP14 Project Grant MPCA/Watershed Page 6 of 15 CR7841 be submitted to the State by February 1 and August 1 and shall include at least the following information for the six month time period: 1) A brief discussion of the relationship of the reporting year's activities to the overall goals and objectives of the Project, and any proposed changes or modifications in the overall goals and objectives. 2) A discussion of Project findings appropriate to the work conducted during the reporting year, including Work progress relative to the Project Work Plan milestone schedule, and difficulties encountered during the reporting year. 3) A summary of the reporting year’s best management practices (BMPs) identifying the type, number and location of BMPs, funding levels or sources and the outcome of nonpoint source pollution control activities. This data shall be reported in a format prescribed by the State. 4) Monitoring Data Reporting (EQuIS). The water quality monitoring data collected during the Project shall, through a cooperative arrangement with the State, be verified and entered into the Minnesota Water Monitoring System (EQuIS). The data shall be submitted annually by November 1. Monitoring data shall be reported in an EQuIS compatible format acceptable to the State. 5) Itemized Budget Expenditure Report. The Grantee shall provide a semi-annual update of Project spending according to the approved, Itemized Budget indicating by each budget line item at least the following: i) Cumulative expenditures and in-kind contributions through previous reporting periods. ii) Expenditures and in-kind contributions for the current reporting period. iii) Total expenditures. This report shall be provided in a format acceptable to the State. The State may withhold payment until the Grantee submits and the State approves a Semi- Annual Report according to the conditions of this Agreement. b) Project Review and Budget Adjustment. Upon expenditure of fifty percent of total Project costs by the Grantee, the Grantee shall, upon request of the State, make available to the State for review and approval: 1) A detailed summary of Project expenditures and in-kind contributions, and completed work plan activities, according to the approved Itemized Budget and including: i. Invoices or payment vouchers indicating that the goods or services were received and paid for. ii. Listing of applicable labor hours, hourly rates, and indirect rates and costs. iii. Listing of material, supply, and equipment prices and costs. iv. Sufficient additional information to verify the nature and eligibility of the work plan activity. v. A specific description of the work product associated with each expenditure. Lower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation SWIFT Contract Number 0000000000000000000082788 PO# 3000011989 CRLower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation Revised October 2, 2015 CWP14 Project Grant MPCA/Watershed Page 7 of 15 CR7841 vi. A revised, Itemized Budget which, indicates all previous Project expenditures and in-kind contributions and the total eligible Project costs necessary to complete the Project in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and Minn. R. 7076.0100 through 7076.0290. 2) The State shall: i. Review expenditures to verify cost eligibility and acceptable completion of Project Work Plan activities. ii. Review the revised Itemized Budget which indicates the total eligible Project costs necessary to complete the Project in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and Minn. R. 7076.0100 through 7076.0290. iii. Review eligibility and methods of determining match. iv. Adjust the revised Itemized Budget to account for adjustments resulting from this Project review and notify the Grantee of the adjusted Itemized Budget. If the corresponding State Grant Share of the adjusted Itemized Budget is less than the State Grant Share provided for in this Agreement, the State Grant Share available to the Grantee shall be subject to Limitations on Cost Sharing of this Agreement. If the corresponding State Grant Share of the adjusted Itemized Budget is greater than the State Grant Share provided for in this Agreement, the Grantee may request an amendment to this Agreement in accordance with the conditions of this Agreement. When the total State Grant Share authorized to complete the Project in accordance with the terms of this Agreement is increased by means of an amendment of this Agreement, upon execution of said amendment the State shall make payment to the Grantee of the additional State Grant Share the Grantee is entitled to receive in accordance with this Agreement, as amended. c) Final Report. Upon completing the requirements of the approved Project Work Plan, the Grantee shall develop and provide to the State a Final Report. The Final Report shall address at least the information required for the Semi-Annual Progress Report and shall summarize and evaluate such information for the entire duration of the Project. Upon Project completion, the Grantee shall also submit a Final Financial Report showing the source and disposition of all grant and match funds, and in-kind contributions. All final report documents must be received at the MPCA within thirty (30) days following the end of this grant Agreement. Failure to submit the Final Report within 30 days shall result in withholding of invoice(s) for payment until the Final Report is received. 10. BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES CONTINUING OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN When applicable, within one (1) year of the execution of this Agreement, the Grantee shall prepare and submit to the State for review, a draft BMPs Continuing Operation and Maintenance Plan, which shall address at least the following: a) Designation of responsibilities for the continuing operation and maintenance, as defined herein, of BMPs, including but not limited to: Lower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation SWIFT Contract Number 0000000000000000000082788 PO# 3000011989 CRLower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation Revised October 2, 2015 CWP14 Project Grant MPCA/Watershed Page 8 of 15 CR7841 1) Proposing minimum useful lives to be assigned to each particular type of BMP, where the minimum useful life is the minimum time period over which operation and maintenance, as defined herein, shall be undertaken. 2) Designation of responsibilities for the continuing operation and maintenance of BMPs, including: i. Identifying each step or task necessary to ensure the continuing efficient operation of each BMP and then designating who shall be responsible for each. ii. Describing the administrative, legal, financial or other commitments and responsibilities necessary to ensure the continuing efficient operation of each BMP. b) Where individual land managers, local governmental units, agencies, or organizations other than the Grantee shall be delegated complete or partial responsibility for the continuing operation and maintenance of BMPs as defined herein, the Grantee shall describe the administrative, legal and fiscal arrangements, including remedial action, which shall be available to the Grantee, to ensure continuing operation and maintenance, as defined herein, of BMPs. c) A procedure for monitoring and reporting the continuing operation of BMPs for at least the minimum useful life assigned to each BMP. e) The State may withhold any payment until such time as the Grantee submits a draft BMPs Continuing Operation and Maintenance Plan, the State approves the Grantee’s BMPs Continuing Operation and Maintenance Plan, and the Grantee, or the appropriate delegated local governmental unit, implements and enacts the provisions (including administrative, legal and fiscal arrangements), of a “Best Management Practices Continuing Operation and Maintenance Plan” that has been approved by the State. 11. LIABILITY The Grantee must indemnify, save and hold the State, its agents, and employees harmless from any claims or causes of action, including attorney’s fees incurred by the State, arising from the performance of this Agreement by the Grantee or the Grantee’s agents or employees. This Clause shall not be construed to bar any legal remedies Grantee may have for the State’s failure to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement. 12. USE OF SUBCONTRACTORS If the Grantee decides to fulfill any of its obligations and duties under this Agreement through a subcontractor to be paid for by funds received under this Grant, the Grantee shall not execute a contract with the subcontractor or otherwise enter into a binding Agreement until it has first received written approval from the State’s Authorized Representative, unless such subcontract is a specific part of an approved Project Work Plan included in this Agreement. The State’s Authorized Representative shall respond to requests from the Grantee for authorization to subcontract within ten (10) working days of receiving the request. All subcontracts shall reference this Agreement and require the subcontractor to comply with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Grantee shall be responsible for the satisfactory and timely completion of all work required under any subcontract and the Grantee shall be responsible for payment of such subcontracts. The Grantee shall pay all Subcontractors, less any retainage, within ten (10) calendar days of receipt of payment to the Grantee by the State for undisputed services provided by the Subcontractor and Lower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation SWIFT Contract Number 0000000000000000000082788 PO# 3000011989 CRLower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation Revised October 2, 2015 CWP14 Project Grant MPCA/Watershed Page 9 of 15 CR7841 must pay interest at the rate of one and one-half percent per month or any part of a month to the Subcontractor on any undisputed amount not paid on time to the Subcontractor. 13. RECORDS MAINTENANCE AND AUDITING The Grantee, subcontractors, and contributing sponsors with whom the Grantee enters into Agreements to perform any or all of the work required under the terms of this Agreement, shall maintain complete and accurate books, records, documents, and accounting procedures. Such books, records, documents, and accounting procedures shall fully disclose the amount and disposition of all State Grant funds disbursed under this Agreement, as well as funds and in-kind contributions used for match. Such records shall also account for: disposition of project expenditures, property purchased, program income, and documentation of compliance with applicable federal, state, or local laws, ordinances, rules or regulations, and the conditions of this Agreement. Under Minn. Stat § 16C.05, subd. 5, such records shall be available to Authorized Representatives of the State, including the State contracting department, the State Auditor and/or the Legislative Auditor, as appropriate, for examination and audit and shall be maintained for a minimum of six (6) years after termination of this Agreement. If during the period when this Agreement, as amended, is effective or within six (6) years thereafter, the Grantee has an independent audit conducted that includes or addresses the activities of this Agreement, a copy of the audit shall be provided to the State. 14. NONDISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT During the performance of this Agreement, neither the Grantee, nor those with whom the Grantee subcontracts for all or part of the work to be performed under this Agreement shall, because of age, sexual preference, political affiliation, race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, status with regard to public assistance or disability, discriminate against any person with respect to hire, tenure, compensation, terms of employment, upgrading of employment, facilities, privileges or conditions of employment; refuse to hire persons seeking employment; or, discharge an employee. 15. NONDISCRIMINATION IN AVAILABILITY AND USE OF FACILITIES Neither the Grantee, nor those with whom the Grantee subcontracts for all or a portion of the work to be performed under this Agreement shall exclude any person from participating in, deny them the benefits of, or discriminate against them on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, age, sexual preference, political affiliation, or status with regard to public assistance or disability. 16. ANTITRUST Grantee hereby assigns to the State of Minnesota any and all claims for overcharges as to goods and/or services provided in connection with this Agreement resulting from antitrust violations that arise under the antitrust laws of the United States and the antitrust laws of the State of Minnesota. 17. GOVERNMENT DATA PRACTICES ACT The Grantee and the State must comply with the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minn. Stat. ch. 13, as it applies to all data provided by the State under this Agreement, and as it applies to all data created, collected, received, stored, used, maintained, or disseminated by the Grantee under this Agreement. The civil remedies of Minn. Stat. § 13.08 apply to the release of the data referred to in this Clause by either the Grantee or the State. If the Grantee receives a request to release the data referred to in this Clause, the Grantee must immediately notify the State. The State shall give the Grantee instructions concerning the release of the data to the requesting party before Lower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation SWIFT Contract Number 0000000000000000000082788 PO# 3000011989 CRLower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation Revised October 2, 2015 CWP14 Project Grant MPCA/Watershed Page 10 of 15 CR7841 the data is released. 18. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS a) Obligations. The State owns all rights, title and interest in all of the intellectual property rights, including copyrights, patents, trade secrets, trademarks, and service marks in the Works and Documents created and paid for under this Agreement. Works means all inventions, improvements, discoveries (whether or not patentable), databases, computer programs, reports, notes, studies, photographs, negatives, designs, drawings specifications, materials, tapes, and disks conceived, reduced to practice, created or originated by the Grantee, its employees, agents, and subcontractors, either individually or jointly with others in the performance of this Agreement. Works includes “Documents.” Documents are the originals of any databases, computer programs, reports, notes studies, photographs, negatives, designs, drawings, specifications, materials, tapes, disks, or other materials, whether in tangible or electronic forms, prepared by the Grantee, its employees, agents, or subcontractors, in the performance of this Agreement. The Documents shall be the exclusive property of the State and all such Documents must be immediately returned to the State by the Grantee, at the Grantee’s expense, upon the written request of the State, or upon completion, termination, or cancellation of this Agreement. To the extent possible, those Works eligible for copyright protection under the United State’s Copyright Act will be deemed to be “works made for hire.” The Grantee assigns all right, title, and interest it may have in the Works and the Documents to the State. The Grantee must, at the request of the State, execute all papers and perform all other acts necessary to transfer or record the State’s ownership interest in the Works and Documents. b) Notification. Whenever any invention, improvement, or discovery (whether or not patentable) is made or conceived for the first time or actually or constructively reduced to practice by the Grantee, including its employees and subcontractors, in the performance of this Agreement, the Grantee shall immediately give the State’s Authorized Representative written notice thereof, and must promptly furnish the Authorized Representative with complete information and/or disclosure thereon. c) Representation. The Grantee must perform all acts, and take all steps necessary to ensure that all intellectual property rights in the Works and Documents are the sole property of the State, and that neither Grantee nor its employees, agents, or subcontractors retain any interest in and to the Works and Documents. The Grantee represents and warrants that the Works and Documents do not and will not infringe upon any intellectual property rights of other persons or entities. Notwithstanding Clause XIII Liability, the Grantee shall indemnify, defend, to the extent permitted by the Attorney General, and hold harmless the State, at the Grantee’s expense, from any action or claim brought against the State to the extent that it is based on a claim that all or part of the Works or Documents infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others. The Grantee will be responsible for payment of any and all such claims, demands, obligations, liabilities, costs, and damages, including, but not limited to, attorney fees. If such a claim or action arises or in Grantee’s or the State’s opinion is likely to arise, the Grantee must, at the State’s discretion, either procure for the State the right or license to use the intellectual property rights at issue or replace or modify the allegedly infringing Works or Documents as necessary and appropriate to obviate the infringement claim. This remedy of the State will be in Lower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation SWIFT Contract Number 0000000000000000000082788 PO# 3000011989 CRLower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation Revised October 2, 2015 CWP14 Project Grant MPCA/Watershed Page 11 of 15 CR7841 addition to and not exclusive of other remedies provided by law. d) License. The State hereby grants a limited, no-fee, noncommercial license to the Grantee to enable the Grantee’s employees engaged in research and scholarly pursuits to make, have made, reproduce, modify, distribute, perform, and otherwise use the Works, including Documents, for research activities or to publish in scholarly or professional journals, provided that any existing or future intellectual property rights in the Works or Documents (including patents, licenses, trade or service marks, trade secrets, or copyrights) are not prejudiced or infringed upon, that the Minnesota Data Practices Act is complied with, and that individual rights to privacy are not violated. The Grantee shall indemnify and hold harmless the State for any claim or action based on the Grantee’s use of the Works or Documents under the provisions of Clause XVI.B.2. Said license is subject to the State’s publicity and acknowledgement requirements set forth in this Agreement. The Grantee may reproduce and retain a copy of the Documents for research and academic use. The Grantee is responsible for security of the Grantee’s copy of the Documents. A copy of any articles, materials or documents produced by the Grantee’s employees, in any form, using or derived from the subject matter of this license, shall be promptly delivered without cost to the State. e) Acknowledgement. The Grantee shall acknowledge the State’s funding of any resulting publications, data, or other material, whether subject to copyright or not, with the following language: Funding for this publication (or document, paper, data, etc.) was provided by the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency through a Grant from the State's Clean Water Partnership Grant Fund. f) Publicity. Any publicity regarding the subject matter of this Agreement must identify the State as the sponsoring agency and shall not be released, unless such release is a specific part of an approved Project Workplan included in this Agreement, prior to written approval by the State’s Authorized Representative. For the purposes of this Clause, publicity includes notices, informational pamphlets, press releases, research, reports, signs and similar public notices prepared by or for the Grantee, individually or jointly with others, or any subcontractors, with respect to the Project, publications, or work funded by this Agreement. The Grantee must not claim that the State endorses its products or services. 19. WORKERS COMPENSATION AND LABOR The Grantee certifies that it is in compliance with Minn. Stat. § 176.181, subd. 2., pertaining to workers’ compensation insurance coverage. The Grantee’s employees and agents shall not be considered State employees. Any claims that may arise under the Minnesota Workers’ Compensation Act on behalf of these employees and any claims made by any third party as a consequence of any act or omission on the part of these employees are in no way the State’s obligation or responsibility. The Grantee shall comply with the provisions of Minn. Stat. § 181.59, Discrimination on account of race, creed, or color prohibited in contract, as applicable. The Grantee shall ensure that all personnel involved in the performance of this Agreement are properly qualified, trained, and competent, and shall be, where applicable, appropriately medically monitored during the Project. Lower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation SWIFT Contract Number 0000000000000000000082788 PO# 3000011989 CRLower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation Revised October 2, 2015 CWP14 Project Grant MPCA/Watershed Page 12 of 15 CR7841 20. PREVAILING WAGE Pursuant to Minn. Stat. §§ 177.41 to 177.44 and corresponding Minn. R. 5200.1000 to 5200.1120, this Contract is subject to the prevailing wages as established by the Minnesota Department of Labor and Industry in effect on May 1, 2014. These prevailing wages can be found on the MPCA website at http://www.pca.state.mn.us/index.php/water/water-types-and-programs/water- nonpoint-source-issues/clean-water-partnership/financial-assistance-for-nonpoint-source-water- pollution-projects-clean-water-partnership-and-section-319-programs.html. Specifically, all contractors and subcontractors must pay all laborers and mechanics the established prevailing wages for work performed under the Contract. Failure to comply with the aforementioned may result in civil or criminal penalties. This section does not apply to a contract or agreement, under which: (1) The estimated total cost of completing the project is less than $2,500 and only one trade or occupation is required to complete it. (2) The estimated total costs of completing the project is less than $25,000 and more than one trade or occupation is required to complete it 21. PROJECT SIGNS The State shall provide the Grantee with guidance regarding official Project Signs. The Grantee shall construct one or more Project Signs consistent with the most recent applicable guidance provided by the State. The Grantee shall erect such Signs as appropriate sites adjacent to the Waters of Concern or at appropriate locations along major roadways within the Project area. 22. ACQUISITION OF PERMITS The Grantee shall be responsible for acquisition of all permits necessary to undertake Project activities and shall acquire such permits from appropriate federal, state, and local agencies and jurisdictions. This provision shall apply to permits issued by the MPCA. 23. EQUIPMENT Equipment purchased with grant funds must be used for Project purposes for the duration of the Project or the equipment’s useful life, whichever comes first. If the Grantee no longer needs a piece of equipment for Project purposes, the Grantee shall so notify the MPCA in writing. The MPCA shall determine the disposition of such equipment. The MPCA may direct that the equipment be used on another project, be sold and the proceeds used for Project purposes, or that it be used for some other water quality purpose. 24. EQUIPMENT INSURANCE The Grantee shall be responsible to procure and maintain adequate insurance coverage for any equipment used on the Project, whether purchased with Project or any other funds, lent or given by any agency, organization or person. or procured in any other manner. 25. PRECEDENCE OF MINN. R. 7076.0100 TO 7076.0290 In the event that any provision of this Agreement is not consistent with the provisions of Minn. R. 7076.0100 to 7076.0290, the Rule supersedes the inconsistent provision. 26. WAIVER If the State fails to enforce any provision of this Agreement, that failure does not waive the provision or its right to enforce it. Lower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation SWIFT Contract Number 0000000000000000000082788 PO# 3000011989 CRLower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation Revised October 2, 2015 CWP14 Project Grant MPCA/Watershed Page 13 of 15 CR7841 27. GOVERNING LAW, JURISDICTION AND VENUE Minnesota Law, without regard to its choice-of-law provisions, governs this Agreement. Venue for all legal proceedings out of this Agreement, or its breach, must be in the appropriate state or federal court with competent jurisdiction in Ramsey County, Minnesota. 28. RIGHT OF SETOFF Under Minn. Stat. § 270C.65, and other applicable law, the Grantee consents to disclosure of its social security number, federal tax identification number, and/or Minnesota tax identification number, already provided to the State, to Federal and State tax agencies and State personnel involved in the payment of State obligations. These identification numbers may be used in the enforcement of Federal and State tax laws, which could result in action requiring the Grantee to file State tax returns and pay delinquent State tax liabilities, if any, or pay other State liabilities. 29. LEGACY LOGO Minnesota Laws 2010, chapter 361, article 3, section 5, (b) states: "A recipient of the funds from the outdoor heritage fund, parks and trails fund, clean water fund or arts and cultural heritage fund shall display, where practicable, a sign with the logo developed under this section on construction projects and at access points to any land or water resources acquired in fee or an interest in less than fee title, or that were restored, protected, or enhanced, and incorporate the logo, where practicable, into printed and other materials funded with money from one or more of the funds." Minn. Stat. §114D.50, subd.4, (f) states: “When practicable, a direct recipient of an appropriation from the clean water fund shall prominently display on the recipient's Web site home page the legacy logo required under Laws 2009, chapter 172, article 5, section 10, as amended by Laws 2010, chapter 361, article 3, section 5, accompanied by the phrase ‘Click here for more information.’ When a person clicks on the legacy logo image, the Web site must direct the person to a Web page that includes both the contact information that a person may use to obtain additional information, as well as a link to the Legislative Coordinating Commission Web site required under section 3.303, subdivision 10.” Clean Water Land and Legacy Amendment Logo Usage Guidelines: http://www.legacy.leg.mn/sites/default/files/resources/Legacy_Logo_Guidelines.pdf Download the Legacy Logo: http://www.legacy.leg.mn/legacy-logo/legacy-logo-download 30. DEFINITIONS The terms used in this Agreement have the meanings defined in Minn. Stat. §§ 103F.701 to 103F.761 and Minn. R. 7076.0110. Notwithstanding the definitions referenced above, terms shall have the meanings set forth in Attachment A and made a part of this Grant Agreement. In witness whereof, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed intending to be bound thereby. Lower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation SWIFT Contract Number 0000000000000000000082788 PO# 3000011989 CRLower Prior Lake Protection Project Implementation Revised October 2, 2015 CWP14 Project Grant MPCA/Watershed Page 14 of 15 CR7841 Signatures Document Signature Details -- External User Order Ext. User Status Actual Singer Name Title Date/Time Comments 1 VN0000195933_2 Signed VN0000195933_2 DIANE LYNCH EXTERNAL 10/02/2014 at 02:55 PM Document Signature Details -- Internal Users Order Type Role/User Status Actual Signer Name Title Date/Time Comments 1 Role M_FS_WF _SC_DOC_ SIGNER_0 1 Signed 01039179 Mary T Ecker Encumbrance Verification Signer October 02, 2014 at 03:51 PM 2 User ID 01024689 Pending Myrna Halbach October 02, 2014 at 02:25 PM D T L S S S S F L O W F L O W A R C H R O U N D A R C H R O U N D T Y P I C A L S E C T I O N L O C A L S T R E E T A P P R O V E D P L A T E # 6 0 0 6